4 files changed, 15245 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/old/3243.txt b/old/3243.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8b51ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/3243.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7470 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Glengarry Schooldays
+
+Author: Ralph Connor
+
+Release Date: May 30, 2006 [EBook #3243]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GLENGARRY SCHOOLDAYS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Donald Lainson
+
+
+
+
+
+GLENGARRY SCHOOLDAYS
+
+A STORY OF THE EARLY DAYS IN GLENGARRY
+
+
+By Ralph Connor
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+I.    THE SPELLING-MATCH
+
+II.   THE DEEPOLE
+
+III.  THE EXAMINATION
+
+IV.   THE NEW MASTER
+
+V.    THE CRISIS
+
+VI.   "ONE THAT RULETH WELL HIS OWN HOUSE"
+
+VII.  FOXY
+
+VIII. FOXY'S PARTNER
+
+IX.   HUGHIE'S EMANCIPATION
+
+X.    THE BEAR HUNT
+
+XI.   JOHN CRAVEN'S METHOD
+
+XII.  THE DOWNFALL
+
+XIII. THE FIRST ROUND
+
+XIV.  THE FINAL ROUND
+
+XV.   THE RESULT
+
+
+
+
+
+GLENGARRY SCHOOL DAYS
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE SPELLING-MATCH
+
+
+The "Twentieth" school was built of logs hewn on two sides. The cracks
+were chinked and filled with plaster, which had a curious habit of
+falling out during the summer months, no one knew how; but somehow the
+holes always appeared on the boys' side, and being there, were found to
+be most useful, for as looking out of the window was forbidden, through
+these holes the boys could catch glimpses of the outer world--glimpses
+worth catching, too, for all around stood the great forest, the
+playground of boys and girls during noon-hour and recesses; an enchanted
+land, peopled, not by fairies, elves, and other shadowy beings of
+fancy, but with living things, squirrels, and chipmunks, and weasels,
+chattering ground-hogs, thumping rabbits, and stealthy foxes, not
+to speak of a host of flying things, from the little gray-bird that
+twittered its happy nonsense all day, to the big-eyed owl that hooted
+solemnly when the moon came out. A wonderful place this forest, for
+children to live in, to know, and to love, and in after days to long
+for.
+
+It was Friday afternoon, and the long, hot July day was drawing to a
+weary close. Mischief was in the air, and the master, Archibald Munro,
+or "Archie Murro," as the boys called him, was holding himself in with
+a very firm hand, the lines about his mouth showing that he was fighting
+back the pain which had never quite left him from the day he had twisted
+his knee out of joint five years ago, in a wrestling match, and which,
+in his weary moments, gnawed into his vitals. He hated to lose his
+grip of himself, for then he knew he should have to grow stern and
+terrifying, and rule these young imps in the forms in front of him by
+what he called afterwards, in his moments of self-loathing, "sheer brute
+force," and that he always counted a defeat.
+
+Munro was a born commander. His pale, intellectual face, with its square
+chin and firm mouth, its noble forehead and deep-set gray eyes, carried
+a look of such strength and indomitable courage that no boy, however
+big, ever thought of anything but obedience when the word of command
+came. He was the only master who had ever been able to control, without
+at least one appeal to the trustees, the stormy tempers of the young
+giants that used to come to school in the winter months.
+
+The school never forgot the day when big Bob Fraser "answered back" in
+class. For, before the words were well out of his lips, the master, with
+a single stride, was in front of him, and laying two swift, stinging
+cuts from the rawhide over big Bob's back, commanded, "Hold out your
+hand!" in a voice so terrible, and with eyes of such blazing light, that
+before Bob was aware, he shot out his hand and stood waiting the blow.
+The school never, in all its history, received such a thrill as the next
+few moments brought; for while Bob stood waiting, the master's words
+fell clear-cut upon the dead silence, "No, Robert, you are too big to
+thrash. You are a man. No man should strike you--and I apologize." And
+then big Bob forgot his wonted sheepishness and spoke out with a man's
+voice, "I am sorry I spoke back, sir." And then all the girls began
+to cry and wipe their eyes with their aprons, while the master and Bob
+shook hands silently. From that day and hour Bob Fraser would have slain
+any one offering to make trouble for the master, and Archibald Munro's
+rule was firmly established.
+
+He was just and impartial in all his decisions, and absolute in his
+control; and besides, he had the rare faculty of awakening in his pupils
+an enthusiasm for work inside the school and for sports outside.
+
+But now he was holding himself in, and with set teeth keeping back the
+pain. The week had been long and hot and trying, and this day had been
+the worst of all. Through the little dirty panes of the uncurtained
+windows the hot sun had poured itself in a flood of quivering light all
+the long day. Only an hour remained of the day, but that hour was to
+the master the hardest of all the week. The big boys were droning lazily
+over their books, the little boys, in the forms just below his desk,
+were bubbling over with spirits--spirits of whose origin there was no
+reasonable ground for doubt.
+
+Suddenly Hughie Murray, the minister's boy, a very special imp, held up
+his hand.
+
+"Well, Hughie," said the master, for the tenth time within the hour
+replying to the signal.
+
+"Spelling-match!"
+
+The master hesitated. It would be a vast relief, but it was a little
+like shirking. On all sides, however, hands went up in support of
+Hughie's proposal, and having hesitated, he felt he must surrender or
+become terrifying at once.
+
+"Very well," he said; "Margaret Aird and Thomas Finch will act as
+captains." At once there was a gleeful hubbub. Slates and books were
+slung into desks.
+
+"Order! or no spelling-match." The alternative was awful enough to quiet
+even the impish Hughie, who knew the tone carried no idle threat, and
+who loved a spelling-match with all the ardor of his little fighting
+soul.
+
+The captains took their places on each side of the school, and with
+careful deliberation, began the selecting of their men, scanning
+anxiously the rows of faces looking at the maps or out of the windows
+and bravely trying to seem unconcerned. Chivalry demanded that Margaret
+should have first choice. "Hughie Murray!" called out Margaret;
+for Hughie, though only eight years old, had preternatural gifts in
+spelling; his mother's training had done that for him. At four he knew
+every Bible story by heart, and would tolerate no liberties with the
+text; at six he could read the third reader; at eight he was the best
+reader in the fifth; and to do him justice, he thought no better of
+himself for that. It was no trick to read. If he could only run, and
+climb, and swim, and dive, like the big boys, then he would indeed feel
+uplifted; but mere spelling and reading, "Huh! that was nothing."
+
+"Ranald Macdonald!" called Thomas Finch, and a big, lanky boy of fifteen
+or sixteen rose and marched to his place. He was a boy one would look at
+twice. He was far from handsome. His face was long, and thin, and dark,
+with a straight nose, and large mouth, and high cheek-bones; but he had
+fine black eyes, though they were fierce, and had a look in them that
+suggested the woods and the wild things that live there. But Ranald,
+though his attendance was spasmodic, and dependent upon the suitability
+or otherwise of the weather for hunting, was the best speller in the
+school.
+
+For that reason Margaret would have chosen him, and for another which
+she would not for worlds have confessed, even to herself. And do you
+think she would have called Ranald Macdonald to come and stand up beside
+her before all these boys? Not for the glory of winning the match and
+carrying the medal for a week. But how gladly would she have given up
+glory and medal for the joy of it, if she had dared.
+
+At length the choosing was over, and the school ranged in two opposing
+lines, with Margaret and Thomas at the head of their respective forces,
+and little Jessie MacRae and Johnnie Aird, with a single big curl on
+the top of his head, at the foot. It was a point of honor that no blood
+should be drawn at the first round. To Thomas, who had second choice,
+fell the right of giving the first word. So to little Jessie, at the
+foot, he gave "Ox."
+
+"O-x, ox," whispered Jessie, shyly dodging behind her neighbor.
+
+"In!" said Margaret to Johnnie Aird.
+
+"I-s, in," said Johnnie, stoutly.
+
+"Right!" said the master, silencing the shout of laughter. "Next word."
+
+With like gentle courtesies the battle began; but in the second
+round the little A, B, C's were ruthlessly swept off the field with
+second-book words, and retired to their seats in supreme exultation,
+amid the applause of their fellows still left in the fight. After
+that there was no mercy. It was a give-and-take battle, the successful
+speller having the right to give the word to the opposite side. The
+master was umpire, and after his "Next!" had fallen there was no appeal.
+But if a mistake were made, it was the opponent's part and privilege to
+correct with all speed, lest a second attempt should succeed.
+
+Steadily, and amid growing excitement, the lines grew less, till there
+were left on one side, Thomas, with Ranald supporting him, and on the
+other Margaret, with Hughie beside her, his face pale, and his dark eyes
+blazing with the light of battle.
+
+Without varying fortune the fight went on. Margaret, still serene, and
+with only a touch of color in her face, gave out her words with even
+voice, and spelled her opponent's with calm deliberation. Opposite her
+Thomas stood, stolid, slow, and wary. He had no nerves to speak of, and
+the only chance of catching him lay in lulling him off to sleep.
+
+They were now among the deadly words.
+
+"Parallelopiped!" challenged Hughie to Ranald, who met it easily, giving
+Margaret "hyphen" in return.
+
+"H-y-p-h-e-n," spelled Margaret, and then, with cunning carelessness,
+gave Thomas "heifer." ("Hypher," she called it.)
+
+Thomas took it lightly.
+
+"H-e-i-p-h-e-r."
+
+Like lightning Hughie was upon him. "H-e-i-f-e-r."
+
+"F-e-r," shouted Thomas. The two yells came almost together.
+
+There was a deep silence. All eyes were turned upon the master.
+
+"I think Hughie was first," he said, slowly. A great sigh swept over the
+school, and then a wave of applause.
+
+The master held up his hand.
+
+"But it was so very nearly a tie, that if Hughie is willing--"
+
+"All right, sir," cried Hughie, eager for more fight.
+
+But Thomas, in sullen rage, strode to his seat muttering, "I was just as
+soon anyway." Every one heard and waited, looking at the master.
+
+"The match is over," said the master, quietly. Great disappointment
+showed in every face.
+
+"There is just one thing better than winning, and that is, taking defeat
+like a man." His voice was grave, and with just a touch of sadness. The
+children, sensitive to moods, as is the characteristic of children, felt
+the touch and sat subdued and silent.
+
+There was no improving of the occasion, but with the same sad gravity
+the school was dismissed; and the children learned that day one of
+life's golden lessons--that the man who remains master of himself never
+knows defeat.
+
+The master stood at the door watching the children go down the slope to
+the road, and then take their ways north and south, till the forest hid
+them from his sight.
+
+"Well," he muttered, stretching up his arms and drawing a great breath,
+"it's over for another week. A pretty near thing, though."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE DEEPOLE
+
+
+Archibald Munro had a steady purpose in life--to play the man, and to
+allow no pain of his--and pain never left him long--to spoil his work,
+or to bring a shadow to the life of any other. And though he had his
+hard times, no one who could not read the lines about his mouth ever
+knew how hard they were.
+
+It was this struggle for self-mastery that made him the man he was, and
+taught him the secrets of nobleness that he taught his pupils with their
+three "R's"; and this was the best of his work for the Twentieth school.
+
+North and south in front of the school the road ran through the
+deep forest of great pines, with underbrush of balsam and spruce and
+silver-birch; but from this main road ran little blazed paths that led
+to the farm clearings where lay the children's homes. Here and there,
+set in their massive frames of dark green forest, lay the little farms,
+the tiny fenced fields surrounding the little log houses and barns.
+These were the homes of a people simple of heart and manners, but
+sturdy, clean living, and clear thinking, with their brittle Highland
+courage toughened to endurance by their long fight with the forest, and
+with a self-respect born of victory over nature's grimmest of terrors.
+
+A mile straight south of the school stood the manse, which was Hughie's
+home; two miles straight west Ranald lived; and Thomas Finch two miles
+north; while the other lads ought to have taken some of the little
+paths that branched east from the main road. But this evening, with one
+accord, the boys chose a path that led from the school-house clearing
+straight southwest through the forest.
+
+What a path that was! Beaten smooth with the passing of many bare feet,
+it wound through the brush and round the big pines, past the haunts of
+squirrels, black, gray, and red, past fox holes and woodchuck holes,
+under birds' nests and bee-trees, and best of all, it brought up at last
+at the Deep Hole, or "Deepole," as the boys called it.
+
+There were many reasons why the boys should have gone straight home.
+They were expected home. There were cows to get up from the pasture and
+to milk, potatoes that needed hoeing, gardens to weed, not to speak of
+messages and the like. But these were also excellent reasons why the
+boys should unanimously choose the cool, smooth-beaten, sweet-scented,
+shady path that wound and twisted through the trees and brush, but led
+straight to the Deepole. Besides, this was Friday night, it was hot,
+and they were tired out; the mere thought of the long walk home was
+intolerable. The Deepole was only two miles away, and "There was lots
+of time" for anything else. So, with wild whoops, they turned into the
+shady path and sped through the forest, the big boys in front, with
+Ranald easily leading, for there was no runner so swift and tireless in
+all the country-side, and Hughie, with the small boys, panting behind.
+
+On they went, a long, straggling, yelling line, down into the cedar
+swamp, splashing through the "Little Crick" and up again over the beech
+ridge, where, in the open woods, the path grew indistinct and was easy
+to lose; then again among the great pines, where the underbrush was
+so thick that you could not tell what might be just before, till they
+pulled up at the old Lumber Camp. The boys always paused at the ruins of
+the old Lumber Camp. A ruin is ever a place of mystery, but to the old
+Lumber Camp attached an awful dread, for behind it, in the thickest part
+of the underbrush, stood the cabin of Alan Gorrach.
+
+Alan's was a name of terror among all the small children of the section.
+Mothers hushed their crying with, "Alan Gorrach will get you." Alan was
+a small man, short in the legs, but with long, swinging, sinewy arms.
+He had a gypsy face, and tangled, long, black hair; and as he walked
+through the forest he might be heard talking to himself, with wild
+gesticulations. He was an itinerant cooper by trade, and made for the
+farmers' wives their butter-tubs and butter-ladles, mincing-bowls and
+coggies, and for the men, whip-stalks, axe handles, and the like. But
+in the boys' eyes he was guilty of a horrible iniquity. He was
+a dog-killer. His chief business was the doing away with dogs of
+ill-repute in the country; vicious dogs, sheep-killing dogs, egg-sucking
+dogs, were committed to Alan's dread custody, and often he would be seen
+leading off his wretched victims to his den in the woods, whence they
+never returned. It was a current report that he ate them, too. No wonder
+the boys regarded him with horror mingled with fearful awe.
+
+In broad day, upon the high road, the small boys would boldly fling
+taunts and stones at Alan, till he would pull out his long, sharp
+cooper's knife and make at them. But if they met him in the woods they
+would walk past in trembling and respectful silence, or slip off into
+hiding in the bush, till he was out of sight.
+
+It was always part of the programme in the exploring of the Lumber
+Camp for the big boys to steal down the path to Alan's cabin, and peer
+fearfully through the brush, and then come rushing back to the little
+boys waiting in the clearing, and crying in terror-stricken stage
+whispers, "He's coming! He's coming!" set off again through the bush
+like hunted deer, followed by the panting train of youngsters, with
+their small hearts thumping hard against their ribs.
+
+In a few minutes the pine woods, with its old Lumber Camp and Alan's
+fearsome cabin, were left behind; and then down along the flats where
+the big elms were, and the tall ash-trees, and the alders, the flying,
+panting line sped on in a final dash, for they could smell the river. In
+a moment more they were at the Deepole.
+
+O! that Deepole! Where the big creek took a great sweep around before
+it tore over the rapids and down into the gorge. It was always in cool
+shade; the great fan-topped elm-trees hung far out over it, and the
+alders and the willows edged its banks. How cool and clear the dark
+brown waters looked! And how beautiful the golden mottling on their
+smooth, flowing surface, where the sun rained down through the
+over-spreading elm boughs! And the grassy sward where the boys tore off
+their garments, and whence they raced and plunged, was so green and firm
+and smooth under foot! And the music of the rapids down in the gorge,
+and the gurgle of the water where it sucked in under the jam of dead
+wood before it plunged into the boiling pool farther down! Not that
+the boys made note of all these delights accessory to the joys of
+the Deepole itself, but all these helped to weave the spell that the
+swimming-hole cast over them. Without the spreading elms, without
+the mottled, golden light upon the cool, deep waters, and without the
+distant roar of the little rapid, and the soft gurgle at the jam, the
+Deepole would still have been a place of purest delight, but I doubt if,
+without these, it would have stolen in among their day dreams in after
+years, on hot, dusty, weary days, with power to waken in them a vague
+pain and longing for the sweet, cool woods and the clear, brown waters.
+Oh, for one plunge! To feel the hug of the waters, their soothing
+caress, their healing touch! These boys are men now, such as are on the
+hither side of the darker river, but not a man of them can think, on a
+hot summer day, of that cool, shaded, mottled Deepole, without a longing
+in his heart and a lump in his throat.
+
+The last quarter of a mile was always a dead race, for it was a point of
+distinction to be the first to plunge, and the last few seconds of the
+race were spent in the preliminaries of the disrobing. A single brace
+slipped off the shoulder, a flutter of a shirt over the head, a kick
+of the trousers, and whoop! plunge! "Hurrah! first in." The little boys
+always waited to admire the first series of plunges, for there were many
+series before the hour was over, and then they would off to their own
+crossing, going through a similar performance on a small scale.
+
+What an hour it was! What contests of swimming and diving! What water
+fights and mud fights! What careering of figures, stark naked, through
+the rushes and trees! What larks and pranks!
+
+And then the little boys would dress. A simple process, but more
+difficult by far than the other, for the trousers would stick to the
+wet feet--no boy would dream of a towel, nor dare to be guilty of such
+a piece of "stuck-upness"--and the shirt would get wrong side out, or
+would bundle round the neck, or would cling to the wet shoulders till
+they had to get on their knees almost to squirm into it. But that over,
+all was over. The brace, or if the buttons were still there, the braces
+were easily jerked up on the shoulders, and there you were. Coats,
+boots, and stockings were superfluous, collars and ties utterly
+despised.
+
+Then the little ones would gather on the grassy bank to watch the big
+ones get out, which was a process worth watching.
+
+"Well, I'm going out, boys," one would say.
+
+"Oh, pshaw! let's have another plunge."
+
+"All right. But it's the last, though."
+
+Then a long stream of naked figures would scramble up the bank and rush
+for the last place. "First out, last in," was the rule, for the boys
+would much rather jump on some one else than be jumped on themselves.
+After the long line of naked figures had vanished into the boiling
+water, one would be seen quietly stealing out and up the bank kicking
+his feet clean as he stepped off the projecting root onto the grass,
+when, plunk! a mud ball caught him, and back he must come. It took them
+full two hours to escape clean from the water, and woe betide the boy
+last out. On all sides stood boys, little and big, with mud balls ready
+to fling, till, out of sheer pity, he would be allowed to come forth
+clean. Then, when all were dressed, and blue and shivering--for two
+amphibious hours, even on a July day, make one blue--more games would
+begin, leap-frog, or tag, or jumping, or climbing trees, till they were
+warm enough to set out for home.
+
+It was as the little ones were playing tag that Hughie came to grief.
+He was easily king of his company and led the game. Quick as a weasel,
+swift and wary, he was always the last to be caught. Around the trees,
+and out and in among the big boys, he led the chase, much to Tom Finch's
+disgust, who had not forgotten the spelling-match incident. Not that he
+cared for the defeat, but he still felt the bite in the master's final
+words, and he carried a grudge against the boy who had been the occasion
+of his humiliation.
+
+"Keep off!" he cried, angrily, as Hughie swung himself round him.
+But Hughie paid no heed to Tom's growl, unless, indeed, to repeat his
+offense, with the result that, as he flew off, Tom caught him a kick
+that hastened his flight and laid him flat on his back amid the laughter
+of the boys.
+
+"Tom," said Hughie, gravely and slowly, so that they all stood
+listening, "do you know what you kick like?"
+
+The boys stood waiting.
+
+"A h-e-i-p-h-e-r."
+
+In a moment Tom had him by the neck, and after a cuff or two, sent him
+flying, with a warning to keep to himself.
+
+But Hughie, with a saucy answer, was off again on his game, circling as
+near Tom Finch as he dared, and being as exasperating as possible, till
+Tom looked as if he would like a chance to pay him off. The chance
+came, for Hughie, leading the "tag," came flying past Tom and toward the
+water. Hardly realizing what he was doing, Tom stuck out his foot and
+caught him flying past, and before any one knew how it had happened,
+poor Hughie shot far out into the Deepole, lighting fair on his stomach.
+There was a great shout of laughter, but in a moment every one was
+calling, "Swim, Hughie!" "Keep your hands down!" "Don't splash like
+that, you fool!" "Paddle underneath!" But Hughie was far too excited or
+too stunned by his fall to do anything but splash and sputter, and sink,
+and rise again, only to sink once more. In a few moments the affair
+became serious.
+
+The small boys began to cry, and some of the bigger ones to undress,
+when there was a cry from the elm-tree overhanging the water.
+
+"Run out that board, Don. Quick!"
+
+It was Ranald, who had been swinging up in the highest branches, and
+had seen what had happened, and was coming down from limb to limb like
+a squirrel. As he spoke, he dropped from the lowest limb into the water
+close to where Hughie was splashing wildly.
+
+In an instant, as he rose to the surface, Hughie's arms went round his
+neck and pulled his head under water. But he was up again, and tugging
+at Hughie's hands, he cried:
+
+"Don't, Hughie! let go! I'll pull you out. Let go!" But Hughie,
+half-insensible with terror and with the water he had gulped in, clung
+with a death-grip.
+
+"Hughie!" gasped Ranald, "you'll drown us both. Oh, Hughie man, let me
+pull you out, can't you?"
+
+Something in the tone caught Hughie's ear, and he loosed his hold, and
+Ranald, taking him under the chin, looked round for the board.
+
+By this time Don Cameron was in the water and working the board slowly
+toward the gasping boys. But now a new danger threatened. The current
+had gradually carried them toward the log jam, under which the water
+sucked to the falls below. Once under the jam, no power on earth could
+save.
+
+"Hurry up, Don!" called out Ranald, anxiously. Then, feeling Hughie
+beginning to clutch again, he added, cheerily, "It's all right. You'll
+get us." But his face was gray and his eyes were staring, for over his
+shoulder he could see the jam and he could feel the suck of the water on
+his legs.
+
+"Oh, Ranald, you can't do it," sobbed Hughie. "Will I paddle
+underneath?"
+
+"Yes, yes, paddle hard, Hughie," said Ranald, for the jam was just at
+his back.
+
+But as he spoke, there was a cry, "Ranald, catch it!" Over the slippery
+logs of the jam came Tom Finch pushing out a plank.
+
+"Catch it!" he cried, "I'll hold this end solid." And Ranald caught and
+held fast, and the boys on the bank gave a mighty shout. Soon Don
+came up with his board, and Tom, catching the end, hauled it up on the
+rolling logs.
+
+"Hold steady there now!" cried Tom, lying at full length upon the logs;
+"we'll get you in a minute."
+
+By this time the other boys had pulled a number of boards and planks out
+of the jam, and laying them across the logs, made a kind of raft upon
+which the exhausted swimmers were gradually hauled, and then brought
+safe to shore.
+
+"Oh, Ranald," said Tom, almost weeping, "I didn't mean to--I never
+thought--I'm awfully sorry."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Ranald, who was taking off Hughie's shirt preparatory
+to wringing it, "I know. Besides, it was you who pulled us out. You were
+doing your best, Don, of course, but we would have gone under the jam
+but for Tom."
+
+For ten minutes the boys stood going over again the various incidents
+in the recent dramatic scene, extolling the virtues of Ranald, Don, and
+Thomas in turn, and imitating, with screams of laughter, Hughie's gulps
+and splashings while he was fighting for his life. It was their way of
+expressing their emotions of gratitude and joy, for Hughie was dearly
+loved by all, though no one would have dared to manifest such weakness.
+
+As they were separating, Hughie whispered to Ranald, "Come home with
+me, Ranald. I want you." And Ranald, looking down into the little
+white face, went. It would be many a day before he would get rid of the
+picture of the white face, with the staring black eyes, floating on the
+dark brown water beside him, and that was why he went.
+
+When they reached the path to the manse clearing Ranald and Hughie were
+alone. For some minutes Hughie followed Ranald in silence on a dog-trot,
+through the brule, dodging round stumps and roots and climbing over
+fallen trees, till they came to the pasture-field.
+
+"Hold on, Ranald," panted Hughie, putting on a spurt and coming up even
+with his leader.
+
+"Are you warm enough?" asked Ranald, looking down at the little flushed
+face.
+
+"You bet!"
+
+"Are you dry?"
+
+"Huh, huh."
+
+"Indeed, you are not too dry," said Ranald, feeling his wet shirt and
+trousers, "and your mother will be wondering."
+
+"I'll tell her," said Hughie, in a tone of exulting anticipation.
+
+"What!" Ranald stood dead still.
+
+"I'll tell her," replied Hughie. "She'll be awful glad. And she'll be
+awful thankful to you, Ranald."
+
+Ranald looked at him in amazement.
+
+"I think I will jist be going back now," he said, at length. But Hughie
+seized him.
+
+"Oh, Ranald, you must come with me."
+
+He had pictured himself telling his mother of Ranald's exploit, and
+covering his hero with glory. But this was the very thing that Ranald
+dreaded and hated, and was bound to prevent.
+
+"You will not be going to the Deepole again, I warrant you," Ranald
+said, with emphasis.
+
+"Not go to the Deepole?"
+
+"No, indeed. Your mother will put an end to that sort of thing."
+
+"Mother! Why not?"
+
+"She will not be wanting to have you drowned."
+
+Hughie laughed scornfully. "You don't know my mother. She's not afraid
+of--of anything."
+
+"But she will be telling your father."
+
+This was a matter serious enough to give Hughie pause. His father might
+very likely forbid the Deepole.
+
+"There is no need for telling," suggested Ranald. "And I will just go in
+for a minute."
+
+"Will you stay for supper?"
+
+Ranald shook his head. The manse kitchen was a bright place, and to see
+the minister's wife and to hear her talk was to Ranald pure delight. But
+then, Hughie might tell, and that would be too awful to bear.
+
+"Do, Ranald," pleaded Hughie. "I'll not tell."
+
+"I am not so sure."
+
+"Sure as death!"
+
+Still Ranald hesitated. Hughie grew desperate.
+
+"God may kill me on the spot!" he cried, using the most binding of all
+oaths known to the boys. This was satisfactory, and Ranald went.
+
+But Hughie was not skilled in deceiving, and especially in deceiving his
+mother. They were great friends, and Hughie shared all his secrets with
+her and knew that they were safe, unless they ought to be told. And so,
+when he caught sight of his mother waiting for him before the door, he
+left Ranald, and thrilling with the memory of the awful peril through
+which he had passed, rushed at her, and crying, "Oh, mother!" he flung
+himself into her arms. "I am so glad to see you again!"
+
+"Why, Hughie, my boy, what's the matter?" said his mother, holding her
+arms tight about him. "And you are all wet! What is it?" But Hughie held
+her fast, struggling with himself.
+
+"What is it?" she asked again, turning to Ranald.
+
+"We were running pretty fast--and it is a hot day--and--" But the clear
+gray-brown eyes were upon him, and Ranald found it difficult to go on.
+
+"Oh, mother, you mustn't ask," cried Hughie; "I promised not to tell."
+
+"Not to tell me, Hughie?" The surprise in the voice was quite too much
+for Hughie.
+
+"Oh, mother, we did not want to frighten you--and--I promised."
+
+"Then you must keep your promise. Come away in, my boy. Come in,
+Ranald."
+
+It was her boy's first secret from her. Ranald saw the look of pain in
+the sweet face, and could not endure it.
+
+"It was just nothing, Mrs. Murray," he began.
+
+"Did you promise, too, Ranald?"
+
+"No, that I did not. And there is nothing much to tell, only Hughie fell
+into the Deepole and the boys pulled him out!"
+
+"Oh, mother!" exclaimed Hughie, "it was Ranald. He jumped right down
+from the tree right into the water, and kept me up. You told yourself,
+Ranald," he continued, delighted to be relieved of his promise; and on
+he went to give his mother, in his most picturesque style, a description
+of the whole scene, while Ranald stood looking miserable and ashamed.
+
+"And Ranald was ashamed for me to tell you, and besides, he said you
+wouldn't let me go to the Deepole again. But you will, won't you mother?
+And you won't tell father, will you?"
+
+The mother stood listening, with face growing whiter and whiter, till
+he was done. Then she stooped down over the eager face for some moments,
+whispering, "My darling, my darling," and then coming to Ranald she
+held her hand on his shoulder for a moment, while she said, in a voice
+bravely struggling to be calm, "God reward you, Ranald. God grant my boy
+may always have so good and brave a friend when he needs."
+
+And from that day Ranald's life was different, for he had bound to
+him by a tie that nothing could ever break, a friend whose influence
+followed him, and steadied and lifted him up to greatness, long after
+the grave had hidden her from men's sight.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE EXAMINATION
+
+
+The two years of Archibald Munro's regime were the golden age of the
+school, and for a whole generation "The Section" regarded that period as
+the standard for comparison in the following years. Munro had a genius
+for making his pupils work. They threw themselves with enthusiasm into
+all they undertook--studies, debate nights, games, and in everything the
+master was the source of inspiration.
+
+And now his last examination day had come, and the whole Section
+was stirred with enthusiasm for their master, and with grief at his
+departure.
+
+The day before examination was spent in "cleaning the school." This
+semi-annual event, which always preceded the examination, was almost as
+enjoyable as the examination day itself, if indeed it was not more
+so. The school met in the morning for a final polish for the morrow's
+recitations. Then after a speech by the master the little ones were
+dismissed and allowed to go home though they never by any chance took
+advantage of this permission. Then the master and the bigger boys and
+girls set to work to prepare the school for the great day. The boys were
+told off in sections, some to get dry cedar boughs from the swamp for
+the big fire outside, over which the iron sugar-kettle was swung to heat
+the scrubbing water; others off into the woods for balsam-trees for the
+evergreen decorations; others to draw water and wait upon the scrubbers.
+
+It was a day of delightful excitement, but this year there was below the
+excitement a deep, warm feeling of love and sadness, as both teacher
+and pupils thought of to-morrow. There was an additional thrill to the
+excitement, that the master was to be presented with a gold watch and
+chain, and that this had been kept a dead secret from him.
+
+What a day it was! With wild whoops the boys went off for the dry cedar
+and the evergreens, while the girls, looking very housewifely with
+skirts tucked back and sleeves rolled up, began to sweep and otherwise
+prepare the room for scrubbing.
+
+The gathering of the evergreens was a delightful labor. High up in the
+balsam-trees the more daring boys would climb, and then, holding by
+the swaying top, would swing themselves far out from the trunk and come
+crashing through the limbs into the deep, soft snow, bringing half the
+tree with them. What larks they had! What chasing of rabbits along their
+beaten runways! What fierce and happy snow fights! And then, the triumph
+of their return, laden with their evergreen trophies, to find the big
+fire blazing under the great iron kettle and the water boiling, and the
+girls well on with the scrubbing.
+
+Then, while the girls scrubbed first the benches and desks, and last of
+all, the floors, the boys washed the windows and put up the evergreen
+decorations. Every corner had its pillar of green, every window had its
+frame of green, the old blackboard, the occasion of many a heartache to
+the unmathematical, was wreathed into loveliness; the maps, with their
+bewildering boundaries, rivers and mountains, capes, bays and islands,
+became for once worlds of beauty under the magic touch of the greenery.
+On the wall just over his desk, the master wrought out in evergreen an
+arching "WELCOME," but later on, the big girls, with some shy blushing,
+boldly tacked up underneath an answering "FAREWELL." By the time the
+short afternoon had faded into the early evening, the school stood,
+to the eyes of all familiar with the common sordidness of its everyday
+dress, a picture of artistic loveliness. And after the master's little
+speech of thanks for their good work that afternoon, and for all their
+goodness to him, the boys and girls went their ways with that strangely
+unnameable heart-emptiness that brings an ache to the throat, but
+somehow makes happier for the ache.
+
+The examination day was the great school event of the year. It was the
+social function of the Section as well. Toward this event all the school
+life moved, and its approach was attended by a deepening excitement,
+shared by children and parents alike, which made a kind of holiday
+feeling in the air.
+
+The school opened an hour later than ordinarily, and the children came
+all in their Sunday clothes, the boys feeling stiff and uncomfortable,
+and regarding each other with looks half shy and half contemptuous,
+realizing that they were unnatural in each other's sight; the girls
+with hair in marvelous frizzes and shiny ringlets, with new ribbons, and
+white aprons over their home-made winsey dresses, carried their unwonted
+grandeur with an ease and delight that made the boys secretly envy but
+apparently despise them. The one unpardonable crime with all the boys
+in that country was that of being "proud." The boy convicted of "shoween
+off," was utterly contemned by his fellows. Hence, any delight in new
+clothes or in a finer appearance than usual was carefully avoided.
+
+Ranald always hated new clothes. He felt them an intolerable burden. He
+did not mind his new homespun, home-made flannel check shirt of mixed
+red and white, but the heavy fulled-cloth suit made by his Aunt Kirsty
+felt like a suit of mail. He moved heavily in it and felt queer, and
+knew that he looked as he felt. The result was that he was in no genial
+mood, and was on the alert for any indication of levity at his expense.
+
+Hughie, on the contrary, like the girls, delighted in new clothes.
+His new black suit, made down from one of his father's, with infinite
+planning and pains by his mother, and finished only at twelve o'clock
+the night before, gave him unmixed pleasure. And handsome he looked in
+it. All the little girls proclaimed that in their shy, admiring glances,
+while the big girls teased and petted and threatened to kiss him. Of
+course the boys all scorned him and his finery, and tried to "take him
+down," but Hughie was so unfeignedly pleased with himself, and moved so
+easily and naturally in his grand attire, and was so cheery and frank
+and happy, that no one thought of calling him "proud."
+
+Soon after ten the sleighloads began to arrive. It was a mild winter
+day, when the snow packed well, and there fluttered down through the
+still air a few lazy flakes, large, soft, and feathery, like bits of the
+clouds floating white against the blue sky. The sleighs were driven up
+to the door with a great flourish and jingle of bells, and while the
+master welcomed the ladies, the fathers and big brothers drove the
+horses to the shelter of the thick-standing pines, and unhitching them,
+tied them to the sleigh-boxes, where, blanketed and fed, they remained
+for the day.
+
+Within an hour the little school-house was packed, the children crowded
+tight into the long desks, and the visitors on the benches along the
+walls and in the seats of the big boys and girls. On the platform were
+such of the trustees as could muster up the necessary courage--old Peter
+MacRae, who had been a dominie in the Old Country, the young minister
+and his wife, and the schoolteacher from the "Sixteenth."
+
+First came the wee tots, who, in wide-eyed, serious innocence, went
+through their letters and their "ox" and "cat" combinations and
+permutations with great gusto and distinction. Then they were dismissed
+to their seats by a series of mental arithmetic questions, sums
+of varying difficulty being propounded, until little white-haired,
+blue-eyed Johnnie Aird, with the single big curl on the top of his head,
+was left alone.
+
+"One and one, Johnnie?" said the master, smiling down at the rosy face.
+
+"Three," promptly replied Johnnie, and retired to his seat amid the
+delighted applause of visitors and pupils, and followed by the proud,
+fond, albeit almost tearful, gaze of his mother. He was her baby, born
+long after her other babies had grown up into sturdy youth, and all the
+dearer for that.
+
+Then up through the Readers, till the Fifth was reached, the examination
+progressed, each class being handed over to the charge of a visitor, who
+forthwith went upon examination as truly as did the class.
+
+"Fifth class!" In due order the class marched up to the chalk line on
+the floor in front of the master's desk, and stood waiting.
+
+The reading lesson was Fitz-Greene Halleck's "Marco Bozzaris," a
+selection of considerable dramatic power, and calling for a somewhat
+spirited rendering. The master would not have chosen this lesson, but he
+had laid down the rule that there was to be no special drilling of the
+pupils for an exhibition, but that the school should be seen doing its
+every-day work; and in the reading, the lessons for the previous day
+were to be those of the examination day. By an evil fortune, the reading
+for the day was the dramatic "Marco Bozzaris." The master shivered
+inwardly as he thought of the possibility of Thomas Finch, with his
+stolidly monotonous voice, being called upon to read the thrilling lines
+recording the panic-stricken death-cry of the Turk: "To arms! They come!
+The Greek! The Greek!" But Thomas, by careful plodding, had climbed to
+fourth place, and the danger lay in the third verse.
+
+"Will you take this class, Mr. MacRae?" said the master, handing him the
+book. He knew that the dominie was not interested in the art of reading
+beyond the point of correct pronunciation, and hence he hoped the class
+might get off easily. The dominie took the book reluctantly. What he
+desired was the "arith-MET-ic" class, and did not care to be "put off"
+with mere reading.
+
+"Well, Ranald, let us hear you," he rather growled. Ranald went at his
+work with quiet confidence; he knew all the words.
+
+"Page 187, Marco Bozzaris.
+
+"At midnight in his guarded tent, The Turk lay dreaming of the hour
+ When Greece, her knee in suppliance bent,
+ Should tremble at his power."
+
+And so on steadily to the end of his verse.
+
+"Next!"
+
+The next was "Betsy Dan," the daughter of Dan Campbell, of "The Island."
+Now, Betsy Dan was very red in hair and face, very shy and very nervous,
+and always on the point of giggles. It was a trial to her to read on
+ordinary days, but to-day it was almost more than she could bear. To
+make matters worse, sitting immediately behind her, and sheltered from
+the eye of the master, sat Jimmie Cameron, Don's youngest brother.
+Jimmie was always on the alert for mischief, and ever ready to go off
+into fits of laughter, which he managed to check only by grabbing tight
+hold of his nose. Just now he was busy pulling at the strings of Betsy
+Dan's apron with one hand, while with the other he was hanging onto his
+nose, and swaying in paroxysms of laughter.
+
+Very red in the face, Betsy Dan began her verse.
+
+"At midnight in the forest shades, Bozzaris--"
+
+Pause, while Betsy Dan clutched behind her.
+
+"--Bozzaris ranged--"
+
+("Tchik! tchik!") a snicker from Jimmie in the rear.
+
+"--his Suliote band, True as the steel of--"
+
+("im-im,") Betsy Dan struggles with her giggles.
+
+"Elizabeth!" The master's voice is stern and sharp.
+
+Betsy Dan bridles up, while Jimmie is momentarily sobered by the
+master's tone.
+
+"True as the steel of their tried blades, Heroes in heart and hand.
+ There had the Persians thousands stood--"
+
+("Tchik! tchik! tchik,") a long snicker from Jimmie, whose nose cannot
+be kept quite in control. It is becoming too much for poor Betsy Dan,
+whose lips begin to twitch.
+
+"There--"
+
+("im-im, thit-tit-tit,") Betsy Dan is making mighty efforts to hold in
+her giggles.
+
+"--had the glad earth (tchik!) drunk their blood, On old Pl-a-a-t-t-e-a-'s day."
+
+Whack! whack!
+
+"Elizabeth Campbell!" The master's tone was quite terrible.
+
+"I don't care! He won't leave me alone. He's just--just (sob)
+pu--pulling at me (sob) all the time."
+
+By this time Betsy's apron was up to her eyes, and her sobs were quite
+tempestuous.
+
+"James, stand up!" Jimmie slowly rose, red with laughter, and covered
+with confusion.
+
+"I-I-I di-dn't touch her!" he protested.
+
+"O--h!" said little Aleck Sinclair, who had been enjoying Jimmie's prank
+hugely; "he was--"
+
+"That'll do, Aleck, I didn't ask you. James is quite able to tell me
+himself. Now, James!"
+
+"I-I-I was only just doing that," said Jimmie, sober enough now, and
+terrified at the results of his mischief.
+
+"Doing what?" said the master, repressing a smile at Jimmie's woebegone
+face.
+
+"Just-just that!" and Jimmie touched gingerly with the point of his
+finger the bows of Betsy Dan's apron-strings.
+
+"Oh, I see. You were annoying Elizabeth while she was reading. No wonder
+she found it difficult. Now, do you think that was very nice?"
+
+Jimmie twisted himself into a semicircle.
+
+"N-o-o."
+
+"Come here, James!" Jimmie looked frightened, came round the class, and
+up to the master.
+
+"Now, then," continued the master, facing Jimmie round in front of Betsy
+Dan, who was still using her apron upon her eyes, "tell Elizabeth you
+are sorry."
+
+Jimmie stood in an agony of silent awkwardness, curving himself in
+varying directions.
+
+"Are you sorry?"
+
+"Y-e-e-s."
+
+"Well, tell her so."
+
+Jimmie drew a long breath and braced himself for the ordeal. He stood a
+moment or two, working his eyes up shyly from Betsy Dan's shoes to
+her face, caught her glancing at him from behind her apron, and began,
+"I-I-I'm (tchik! tchik) sor-ry," (tchik). Betsy Dan's look was too much
+for the little chap's gravity.
+
+A roar swept over the school-house. Even the grim dominie's face
+relaxed.
+
+"Go to your seat and behave yourself," said the master, giving Jimmie a
+slight cuff. "Now, Margaret, let us go on."
+
+Margaret's was the difficult verse. But to Margaret's quiet voice and
+gentle heart, anything like shriek or battle-cry was foreign enough, so
+with even tone, and unmodulated by any shade of passion, she read the
+cry, "To arms! They come! The Greek! The Greek!" Nor was her voice to
+be moved from its gentle, monotonous flow even by the battle-cry of
+Bozzaris, "Strike! till the last armed foe expires!"
+
+"Next," said the dominie, glad to get on with his task.
+
+The master breathed freely, when, alas for his hopes, the minister spoke
+up.
+
+"But, Margaret, do you think Bozzaris cheered his men in so gentle a
+voice as that?"
+
+Margaret smiled sweetly, but remained silent, glad to get over the
+verse.
+
+"Wouldn't you like to try it again?" suggested the minister.
+
+Margaret flushed up at once.
+
+"Oh, no," said his wife, who had noticed Margaret's flushing face.
+"Girls are not supposed to be soldiers, are they, Margaret?"
+
+Margaret flashed a grateful look at her.
+
+"That's a boy's verse."
+
+"Ay! that it is," said the old dominie; "and I would wish very much that
+Mrs. Murray would conduct this class."
+
+But the minister's wife would not hear of it, protesting that the
+dominie could do it much better. The old man, however, insisted, saying
+that he had no great liking for this part of the examination, and
+would wish to reserve himself, with the master's permission, for the
+"arith-MET-ic" class.
+
+Mrs. Murray, seeing that it would please the dominie, took the book,
+with a spot of color coming in her delicate, high-bred face.
+
+"You must all do your best now, to help me," she said, with a smile that
+brought an answering smile flashing along the line. Even Thomas Finch
+allowed his stolid face a gleam of intelligent sympathy, which, however,
+he immediately suppressed, for he remembered that the next turn was
+his, and that he must be getting himself into the appearance of dogged
+desperation which he considered suitable to a reading exercise.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said the minister's wife, sweetly, and Thomas plunged
+heavily.
+
+"They fought like brave men, long--"
+
+"Oh, Thomas, I think we will try that man's verse again, with the cries
+of battle in it, you know. I am sure you can do that well."
+
+It was all the same to Thomas. There were no words he could not spell,
+and he saw no reason why he should not do that verse as well as
+any other. So, with an extra knitting of his eyebrows, he set forth
+doggedly.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on-the-Turk-awoke-that-bright-dream-was-his-last."
+
+Thomas's voice fell with the unvarying regularity of the beat of a
+trip-hammer.
+
+"He-woke-to-hear-his-sentries-shriek-to-arms-they-come-the-Greek
+the-Greek-he-woke--"
+
+"But, Thomas, wait a minute. You see you must speak these words, 'To
+arms! They come!' differently from the others. These words were shrieked
+by the sentries, and you must show that in your reading."
+
+"Speak them out, man," said the minister, sharply, and a little
+nervously, fearing that his wife had undertaken too great a task, and
+hating to see her defeated.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said Mrs. Murray, "try again. And remember the sentries
+shrieked these words, 'To arms!' and so on."
+
+Thomas squared his shoulders, spread his feet apart, added a wrinkle
+to his frown, and a deeper note of desperation to his tone, and began
+again.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on-the-Turk-awoke-that-bright-dream-was--"
+
+The master shuddered.
+
+"Now, Thomas, excuse me. That's better, but we can improve that yet."
+Mrs. Murray was not to be beaten. The attention of the whole school,
+even to Jimmie Cameron, as well as that of the visitors, was now
+concentrated upon the event.
+
+"See," she went on, "each phrase by itself. 'An hour passed on: the Turk
+awoke.' Now, try that far."
+
+Again Thomas tried, this time with complete success. The visitors
+applauded.
+
+"Ah, that's it, Thomas. I was sure you could do it."
+
+Thomas relaxed a little, but not unduly. He was not sure what was yet
+before him.
+
+"Now we will get that 'sentries shriek.' See, Thomas, like this a
+little," and she read the words with fine expression.
+
+"You must put more pith, more force, into those words, Thomas. Speak
+out, man!" interjected the minister, who was wishing it was all over.
+
+"Now, Thomas, I think this will be the last time. You have done very
+well, but I feel sure you can do better."
+
+The minister's wife looked at Thomas as she said this, with so
+fascinating a smile that the frown on Thomas' face deepened into a
+hideous scowl, and he planted himself with a do-or-die expression in
+every angle of his solid frame. Realizing the extreme necessity of the
+moment, he pitched his voice several tones higher than ever before in
+his life inside a house and before people, and made his final attempt.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on: the-Turk-awoke: That-bright-dream-WAS-his-last."
+
+And now, feeling that the crisis was upon him, and confusing speed
+with intensity, and sound with passion, he rushed his words, with
+ever-increasing speed, into a wild yell.
+
+"He-woke-to-hear-his-sentries-shriek-to-arms-they
+come-the-Greek-THE-GREEK!"
+
+There was a moment of startled stillness, then, "tchik! tchik!" It was
+Jimmie again, holding his nose and swaying in a vain effort to control a
+paroxysm of snickers at Thomas' unusual outburst.
+
+It was like a match to powder. Again the whole school burst into a
+roar of uncontrollable laughter. Even the minister, the master, and the
+dominie, could not resist. The only faces unmoved were those of Thomas
+Finch and the minister's wife. He had tried his best, and it was to
+please her, and she knew it.
+
+A swift, shamed glance round, and his eyes rested on her face. That
+face was sweet and grave as she leaned toward him, and said, "Thank you,
+Thomas. That was well done." And Thomas, still looking at her, flushed
+to his hair roots and down the back of his neck, while the scowl on his
+forehead faded into a frown, and then into smoothness.
+
+"And if you always try your best like that, Thomas, you will be a great
+and good man some day."
+
+Her voice was low and soft, as if intended for him alone, but in the
+sudden silence that followed the laughter it thrilled to every heart in
+the room, and Thomas was surprised to find himself trying to swallow a
+lump in his throat, and to keep his eyes from blinking; and in his face,
+stolid and heavy, a new expression was struggling for utterance. "Here,
+take me," it said; "all that I have is thine," and later days brought
+the opportunity to prove it.
+
+The rest of the reading lesson passed without incident. Indeed, there
+pervaded the whole school that feeling of reaction which always succeeds
+an emotional climax. The master decided to omit the geography and
+grammar classes, which should have immediately followed, and have dinner
+at once, and so allow both children and visitors time to recover tone
+for the spelling and arithmetic of the afternoon.
+
+The dinner was an elaborate and appalling variety of pies and cakes,
+served by the big girls and their sisters, who had recently left
+school, and who consequently bore themselves with all proper dignity and
+importance. Two of the boys passed round a pail of water and a tin cup,
+that all the thirsty might drink. From hand to hand, and from lip to
+lip the cup passed, with a fine contempt of microbes. The only point
+of etiquette insisted upon was that no "leavings" should be allowed to
+remain in the cup or thrown back into the pail, but should be carefully
+flung upon the floor.
+
+There had been examination feasts in pre-historic days in the Twentieth
+school, when the boys indulged in free fights at long range, using as
+missiles remnants of pie crust and cake, whose consistency rendered them
+deadly enough to "bloody" a nose or black an eye. But these barbaric
+encounters ceased with Archie Munro's advent, and now the boys vied with
+each other in "minding their manners." Not only was there no snatching
+of food or exhibition of greediness, but there was a severe repression
+of any apparent eagerness for the tempting dainties, lest it should be
+suspected that such were unusual at home. Even the little boys felt that
+it would be bad manners to take a second piece of cake or pie unless
+specially pressed; but their eager, bulging eyes revealed only too
+plainly their heart's desire, and the kindly waiters knew their duty
+sufficiently to urge a second, third, and fourth supply of the toothsome
+currant or berry pie, the solid fruit cake, or the oily doughnut, till
+the point was reached where desire failed.
+
+"Have some more, Jimmie. Have a doughnut," said the master, who had been
+admiring Jimmie's gastronomic achievements.
+
+"He's had ten a'ready," shouted little Aleck Sinclair, Jimmie's special
+confidant.
+
+Jimmie smiled in conscious pride, but remained silent.
+
+"What! eaten ten doughnuts?" asked the master, feigning alarm.
+
+"He's got four in his pocket, too," said Aleck, in triumph.
+
+"He's got a pie in his own pocket," retorted Jimmie, driven to
+retaliate.
+
+"A pie!" exclaimed the master. "Better take it out. A pocket's not the
+best place for a pie. Why don't you eat it, Aleck?"
+
+"I can't," lamented Aleck. "I'm full up."
+
+"He said he's nearly busted," said Jimmie, anxiously. "He's got a
+pain here," pointing to his left eye. The bigger boys and some of the
+visitors who had gathered round shouted with laughter.
+
+"Oh, pshaw, Aleck!" said the master, encouragingly, "that's all right.
+As long as the pain is as high up as your eye you'll recover. I tell you
+what, put your pie down on the desk here, Jimmie will take care of it,
+and run down to the gate and tell Don I want him."
+
+Aleck, with great care and considerable difficulty, extracted from his
+pocket a segment of black currant pie, hopelessly battered, but still
+intact. He regarded it fondly for a moment or two, and then, with a very
+dubious look at Jimmie, ran away on his errand for the master.
+
+It took him some little time to find Don, and meanwhile the master's
+attention was drawn away by his duty to the visitors. The pie left to
+Jimmie's care had an unfortunately tempting fringe of loose pieces about
+it that marred its symmetry. Jimmie proceeded to trim it into shape. So
+absorbed did he become in this trimming process, that before he realized
+what he was about, he woke suddenly to the startling fact that the pie
+had shrunk into a comparatively insignificant size. It would be worse
+than useless to save the mutilated remains for Aleck; there was nothing
+for it now but to get the reproachful remnant out of the way. He was
+so busily occupied with this praiseworthy proceeding that he failed to
+notice Aleck enter the room, flushed with his race, eager and once more
+empty.
+
+Arriving at his seat, he came upon Jimmie engaged in devouring the pie
+left in his charge. With a cry of dismay and rage he flung himself upon
+the little gourmand, and after a short struggle, secured the precious
+pie; but alas, bereft of its most delicious part--it was picked clean
+of its currants. For a moment he gazed, grief-stricken, at the leathery,
+viscous remnant in his hand. Then, with a wrathful exclamation, "Here,
+then, you can just take it then, you big pig, you!" He seized Jimmie by
+the neck, and jammed the sticky pie crust on his face, where it stuck
+like an adhesive plaster. Jimmie, taken by surprise, and rendered
+nerveless by the pangs of an accusing conscience, made no resistance,
+but set up a howl that attracted the attention of the master and the
+whole company.
+
+"Why, Jimmie!" exclaimed the master, removing the doughy mixture from
+the little lad's face, "what on earth are you trying to do? What is
+wrong, Aleck?"
+
+"He ate my pie," said Aleck, defiantly.
+
+"Ate it? Well, apparently not. But never mind, Aleck, we shall get you
+another pie."
+
+"There isn't any more," said Aleck, mournfully; "that was the last
+piece."
+
+"Oh, well, we shall find something else just as good," said the master,
+going off after one of the big girls; and returning with a doughnut
+and a peculiarly deadly looking piece of fruit cake, he succeeded in
+comforting the disappointed and still indignant Aleck.
+
+The afternoon was given to the more serious part of the school
+work--writing, arithmetic, and spelling, while, for those whose
+ambitions extended beyond the limits of the public school, the master
+had begun a Euclid class, which was at once his despair and his
+pride. In the Twentieth school of that date there was no waste of the
+children's time in foolish and fantastic branches of study, in showy
+exercises and accomplishments, whose display was at once ruinous to
+the nerves of the visitors, and to the self-respect and modesty of
+the children. The ideal of the school was to fit the children for the
+struggle into which their lives would thrust them, so that the boy who
+could spell and read and cipher was supposed to be ready for his life
+work. Those whose ambition led them into the subtleties of Euclid's
+problems and theorems were supposed to be in preparation for somewhat
+higher spheres of life.
+
+Through the various classes of arithmetic the examination proceeded, the
+little ones struggling with great seriousness through their addition
+and subtraction sums, and being wrought up to the highest pitch of
+excitement by their contest for the first place. By the time the fifth
+class was reached, the air was heavy with the feeling of battle. Indeed,
+it was amazing to note how the master had succeeded in arousing in the
+whole school an intense spirit of emulation. From little Johnnie Aird up
+to Thomas Finch, the pupils carried the hearts of soldiers.
+
+Through fractions, the "Rule of Three," percentages, and stocks, the
+senior class swept with a trail of glory. In vain old Peter MacRae
+strewed their path with his favorite posers. The brilliant achievements
+of the class seemed to sink him deeper and deeper into the gloom of
+discontent, while the master, the minister and his wife, as well as
+the visitors, could not conceal their delight. As a last resort the old
+dominie sought to stem their victorious career with his famous problem
+in Practice, and to his huge enjoyment, one after another of the class
+had to acknowledge defeat. The truth was, the master had passed lightly
+over this rule in the arithmetic, considering the solution of problems
+by the method of Practice as a little antiquated, and hardly worthy of
+much study. The failure of the class, however, brought the dominie his
+hour of triumph, and so complete had been the success of the examination
+that the master was abundantly willing that he should enjoy it.
+
+Then followed the judging of the copy-books. The best and cleanest book
+in each class was given the proud distinction of a testimonial written
+upon the first blank page, with the date of the examination and the
+signatures of the examiners attached. It was afterwards borne home in
+triumph by the happy owner, to be stored among the family archives,
+and perhaps among the sacred things that mothers keep in their holy of
+holies.
+
+After the copy-books had been duly appraised, there followed an hour
+in which the excitement of the day reached its highest mark. The whole
+school, with such of the visitors as could be persuaded to join, were
+ranged in opposing ranks in the deadly conflict of a spelling-match. The
+master, the teacher from the Sixteenth, and even the minister's wife,
+yielded to the tremendous pressure of public demand that they should
+enter the fray. The contest had a most dramatic finish, and it was felt
+that the extreme possibility of enthusiasm and excitement was reached
+when the minister's wife spelled down the teacher from the Sixteenth,
+who every one knew, was the champion speller of all the country that lay
+toward the Front, and had a special private armory of deadly missiles
+laid up against just such a conflict as this. The tumultuous triumph
+of the children was not to be controlled. Again and again they followed
+Hughie in wild yells, not only because his mother was a great favorite
+with them all, but because she had wrested a victory from the champion
+of the Front, for the Front, in all matters pertaining to culture and
+fashion, thought itself quite superior to the more backwoods country of
+the Twentieth.
+
+It was with no small difficulty that the master brought the school to
+such a degree of order that the closing speeches could be received with
+becoming respect and attention. The trustees, according to custom, were
+invited to express their opinion upon the examination, and upon school
+matters generally. The chairman, John Cameron, "Long John," as he was
+called, broke the ice after much persuasion, and slowly rising from
+the desk into which he had compressed his long, lank form, he made his
+speech. Long John was a great admirer of the master, but for all that,
+and perhaps because of that, he allowed himself no warmer words of
+commendation than that he was well pleased with the way in which
+the children had conducted themselves. "They have done credit to
+themselves," he said, "and to their teacher. And indeed I am sorry he is
+leaving us, for, so far, I have heard no complaints in the Section."
+
+The other trustees followed in the path thus blazed out for them by Long
+John. They were all well pleased with the examination, and they were
+all sorry to lose the master, and they had heard no complaints. It
+was perfectly understood that no words of praise could add to the high
+testimony that they "had heard no complaints."
+
+The dominie's speech was a little more elaborate. Somewhat reluctantly
+he acknowledged that the school had acquitted itself with "very
+considerable credit," especially the "arith-MET-ic" class, and indeed,
+considering all the circumstances, Mr. Munro was to be congratulated
+upon the results of his work in the Section. But the minister's warm
+expression of delight at the day's proceedings, and of regret at the
+departure of the master, more than atoned for the trustees' cautious
+testimony, and the dominie's somewhat grudging praise.
+
+Then came the moment of the day. A great stillness fell upon the school
+as the master rose to make his farewell speech. But before he could
+say a word, up from their seats walked Betsy Dan and Thomas Finch,
+and ranged themselves before him. The whole assemblage tingled with
+suppressed excitement. The great secret with which they had been
+burdening themselves for the past few weeks was now to be out. Slowly
+Thomas extracted the manuscript from his trousers pocket, and smoothed
+out its many folds, while Betsy Dan waited nervously in the rear.
+
+"Oh, why did they set Thomas to this?" whispered the minister's wife,
+who had a profound sense of humor. The truth was, the choice of the
+school had fallen upon Ranald and Margaret Aird. Margaret was quite
+willing to act, but Ranald refused point-blank, and privately persuaded
+Thomas to accept the honor in his stead. To this Thomas agreed, all the
+more readily that Margaret, whom he adored from a respectful distance,
+was to be his partner. But Margaret, who would gladly have been
+associated with Ranald, on the suggestion that Thomas should take his
+place, put up her lower lip in that symbol of scorn so effective with
+girls, but which no boy has ever yet accomplished, and declared that
+indeed, and she would see that Tom Finch far enough, which plainly
+meant "no." Consequently they had to fall back upon Betsy Dan, who, in
+addition to being excessively nervous, was extremely good-natured.
+And Thomas, though he would greatly have preferred Margaret as his
+assistant, was quite ready to accept Betsy Dan.
+
+The interval of waiting while Thomas deliberately smoothed out the
+creases of the paper was exceedingly hard upon Betsy Dan, whose face
+grew redder each moment. Jimmie Cameron, too, who realized that the
+occasion was one of unusual solemnity, was gazing at Thomas with
+intense interest growing into amusement, and was holding his fingers
+in readiness to seize his nose, and so check any explosion of snickers.
+Just as Thomas had got the last fold of his paper straightened out, and
+was turning it right end up, it somehow slipped through his fingers to
+the floor. This was too much for Jimmie, who only saved himself from
+utter disgrace by promptly seizing his nose and holding on for dear
+life. Thomas gave Jimmie a passing glare and straightened himself up
+for his work. With a furious frown he cleared his throat and began in
+a solemn, deep-toned roar, "Dear teacher, learning with regret that you
+are about to sever your connection," etc., etc. All went well until
+he came to the words, "We beg you to accept this gift, not for its
+intrinsic value," etc., which was the cue for Betsy Dan. But Betsy Dan
+was engaged in terrorizing Jimmie, and failed to come in, till, after an
+awful pause, Thomas gave her a sharp nudge, and whispered audibly, "Give
+it to him, you gowk." Poor Betsy Dan, in sudden confusion, whipped her
+hand out from under her apron, and thrusting a box at the master, said
+hurriedly, "Here it is, sir." As Thomas solemnly concluded his address,
+a smile ran round the room, while Jimmie doubled himself up in his
+efforts to suppress a tempest of snickers.
+
+The master, however, seemed to see nothing humorous in the situation,
+but bowing gravely to Thomas and Betsy Dan, he said, kindly, "Thank you,
+Thomas! Thank you, Elizabeth!" Something in his tone brought the school
+to attention, and even Jimmie forgot to have regard to his nose. For
+a few moments the master stood looking upon the faces of his pupils,
+dwelling upon them one by one, till his eyes rested upon the wee tots in
+the front seat, looking at him with eyes of innocent and serious wonder.
+Then he thanked the children for their gift in a few simple words,
+assuring them that he should always wear the watch with pride and
+grateful remembrance of the Twentieth school, and of his happy days
+among them.
+
+But when he came to say his words of farewell, and to thank them for
+their goodness to him, and their loyal backing of him while he was their
+teacher, his voice grew husky, and for a moment wavered. Then, after
+a pause, he spoke of what had been his ideal among them. "It is a good
+thing to have your minds trained and stored with useful knowledge, but
+there are better things than that. To learn honor, truth, and right; to
+be manly and womanly; to be self-controlled and brave and gentle--these
+are better than all possible stores of learning; and if I have taught
+you these at all, then I have done what I most wished to do. I have
+often failed, and I have often been discouraged, and might have given up
+were it not for the help I received at my worst times from our minister
+and from Mrs. Murray, who often saved me from despair."
+
+A sudden flush tinged the grave, beautiful face of the minister's young
+wife. A light filled her eyes as the master said these words, for she
+remembered days when the young man's pain was almost greater than he
+could bear, and when he was near to giving up.
+
+When the master ceased, the minister spoke a few words in appreciation
+of the work he had done in the school, and in the whole Section, during
+his three years' stay among them, and expressed his conviction that many
+a young lad would grow into a better man because he had known Archibald
+Munro, and some of them would never forget what he had done for them.
+
+By this time all the big girls and many of the visitors were openly
+weeping. The boys were looking straight in front of them, their faces
+set in an appearance of savage gloom, for they knew well how near they
+were to "acting like the girls."
+
+After a short prayer by the minister, the children filed out past the
+master, who stood at the door and shook hands with them one by one. When
+the big boys, and the young men who had gone to school in the winter
+months, came to say good by, they shook hands silently, and then stood
+close about him as if hating to let him go. He had caught for them in
+many a close base-ball match; he had saved their goal in many a fierce
+shinny fight with the Front; and while he had ruled them with an iron
+rule, he had always treated them fairly. He had never failed them; he
+had never weakened; he had always been a man among them. No wonder they
+stood close about him and hated to lose him. Suddenly big Bob Fraser
+called out in a husky voice, "Three cheers for the captain!" and every
+one was glad of the chance to let himself out in a roar. And that was
+the last of the farewells.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE NEW MASTER
+
+
+Right in front of the school door, and some little distance from it, in
+the midst of a clump of maples, stood an old beech-tree with a dead top,
+and half-way down where a limb had once been and had rotted off, a
+hole. Inside this hole two very respectable but thoroughly impudent red
+squirrels had made their nest. The hole led into the dead heart of the
+tree, which had been hollowed out with pains so as to make a roomy, cosy
+home, which the squirrels had lined with fur and moss, and which was
+well stored with beechnuts from the tree, their winter's provisions.
+
+Between the boys and the squirrels there existed an armed neutrality. It
+was understood among the boys that nothing worse than snowballs was to
+be used in their war with the squirrels, while with the squirrels it
+was a matter of honor that they should put reasonable limits to their
+profanity. But there were times when the relations became strained, and
+hence the holidays were no less welcome to the squirrels than to the
+boys.
+
+To the squirrels this had been a day of unusual anxiety, for the school
+had taken up again after its two weeks' holidays, and the boys were a
+little more inquisitive than usual, and unfortunately, the snow happened
+to be good for packing. It had been a bad day for nerves, and Mr. Bushy,
+as the boys called him, found it impossible to keep his tail in one
+position for more than one second at a time. It was in vain that his
+more sedate and self-controlled partner in life remonstrated with him
+and urged a more philosophic mind.
+
+"It's all very well for you, my dear," Mr. Bushy was saying, rather
+crossly I am afraid, "to urge a philosophic mind, but if you had the
+responsibility of the family upon you--Goodness gracious! Owls and
+weasels! What in all the woods is that?"
+
+"Can't be the wolves," said Mrs. Bushy, placidly, "it's too early for
+them."
+
+"Might have known," replied her husband, quite crossly; "of course it's
+those boys. I wonder why they let them out of school at all. Why can't
+they keep them in where it is warm? It always seems to me a very silly
+thing anyway, for them to keep rushing out of their hole in that stupid
+fashion. What they do in there I am sure I don't know. It isn't the
+least like a nest. I've seen inside of it. There isn't a thing to eat,
+nor a bit of hair or moss. They just go in and out again."
+
+"Well, my dear," said his wife, soothingly, "you can hardly expect them
+to know as much as people with a wider outlook. We must remember they
+are only ground people."
+
+"That's just it!" grumbled Mr. Bushy. "I only wish they would just keep
+to themselves and on the ground where they belong, but they have the
+impudence to come lumbering up here into our tree."
+
+"Oh, well," replied his partner, calmly, "you must acknowledge they do
+not disturb our nest."
+
+"And a good thing for them, too," chattered Mr. Bushy, fiercely,
+smoothing out his whiskers and showing his sharp front teeth, at which
+Mrs. Bushy smiled gently behind her tail.
+
+"But what are they doing now?" she inquired.
+
+"Oh, they are going off into the woods," said Mr. Bushy, who had
+issued from his hole and was sitting up on a convenient crotch. "And I
+declare!" he said, in amazed tones, "they haven't thrown one snowball at
+me. Something must be badly wrong with them. Wonder what it is? This is
+quite unprecedented."
+
+At this Mrs. Bushy ventured carefully out to observe the extraordinary
+phenomenon, for the boys were actually making their way to the gate, the
+smaller ones with much noisy shouting, but the big boys soberly enough
+engaged in earnest conversation. It was their first day of the new
+master, and such a day as quite "flabbergastrated," as Don Cameron said,
+even the oldest of them. But of course Mr. and Mrs. Bushy knew nothing
+of this, and could only marvel.
+
+"Murdie," cried Hughie to Don's big brother, who with Bob Fraser, Ranald
+Macdonald, and Thomas Finch was walking slowly toward the gate, "you
+won't forget to ask your pa for an excuse if you happen to be late
+to-morrow, will you?"
+
+Murdie paid no attention.
+
+"You won't forget your excuse, Murdie," continued Hughie, poking him in
+the back.
+
+Murdie suddenly turned, caught him by the neck and the seat of his
+trousers, and threw him head first into a drift, from which he emerged
+wrathful and sputtering.
+
+"Well, I hope you do," continued Hughie, "and then you'll catch it. And
+mind you," he went on, circling round to get in front of him, "if you
+want to ask big Bob there for his knife, mind you hold up your hand
+first." Murdie only grinned at him.
+
+The new master had begun the day by enunciating the regulations under
+which the school was to be administered. They made rather a formidable
+list, but two of them seemed to the boys to have gone beyond the limits
+of all that was outrageous and absurd. There was to be no speaking
+during school hours, and if a boy should desire to ask a question of his
+neighbor, he was to hold up his hand and get permission from the master.
+But worse than all, and more absurd than all, was the regulation that
+all late comers and absentees were to bring written excuses from parents
+or guardians.
+
+"Guardian," Thomas Finch had grunted, "what's that?"
+
+"Your grandmother," whispered Don back.
+
+It was not Don's reply that brought Thomas into disgrace this first
+day of the new master's rule, it was the vision of big Murdie Cameron
+walking up to the desk with an excuse for lateness, which he had
+obtained from Long John, his father. This vision breaking suddenly in
+upon the solemnity of Thomas Finch's mind, had sent him into a snort of
+laughter, not more to the surprise of the school than of himself. The
+gravity of the school had not been greatly helped by Thomas sheepish
+answer to the master's indignant question, "What did you do that for,
+sir?"
+
+"I didn't; it did itself."
+
+On the whole, the opening day had not been a success. As a matter of
+fact, it was almost too much to expect that it should be anything but
+a failure. There was a kind of settled if unspoken opinion among the
+children that no master could ever fill Archibald Munro's place in the
+school. Indeed, it was felt to be a kind of impertinence for any man to
+attempt such a thing. And further, there was a secret sentiment among
+the boys that loyalty to the old master's memory demanded an attitude of
+unsympathetic opposition to the one who came to take his place. It did
+not help the situation that the new master was unaware of this state of
+mind. He was buoyed up by the sentiments of enthusiastic admiration
+and approval that he carried with him in the testimonials from his last
+board of trustees in town, with which sentiments he fully agreed, and
+hence he greeted the pupils of the little backwoods school with an airy
+condescension that reduced the school to a condition of speechless and
+indignant astonishment. The school was prepared to tolerate the man who
+should presume to succeed their former master, if sufficiently humble,
+but certainly not to accept airy condescension from him.
+
+"Does he think we're babies?" asked Don, indignantly.
+
+"And did you see him trying to chop at recess?" (REE'cis, Hughie called
+it.) "He couldn't hit twice in the same place."
+
+"And he asked me if that beech there was a maple," said Bob Fraser, in
+deep disgust.
+
+"Oh, shut up your gab!" said Ranald, suddenly. "Give the man a chance,
+anyway."
+
+"Will YOU bring an excuse when you're absent, Ranald?" asked Hughie.
+
+"And where would I be getting it?" asked Ranald, grimly, and all the
+boys realized the absurdity of expecting a written excuse for Ranald's
+absence from his father. Macdonald Dubh was not a man to be bothered
+with such trifles.
+
+"You might get it from your Aunt Kirsty, Ranald," said Don, slyly. The
+boys shouted at the suggestion.
+
+"And she could do it well enough if it would be necessary," said Ranald,
+facing square round on Don, and throwing up his head after his manner
+when battle was in the air, while the red blood showed in his dark cheek
+and his eyes lit up with a fierce gleam. Don read the danger signal.
+
+"I'm not saying she couldn't," he hurried to say, apologetically, "but
+it would be funny, wouldn't it?"
+
+"Well," said Ranald, relenting and smiling a little, "it would be
+keeping her busy at times."
+
+"When the deer are running, eh, Ranald," said Murdie, good-naturedly.
+"But Ranald's right, boys," he continued, "give the man a chance, say
+I."
+
+"There's our bells," cried Thomas Finch, as the deep, musical boom of
+the Finch's sleigh-bells came through the bush. "Come on, Hughie, we'll
+get them at the cross." And followed by Hughie and the boys from the
+north, he set off for the north cross-roads, where they would meet
+the Finch's bob-sleighs coming empty from the saw-mill, to the great
+surprise and unalloyed delight of Mr. and Mrs. Bushy, who from their
+crotch in the old beech had watched with some anxiety the boys' unusual
+conduct.
+
+"There they are, Hughie," called Thomas, as the sleighs came out into
+the open at the crossroads. "They'll wait for us. They know you're
+coming," he yelled, encouragingly, for the big boys had left the smaller
+ones, a panting train, far in the rear, and were piling themselves
+upon the Finch's sleighs, with never a "by your leave" to William
+John--familiarly known as Billy Jack--Thomas' eldest brother, who drove
+the Finch's team.
+
+Thomas' home lay a mile north and another east from the Twentieth
+cross-roads, but the winter road by which they hauled saw-logs to the
+mill, cut right through the forest, where the deep snow packed hard
+into a smooth track, covering roots and logs and mud holes, and making
+a perfect surface for the sleighs, however heavily loaded, except where
+here and there the pitch-holes or cahots came. These cahots, by the way,
+though they became, especially toward the spring, a serious annoyance
+to teamsters, only added another to the delights that a sleigh-ride held
+for the boys.
+
+To Hughie, the ride this evening was blissful to an unspeakable degree.
+He was overflowing with new sensations. He was going to spend the night
+with Thomas, for one thing, and Thomas as his host was quite a new and
+different person from the Thomas of the school. The minister's wife,
+ever since the examination day, had taken a deeper interest in Thomas,
+and determined that something should be made out of the solemn, stolid,
+slow-moving boy. Partly for this reason she had yielded to Hughie's
+eager pleading, backing up the invitation brought by Thomas himself
+and delivered in an agony of red-faced confusion, that Hughie should be
+allowed to go home with him for the night. Partly, too, because she
+was glad that Hughie should see something of the Finch's home, and
+especially of the dark-faced, dark-eyed little woman who so silently and
+unobtrusively, but so efficiently, administered her home, her family,
+and their affairs, and especially her husband, without suspicion on his
+part that anything of the kind was being done.
+
+In addition to the joy that Hughie had in Thomas in his new role as
+host, this winter road was full of wonder and delight, as were all roads
+and paths that wound right through the heart of the bush. The regular
+made-up roads, with the forest cut back beyond the ditches at the sides,
+were a great weariness to Hughie, except indeed, in the springtime, when
+these ditches were running full with sun-lit water, over the mottled
+clay bottom and gravelly ripples. But the bush roads and paths, summer
+and winter, were filled with things of wonder and of beauty, and this
+particular winter road of the Finch's was best of all to Hughie, for it
+was quite new to him, and besides, it led right through the mysterious,
+big pine swamp and over the butternut ridge, beyond which lay the
+Finch's farm. Balsam-trees, tamarack, spruce, and cedar made up the
+thick underbrush of the pine swamp, white birch, white ash, and black
+were thickly sprinkled through it, but high above these lesser trees
+towered the white pines, lifting their great, tufted crests in lonely
+grandeur, seeming like kings among meaner men. Here and there the rabbit
+runways, packed into hard little paths, crossed the road and disappeared
+under the thick spruces and balsams; here and there, the sly, single
+track of the fox, or the deep hoof-mark of the deer, led off into
+unknown depths on either side. Hughie, sitting up on the bolster of the
+front bob beside Billy Jack, for even the big boys recognized his right,
+as Thomas' guest, to that coveted place, listened with eager face and
+wide-open eyes to Billy Jack's remarks upon the forest and its strange
+people.
+
+One thing else added to Hughie's keen enjoyment of the ride. Billy
+Jack's bays were always in the finest of fettle, and pulled hard on the
+lines, and were rarely allowed the rapture of a gallop. But when the
+swamp was passed and the road came to the more open butternut ridge,
+Billy Jack shook the lines over their backs and let them out. Their
+response was superb to witness, and brought Hughie some moments of
+ecstatic rapture. Along the hard-packed road that wound about among the
+big butternuts, the rangey bays sped at a flat gallop, bounding clear
+over the cahots, the booming of the bells and the rattling of the chains
+furnishing an exhilarating accompaniment to the swift, swaying motion,
+while the children clung for dear life to the bob-sleighs and to each
+other. It was all Billy Jack could do to get his team down to a trot by
+the time they reached the clearing, for there the going was perilous,
+and besides, it was just as well that his father should not witness
+any signs on Billy Jack's part of the folly that he was inclined to
+attribute to the rising generation. So steadily enough the bays trotted
+up the lane and between long lines of green cordwood on one side and
+a hay-stack on the other, into the yard, and swinging round the big
+straw-stack that faced the open shed, and was flanked on the right by
+the cow-stable and hog-pen, and on the left by the horse-stable, came to
+a full stop at their own stable door.
+
+"Thomas, you take Hughie into the house to get warm, till I unhitch,"
+said Billy Jack, with the feeling that courtesy to the minister's son
+demanded this attention. But Hughie, rejecting this proposition with
+scorn, pushed Thomas aside and set himself to unhitch the S-hook on the
+outside trace of the nigh bay. It was one of Hughie's grievances, and
+a very sore point with him, that his father's people would insist
+on treating him in the privileged manner they thought proper to his
+father's son, and his chief ambition was to stand upon his own legs
+and to fare like other boys. So he scorned Billy Jack's suggestion, and
+while some of the children scurried about the stacks for a little romp
+before setting off for their homes, which some of them, for the sake of
+the ride, had left far behind, Hughie devoted himself to the unhitching
+of the team with Billy Jack. And so quick was he in his movements,
+and so fearless of the horses, that he had his side unhitched and was
+struggling with the breast-strap before Billy Jack had finished with his
+horse.
+
+"Man! you're a regular farmer," said Billy Jack, admiringly, "only
+you're too quick for the rest of us."
+
+Hughie, still struggling with the breast-strap, found his heart swell
+with pride. To be a farmer was his present dream.
+
+"But that's too heavy for you," continued Billy Jack. "Here, let down
+the tongue first."
+
+"Pshaw!" said Hughie, disgusted at his exhibition of ignorance, "I knew
+that tongue ought to come out first, but I forgot."
+
+"Oh, well, it's just as good that way, but not quite so easy," said
+Billy Jack, with doubtful consistency.
+
+It took Hughie but a few minutes after the tongue was let down to
+unfasten his end of the neck-yoke and the cross-lines, and he was
+beginning at his hame-strap, always a difficult buckle, when Billy Jack
+called out, "Hold on there! You're too quick for me. We'll make them
+carry their own harness into the stable. Don't believe in making a horse
+of myself." Billy Jack was something of a humorist.
+
+The Finch homestead was a model of finished neatness. Order was its law.
+Outside, the stables, barns, stacks, the very wood-piles, evidenced that
+law. Within, the house and its belongings and affairs were perfect
+in their harmonious arrangement. The whole establishment, without and
+within, gave token of the unremitting care of one organizing mind, for,
+from dark to dark, while others might have their moments of rest and
+careless ease, "the little mother," as Billy Jack called her, was ever
+on guard, and all the machinery of house and farm moved smoothly and to
+purpose because of that unsleeping care. She was last to bed and first
+to stir, and Billy Jack declared that she used to put the cats to sleep
+at night, and waken up the roosters in the morning. And through it all
+her face remained serene, and her voice flowed in quiet tones. Billy
+Jack adored her with all the might of his big heart and body. Thomas,
+slow of motion as of expression, found in her the center of his somewhat
+sluggish being. Jessac, the little dark-faced maiden of nine years,
+whose face was the very replica of her mother's, knew nothing in the
+world dearer, albeit in her daily little housewifely tasks she felt
+the gentle pressure of that steadfast mind and unyielding purpose. Her
+husband regarded her with a curious mingling of reverence and defiance,
+for Donald Finch was an obstinate man, with a man's love of authority,
+and a Scotchman's sense of his right to rule in his own house. But while
+he talked much about his authority, and made a great show of absolutism
+with his family, he was secretly conscious that another will than
+his had really kept things moving about the farm; for he had long ago
+learned that his wife was always right, while he might often be wrong,
+and that, withal her soft words and gentle ways, hers was a will like
+steel.
+
+Besides the law of order, another law ruled in the Finch household--the
+law of work. The days were filled with work, for they each had their
+share to do, and bore the sole responsibility for its being well done.
+If the cows failed in their milk, or the fat cattle were not up to the
+mark, the father felt the reproach as his; to Billy Jack fell the care
+and handling of the horses; Thomas took charge of the pigs, and the
+getting of wood and water for the house; little Jessac had her daily
+task of "sorting the rooms," and when the days were too stormy or the
+snow too deep for school, she had in addition her stent of knitting or
+of winding the yarn for the weaver. To the mother fell all the rest. At
+the cooking and the cleaning, and the making and the mending, all fine
+arts with her, she diligently toiled from long before dawn till after
+all the rest were abed. But besides these and other daily household
+duties there were, in their various seasons, the jam and jelly, the
+pumpkin and squash preserves, the butter-making and cheese-making, and
+more than all, the long, long work with the wool. Billy Jack used to say
+that the little mother followed that wool from the backs of her sheep
+to the backs of her family, and hated to let the weaver have his turn
+at it. What with the washing and the oiling of it, the carding and the
+spinning, the twisting and the winding, she never seemed to be done. And
+then, when it came back from the weaver in great webs of fulled-cloth
+and flannel and winsey, there was all the cutting, shaping, and sewing
+before the family could get it on their backs. True, the tailor was
+called in to help, but though he declared he worked no place else as he
+worked at the Finch's, it was Billy Jack's openly expressed opinion that
+"he worked his jaw more than his needle, for at meal-times he gave his
+needle a rest."
+
+But though Hughie, of course, knew nothing of this toiling and moiling,
+he was distinctly conscious of an air of tidiness and comfort and
+quiet, and was keenly alive to the fact that there was a splendid supper
+waiting him when he got in from the stables with the others, "hungry as
+a wild-cat," as Billy jack expressed it. And that WAS a supper! Fried
+ribs of fresh pork, and hashed potatoes, hot and brown, followed by
+buckwheat pancakes, hot and brown, with maple syrup. There was tea for
+the father and mother with their oat cakes, but for the children no such
+luxury, only the choice of buttermilk or sweet milk. Hughie, it is true,
+was offered tea, but he promptly declined, for though he loved it well
+enough, it was sufficient reason for him that Thomas had none. It took,
+however, all the grace out of his declining, that Mr. Finch remarked
+in gruff pleasantry, "What would a boy want with tea!" The supper was
+a very solemn meal. They were all too busy to talk, at least so Hughie
+felt, and as for himself, he was only afraid lest the others should
+"push back" before he had satisfied the terrible craving within him.
+
+After supper the books were taken, and in Gaelic, for though Donald
+Finch was perfectly able in English for business and ordinary affairs
+of life, when it came to the worship of God, he found that only in the
+ancient mother tongue could he "get liberty." As Hughie listened to the
+solemn reading, and then to the prayer that followed, though he could
+understand only a word now and again, he was greatly impressed with the
+rhythmic, solemn cadence of the voice, and as he glanced through his
+fingers at the old man's face, he was surprised to find how completely
+it had changed. It was no longer the face of the stern and stubborn
+autocrat, but of an earnest, humble, reverent man of God; and Hughie,
+looking at him, wondered if he would not be altogether nicer with
+his wife and boys after that prayer was done. He had yet to learn how
+obstinate and even hard a man can be and still have a great "gift in
+prayer."
+
+From the old man's face, Hughie's glance wandered to his wife's, and
+there was held fascinated. For the first time Hughie thought it was
+beautiful, and more than that, he was startled to find that it reminded
+him of his mother's. At once he closed his eyes, for he felt as if he
+had been prying where he had no right.
+
+After the prayer was over they all drew about the glowing polished
+kitchen stove with the open front, and set themselves to enjoy that hour
+which, more than any other, helps to weave into the memory the thoughts
+and feelings that in after days are associated with home. Old Donald
+drew forth his pipe, a pleased expectation upon his face, and after
+cutting enough tobacco from the black plug which he pulled from his
+trousers pocket, he rolled it fine, with deliberation, and packed it
+carefully into his briar-root pipe, from which dangled a tin cap; then
+drawing out some live coals from the fire, he with a quick motion picked
+one up, set it upon the top of the tobacco, and holding it there with
+his bare finger until Hughie was sure he would burn himself, puffed with
+hard, smacking puffs, but with a more comfortable expression than Hughie
+had yet seen him wear. Then, when it was fairly lit, he knocked off the
+coal, packed down the tobacco, put on the little tin cap, and sat back
+in his covered arm-chair, and came as near beaming upon the world as
+ever he allowed himself to come.
+
+"Here, Jessac," he said to the little dark-faced maiden slipping about
+the table under the mother's silent direction. Jessac glanced at her
+mother and hesitated. Then, apparently reading her mother's face, she
+said, "In a minute, da," and seizing the broom, which was much taller
+than herself, she began to brush up the crumbs about the table with
+amazing deftness. This task completed, and the crumbs being thrown into
+the pig's barrel which stood in the woodshed just outside the door,
+Jessac set her broom in the corner, hung up the dust-pan on its proper
+nail behind the stove, and then, running to her father, climbed up
+on his knee and snuggled down into his arms for an hour's luxurious
+laziness before the fire. Hughie gazed in amazement at her temerity, for
+Donald Finch was not a man to take liberties with; but as he gazed,
+he wondered the more, for again the face of the stern old man was
+transformed.
+
+"Be quaet now, lassie. Hear me now, I am telling you," he admonished
+the little girl in his arms, while there flowed over his face a look of
+half-shamed delight that seemed to fill up and smooth out all its severe
+lines.
+
+Hughie was still gazing and wondering when the old man, catching his
+earnest, wide-open gaze, broke forth suddenly, in a voice nearly jovial,
+"Well, lad, so you have taken up the school again. You will be having a
+fine time of it altogether."
+
+The lad, startled more by the joviality of his manner than by the
+suddenness of his speech, hastily replied, "Indeed, we are not, then."
+
+"What! what!" replied the old man, returning to his normal aspect of
+severity. "Do you not know that you have great privileges now?"
+
+"Huh!" grunted Hughie. "If we had Archie Munro again."
+
+"And what is wrong with the new man?"
+
+"Oh, I don't know. He's not a bit nice. He's--"
+
+"Too many rules," said Thomas, slowly.
+
+"Aha!" said his father, with a note of triumph in his tone; "so that's
+it, is it? He will be bringing you to the mark, I warrant you. And
+indeed it's high time, for I doubt Archie Munro was just a little soft
+with you."
+
+The old man's tone was aggravating enough, but his reference to the old
+master was too much for Hughie, and even Thomas was moved to words more
+than was his wont in his father's presence.
+
+"He has too many rules," repeated Thomas, stolidly, "and they will not
+be kept."
+
+"And he is as proud as he can be," continued Hughie. "Comes along with
+his cane and his stand-up collar, and lifts his hat off to the big
+girls, and--and--och! he's just as stuck-up as anything!" Hughie's
+vocabulary was not equal to his contempt.
+
+"There will not be much wrong with his cane in the Twentieth School, I
+dare say," went on the old man, grimly. "As for lifting his hat, it is
+time some of them were learning manners. When I was a boy we were made
+to mind our manners, I can tell you."
+
+"So are we!" replied Hughie, hotly; "but we don't go shoween off like
+that! And then himself and his rules!" Hughie's disgust was quite
+unutterable.
+
+"Rules!" exclaimed the old man. "Ay, that is what is the trouble."
+
+"Well," said Hughie, with a spice of mischief, "if Thomas is late for
+school he will have to bring a note of excuse."
+
+"Very good indeed. And why should he be late at all?"
+
+"And if any one wants a pencil he can't ask for it unless he gets
+permission from the master."
+
+"Capital!" said the old man, rubbing his hands delightedly. "He's the
+right sort, whatever."
+
+"And if you keep Thomas home a day or a week, you will have to write to
+the master about it," continued Hughie.
+
+"And what for, pray?" said the old man, hastily. "May I not
+keep--but--Yes, that's a very fine rule, too. It will keep the boys from
+the woods, I am thinking."
+
+"But think of big Murdie Cameron holding up his hand to ask leave to
+speak to Bob Fraser!"
+
+"And why not indeed? If he's not too big to be in school he's not too
+big for that. Man alive! you should have seen the master in my school
+days lay the lads over the forms and warm their backs to them."
+
+"As big as Murdie?"
+
+"Ay, and bigger. And what's more, he would send for them to their homes,
+and bring them strapped to a wheel-barrow. Yon was a master for you!"
+
+Hughie snorted. "Huh! I tell you what, we wouldn't stand that. And we
+won't stand this man either."
+
+"And what will you be doing now, Hughie?" quizzed the old man.
+
+"Well," said Hughie, reddening at the sarcasm, "I will not do much, but
+the big boys will just carry him out."
+
+"And who will be daring to do that, Hughie?"
+
+"Well, Murdie, and Bob Fraser, and Curly Ross, and Don, and--and Thomas,
+there," added Hughie, fearing to hurt Thomas' feelings by leaving him
+out.
+
+"Ay," said the old man, shutting his lips tight on his pipestem and
+puffing with a smacking noise, "let me catch Thomas at that!"
+
+"And I would help, too," said Hughie, valiantly, fearing he had exposed
+his friend, and wishing to share his danger.
+
+"Well, your father would be seeing to that," said the old man, with
+great satisfaction, feeling that Hughie's discipline might be safely
+left in the minister's hands.
+
+There was a pause of a few moments, and then a quiet voice inquired
+gently, "He will be a very big man, Hughie, I suppose."
+
+"Oh, just ordinary," said Hughie, innocently, turning to Mrs. Finch.
+
+"Oh, then, they will not be requiring you and Thomas, I am thinking, to
+carry him out." At which Hughie and Billy Jack and Jessac laughed aloud,
+but Thomas and his father only looked stolidly into the fire.
+
+"Come, Thomas," said his mother, "take your fiddle a bit. Hughie will
+like a tune." There was no need of any further discussing the new
+master.
+
+But Thomas was very shy about his fiddle, and besides he was not in
+a mood for it; his father's words had rasped him. It took the united
+persuasions of Billy Jack and Jessac and Hughie to get the fiddle into
+Thomas' hands, but after a few tuning scrapes all shyness and moodiness
+vanished, and soon the reels and strathspeys were dropping from Thomas'
+flying fingers in a way that set Hughie's blood tingling. But when the
+fiddler struck into Money Musk, Billy Jack signed Jessac to him, and
+whispering to her, set her out on the middle of the floor.
+
+"Aw, I don't like to," said Jessac, twisting her apron into her mouth.
+
+"Come away, Jessac," said her mother, quietly, "do your best." And
+Jessac, laying aside shyness, went at her Highland reel with the same
+serious earnestness she gave to her tidying or her knitting. Daintily
+she tripped the twenty-four steps of that intricate, ancient dance of
+the Celt people, whirling, balancing, poising, snapping her fingers,
+and twinkling her feet in the true Highland style, till once more her
+father's face smoothed out its wrinkles, and beamed like a harvest moon.
+Hughie gazed, uncertain whether to allow himself to admire Jessac's
+performance, or to regard it with a boy's scorn, as she was only a
+girl. And yet he could not escape the fascination of the swift, rhythmic
+movement of the neat, twinkling feet.
+
+"Well done, Jessac, lass," said her father, proudly. "But what would the
+minister be saying at such frivolity?" he added, glancing at Hughie.
+
+"Huh! he can do it himself well enough," said Hughie, "and I tell you
+what, I only wish I could do it."
+
+"I'll show you," said Jessac, shyly, but for the first time in his life
+Hughie's courage failed, and though he would have given much to be able
+to make his feet twinkle through the mazes of the Highland reel, he
+could not bring himself to accept teaching from Jessac. If it had only
+been Thomas or Billy Jack who had offered, he would soon enough have
+been on the floor. For a moment he hesitated, then with a sudden
+inspiration, he cried, "All right. Do it again. I'll watch." But the
+mother said quietly, "I think that will do, Jessac. And I am afraid
+your father will be going with cold hands if you don't hurry with those
+mitts." And Jessac put up her lip with the true girl's grimace and went
+away for her knitting, to Hughie's disappointment and relief.
+
+Soon Billy Jack took down the tin lantern, pierced with holes into
+curious patterns, through which the candle-light rayed forth, and went
+out to bed the horses. In spite of protests from all the family, Hughie
+set forth with him, carrying the lantern and feeling very much the
+farmer, while Billy Jack took two pails of boiled oats and barley, with
+a mixture of flax-seed, which was supposed to give to the Finch's team
+their famous and superior gloss. When they returned from the stable they
+found in the kitchen Thomas, who was rubbing a composition of tallow and
+bees-wax into his boots to make them water-proof, and the mother, who
+was going about setting the table for the breakfast.
+
+"Too bad you have to go to bed, mother," said Billy Jack, struggling
+with his boot-jack. "You might just go on getting the breakfast, and
+what a fine start that would give you for the day."
+
+"You hurry, William John, to bed with that poor lad. What would his
+mother say? He must be fairly exhausted."
+
+"I'm not a bit tired," said Hughie, brightly, his face radiant with the
+delight of his new experiences.
+
+"You will need all your sleep, my boy," said the mother, kindly, "for
+we rise early here. But," she added, "you will lie till the boys are
+through with their work, and Thomas will waken you for your breakfast."
+
+"Indeed, no! I'm going to get up," announced Hughie.
+
+"But, Hughie," said Billy Jack, seriously, "if you and Thomas are going
+to carry out that man to-morrow, you will need a mighty lot of sleep
+to-night."
+
+"Hush, William John," said the mother to her eldest son, "you mustn't
+tease Hughie. And it's not good to be saying such things, even in fun,
+to boys like Thomas and Hughie."
+
+"That's true, mother, for they're rather fierce already."
+
+"Indeed, they are not that. And I am sure they will do nothing that will
+shame their parents."
+
+To this Hughie made no reply. It was no easy matter to harmonize the
+thought of his parents with the exploit of ejecting the master from the
+school, so he only said good night, and went off with the silent Thomas
+to bed. But in the visions of his head which haunted him the night long,
+racing horses and little girls with tossing curls and twinkling feet
+were strangely mingled with wild conflicts with the new master; and it
+seemed to him that he had hardly dropped off to sleep, when he was
+awake again to see Thomas standing beside him with a candle in his hand,
+announcing that breakfast was ready.
+
+"Have you been out to the stable?" he eagerly inquired, and Thomas
+nodded. In great disappointment and a little shamefacedly he made his
+appearance at the breakfast-table.
+
+It seemed to Hughie as if it must be still the night before, for it was
+quite dark outside. He had never had breakfast by candle-light before
+in his life, and he felt as if it all were still a part of his dreams,
+until he found himself sitting beside Billy Jack on a load of saw-logs,
+waving good by to the group at the door, the old man, whose face in the
+gray morning light had resumed its wonted severe look, the quiet, little
+dark-faced woman, smiling kindly at him and bidding him come again, and
+the little maid at her side with the dark ringlets, who glanced at him
+from behind the shelter of her mother's skirts, with shy boldness.
+
+As Hughie was saying his good bys, he was thinking most of the twinkling
+feet and the tossing curls, and so he added to his farewells, "Good
+by, Jessac. I'm going to learn that reel from you some day," and then,
+turning about, he straight-way forgot all about her and her reel, for
+Billy Jack's horses were pawing to be off, and rolling their solemn
+bells, while their breath rose in white clouds above their heads,
+wreathing their manes in hoary rime.
+
+"Git-ep, lads," said Billy Jack, hauling his lines taut and flourishing
+his whip. The bays straightened their backs, hung for a few moments
+on their tugs, for the load had frozen fast during the night, and then
+moved off at a smart trot, the bells solemnly booming out, and the
+sleighs creaking over the frosty snow.
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, enthusiastically, "I wish I could draw logs all
+winter."
+
+"It's not too bad a job on a day like this," assented Billy Jack. And
+indeed, any one might envy him the work on such a morning. Over the
+treetops the rays of the sun were beginning to shoot their rosy darts
+up into the sky, and to flood the clearing with light that sparkled and
+shimmered upon the frost particles, glittering upon and glorifying snow
+and trees, and even the stumps and fences. Around the clearing stood the
+forest, dark and still, except for the frost reports that now and then
+rang out like pistol shots. To Hughie, the early morning invested the
+forest with a new beauty and a new wonder. The dim light of the dawning
+day deepened the silence, so that involuntarily he hushed his voice in
+speaking, and the deep-toned roll of the sleigh-bells seemed to smite
+upon that dim, solemn quiet with startling blows. On either side
+the balsams and spruces, with their mantles of snow, stood like
+white-swathed sentinels on guard--silent, motionless, alert. Hughie
+looked to see them move as the team drove past.
+
+As they left the more open butternut ridge and descended into the depths
+of the big pine swamp, the dim light faded into deeper gloom, and Hughie
+felt as if he were in church, and an awe gathered upon him.
+
+"It's awful still," he said to Billy Jack in a low tone, and Billy Jack,
+catching the look in the boy's face, checked the light word upon his
+lips, and gazed around into the deep forest glooms with new eyes. The
+mystery and wonder of the forest had never struck him before. It had
+hitherto been to him a place for hunting or for getting big saw-logs.
+But to-day he saw it with Hughie's eyes, and felt the majesty of its
+beauty and silence. For a long time they drove without a word.
+
+"Say, it's mighty fine, isn't it?" he said, adopting Hughie's low tone.
+
+"Splendid!" exclaimed Hughie. "My! I could just hug those big trees.
+They look at me like--like your mother, don't they, or mine?" But this
+was beyond Billy Jack.
+
+"Like my mother?"
+
+"Yes, you know, quiet and--and--kind, and nice."
+
+"Yes," said Thomas, breaking in for the first time, "that's just it.
+They do look, sure enough, like my mother and yours. They have both got
+that look."
+
+"Git-ep!" said Billy Jack to his team. "These fellows'll be ketchin'
+something bad if we don't get into the open soon. Shouldn't wonder if
+they've got 'em already, making out their mothers like an old white
+pine. Git-ep, I say!"
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, "you know what I mean."
+
+"Not much I don't. But it don't matter so long as you're feelin' all
+right. This swamp's rather bad for the groojums."
+
+"What?" Hughie's eyes began to open wide as he glanced into the forest.
+
+"The groojums. Never heard of them things? They ketch a fellow in places
+like this when it's gettin' on towards midnight, and about daylight it's
+almost as bad."
+
+"What are they like?" asked Hughie, upon whom the spell of the forest
+lay.
+
+"Oh, mighty queer. Always crawl up on your back, and ye can't help
+twistin' round."
+
+Hughie glanced at Thomas and was at once relieved.
+
+"Oh, pshaw! Billy Jack, you can't fool me. I know you."
+
+"I guess you're safe enough now. They don't bother you much in the
+clearing," said Billy Jack, encouragingly.
+
+"Oh, fiddle! I'm not afraid."
+
+"Nobody is in the open, and especially in the daytime."
+
+"Oh, I don't care for your old groojums."
+
+"Guess you care more for your new boss yonder, eh?" said Billy Jack,
+nodding toward the school-house, which now came into view.
+
+"Oh," said Hughie, with a groan, "I just hate going to-day."
+
+"You'll be all right when you get there," said Billy Jack, cheerfully.
+"It's like goin' in swimmin'."
+
+Soon they were at the cross-roads.
+
+"Good by, Billy Jack," said Hughie, feeling as if he had been on a long,
+long visit. "I've had an awfully good time, and I'd like to go back with
+you."
+
+"Wish you would," said Billy Jack, heartily. "Come again soon. And don't
+carry out the master to-day. It looks like a storm; he might get cold."
+
+"He had better mind out, then," cried Hughie after Billy Jack, and set
+off with Thomas for the school. But neither Hughie nor Thomas had any
+idea of the thrilling experiences awaiting them in the Twentieth School
+before the week was done.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE CRISIS
+
+
+The first days of that week were days of strife. Murdie Cameron and
+Bob Fraser and the other big boys succeeded in keeping in line with the
+master's rules and regulations. They were careful never to be late,
+and so saved themselves the degradation of bringing an excuse. But the
+smaller boys set themselves to make the master's life a burden, and
+succeeded beyond their highest expectations, for the master was quick
+of temper, and was determined at all costs to exact full and prompt
+obedience. There was more flogging done those first six days than during
+any six months of Archie Munro's rule. Sometimes the floggings amounted
+to little, but sometimes they were serious, and when those fell upon the
+smaller boys, the girls would weep and the bigger boys would grind their
+teeth and swear.
+
+The situation became so acute that Murdie Cameron and the big boys
+decided that they would quit the school. They were afraid the temptation
+to throw the master out would some day be more than they could bear,
+and for men who had played their part, not without credit, in the Scotch
+River fights, to carry out the master would have been an exploit hardly
+worthy of them. So, in dignified contempt of the master and his rules,
+they left the school after the third day.
+
+Their absence did not help matters much; indeed, the master appeared to
+be relieved, and proceeded to tame the school into submission. It was
+little Jimmie Cameron who precipitated the crisis. Jimmie's nose, upon
+which he relied when struggling with his snickers, had an unpleasant
+trick of failing him at critical moments, and of letting out explosive
+snorts of the most disturbing kind. He had finally been warned that upon
+his next outburst punishment would fall.
+
+It was Friday afternoon, the drowsy hour just before recess, while the
+master was explaining to the listless Euclid class the mysteries of the
+forty-seventh proposition, that suddenly a snort of unusual violence
+burst upon the school. Immediately every eye was upon the master, for
+all had heard and had noted his threat to Jimmie.
+
+"James, was that you, sir?"
+
+There was no answer, except such as could be gathered from Jimmie's very
+red and very shamed face.
+
+"James, stand up!"
+
+Jimmie wriggled to his feet, and stood a heap of various angles.
+
+"Now, James, you remember what I promised you? Come here, sir!"
+
+Jimmie came slowly to the front, growing paler at each step, and stood
+with a dazed look on his face, before the master. He had never been
+thrashed in all his life. At home the big brothers might cuff him
+good-naturedly, or his mother thump him on the head with her thimble,
+but a serious whipping was to him an unknown horror.
+
+The master drew forth his heavy black strap with impressive deliberation
+and ominous silence. The preparations for punishment were so elaborate
+and imposing that the big boys guessed that the punishment itself would
+not amount to much. Not so Jimmie. He stood numb with fear and horrible
+expectation. The master lifted up the strap.
+
+"James, hold out your hand!"
+
+Jimmie promptly clutched his hand behind his back.
+
+"Hold out your hand, sir, at once!" No answer.
+
+"James, you must do as you are told. Your punishment for disobedience
+will be much severer than for laughing." But Jimmie stood pale, silent,
+with his hands tight clasped behind his back.
+
+The master stepped forward, and grasping the little boy's arm, tried to
+pull his hand to the front; but Jimmie, with a roar like that of a young
+bull, threw himself flat on his face on the floor and put his hands
+under him. The school burst into a laugh of triumph, which increased the
+master's embarrassment and rage.
+
+"Silence!" he said, "or it will be a worse matter for some of you than
+for James."
+
+Then turning his attention to Jimmie, be lifted him from the floor and
+tried to pull out his hand. But Jimmie kept his arms folded tight across
+his breast, roaring vigorously the while, and saying over and over, "Go
+away from me! Go away from me, I tell you! I'm not taking anything to do
+with you."
+
+The big boys were enjoying the thing immensely. The master's rage was
+deepening in proportion. He felt it would never do to be beaten. His
+whole authority was at stake.
+
+"Now, James," he reasoned, "you see you are only making it worse for
+yourself. I cannot allow any disobedience in the school. You must hold
+out your hand."
+
+But Jimmie, realizing that he had come off best in the first round,
+stood doggedly sniffing, his arms still folded tight.
+
+"Now, James, I shall give you one more chance. Hold out your hand."
+
+Jimmie remained like a statue.
+
+Whack! came the heavy strap over his shoulders. At once Jimmie set up
+his refrain, "Go away from me, I tell you! I'm not taking anything to do
+with you!"
+
+Whack! whack! whack! fell the strap with successive blows, each heavier
+than the last. There was no longer any laughing in the school. The
+affair was growing serious. The girls were beginning to sob, and the
+bigger boys to grow pale.
+
+"Now, James, will you hold out your hand? You see how much worse you are
+making it for yourself," said the master, who was heartily sick of the
+struggle, which he felt to be undignified, and the result of which he
+feared was dubious.
+
+But Jimmie only kept up his cry, now punctuated with sobs,
+"I'm--not--taking--anything--to do--with--you."
+
+"Jimmie, listen to me," said the master. "You must hold out your hand. I
+cannot have boys refusing to obey me in this school." But Jimmie caught
+the entreaty in the tone, and knowing that the battle was nearly over,
+kept obstinately silent.
+
+"Well, then," said the master, suddenly, "you must take it," and lifting
+the strap, he laid it with such sharp emphasis over Jimmie's shoulders
+that Jimmie's voice rose in a wilder roar than usual, and the girls
+burst into audible weeping.
+
+Suddenly, above all the hubbub, rose a voice, clear and sharp.
+
+"Stop!" It was Thomas Finch, of all people, standing with face white and
+tense, and regarding the master with steady eyes.
+
+The school gazed thunderstruck at the usually slow and stolid Thomas.
+
+"What do you mean, sir?" said the master, gladly turning from Jimmie.
+But Thomas stood silent, as much surprised as the master at his sudden
+exclamation.
+
+He stood hesitating for a moment, and then said, "You can thrash me in
+his place. He's a little chap, and has never been thrashed."
+
+The master misunderstood his hesitation for fear, pushed Jimmie aside,
+threw down his strap, and seized a birch rod.
+
+"Come forward, sir! I'll put an end to your insubordination, at any
+rate. Hold out your hand!"
+
+Thomas held out his hand till the master finished one birch rod.
+
+"The other hand, sir!"
+
+Another birch rod was used up, but Thomas neither uttered a sound nor
+made a move till the master had done, then he asked, in a strained
+voice, "Were you going to give Jimmie all that, sir?"
+
+The master caught the biting sneer in the tone, and lost himself
+completely.
+
+"Do you dare to answer me back?" he cried. He opened his desk, took out
+a rawhide, and without waiting to ask for his hand, began to lay the
+rawhide about Thomas's shoulders and legs, till he was out of breath.
+
+"Now, perhaps you will learn your place, sir," he said.
+
+"Thank you," said Thomas, looking him steadily in the eye.
+
+"You are welcome. And I'll give you as much more whenever you show that
+you need it." The slight laugh with which he closed this brutal speech
+made Thomas wince as he had not during his whole terrible thrashing, but
+still he had not a word to say.
+
+"Now, James, come here!" said the master, turning to Jimmie. "You see
+what happens when a boy is insubordinate." Jimmie came trembling. "Hold
+out your hand!" Out came Jimmie's hand at once. Whack! fell the strap.
+
+"The other!"
+
+"Stop it!" roared Thomas. "I took his thrashing."
+
+"The other!" said the master, ignoring Thomas.
+
+With a curious savage snarl Thomas sprung at him. The master, however,
+was on the alert, and swinging round, met him with a straight facer
+between the eyes, and Thomas went to the floor.
+
+"Aha! my boy! I'll teach you something you have yet to learn."
+
+For answer came another cry, "Come on, boys!" It was Ranald Macdonald,
+coming over the seats, followed by Don Cameron, Billy Ross, and some
+smaller boys. The master turned to meet them.
+
+"Come along!" he said, backing up to his desk. "But I warn you it's not
+a strap or a rawhide I shall use."
+
+Ranald paid no attention to his words, but came straight toward him, and
+when at arm's length, sprung at him with the cry, "Horo, boys!"
+
+But before he could lay his hands upon the master, he received a blow
+straight on the bridge of the nose that staggered him back, stunned and
+bleeding. By this time Thomas was up again, and rushing in was received
+in like manner, and fell back over a bench.
+
+"How do you like it, boys?" smiled the master. "Come right along."
+
+The boys obeyed his invitation, approaching him, but more warily, and
+awaiting their chance to rush. Suddenly Thomas, with a savage snarl,
+put his head down and rushed in beneath the master's guard, paid no
+attention to the heavy blow he received on the head, and locking his
+arms round the master's middle, buried his head close into his chest.
+
+At once Ranald and Billy Ross threw themselves upon the struggling pair
+and carried them to the floor, the master underneath. There was a few
+moments of fierce struggling, and then the master lay still, with the
+four boys holding him down for dear life.
+
+It was Thomas who assumed command.
+
+"Don't choke him so, Ranald," he said. "And clear out of the way, all
+you girls and little chaps."
+
+"What are you going to do, Thomas?" asked Don, acknowledging Thomas's
+new-born leadership.
+
+"Tie him up," said Thomas. "Get me a sash."
+
+At once two or three little boys rushed to the hooks and brought one or
+two of the knitted sashes that hung there, and Thomas proceeded to tie
+the master's legs.
+
+While he was thus busily engaged, a shadow darkened the door, and a
+voice exclaimed, "What is all this about?" It was the minister, who
+had been driving past and had come upon the terrified, weeping children
+rushing home.
+
+"Is that you, Thomas? And you, Don?"
+
+The boys let go their hold and stood up, shamed but defiant.
+
+Immediately the master was on his feet, and with a swift, fierce blow,
+caught Thomas on the chin. Thomas, taken off his guard, fell with a thud
+on the floor.
+
+"Stop that, young man!" said the minister, catching his arm. "That's a
+coward's blow."
+
+"Hands off!" said the master, shaking himself free and squaring up to
+him.
+
+"Ye would, would ye?" said the minister, gripping him by the neck and
+shaking him as he might a child. "Lift ye're hand to me, would ye?
+I'll break you're back to ye, and that I will." So saying, the minister
+seized him by the arms and held him absolutely helpless. The master
+ceased to struggle, and put down his hands.
+
+"Ay, ye'd better, my man," said the minister, giving him a fling
+backward.
+
+Meantime Don had been holding snow to Thomas's head, and had brought him
+round.
+
+"Now, then," said the minister to the boys, "what does all this mean?"
+
+The boys were all silent, but the master spoke.
+
+"It is a case of rank and impudent insubordination, sir, and I demand
+the expulsion of those impudent rascals."
+
+"Well, sir," said the minister, "be sure there will be a thorough
+investigation, and I greatly misjudge the case if there are not faults
+on both sides. And for one thing, the man who can strike such a cowardly
+blow as you did a moment ago would not be unlikely to be guilty of
+injustice and cruelty."
+
+"It is none of your business," said the master, insolently.
+
+"You will find that I shall make it my business," said the minister.
+"And now, boys, be off to your homes, and be here Monday morning at nine
+o'clock, when this matter shall be gone into."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+"ONE THAT RULETH WELL HIS OWN HOUSE"
+
+
+The news of the school trouble ran through the section like fire through
+a brule. The younger generations when they heard how Thomas Finch had
+dared the master, raised him at once to the rank of hero, but the heads
+of families received the news doubtfully, and wondered what the rising
+generation was coming to.
+
+The next day Billy Jack heard the story in the Twentieth store, and with
+some anxiety waited for the news to reach his father's ears, for to tell
+the truth, Billy Jack, man though he was, held his father in dread.
+
+"How did you come to do it?" he asked Thomas. "Why didn't you let Don
+begin? It was surely Don's business."
+
+"I don't know. It slipped out," replied Thomas. "I couldn't stand
+Jimmie's yelling any longer. I didn't know I said anything till I found
+myself standing up, and after that I didn't seem to care for anything."
+
+"Man! it was fine, though," said Billy Jack. "I didn't think it was in
+you." And Thomas felt more than repaid for all his cruel beating. It was
+something to win the approval of Billy Jack in an affair of this kind.
+
+It was at church on the Sabbath day that Donald Finch heard about his
+son's doings in the school the week before. The minister, in his sermon,
+thought fit to dwell upon the tendency of the rising generation to
+revolt against authority in all things, and solemnly laid upon parents
+the duty and responsibility of seeing to it that they ruled their
+households well.
+
+It was not just the advice that Donald Finch stood specially in need of,
+but he was highly pleased with the sermon, and was enlarging upon it
+in the churchyard where the people gathered between the services, when
+Peter McRae, thinking that old Donald was hardly taking the minister's
+advice to himself as he ought, and not knowing that the old man was
+ignorant of all that had happened in the school, answered him somewhat
+severely.
+
+"It is good to be approving the sermon, but I would rather be seeing you
+make a practical application of it."
+
+"Indeed, that is true," replied Donald, "and it would not be amiss for
+more than me to make application of it."
+
+"Indeed, then, if all reports be true," replied Peter, "it would be well
+for you to begin at home."
+
+"Mr. McRae," said Donald, earnestly, "it is myself that knows well
+enough my shortcomings, but if there is any special reason for your
+remark, I am not aware of it."
+
+This light treatment of what to Peter had seemed a grievous offense
+against all authority incensed the old dominie beyond all endurance.
+
+"And do you not think that the conduct of your son last week calls for
+any reproof? And is it you that will stand up and defend it in the face
+of the minister and his sermon upon it this day?"
+
+Donald gazed at him a few moments as if he had gone mad. At length he
+replied, slowly, "I do not wish to forget that you are an elder of the
+church, Mr. McRae, and I will not be charging you with telling lies on
+me and my family--"
+
+"Tut, tut, man," broke in Long John Cameron, seeing how the matter
+stood; "he's just referring to yon little difference Thomas had with the
+master last week. But it's just nothing. Come away in."
+
+"Thomas?" gasped Donald. "My Thomas?"
+
+"You have not heard, then," said Peter, in surprise, and old Donald only
+shook his head.
+
+"Then it's time you did," replied Peter, severely, "for such things are
+a disgrace to the community."
+
+"Nonsense!" said Long John. "Not a bit of it! I think none the less of
+Thomas for it." But in matters of this kind Long John could hardly be
+counted an authority, for it was not so very long ago since he had been
+beguiled into an affair at the Scotch River which, while it brought
+him laurels at the hands of the younger generation, did not add to his
+reputation with the elders of the church.
+
+It did not help matters much that Murdie Cameron and others of his set
+proceeded to congratulate old Donald, in their own way, upon his son's
+achievement, and with all the more fervor that they perceived that it
+moved the solemn Peter to righteous wrath. From one and another the tale
+came forth with embellishments, till Donald Finch was reduced to such a
+state of voiceless rage and humiliation that when, at the sound of the
+opening psalm the congregation moved into the church for the Gaelic
+service, the old man departed for his home, trembling, silent, amazed.
+
+How Thomas could have brought this disgrace upon him, he could not
+imagine. If it had been William John, who, with all his good nature, had
+a temper brittle enough, he would not have been surprised. And then the
+minister's sermon, of which he had spoken in such open and enthusiastic
+approval, how it condemned him for his neglect of duty toward his
+family, and held up his authority over his household to scorn. It was a
+terrible blow to his pride.
+
+"It is the Lord's judgment upon me," he said to himself, as he tramped
+his way through the woods. "It is the curse of Eli that is hanging over
+me and mine." And with many vows he resolved that, at all costs, he
+would do his duty in this crisis and bring Thomas to a sense of his
+sins.
+
+It was in this spirit that he met his family at the supper-table, after
+their return from the Gaelic service.
+
+"What is this I hear about you, Thomas?" he began, as Thomas came in and
+took his place at the table. "What is this I hear about you, sir?" he
+repeated, making a great effort to maintain a calm and judicial tone.
+
+Thomas remained silent, partly because he usually found speech
+difficult, but chiefly because he dreaded his father's wrath.
+
+"What is this that has become the talk of the countryside and the
+disgrace of my name?" continued the father, in deepening tones.
+
+"No very great disgrace, surely," said Billy Jack, lightly, hoping to
+turn his father's anger.
+
+"Be you silent, sir!" commanded the old man, sternly. "I will ask for
+your opinion when I require it. You and others beside you in this house
+need to learn your places."
+
+Billy Jack made no reply, fearing to make matters worse, though he found
+it hard not to resent this taunt, which he knew well was flung at his
+mother.
+
+"I wonder at you, Thomas, after such a sermon as yon. I wonder you are
+able to sit there unconcerned at this table. I wonder you are not hiding
+your head in shame and confusion." The old man was lashing himself into
+a white rage, while Thomas sat looking stolidly before him, his slow
+tongue finding no words of defense. And indeed, he had little thought of
+defending himself. He was conscious of an acute self-condemnation, and
+yet, struggling through his slow-moving mind there was a feeling that in
+some sense he could not define, there was justification for what he had
+done.
+
+"It is not often that Thomas has grieved you," ventured the mother,
+timidly, for, with all her courage, she feared her husband when he was
+in this mood.
+
+"Woman, be silent!" blazed forth the old man, as if he had been waiting
+for her words. "It is not for you to excuse his wickedness. You are too
+fond of that work, and your children are reaping the fruits of it."
+
+Billy Jack looked up quickly as if to answer, but his mother turned her
+face full upon him and commanded him with steady eyes, giving, herself,
+no sign of emotion except for a slight tightening of the lips and a
+touch of color in her face.
+
+"Your children have well learned their lesson of rebellion and deceit,"
+continued her husband, allowing his passion a free rein. "But I vow unto
+the Lord I will put an end to it now, whatever. And I will give you
+to remember, sir," turning to Thomas, "to the end of your days, this
+occasion. And now, hence from this table. Let me not see your face till
+the Sabbath is past, and then, if the Lord spares me, I shall deal with
+you."
+
+Thomas hesitated a moment as if he had not quite taken in his father's
+words, then, leaving his supper untouched, he rose slowly, and without
+a word climbed the ladder to the loft. The mother followed him a moment
+with her eyes, and then once more turning to Billy Jack, held him with
+calm, steady gaze. Her immediate fear was for her eldest son. Thomas,
+she knew, would in the mean time simply suffer what might be his lot,
+but for many a day she had lived in terror of an outbreak between
+her eldest son and her husband. Again Billy Jack caught her look, and
+commanded himself to silence.
+
+"The fire is low, William John," she said, in a quiet voice. Billy Jack
+rose, and from the wood-box behind the stove, replenished the fire,
+reading perfectly his mother's mind, and resolving at all costs to do
+her will.
+
+At the taking of the books that night the prayer, which was spoken in a
+tone of awful and almost inaudible solemnity, was for the most part an
+exaltation of the majesty and righteousness of the government of God,
+and a lamentation over the wickedness and rebellion of mankind. And
+Billy Jack thought it was no good augury that it closed with a petition
+for grace to maintain the honor of that government, and to uphold that
+righteous majesty in all the relations of life. It was a woeful evening
+to them all, and as soon as possible the household went miserably to
+bed.
+
+Before going to her room the mother slipped up quietly to the loft and
+found Thomas lying in his bunk, dressed and awake. He was still puzzling
+out his ethical problem. His conscience clearly condemned him for his
+fight with the master, and yet, somehow he could not regret having stood
+up for Jimmie and taken his punishment. He expected no mercy at his
+father's hands next morning. The punishment he knew would be cruel
+enough, but it was not the pain that Thomas was dreading; he was dimly
+struggling with the sense of outrage, for ever since the moment he had
+stood up and uttered his challenge to the master, he had felt himself to
+be different. That moment now seemed to belong to the distant years
+when he was a boy, and now he could not imagine himself submitting to
+a flogging from any man, and it seemed to him strange and almost
+impossible that even his father should lift his hand to him.
+
+"You are not sleeping, Thomas," said his mother, going up to his bunk.
+
+"No, mother."
+
+"And you have had no supper at all."
+
+"I don't want any, mother."
+
+The mother sat silent beside him for a time, and then said, quietly,
+"You did not tell me, Thomas."
+
+"No, mother, I didn't like."
+
+"It would have been better that your father should have heard this
+from--I mean, should have heard it at home. And--you might have told me,
+Thomas."
+
+"Yes, mother, I wish now I had. But, indeed, I can't understand how it
+happened. I don't feel as if it was me at all." And then Thomas told his
+mother all the tale, finishing his story with the words, "And I couldn't
+help it, mother, at all."
+
+The mother remained silent for a little, and then, with a little tremor
+in her voice, she replied: "No, Thomas, I know you couldn't help it, and
+I--" here her voice quite broke--"I am not ashamed of you."
+
+"Are you not, mother?" said Thomas, sitting up suddenly in great
+surprise. "Then I don't care. I couldn't make it out well."
+
+"Never you mind, Thomas, it will be well," and she leaned over him and
+kissed him. Thomas felt her face wet with tears, and his stolid reserve
+broke down.
+
+"Oh, mother, mother, I don't care now," he cried, his breath coming in
+great sobs. "I don't care at all." And he put his arms round his mother,
+clinging to her as if he had been a child.
+
+"I know, laddie, I know," whispered his mother. "Never you fear, never
+fear." And then, as if to herself, she added, "Thank the Lord you are
+not a coward, whatever."
+
+Thomas found himself again without words, but he held his mother fast,
+his big body shaking with his sobs.
+
+"And, Thomas," she continued, after a pause, "your father--we must just
+be patient." All her life long this had been her struggle. "And--and--he
+is a good man." Her tears were now flowing fast, and her voice had quite
+lost its calm.
+
+Thomas was alarmed and distressed. He had never in all his life seen his
+mother weep, and rarely had heard her voice break.
+
+"Don't, mother," he said, growing suddenly quiet himself. "Don't you
+mind, mother. It'll be all right, and I'm not afraid."
+
+"Yes," she said, rising and regaining her self-control, "it will be all
+right, Thomas. You go to sleep." And there were such evident reserves of
+strength behind her voice that Thomas lay down, certain that all would
+be well. His mother had never failed him.
+
+The mother went downstairs with the purpose in her heart of having a
+talk with her husband, but Donald Finch knew her ways well, and had
+resolved that he would have no speech with her upon the matter, for he
+knew that it would be impossible for him to persevere in his intention
+to "deal with" Thomas, if he allowed his wife to have any talk with him.
+
+The morning brought the mother no opportunity of speech with her
+husband. He, contrary to his custom, remained until breakfast in his
+room. Outside in the kitchen, he could hear Billy Jack's cheerful tones
+and hearty laugh, and it angered him to think that his displeasure
+should have so little effect upon his household. If the house had
+remained shrouded in gloom, and the family had gone about on tiptoes
+and with bated breath, it would have shown no more than a proper
+appreciation of the father's displeasure; but as Billy Jack's cheerful
+words and laughter fell upon his ear, he renewed his vows to do his duty
+that day in upholding his authority, and bringing to his son a due sense
+of his sin.
+
+In grim silence he ate his breakfast, except for a sharp rebuke to
+Billy Jack, who had been laboring throughout the meal to make cheerful
+conversation with Jessac and his mother. At his father's rebuke Billy
+Jack dropped his cheerful tone, and avoiding his mother's eyes, he
+assumed at once an attitude of open defiance, his tones and words
+plainly offering to his father war, if war he would have.
+
+"You will come to me in the room after breakfast," said his father, as
+Thomas rose to go to the stable.
+
+"There's a meeting of the trustees at nine o'clock at the school-house
+at which Thomas must be present," interposed Billy Jack, in firm, steady
+tones.
+
+"He may go when I have done with him," said his father, angrily, "and
+meantime you will attend to your own business."
+
+"Yes, sir, I will that!" Billy Jack's response came back with fierce
+promptness.
+
+The old man glanced at him, caught the light in his eyes, hesitated a
+moment, and then, throwing all restraint to the winds, thundered out,
+"What do you mean, sir?"
+
+"What I say. I am going to attend to my own business, and that soon."
+Billy Jack's tone was quick, eager, defiant.
+
+Again the old man hesitated, and then replied, "Go to it, then."
+
+"I am going, and I am going to take Thomas to that meeting at nine
+o'clock."
+
+"I did not know that you had business there," said the old man,
+sarcastically.
+
+"Then you may know it now," blazed forth Billy Jack, "for I am going.
+And as sure as I stand here, I will see that Thomas gets fair play there
+if he doesn't at home, if I have to lick every trustee in the section."
+
+"Hold your peace, sir!" said his father, coming nearer him. "Do not give
+me any impertinence, and do not accuse me of unfairness."
+
+"Have you heard Thomas's side of the story?" returned Billy Jack.
+
+"I have heard enough, and more than enough."
+
+"You haven't heard both sides."
+
+"I know the truth of it, whatever, the shameful and disgraceful truth of
+it. I know that the country-side is ringing with it. I know that in the
+house of God the minister held up my family to the scorn of the people.
+And I vowed to do my duty to my house."
+
+The old man's passion had risen to such a height that for a moment
+Billy Jack quailed before it. In the pause that followed the old man's
+outburst the mother came to her son.
+
+"Hush, William John! You are not to forget yourself, nor your duty to
+your father and to me. Thomas will receive full justice in this matter."
+There was a quiet strength and dignity in her manner that commanded
+immediate attention from both men.
+
+The mother went on in a low, even voice, "Your father has his duty to
+perform, and you must not take upon yourself to interfere."
+
+Billy Jack could hardly believe his ears. That his mother should desert
+him, and should support what he knew she felt to be injustice and
+tyranny, was more than he could understand. No less perplexed was her
+husband.
+
+As they stood there looking at each other, uncertain as to the next
+step, there came a knock at the back door. The mother went to open it,
+pausing on her way to push back some chairs and put the room to rights,
+thus allowing the family to regain its composure.
+
+"Good morning, Mrs. Finch. You will be thinking I have slept in your
+barn all night." It was Long John Cameron.
+
+"Come away in, Mr. Cameron. It is never too early for friends to come to
+this house," said Mrs. Finch, her voice showing her great relief.
+
+Long John came in, glanced shrewdly about, and greeted Mr. Finch with
+great heartiness.
+
+"It's a fine winter day, Mr. Finch, but it looks as if we might have a
+storm. You are busy with the logs, I hear."
+
+Old Donald was slowly recovering himself.
+
+"And a fine lot you are having," continued Long John. "I was just saying
+the other day that it was wonderful the work you could get through."
+
+"Indeed, it is hard enough to do anything here," said Donald Finch, with
+some bitterness.
+
+"You may say so," responded Long John, cheerfully. "The snow is that
+deep in the bush, and--"
+
+"You were wanting to see me, Mr. Cameron," interrupted Donald. "I have a
+business on hand which requires attention."
+
+"Indeed, and so have I. For it is--"
+
+"And indeed, it is just as well you and all should know it, for my
+disgrace is well known."
+
+"Disgrace!" exclaimed Long John.
+
+"Ay, disgrace. For is it not a disgrace to have the conduct of your
+family become the occasion of a sermon on the Lord's Day?"
+
+"Indeed, I did not think much of yon sermon, whatever," replied Long
+John.
+
+"I cannot agree with you, Mr. Cameron. It was a powerful sermon, and it
+was only too sorely needed. But I hope it will not be without profit to
+myself."
+
+"Indeed, it is not the sermon you have much need of," said Long John,
+"for every one knows what a--"
+
+"Ay, it is myself that needs it, but with the help of the Lord I will be
+doing my duty this morning."
+
+"And I am very glad to hear that," replied Long John, "for that is why I
+am come."
+
+"And what may you have to do with it?" asked the old man.
+
+"As to that, indeed," replied Long John, coolly, "I am not yet quite
+sure. But if I might ask without being too bold, what is the particular
+duty to which you are referring?"
+
+"You may ask, and you and all have a right to know, for I am about to
+visit upon my son his sins and shame."
+
+"And is it meaning to wheep him you are?"
+
+"Ay," said the old man, and his lips came fiercely together.
+
+"Indeed, then, you will just do no such thing this morning."
+
+"And by what right do you interfere in my domestic affairs?" demanded
+old Donald, with dignity. "Answer me that, Mr. Cameron."
+
+"Right or no right," replied Long John, "before any man lays a finger on
+Thomas there, he will need to begin with myself. And," he added, grimly,
+"there are not many in the county who would care for that job."
+
+Old Donald Finch looked at his visitor in speechless amazement. At
+length Long John grew excited.
+
+"Man alive!" he exclaimed, "it's a quare father you are. You may be
+thinking it disgrace, but the section will be proud that there is a boy
+in it brave enough to stand up for the weak against a brute bully." And
+then he proceeded to tell the tale as he had heard it from Don, with
+such strong passion and such rude vigor, that in spite of himself old
+Donald found his rage vanish, and his heart began to move within him
+toward his son.
+
+"And it is for that," cried Long John, dashing his fist into his open
+palm, "it is for that that you would punish your son. May God forgive
+me! but the man that lays a finger on Thomas yonder, will come into sore
+grief this day. Ay, lad," continued Long John, striding toward Thomas
+and gripping him by the shoulders with both hands, "you are a man, and
+you stood up for the weak yon day, and if you efer will be wanting a
+friend, remember John Cameron."
+
+"Well, well, Mr. Cameron," said old Donald, who was more deeply moved
+than he cared to show, "it maybe as you say. It maybe the lad was not so
+much in the wrong."
+
+"In the wrong?" roared Long John, blowing his nose hard. "In the wrong?
+May my boys ever be in the wrong in such a way!"
+
+"Well," said old Donald, "we shall see about this. And if Thomas has
+suffered injustice it is not his father will refuse to see him righted."
+And soon they were all off to the meeting at the school-house.
+
+Thomas was the last to leave the room. As usual, he had not been able
+to find a word, but stood white and trembling, but as he found himself
+alone with his mother, once more his stolid reserve broke down, and he
+burst into a strange and broken cry, "Oh, mother, mother," but he could
+get no further.
+
+"Never mind, laddie," said his mother, "you have borne yourself well,
+and your mother is proud of you."
+
+At the investigation held in the school-house, it became clear that,
+though the insubordination of both Jimmie and Thomas was undeniable, the
+provocation by the master had been very great. And though the minister,
+who was superintendent of instruction for the district, insisted that
+the master's authority must, at all costs, be upheld, such was the rage
+of old Donald Finch and Long John Cameron that the upshot was that the
+master took his departure from the section, glad enough to escape with
+bones unbroken.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+FOXY
+
+
+After the expulsion of the master, the Twentieth School fell upon evil
+days, for the trustees decided that it would be better to try "gurl"
+teachers, as Hughie contemptuously called them; and this policy
+prevailed for two or three years, with the result that the big boys left
+the school, and with their departure the old heroic age passed away, to
+be succeeded by an age soft, law-abiding, and distinctly commercial.
+
+The spirit of this unheroic age was incarnate in the person of "Foxy"
+Ross. Foxy got his name, in the first instance, from the peculiar pinky
+red shade of hair that crowned his white, fat face, but the name stuck
+to him as appropriately descriptive of his tricks and his manners. His
+face was large, and smooth, and fat, with wide mouth, and teeth that
+glistened when he smiled. His smile was like his face, large, and
+smooth, and fat. His eyes, which were light gray--white, Hughie called
+them--were shifty, avoiding the gaze that sought to read them, or
+piercingly keen, according as he might choose.
+
+After the departure of the big boys, Foxy gradually grew in influence
+until his only rival in the school was Hughie. Foxy's father was the
+storekeeper in the Twentieth, and this brought within Foxy's reach
+possibilities of influence that gave him an immense advantage over
+Hughie. By means of bull's-eyes and "lickerish" sticks, Foxy could win
+the allegiance of all the smaller boys and many of the bigger ones,
+while with the girls, both big and small, his willingness to please
+and his smooth manners won from many affection, and from the rest
+toleration, although Betsy Dan Campbell asserted that whenever Foxy Ross
+came near her she felt something creeping up her backbone.
+
+With the teacher, too, Foxy was a great favorite. He gave her worshipful
+reverence and many gifts from his father's store, eloquent of his
+devotion. He was never detected in mischief, and was always ready to
+expose the misdemeanors of the other boys. Thus it came that Foxy was
+the paramount influence within the school.
+
+Outside, his only rival was Hughie, and at times Hughie's rivalry became
+dangerous. In all games that called for skill, activity, and reckless
+daring, Hughie was easily leader. In "Old Sow," "Prisoner's Base,"
+but especially in the ancient and noble game of "Shinny," Hughie shone
+peerless and supreme. Foxy hated games, and shinny, the joy of those
+giants of old, who had torn victory from the Sixteenth, and even from
+the Front one glorious year, was at once Foxy's disgust and terror. As
+a little boy, he could not for the life of him avoid turning his back to
+wait shuddering, with humping shoulders, for the enemy's charge, and in
+anything like a melee, he could not help jumping into the air at every
+dangerous stroke.
+
+And thus he brought upon himself the contempt even of boys much smaller
+than himself, who, under the splendid and heroic example of those who
+led them, had only one ambition, to get a whack at the ball, and
+this ambition they gratified on every possible occasion reckless of
+consequences. Hence, when the last of the big boys, Thomas Finch,
+against whose solid mass hosts had flung themselves to destruction,
+finally left the school, Foxy, with great skill, managed to divert the
+energies of the boys to games less violent and dangerous, and by means
+of his bull's-eyes and his liquorice, and his large, fat smile, he drew
+after him a very considerable following of both girls and boys.
+
+The most interesting and most successful of Foxy's schemes was the game
+of "store," which he introduced, Foxy himself being the storekeeper. He
+had the trader's genius for discovering and catering to the weaknesses
+of people, and hence his store became, for certain days of the week,
+the center of life during the recreation hours. The store itself was a
+somewhat pretentious successor to the little brush cabin with wide open
+front, where in the old days the boys used to gather, and lying upon
+piles of fragrant balsam boughs before the big blazing fire placed in
+front, used to listen to the master talk, and occasionally read.
+
+Foxy's store was built of slabs covered with thick brush, and set off
+with a plank counter and shelves, whereon were displayed his wares.
+His stock was never too large for his personal transportation, but its
+variety was almost infinite, bull's-eyes and liquorice, maple sugar
+and other "sweeties," were staples. Then, too, there were balls of gum,
+beautifully clear, which in its raw state Foxy gathered from the ends
+of the pine logs at the sawmill, and which, by a process of boiling and
+clarifying known only to himself, he brought to a marvelous perfection.
+
+But Foxy's genius did not confine itself to sweets. He would buy and
+sell and "swap" anything, but in swapping no bargain was ever completed
+unless there was money for Foxy in the deal. He had goods second-hand
+and new, fish-hooks and marbles, pot-metal knives with brass handles,
+slate-pencils that would "break square," which were greatly desired by
+all, skate-straps, and buckskin whangs.
+
+But Foxy's financial ability never displayed itself with more brilliancy
+than when he organized the various games of the school so as to have
+them begin and end with the store. When the river and pond were covered
+with clear, black ice, skating would be the rage, and then Foxy's store
+would be hung with skate-straps, and with cedar-bark torches, which
+were greatly in demand for the skating parties that thronged the pond
+at night. There were no torches like Foxy's. The dry cedar bark any one
+could get from the fences, but Foxy's torches were always well soaked
+in oil and bound with wire, and were prepared with such excellent skill
+that they always burned brighter and held together longer than any
+others. These cedar-bark torches Foxy disposed of to the larger boys
+who came down to the pond at night. Foxy's methods of finance were
+undoubtedly marked by ability, and inasmuch as his accounts were never
+audited, the profits were large and sure. He made it a point to purchase
+a certain proportion of his supplies from his father, who was proud of
+his son's financial ability, but whether his purchases always equaled
+his sales no one ever knew.
+
+If the pond and river were covered with snow, then Foxy would organize
+a deer-hunt, when all the old pistols in the section would be brought
+forth, and the store would display a supply of gun caps, by the
+explosion of which deadly ammunition the deer would be dropped in their
+tracks, and drawn to the store by prancing steeds whose trappings had
+been purchased from Foxy.
+
+When the interest in the deer-hunt began to show signs of waning, Foxy
+would bring forth a supply of gunpowder, for the purchase of which
+any boy who owned a pistol would be ready to bankrupt himself. In
+this Hughie took a leading part, although he had to depend upon the
+generosity of others for the thrilling excitement of bringing down his
+deer with a pistol-shot, for Hughie had never been able to save coppers
+enough to purchase a pistol of his own.
+
+But deer-hunting with pistols was forbidden by the teacher from the day
+when Hughie, in his eagerness to bring his quarry down, left his ramrod
+in his pistol, and firing at Aleck Dan Campbell at point-blank range,
+laid him low with a lump on the side of his head as big as a marble. The
+only thing that saved Aleck's life, the teacher declared, was his
+thick crop of black hair. Foxy was in great wrath at Hughie for his
+recklessness, which laid the deer-hunting under the teacher's ban, and
+which interfered seriously with the profits of the store.
+
+But Foxy was far too great a man to allow himself to be checked by any
+such misfortune as this. He was far too astute to attempt to defy the
+teacher and carry on the forbidden game, but with great ability he
+adapted the principles of deer-hunting to a game even more exciting and
+profitable. He organized the game of "Injuns," some of the boys being
+set apart as settlers who were to defend the fort, of which the store
+was the center, the rest to constitute the invading force of savages.
+
+The result was, that the trade in caps and gunpowder was brisker than
+ever, for not only was the powder needed for the pistols, but even
+larger quantities were necessary for the slow-matches which hissed their
+wrath at the approaching enemy, and the mounted guns, for which earthen
+ink-bottles did excellently, set out on a big stump to explode, to the
+destruction of scores of creeping redskins advancing through the bush,
+who, after being mutilated and mangled by these terrible explosions,
+were dragged into the camp and scalped. Foxy's success was phenomenal.
+The few pennies and fewer half-dimes and dimes that the boys had hoarded
+for many long weeks would soon have been exhausted had Hughie not
+wrecked the game.
+
+Hughie alone had no fear of Foxy, but despised him utterly. He had stood
+and yelled when those heroes of old, Murdie and Don Cameron, Curly Ross,
+and Ranald Macdonald, and last but not to be despised Thomas Finch, had
+done battle with the enemy from the Sixteenth or the Front, and he could
+not bring himself to acknowledge the leadership of Foxy Ross, for
+all his bull's-eyes and liquorice. Not but what Hughie yearned for
+bull's-eyes and liquorice with great yearning, but these could not atone
+to him for the loss out of his life of the stir and rush and daring of
+the old fighting days. And it galled him that the boys of the Sixteenth
+could flout the boys of the Twentieth in all places and on all occasions
+with impunity.
+
+But above all, it seemed to him a standing disgrace that the habitant
+teamsters from the north, who in former days found it a necessary and
+wise precaution to put their horses to a gallop as they passed the
+school, in order to escape with sleighs intact from the hordes that
+lined the roadway, now drove slowly past the very gate without an
+apparent tremor. But besides all this, he had an instinctive shrinking
+from Foxy, and sympathized with Betsy Dan in her creepy feeling whenever
+he approached. Hence he refused allegiance, and drew upon himself Foxy's
+jealous hatred.
+
+It was one of Foxy's few errors in judgment that, from his desire to
+humiliate Hughie and to bring him to a proper state of subjection,
+he succeeded in shutting him out from the leadership in the game
+of "Injuns," for Hughie promptly refused a subordinate position and
+withdrew, like Achilles, to his tent. But, unlike Achilles, though he
+sulked, he sulked actively, and to some purpose, for, drawing off with
+him his two faithful henchmen, "Fusie"--neither Hughie nor any one else
+ever knew another name for the little French boy who had drifted into
+the settlement and made his home with the MacLeods--and Davie "Scotch,"
+a cousin of Davie MacDougall, newly arrived from Scotland, he placed
+them in positions which commanded the store entrance, and waited until
+the settlers had all departed upon their expedition against the invading
+Indians. Foxy, with one or two smaller boys, was left in charge of the
+store waiting for trade.
+
+In a few moments Foxy's head appeared at the door, when, whiz! a
+snowball skinned his ear and flattened itself with a bang against the
+slabs.
+
+"Hold on there! Stop that! You're too close up," shouted Foxy, thinking
+that the invaders were breaking the rules of the game.
+
+Bang! a snowball from another quarter caught him fair in the neck.
+
+"Here, you fools, you! Stop that!" cried Foxy, turning in the direction
+whence the snowball came and dodging round to the side of the store.
+But this was Hughie's point of attack, and soon Foxy found that the only
+place of refuge was inside, whither he fled, closing the door after him.
+Immediately the door became a target for the hidden foe.
+
+Meantime, the Indian war was progressing, but now and again a settler
+would return to the fort for ammunition, and the moment he reached the
+door a volley of snowballs would catch him and hasten his entrance. Once
+in it was dangerous to come out.
+
+By degrees Hughie augmented his besieging force from the more
+adventurous settlers and Indians, and placed them in the bush
+surrounding the door.
+
+The war game was demoralized, but the new game proved so much more
+interesting that it was taken up with enthusiasm and prosecuted with
+vigor. It was rare sport. For the whole noon hour Hughie and his
+bombarding force kept Foxy and his friends in close confinement, from
+which they were relieved only by the ringing of the school bell, for at
+the sound of the bell Hughie and his men, having had their game, fled
+from Foxy's wrath to the shelter of the school.
+
+When Foxy appeared it was discovered that one eye was half shut, but the
+light that gleamed from the other was sufficiently baleful to give token
+of the wrath blazing within, and Hughie was not a little anxious to know
+what form Foxy's vengeance would take. But to his surprise, by the time
+recess had come Foxy's wrath had apparently vanished, and he was willing
+to treat Hughie's exploit in the light of a joke. The truth was, Foxy
+never allowed passion to interfere with business, and hence he resolved
+that he must swallow his rage, for he realized clearly that Hughie
+was far too dangerous as a foe, and that he might become exceedingly
+valuable as an ally. Within a week Hughie was Foxy's partner in
+business, enjoying hugely the privilege of dispensing the store goods,
+with certain perquisites that naturally attached to him as storekeeper.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+FOXY'S PARTNER
+
+
+It was an evil day for Hughie when he made friends with Foxy and became
+his partner in the store business, for Hughie's hoardings were never
+large, and after buying a Christmas present for his mother, according
+to his unfailing custom, they were reduced to a very few pennies indeed.
+The opportunities for investment in his new position were many and
+alluring. But all Hughie's soul went out in longing for a pistol which
+Foxy had among his goods, and which would fire not only caps, but powder
+and ball, and his longing was sensibly increased by Foxy generously
+allowing him to try the pistol, first at a mark, which Hughie hit, and
+then at a red squirrel, which he missed. By day Hughie yearned for this
+pistol, by night he dreamed of it, but how he might secure it for his
+own he did not know.
+
+Upon this point he felt he could not consult his mother, his usual
+counselor, for he had an instinctive feeling that she would not approve
+of his having a pistol in his possession; and as for his father, Hughie
+knew he would soon make "short work of any such folly." What would a
+child like Hughie do with a pistol? He had never had a pistol in all his
+life. It was difficult for the minister to realize that young Canada was
+a new type, and he would have been more than surprised had any one told
+him that already Hughie, although only twelve, was an expert with a gun,
+having for many a Saturday during the long, sunny fall roamed the woods,
+at first in company with Don, and afterwards with Don's gun alone, or
+followed by Fusie or Davie Scotch. There was thus no help for Hughie at
+home. The price of the pistol reduced to the lowest possible sum, was
+two dollars and a half, which Foxy declared was only half what he would
+charge any one else but his partner.
+
+"How much have you got altogether?" he asked Hughie one day, when Hughie
+was groaning over his poverty.
+
+"Six pennies and two dimes," was Hughie's disconsolate reply. He had
+often counted them over. "Of course," he went on, "there's my XL knife.
+That's worth a lot, only the point of the big blade's broken."
+
+"Huh!" grunted Foxy, "there's jist the stub left."
+
+"It's not!" said Hughie, indignantly. "It's more than half, then. And
+it's bully good stuff, too. It'll nick any knife in the school"; and
+Hughie dived into his pocket and pulled out his knife with a handful of
+boy's treasures.
+
+"Hullo!" said Foxy, snatching a half-dollar from Hughie's hand, "whose
+is that?"
+
+"Here, you, give me that! That's not mine," cried Hughie.
+
+"Whose is it, then?"
+
+"I don't know. I guess it's mother's. I found it on the kitchen floor,
+and I know it's mother's."
+
+"How do you know?"
+
+"I know well enough. She often puts money on the window, and it fell
+down. Give me that, I tell you!" Hughie's eyes were blazing dangerously,
+and Foxy handed back the half-dollar.
+
+"O, all right. You're a pretty big fool," he said, indifferently.
+"'Losers seekers, finders keepers.' That's my rule."
+
+Hughie was silent, holding his precious half-dollar in his hand, deep in
+his pocket.
+
+"Say," said Foxy, changing the subject, "I guess you had better pay up
+for your powder and caps you've been firing."
+
+"I haven't been firing much," said Hughie, confidently.
+
+"Well, you've been firing pretty steady for three weeks."
+
+"Three weeks! It isn't three weeks."
+
+"It is. There's this week, and last week when the ink-bottle bust too
+soon and burnt Fusie's eyebrows, and the week before when you shot Aleck
+Dan, and it was the week before that you began, and that'll make it
+four."
+
+"How much?" asked Hughie, desperately, resolved to know the worst.
+
+Foxy had been preparing for this. He took down a slate-pencil box with a
+sliding lid, and drew out a bundle of crumbled slips which Hughie, with
+sinking heart, recognized as his own vouchers.
+
+"Sixteen pennies." Foxy had taken care of this part of the business.
+
+"Sixteen!" exclaimed Hughie, snatching up the bunch.
+
+"Count them yourself," said Foxy, calmly, knowing well he could count on
+Hughie's honesty.
+
+"Seventeen," said Hughie, hopelessly.
+
+"But one of those I didn't count," said Foxy, generously. "That's the
+one I gave you to try at the first. Now, I tell you," went on Foxy,
+insinuatingly, "you have got how much at home?" he inquired.
+
+"Six pennies and two dimes." Hughie's tone indicated despair.
+
+"You've got six pennies and two dimes. Six pennies and two dimes. That's
+twenty--that's thirty-two cents. Now if you paid me that thirty-two
+cents, and if you could get a half-dollar anywhere, that would be
+eighty-two. I tell you what I would do. I would let you have that pistol
+for only one dollar more. That ain't much," he said.
+
+"Only a dollar more," said Hughie, calculating rapidly. "But where would
+I get the fifty cents?" The dollar seemed at that moment to Hughie quite
+a possible thing, if only the fifty cents could be got. The dollar was
+more remote, and therefore less pressing.
+
+Foxy had an inspiration.
+
+"I tell you what. You borrow that fifty cents you found, and then you
+can pay me eighty-two cents, and--and--" he hesitated--"perhaps you will
+find some more, or something."
+
+Hughie's eyes were blazing with great fierceness.
+
+Foxy hastened to add, "And I'll let you have the pistol right off, and
+you'll pay me again some time when you can, the other dollar."
+
+Hughie checked the indignant answer that was at his lips. To have the
+pistol as his own, to take home with him at night, and to keep all
+Saturday--the temptation was great, and coming suddenly upon Hughie,
+was too much for him. He would surely, somehow, soon pay back the fifty
+cents, he argued, and Foxy would wait for the dollar. And yet that
+half-dollar was not his, but his mother's, and more than that, if he
+asked her for it, he was pretty sure she would refuse. But then, he
+doubted his mother's judgment as to his ability to use firearms, and
+besides, this pistol at that price was a great bargain, and any of the
+boys might pick it up. Poor Hughie! He did not know how ancient was that
+argument, nor how frequently it had done duty in smoothing the descent
+to the lower regions. The pistol was good to look at, the opportunity
+of securing it was such as might not occur again, and as for the
+half-dollar, there could be no harm in borrowing that for a little
+while.
+
+That was Foxy's day of triumph, but to Hughie it was the beginning of
+many woeful days and nights. And his misery came upon him swift and
+sure, in the very moment that he turned in from the road at the manse
+gate, for he knew that at the end of the lane would be his mother, and
+his winged feet, upon which he usually flew from the gate home, dragged
+heavily.
+
+He found his mother, not at the door, but in the large, pleasant
+living-room, which did for all kinds of rooms in the manse. It was
+dining-room and sewing-room, nursery and playroom, but it was always
+a good room to enter, and in spite of playthings strewn about, or
+snippings of cloth, or other stour, it was always a place of brightness
+and of peace, for it was there the mother was most frequently to be
+found. This evening she was at the sewing-machine busy with Hughie's
+Sunday clothes, with the baby asleep in the cradle beside her in spite
+of the din of the flying wheels, and little Robbie helping to pull
+through the long seam. Hughie shrank from the warm, bright, loving
+atmosphere that seemed to fill the room, hating to go in, but in a
+moment he realized that he must "make believe" with his mother, and the
+pain of it and the shame of it startled and amazed him. He was glad that
+his mother did not notice him enter, and by the time he had put away
+his books he had braced himself to meet her bright smile and her welcome
+kiss.
+
+The mother did not apparently notice his hesitation.
+
+"Well, my boy, home again?" she cried, holding out her hand to him with
+the air of good comradeship she always wore with him. "Are you very
+hungry?"
+
+"You bet!" said Hughie, kissing her, and glad of the chance to get away.
+
+"Well, you will find something pretty nice in the pantry we saved for
+you. Guess what."
+
+"Don't know."
+
+"I know," shouted Robbie. "Pie! It's muzzie's pie. Muzzie tept it for
+'oo."
+
+"Now, Robbie, you were not to tell," said his mother, shaking her finger
+at him.
+
+"O-o-o, I fordot," said Robbie, horrified at his failure to keep his
+promise.
+
+"Never mind. That's a lesson you will have to learn many times, how to
+keep those little lips shut. And the pie will be just as good."
+
+"Thank you, mother," said Hughie. "But I don't want your pie."
+
+"My pie!" said the mother. "Pie isn't good for old women."
+
+"Old women!" said Hughie, indignantly. "You're the youngest and
+prettiest woman in the congregation," he cried, and forgetting for the
+moment his sense of meanness, he threw his arms round his mother.
+
+"Oh, Hughie, shame on you! What a dreadful flatterer you are!" said his
+mother. "Now, run away to your pie, and then to your evening work, my
+boy, and we will have a good lesson together after supper."
+
+Hughie ran away, glad to get out of her presence, and seizing the pie,
+carried it out to the barn and hurled it far into the snow. He felt sure
+that a single bite of it would choke him.
+
+If he could only have seen Foxy any time for the next hour, how gladly
+would he have given him back his pistol, but by the time he had fed
+his cow and the horses, split the wood and carried it in, and prepared
+kindling for the morning's fires, he had become accustomed to his new
+self, and had learned his first lesson in keeping his emotions out of
+his face. But from that night, and through all the long weeks of the
+breaking winter, when games in the woods were impossible by reason
+of the snow and water, and when the roads were deep with mud, Hughie
+carried his burden with him, till life was one long weariness and dread.
+
+And through these days he was Foxy's slave. A pistol without ammunition
+was quite useless. Foxy's stock was near at hand. It was easy to write a
+voucher for a penny's worth of powder or caps, and consequently the pile
+in Foxy's pencil-box steadily mounted till Hughie was afraid to look at
+it. His chance of being free from his own conscience was still remote
+enough.
+
+During these days, too, Foxy reveled in his power over his rival, and
+ground his slave in bitter bondage, subjecting him to such humiliation
+as made the school wonder and Hughie writhe; and if ever Hughie showed
+any sign of resentment or rebellion, Foxy could tame him to groveling
+submission by a single word. "Well, I guess I'll go down to-night to see
+your mother," was all he needed to say to make Hughie grovel again.
+For with Hughie it was not the fear of his father's wrath and heavy
+punishment, though that was terrible enough, but the dread that his
+mother should know, that made him grovel before his tyrant, and wake at
+night in a cold sweat. His mother's tender anxiety for his pale face and
+gloomy looks only added to the misery of his heart.
+
+He had no one in whom he could confide. He could not tell any of the
+boys, for he was unwilling to lose their esteem, besides, it was none
+of their business; he was terrified of his father's wrath, and from his
+mother, his usual and unfailing resort in every trouble of his whole
+life, he was now separated by his terrible secret.
+
+Then Foxy began to insist upon payment of his debts. Spring was at hand,
+the store would soon be closed up, for business was slack in the summer,
+and besides, Foxy had other use for his money.
+
+"Haven't you got any money at all in your house?" Foxy sneered one day,
+when Hughie was declaring his inability to meet his debts.
+
+"Of course we have," cried Hughie, indignantly.
+
+"Don't believe it," said Foxy, contemptuously.
+
+"Father's drawer is sometimes full of dimes and half-dimes. At least,
+there's an awful lot on Mondays, from the collections, you know," said
+Hughie.
+
+"Well, then, you had better get some for me, somehow," said Foxy. "You
+might borrow some from the drawer for a little while."
+
+"That would be stealing," said Hughie.
+
+"You wouldn't mean to keep it," said Foxy. "You would only take it for a
+while. It would just be borrowing."
+
+"It wouldn't," said Hughie, firmly. "It's taking out of his drawer. It's
+stealing, and I won't steal."
+
+"Huh! you're mighty good all at once. What about that half-dollar?"
+
+"You said yourself that wasn't stealing," said Hughie, passionately.
+
+"Well, what's the difference? You said it was your mother's, and this is
+your father's. It's all the same, except that you're afraid to take your
+father's."
+
+"I'm not afraid. At least it isn't that. But it's different to take
+money out of a drawer, that isn't your own."
+
+"Huh! Mighty lot of difference! Money's money, wherever it is. Besides,
+if you borrowed this from your father, you could pay back your mother
+and me. You would pay the whole thing right off."
+
+Once more Hughie argued with himself. To be free from Foxy's hateful
+tyranny, and to be clear again with his mother--for that he would be
+willing to suffer almost anything. But to take money out of that drawer
+was awfully like stealing. Of course he would pay it back, and after all
+it would only be borrowing. Besides, it would enable him to repay what
+he owed to his mother and to Foxy. Through all the mazes of specious
+argument Hughie worked his way, arriving at no conclusion, except that
+he carried with him a feeling that if he could by some means get that
+money out of the drawer in a way that would not be stealing, it would be
+a vast relief, greater than words could tell.
+
+That night brought him the opportunity. His father and mother were away
+at the prayer meeting. There was only Jessie left in the house, and she
+was busy with the younger children. With the firm resolve that he would
+not take a single half-dime from his father's drawer, he went into the
+study. He would like to see if the drawer were open. Yes, it was open,
+and the Sabbath's collection lay there with all its shining invitation.
+He tried making up the dollar and a half out of the dimes and
+half-dimes. What a lot of half-dimes it took! But when he used the
+quarters and dimes, how much smaller the piles were. Only two quarters
+and five dimes made up the dollar, and the pile in the drawer looked
+pretty much the same as before. Another quarter-dollar withdrawn from
+the drawer made little difference. He looked at the little heaps on
+the table. He believed he could make Foxy take that for his whole debt,
+though he was sure he owed him more. Perhaps he had better make certain.
+He transferred two more dimes and a half-dime from the drawer to the
+table. It was an insignificant little heap. That would certainly clear
+off his whole indebtedness and make him a free man.
+
+He slipped the little heaps of money from the table into his pocket, and
+then suddenly he realized that he had never decided to take the money.
+The last resolve he could remember making was simply to see how the
+dollar and a half looked. Without noticing, he had passed the point of
+final decision. Alas! like many another, Hughie found the going easy and
+the slipping smooth upon the down incline. Unconsciously he had slipped
+into being a thief.
+
+Now he could not go back. His absorbing purpose was concealment. Quietly
+shutting the drawer, he was slipping hurriedly up to his own room, when
+on the stairway he met Jessie.
+
+"What are you doing here, Jessie?" he asked, sharply.
+
+"Putting Robbie off to bed," said Jessie, in surprise. "What's the
+matter with you?"
+
+"What's the matter?" echoed Hughie, smitten with horrible fear that
+perhaps she knew. "I just wanted to know," he said, weakly.
+
+He slipped past her, holding his pocket tight lest the coins should
+rattle. When he reached his room he stood listening in the dark to
+Jessie going down the stairs. He was sure she suspected something.
+He would go back and put the money in the drawer again, whenever she
+reached the kitchen. He stood there with his heart-beats filling his
+ears, waiting for the kitchen door to slam.
+
+Then he resolved he would wrap the money up in paper and put it safely
+away, and go down and see if Jessie knew. He found one of his old
+copybooks, and began tearing out a leaf. What a noise it made! Robbie
+would surely wake up, and then Jessie would come back with the light. He
+put the copy-book under the quilt, and holding it down firmly with one
+hand, removed the leaf with the other. With great care he wrapped up the
+dimes and half-dimes by themselves. They fitted better together. Then
+he took up the quarters, and was proceeding to fold them in a similar
+parcel, when he heard Jessie's voice from below.
+
+"Hughie, what are you doing?" She was coming up the stair.
+
+He jumped from the bed to go to meet her. A quarter fell on the floor
+and rolled under the bed. It seemed to Hughie as if it would never stop
+rolling, and as if Jessie must hear it. Wildly he scrambled on the
+floor in the dark, seeking for the quarter, while Jessie came nearer and
+nearer.
+
+"Are you going to bed already, Hughie?" she asked.
+
+Quickly Hughie went out to the hall to meet her.
+
+"Yes," he yawned, gratefully seizing upon her suggestion. "I'm awfully
+sleepy. Give me the candle, Jessie," he said, snatching it from her
+hand. "I want to go downstairs."
+
+"Hughie, you are very rude. What would your mother say? Let me have the
+candle immediately, I want to get Robbie's stockings."
+
+Hughie's heart stood still.
+
+"I'll throw them down, Jessie. I want the candle downstairs just a
+minute."
+
+"Leave that candle with me," insisted Jessie. "There's another on the
+dining-room table you can get."
+
+"I'll not be a minute," said Hughie, hurrying downstairs. "You come
+down, Jessie, I want to ask you something. I'll throw you Robbie's
+stockings."
+
+"Come back here, the rude boy that you are," said Jessie, crossly, "and
+bring me that candle."
+
+There was no reply. Hughie was standing, pale and shaking, in the
+dining-room, listening intently for Jessie's step. Would she go into his
+room, or would she come down? Every moment increased the agony of his
+fear.
+
+At length, with a happy inspiration, he went to the cupboard, opened the
+door noisily, and began rattling the dishes.
+
+"Mercy me!" he heard Jessie exclaim at the top of the stair. "That boy
+will be my death. Hughie," she called, "just shut that cupboard! You
+know your mother doesn't like you to go in there."
+
+"I only want a little," called out Hughie, still moving the dishes, and
+hearing, to his great relief, Jessie's descending step. In desperation
+he seized a dish of black currant preserves which he found on the
+cupboard shelf, and spilled it over the dishes and upon the floor just
+as Jessie entered the room.
+
+"Land sakes alive, boy! Will you never be done your mischief?" she
+cried, rushing toward him.
+
+"Oh!" he said, "I spilt it."
+
+"Spilt it!" echoed Jessie, indignantly, "you needn't be telling me that.
+Bring me a cloth from the kitchen."
+
+"I don't know where it is, Jessie," cried Hughie, slipping upstairs
+again with his candle.
+
+To his great relief he saw that Jessie's attention was so entirely taken
+up with removing the stains of the preserves from the cupboard shelves
+and dishes, that she for the moment forgot everything else, Robbie's
+stockings included.
+
+Hurrying to his room, and shading the candle with his hand lest the
+light should waken his little brother, he hastily seized the money upon
+the bed quilt, and after a few moments' searching under the bed, found
+the strayed quarter.
+
+With these in his hand he passed into his mother's room. Leaving the
+candle there, he came back to the head of the stairs and listened for
+a moment, with great satisfaction, to Jessie muttering to herself while
+she cleaned up the mess he had made. Then he turned, and with trembling
+fingers he swiftly made up the quarter-dollars into another parcel. With
+a great sigh of relief he put the two parcels in his pocket, and seizing
+his candle turned to leave the room. As he did so, he caught sight of
+himself in the glass. With a great shock of surprise he stood gazing at
+the terrified, white face, with the staring eyes.
+
+"What a fool I am!" he said, looking at himself in the glass. "Nobody
+will know, and I'll pay this back soon."
+
+His eyes wandered to a picture which stood on a little shelf beside the
+glass. It was a picture of his mother, the one he loved best of all he
+had ever seen of her.
+
+There was a sudden stab of pain at his heart, his breath came in a great
+sob. For a moment he looked into the eyes that looked back at him so
+full of love and reproach.
+
+"I won't do it," he said, grinding his teeth hard, and forthwith turned
+to go to his father's study.
+
+But as he left the room he saw Jessie half-way up the stairs.
+
+"What are you doing now?" she cried, wrathfully. "Up to some mischief, I
+doubt."
+
+With a sudden, inexplicable rage, Hughie turned toward her.
+
+"It's none of your business! You mind your own business, will you, and
+leave me alone." The terrible emotions of the last few minutes were at
+the back of his rage.
+
+"Just wait, you," said Jessie, "till your mother comes. Then you'll hear
+it."
+
+"You shut your mouth!" cried Hughie, his passion sweeping his whole
+being like a tempest. "You shut your mouth, you old cat, or I'll throw
+this candle at you." He raised the candle high in his hand as he spoke,
+and altogether looked so desperate that Jessie stood in terror lest he
+should make good his threat.
+
+"Stop, now, Hughie," she entreated. "You will be setting the house on
+fire."
+
+Hughie hesitated a moment, and then turned from her, and going into his
+room, banged the door in her face, and Jessie, not knowing what to make
+of it all, went slowly downstairs again, forgetting once more Robbie's
+stockings.
+
+"The old cat!" said Hughie to himself. "She just stopped me. I was going
+to put it back."
+
+The memory that he had resolved to undo his wrong brought him a curious
+sense of relief.
+
+"I was just going to put it back," he said, "when she had to interfere."
+
+He was conscious of a sense of injury against Jessie. It was not his
+fault that that money was not now in the drawer.
+
+"I'll put it back in the morning, anyhow," he said, firmly. But even as
+he spoke he was conscious of an infinality in his determination, while
+he refused to acknowledge to himself a secret purpose to leave the
+question open till the morning. But this determination, inconclusive
+though it was, brought him a certain calm of mind, so that when his
+mother came into his room she found him sound asleep.
+
+She stood beside his bed looking down upon him for a few moments, with
+face full of anxious sadness.
+
+"There's something wrong with the boy," she said to herself, stooping to
+kiss him. "There's something wrong with him," she repeated, as she left
+the room. "He's not the same."
+
+During these weeks she had been conscious that Hughie had changed in
+some way to her. The old, full, frank confidence was gone. There was
+a constraint in his manner she could not explain. "He is no longer
+a child," she would say to herself, seeking to allay the pain in her
+heart. "A boy must have his secrets. It is foolish in me to think
+anything else. Besides, he is not well. He is growing too fast." And
+indeed, Hughie's pale, miserable face gave ground enough for this
+opinion.
+
+"That boy is not well," she said to her husband.
+
+"Which boy?"
+
+"Hughie," she replied. "He is looking miserable, and somehow he is
+different."
+
+"Oh, nonsense! He eats well enough, and sleeps well enough," said her
+husband, making light of her fears.
+
+"There's something wrong," repeated his wife. "And he hates his school."
+
+"Well, I don't wonder at that," said her husband, sharply. "I don't see
+how any boy of spirit could take much pleasure in that kind of a school.
+The boys are just wasting their time, and worse than that, they have
+lost all the old spirit. I must see to it that the policy of those
+close-fisted trustees is changed. I am not going to put up with those
+chits of girls teaching any longer."
+
+"There may be something in what you say," said his wife, sadly, "but
+certainly Hughie is always begging to stay at home from school."
+
+"And indeed, he might as well stay home," answered her husband, "for all
+the good he gets."
+
+"I do wish we had a good man in charge," replied his wife, with a great
+sigh. "It is very important that these boys should have a good, strong
+man over them. How much it means to a boy at Hughie's time of life! But
+so few are willing to come away into the backwoods here for so small a
+salary."
+
+Suddenly her husband laid down his pipe.
+
+"I have it!" he exclaimed. "The very thing! Wouldn't this be the very
+thing for young Craven. You remember, the young man that Professor
+MacLauchlan was writing about."
+
+His wife shook her head very decidedly.
+
+"Not at all," she said. "Didn't Professor MacLauchlan say he was
+dissipated?"
+
+"O, just a little wild. Got going with some loose companions. Out here
+there would be no temptation."
+
+"I am not at all sure of that," said his wife, "and I would not like
+Hughie to be under his influence."
+
+"MacLauchlan says he is a young man of fine disposition and of fine
+parts," argued her husband, "and if temptation were removed from him he
+believes he would turn out a good man."
+
+Mrs. Murray shook her head doubtfully. "He is not the man to put Hughie
+under just now."
+
+"What are we to do with Hughie?" replied her husband. "He is getting no
+good in the school as it is, and we cannot send him away yet."
+
+"Send him away!" exclaimed his wife. "No, no, not a child like that."
+
+"Craven might be a very good man," continued her husband. "He might
+perhaps live with us. I know you have more than enough to do now," he
+added, answering her look of dismay, "but he would be a great help to
+Hughie with his lessons, and might start him in his classics. And then,
+who knows what you might make of the young man."
+
+Mrs. Murray did not respond to her husband's smile, but only replied,
+"I am sure I wish I knew what is the matter with the boy, and I wish he
+could leave school for a while."
+
+"O, the boy is all right," said her husband, impatiently. "Only a little
+less noisy, as far as I can see."
+
+"No, he is not the same," replied his wife. "He is different to me."
+There was almost a cry of pain in her voice.
+
+"Now, now, don't imagine things. Boys are full of notions at Hughie's
+age. He may need a change, but that is all."
+
+With this the mother tried to quiet the tumult of anxious fear and pain
+she found rising in her heart, but long after the house was still, and
+while both her boy and his father lay asleep, she kept pouring forth
+that ancient sacrifice of self-effacing love before the feet of God.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+HUGHIE'S EMANCIPATION
+
+
+Hughie rose late next morning, and the hurry and rush of getting off to
+school in time left him no opportunity to get rid of the little packages
+in his pocket, that seemed to burn and sting him through his clothes. He
+determined to keep them safe in his pocket all day and put them back in
+the drawer at night. His mother's face, white with her long watching,
+and sad and anxious in spite of its brave smile, filled him with such
+an agony of remorse that, hurrying through his breakfast, he snatched a
+farewell kiss, and then tore away down the lane lest he should be forced
+to confess all his terrible secret.
+
+The first person who met him in the school-yard was Foxy.
+
+"Have you got that?" was his salutation.
+
+A sudden fury possessed Hughie.
+
+"Yes, you red-headed, sneaking fox," he answered, "and I hope it will
+bring you the curse of luck, anyway."
+
+Foxy hurried him cautiously behind the school, with difficulty
+concealing his delight while Hughie unrolled his little bundles and
+counted out the quarters and dimes and half dimes into his hand.
+
+"There's a dollar, and there's a quarter, and--and--there's another," he
+added, desperately, "and God may kill me on the spot if I give you any
+more!"
+
+"All right, Hughie," said Foxy, soothingly, putting the money into his
+pocket. "You needn't be so mad about it. You bought the pistol and the
+rest right enough, didn't you?"
+
+"I know I did, but--but you made me, you big, sneaking thief--and then
+you--" Hughie's voice broke in his rage. His face was pale, and his
+black eyes were glittering with fierce fury, and in his heart he was
+conscious of a wild longing to fall upon Foxy and tear him to pieces.
+And Foxy, big and tall as he was, glanced at Hughie's face, and saying
+not a word, turned and fled to the front of the school where the other
+boys were.
+
+Hughie followed slowly, his heart still swelling with furious rage, and
+full of an eager desire to be at Foxy's smiling, fat face.
+
+At the school door stood Miss Morrison, the teacher, smiling down
+upon Foxy, who was looking up at her with an expression of such sweet
+innocence that Hughie groaned out between his clenched teeth, "Oh, you
+red-headed devil, you! Some day I'll make you smile out of the other
+side of your big, fat mouth."
+
+"Who are you swearing at?" It was Fusie.
+
+"Oh, Fusie," cried Hughie, "let's get Davie and get into the woods. I'm
+not going in to-day. I hate the beastly place, and the whole gang of
+them."
+
+Fusie, the little, harum-scarum French waif was ready for anything in
+the way of adventure. To him anything was better than the even monotony
+of the school routine. True, it might mean a whipping both from the
+teacher and from Mrs. McLeod; but as to the teacher's whipping, Fusie
+was prepared to stand that for a free day in the woods, and as to the
+other, Fusie declared that Mrs. McLeod's whipping "wouldn't hurt a
+skeeter."
+
+To Davie Scotch, however, playing truant was a serious matter. He had
+been reared in an atmosphere of reverence for established law and order,
+but when Hughie gave command, to Davie there seemed nothing for it but
+to obey.
+
+The three boys watched till the school was called, and then crawling
+along on their stomachs behind the heavy cedar-log fence, they slipped
+into the balsam thicket at the edge of the woods and were safe. Here
+they flung down their schoolbags, and lying prone upon the fragrant bed
+of pine-needles strewn thickly upon the moss, they peered out through
+the balsam boughs at the house of their bondage with an exultant sense
+of freedom and a feeling of pity, if not of contempt, for the unhappy
+and spiritless creatures who were content to be penned inside any house
+on such a day as this, and with such a world outside.
+
+For some minutes they rolled about upon the soft moss and balsam-needles
+and the brown leaves of last year, till their hearts were running over
+with a deep and satisfying delight. It is hard to resist the ministry of
+the woods. The sympathetic silence of the trees, the aromatic airs
+that breathe through the shady spaces, the soft mingling of broken
+lights--these all combine to lay upon the spirit a soothing balm, and
+bring to the heart peace. And Hughie, sensitive at every pore to that
+soothing ministry, before long forgot for a time even Foxy, with his
+fat, white face and smiling mouth, and lying on the broad of his back,
+and looking up at the far-away blue sky through the interlacing branches
+and leaves, he began to feel again that it was good to be alive, and
+that with all his misery there were compensations.
+
+But any lengthened period of peaceful calm is not for boys of the age
+and spirit of Hughie and his companions.
+
+"What are you going to do?" asked Fusie, the man of adventure.
+
+"Do nothing," said Hughie from his supine position. "This is good enough
+for me."
+
+"Not me," said Fusie, starting to climb a tall, lithe birch, while
+Hughie lazily watched him. Soon Fusie was at the top of the birch, which
+began to sway dangerously.
+
+"Try to fly into that balsam," cried Hughie.
+
+"No, sir!"
+
+"Yes, go on."
+
+"Can't do it."
+
+"Oh, pshaw! you can."
+
+"No, nor you either. That's a mighty big jump."
+
+"Come on down, then, and let me try," said Hughie, in scorn. His
+laziness was gone in the presence of a possible achievement.
+
+In a few minutes he had taken Fusie's place a the top of the swaying
+birch. It did not look so easy from the top of the birch as from the
+ground to swing into the balsam-tree. However, he could not go back now.
+
+"Dinna try it, Hughie!" cried Davie to him. "Ye'll no mak it, and ye'll
+come an awfu' cropper, as sure as deith." But Hughie, swaying gently
+back and forth, was measuring the distance of his drop. It was not
+a feat so very difficult, but it called for good judgment and steady
+nerve. A moment too soon or a moment too late in letting go, would mean
+a nasty fall of twenty feet or more upon the solid ground, and one never
+knew just how one would light.
+
+"I wudna dae it, Hughie," urged Davie, anxiously.
+
+But Hughie, swaying high in the birch, heeded not the warning, and
+suddenly swinging out from the slender trunk and holding by his hands,
+he described a parabola, and releasing the birch dropped on to the
+balsam top. But balsam-trees are of uncertain fiber, and not to be
+relied upon, and this particular balsam, breaking off short in Hughie's
+hands, allowed him to go crashing through the branches to the earth.
+
+"Man! man!" cried Davie Scotch, bending over Hughie as he lay white
+and still upon the ground. "Are ye deid? Maircy me! he's deid," sobbed
+Davie, wringing his hands. "Fusie, Fusie, ye gowk! where are ye gone?"
+
+In a moment or two Fusie reappeared through the branches with a capful
+of water, and dashed it into Hughie's face, with the result that the lad
+opened his eyes, and after a gasp or two, sat up and looked about him.
+
+"Och, laddie, laddie, are ye no deid?" said Davie Scotch.
+
+"What's the matter with you, Scottie?" asked Hughie, with a bewildered
+look about him. "And who's been throwing water all over me?" he added,
+wrathfully, as full consciousness returned.
+
+"Man! I'm glad to see ye mad. Gang on wi' ye," shouted Davie, joyously.
+"Ye were deid the noo. Ay, clean deid. Was he no, Fusie?" Fusie nodded.
+
+"I guess not," said Hughie. "It was that rotten balsam top," looking
+vengefully at the broken tree.
+
+"Lie doon, man," said Davie, still anxiously hovering about him. "Dinna
+rise yet awhile."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, and he struggled to his feet; "I'm all right."
+But as he spoke he sank down upon the moss, saying, "I feel kind of
+queer, though."
+
+"Lie still, then, will ye," said Davie, angrily. "Ye're fair obstinate."
+
+"Get me some water, Fusie," said Hughie, rather weakly.
+
+"Run, Fusie, ye gomeril, ye!"
+
+In a minute Fusie was back with a capful of water.
+
+"That's better. I'm all right now," said Hughie, sitting up.
+
+"Hear him!" said Davie. "Lie ye doon there, or I'll gie ye a crack
+that'll mak ye glad tae keep still."
+
+For half an hour the boys lay on the moss discussing the accident fully
+in all its varying aspects and possibilities, till the sound of wheels
+came up the road.
+
+"Who's that, Fusie?" asked Hughie, lazily.
+
+"Dunno me," said Fusie, peering through the trees.
+
+"Do you, Scotty?"
+
+"No, not I."
+
+Hughie crawled over to the edge of the brush.
+
+"Why, you idiots! it's Thomas Finch. Thomas!" he called, but Thomas
+drove straight on. In a moment Hughie sprang up, forgetting all about
+his weakness, and ran out to the roadside.
+
+"Hello, Thomas!" he cried, waving his hand. Thomas saw him, stopped, and
+looked at him, doubtfully. He, with all the Section, knew how the school
+was going, and he easily guessed what took Hughie there.
+
+"I'm not going to school to-day," said Hughie, answering Thomas's look.
+
+Thomas nodded, and sat silent, waiting. He was not a man to waste his
+words.
+
+"I hate the whole thing!" exclaimed Hughie.
+
+"Foxy, eh?" said Thomas, to whom on other occasions Hughie had confided
+his grievances, and especially those he suffered at the hands of Foxy.
+
+"Yes, Foxy," cried Hughie, in a sudden rage. "He's a fat-faced sneak!
+And the teacher just makes me sick!"
+
+Thomas still waited.
+
+"She just smiles and smiles at him, and he smiles at her. Ugh! I can't
+stand him."
+
+"Not much harm in smiling," said Thomas, solemnly.
+
+"Oh, Thomas, I hate the school. I'm not going to go any more."
+
+Thomas looked gravely down upon Hughie's passionate face for a few
+moments, and then said, "You will do what your mother wants you, I
+guess."
+
+Hughie said nothing in reply, while Thomas sat pondering.
+
+Finally he said, with a sudden inspiration, "Hughie, come along with me,
+and help me with the potatoes."
+
+"They won't let me," grumbled Hughie. "At least father won't. I don't
+like to ask mother."
+
+Thomas's eyes opened in surprise. This was a new thing in Hughie.
+
+"I'll ask your mother," he said, at length. "Get in with me here."
+
+Still Hughie hesitated. To get away from school was joy enough, to go
+with Thomas to the potato planting was more than could be hoped for. But
+still he stood making pictures in the dust with his bare toes.
+
+"There's Fusie," he said, "and Davie Scotch."
+
+"Well," said Thomas, catching sight of those worthies through the trees,
+"let them come, too."
+
+Fusie was promptly willing, but Davie was doubtful. He certainly would
+not go to the manse, where he might meet the minister, and meeting the
+minister's wife under the present circumstances was a little worse.
+
+"Well, you can wait at the gate with Fusie," suggested Hughie, and so
+the matter was settled.
+
+Fortunately for Hughie, his father was not at home. But not Thomas's
+earnest entreaties nor Hughie's eager pleading would have availed with
+the mother, for attendance at school was a sacred duty in her eyes, had
+it not been that her boy's face, paler than usual, and with the dawning
+of a new defiance in it, startled her, and confirmed in her the fear
+that all was not well with him.
+
+"Well, Thomas, he may go with you to the Cameron's for the potatoes, but
+as to going with you to the planting, that is another thing. Your mother
+is not fit to be troubled with another boy, and especially a boy like
+Hughie. And how is she to-day, Thomas?" continued Mrs. Murray, as Thomas
+stood in dull silence before her.
+
+"She's better," said Thomas, answering more quickly than usual, and with
+a certain eagerness in his voice. "She's a great deal better, and Hughie
+will do her no harm, but good."
+
+Mrs. Murray looked at Thomas as he spoke, wondering at the change in his
+voice and manner. The heavy, stolid face had changed since she had last
+seen it. It was finer, keener, than before. The eyes, so often dull,
+were lighted up with a new, strange fire.
+
+"She's much better," said Thomas again, as if insisting against Mrs.
+Murray's unbelief.
+
+"I am glad to hear it, Thomas," she said, gently. "She will soon
+be quite well again, I hope, for she has had a long, long time of
+suffering."
+
+"Yes, a long, long time," replied Thomas. His face was pale, and in his
+eyes was a look of pain, almost of fear.
+
+"And you will come to see her soon?" he added. There was almost a
+piteous entreaty in his tone.
+
+"Yes, Thomas, surely next week. And meantime, I shall let Hughie go with
+you."
+
+A look of such utter devotion poured itself into Thomas's eyes that
+Mrs. Murray was greatly moved, and putting her hand on his shoulder,
+she said, gently, "'He will give His angels charge.' Don't be afraid,
+Thomas."
+
+"Afraid!" said Thomas, with a kind of gasp, his face going white.
+"Afraid! No. Why?" But Mrs. Murray turned from him to hide the tears
+that she could not keep out of her eyes, for she knew what was before
+Thomas and them all.
+
+Meantime Hughie was busy putting into his little carpet-bag what he
+considered the necessary equipment for his visit.
+
+"You must wear your shoes, Hughie."
+
+"Oh, mother, shoes are such an awful bother planting potatoes. They get
+full of ground and everything."
+
+"Well, put them in your bag, at any rate, and your stockings, too. You
+may need them."
+
+By degrees Hughie's very moderate necessities were satisfied, and with a
+hurried farewell to his mother he went off with Thomas. At the gate they
+picked up Fusie and Davie Scotch, and went off to the Cameron's for the
+seed potatoes, Hughie's heart lighter than it had been for many a day.
+And all through the afternoon, and as he drove home with Thomas on
+the loaded bags, his heart kept singing back to the birds in the trees
+overhead.
+
+It was late in the afternoon when they drove into the yard, for the
+roads were still bad in the swamp, where the corduroy had been broken up
+by the spring floods.
+
+Thomas hurried through unhitching, and without waiting to unharness
+he stood the horses in their stalls, saying, "We may need them this
+afternoon again," and took Hughie off to the house straight-way.
+
+The usual beautiful order pervaded the house and its surroundings.
+The back yard, through which the boys came from the barn, was free
+of litter; the chips were raked into neat little piles close to the
+wood-pile, for summer use. On a bench beside the "stoop" door was a row
+of milk-pans, lapping each other like scales on a fish, glittering
+in the sun. The large summer kitchen, with its spotless floor and
+white-washed walls, stood with both its doors open to the sweet air that
+came in from the fields above, and was as pleasant a room to look
+in upon as one could desire. On the sill of the open window stood
+a sweet-scented geranium and a tall fuschia with white and crimson
+blossoms hanging in clusters. Bunches of wild flowers stood on the
+table, on the dresser, and up beside the clock, and the whole room
+breathed of sweet scents of fields and flowers, and "the name of the
+chamber was peace."
+
+Beside the open window sat the little mother in an arm-chair, the
+embodiment of all the peaceful beauty and sweet fragrance of the room.
+
+"Well, mother," said Thomas, crossing the floor to her and laying his
+hand upon her shoulder, "have I been long away? I have brought Hughie
+back with me, you see."
+
+"Not so very long, Thomas," said the mother, her dark face lighting with
+a look of love as she glanced up at her big son. "And I am glad to see
+Hughie. He will excuse me from rising," she added, with fine courtesy.
+
+Hughie hurried toward her.
+
+"Yes, indeed, Mrs. Finch. Don't think of rising." But he could get no
+further. Boy as he was, and at the age when boys are most heartless and
+regardless, he found it hard to keep his lip and his voice steady and to
+swallow the lump in his throat, and in spite of all he could do his eyes
+were filling up with tears as he looked into the little woman's face, so
+worn and weary, so pathetically bright.
+
+It was months since he had seen her, and during these months a great
+change had come to her and to the Finch household. After suffering long
+in secret, the mother had been forced to confess to a severe pain in
+her breast and under her arm. Upon examination the doctor pronounced the
+case to be malignant cancer, and there was nothing for it but removal.
+It was what Dr. Grant called "a very beautiful operation, indeed," and
+now she was recovering her strength, but only slowly, so slowly that
+Thomas at times found his heart sink with a vague fear. But it was not
+the pain of the wound that had wrought that sweet, pathetic look into
+the little woman's face, but the deeper pain she carried in her heart
+for those she loved better than herself.
+
+The mother's sickness brought many changes into the household, but the
+most striking of all the changes was that wrought in the slow and
+stolid Thomas. The father and Billy Jack were busy with the farm matters
+outside, upon little Jessac, now a girl of twelve years, fell the care
+of the house, but it was Thomas that, with the assistance of a neighbor
+at first, but afterwards alone, waited on his mother, dressing the wound
+and nursing her. These weeks of watching and nursing had wrought in him
+the subtle change that stirred Mrs. Murray's heart as she looked at him
+that day, and that made even Hughie wonder. For one thing his tongue
+was loosed, and Thomas talked to his mother of all that he had seen and
+heard on the way to the Cameron's and back, making much of his little
+visit to the manse, and of Mrs. Murray's kindness, and enlarging upon
+her promised visit, and all with such brightness and picturesqueness
+of speech that Hughie listened amazed. For all the years he had known
+Thomas he had never heard from his lips so many words as in the last few
+minutes of talk with his mother. Then, too, Thomas seemed to have found
+his fingers, for no woman could have arranged more deftly and with
+gentler touch the cushions at his mother's back, and no nurse could have
+measured out the medicine and prepared her egg-nog with greater skill.
+Hughie could hardly believe his eyes and ears. Was this Thomas the
+stolid, the clumsy, the heavy-handed, this big fellow with the quick
+tongue and the clever, gentle hand?
+
+Meantime Jessac had set upon the table a large pitcher of rich milk,
+with oat cakes and butter, and honey in the comb.
+
+"Now, Hughie, lad, draw in and help yourself. You and Thomas will be
+too hungry to wait for supper," said the mother. And Hughie, protesting
+politely that he was not very hungry, proceeded to establish the
+contrary, to the great satisfaction of himself and the others.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said the mother, "we had better cut the seed."
+
+"Indeed, and not a seed will you cut, mother," said Thomas,
+emphatically. "You may boss the job, though. I'll bring the potatoes to
+the back door." And this he did, thinking it no trouble to hitch up the
+team to draw the wagon into the back yard so that his mother might have
+a part in the cutting of the seed potatoes, as she had had every year of
+her life on the farm.
+
+Very carefully, and in spite of her protests that she could walk quite
+well, Thomas carried his mother out to her chair in the shade of the
+house, arranging with tender solicitude the pillows at her back and the
+rug at her feet. Then they set to work at the potatoes.
+
+"Mind you have two eyes in every seed, Hughie," said Jessac, severely.
+
+"Huh! I know. I've cut them often enough," replied Hughie, scornfully.
+
+"Well, look at that one, now," said Jessac, picking up a seed that
+Hughie had let fall; "that's only got one eye."
+
+"There's two," said Hughie, triumphantly.
+
+"That's not an eye," said Jessac, pointing to a mark on the potato;
+"that's where the top grew out of, isn't it, mother?"
+
+"It is, isn't it?" appealed Hughie.
+
+Mrs. Finch took the seed and looked at it.
+
+"Well, there's one very good eye, and that will do."
+
+"But isn't that the mark of the top, mother?" insisted Jessac. But the
+mother only shook her head at her.
+
+"That's right, Jessac," said Thomas, driving off with his team; "you
+look after Hughie, and mother will look after you both till I get back,
+and there'll be a grand crop this year."
+
+It was a happy hour for them all. The slanting rays of the afternoon
+sun filled the air with a genial warmth. A little breeze bore from the
+orchard near by a fragrance of apple-blossoms. A matronly hen, tethered
+by the leg to her coop, raised indignant protest against the outrage on
+her personal liberty, or clucked and crooned her invitations, counsels,
+warnings, and encouragements, in as many different tones, to her
+independent, fluffy brood of chicks, while a huge gobbler strutted
+up and down, thrilling with pride in the glossy magnificence of his
+outspread tail and pompous, mighty chest.
+
+Hughie was conscious of a deep and grateful content, but across his
+content lay a shadow. If only that would lift! As he watched Thomas with
+his mother, he realized how far he had drifted from his own mother, and
+he thought with regret of the happy days, which now seemed so far in
+the past, when his mother had shared his every secret. But for him those
+days could never come again.
+
+At supper, Hughie was aware of some subtle difference in the spirit of
+the home. As to Thomas so to his father a change had come. The old man
+was as silent as ever, indeed more so, but there was no asperity in his
+silence. His critical, captious manner was gone. His silence was that
+of a great sorrow, and of a great fear. While there was more cheerful
+conversation than ever at the table, there was through all a new respect
+and a certain tender consideration shown toward the silent old man at
+the head, and all joined in an effort to draw him from his gloom. The
+past months of his wife's suffering had bowed him as with the weight of
+years. Even Hughie could note this.
+
+After supper the old man "took the Books" as usual, but when, as High
+Priest, he "ascended the Mount of Ordinances to offer the evening
+sacrifice," he was as a man walking in thick darkness bewildered and
+afraid. The prayer was largely a meditation on the heinousness of sin
+and the righteous judgments of God, and closed with an exaltation of the
+Cross, with an appeal that the innocent might be spared the punishment
+of the guilty. The conviction had settled in the old man's mind that
+"the Lord was visiting upon him and his family his sins, his pride, his
+censoriousness, his hardness of heart." The words of his prayer fell
+meaningless upon Hughie's English ears, but the boy's heart quivered
+in response to the agony of entreaty in the pleading tones, and he rose
+from his knees awed and subdued.
+
+There was no word spoken for some moments after the prayer. With people
+like the Finches it was considered to be an insult to the Almighty to
+depart from "the Presence" with any unseemly haste. Then Thomas came to
+help his mother to her room, but she, with her eyes upon her husband,
+quietly put Thomas aside and said, "Donald, will you tak me ben?"
+
+Rarely had she called him by his name before the family, and all felt
+that this was a most unusual demonstration of tenderness on her part.
+
+The old man glanced quickly at her from under his overhanging eyebrows,
+and met her bright upward look with an involuntary shake of the head and
+a slight sigh. Comfort was not for him, and he must not delude
+himself. But with a little laugh she put her hand on his arm, and as if
+administering reproof to a little child, she said some words in Gaelic.
+
+"Oh, woman, woman!" said Donald in reply, "if it was yourself we had to
+deal with--"
+
+"Whisht, man! Will you be putting me before your Father in heaven?" she
+said, as they disappeared into the other room.
+
+There was no fiddle that evening. There was no heart for it with
+Thomas, neither was there time, for there was the milking to do, and the
+"sorting" of the pails and pans, and the preparing for churning in the
+morning, so that when all was done, the long evening had faded into the
+twilight and it was time for bed.
+
+Before going upstairs, Thomas took Hughie into "the room" where his
+mother's bed had been placed. Thomas gave her her medicine and made her
+comfortable for the night.
+
+"Is there nothing else now, mother?" he said, still lingering about her.
+
+"No, Thomas, my man. How are the cows doing?"
+
+"Grand; Blossom filled a pail to-night, and Spotty almost twice. She's a
+great milker, yon."
+
+"Yes, and so was her mother. I remember she used to fill two pails when
+the grass was good."
+
+"I remember her, too. Her horns curled right back, didn't they? And she
+always looked so fierce."
+
+"Yes, but she was a kindly cow. And will the churn be ready for the
+morning?"
+
+"Yes, mother, we'll have buttermilk for our porridge, sure enough."
+
+"Well, you'll need to be up early for that, too early, Thomas, lad, for
+a boy like you."
+
+"A boy like me!" said Thomas, feigning indignation, and stretching
+himself to his full height. "Where would you be getting your men,
+mother?"
+
+"You are man enough, laddie," said his mother, "and a good one you will
+come to be, I doubt. And you, too, Hughie, lad," she added, turning to
+him. "You will be like your father."
+
+"I dunno," said Hughie, his face flushing scarlet. He was weary and sick
+of his secret, and the sight of the loving comradeship between Thomas
+and his mother made his burden all the heavier.
+
+"What's wrong with yon laddie?" asked Mrs. Finch, when Hughie had gone
+away to bed.
+
+"Now, mother, you're too sharp altogether. And how do you know anything
+is wrong with him?"
+
+"I warrant you his mother sees it. Something is on his mind. Hughie is
+not the lad he used to be. He will not look at you straight, and that is
+not like Hughie."
+
+"Oh, mother, you're a sharp one," said Thomas. "I thought no one had
+seen that but myself. Yes, there is something wrong with him. It's
+something in the school. It's a poor place nowadays, anyway, and I wish
+Hughie were done with it."
+
+"He must keep at the school, Thomas, and I only wish you could do the
+same." His mother sighed. She had her own secret ambition for Thomas,
+and though she never opened her heart to her son, or indeed to any one,
+Thomas somehow knew that it was her heart's desire to see him "in the
+pulpit."
+
+"Never you mind, mother," he said, brightly. "It'll all come right.
+Aren't you always the one preaching faith to me?"
+
+"Yes, laddie, and it is needed, and sorely at times."
+
+"Now, mither," said Thomas, dropping into her native speech, "ye mauna
+be fashin' yersel. Ye'll jist say 'Now I lay me,' and gang to sleep like
+a bairnie."
+
+"Ay, that's a guid word, laddie, an' a'll tak it. Ye may kiss me guid
+nicht. A'll tak it."
+
+Thomas bent over her and whispered in her ear, "Ay, mither, mither,
+ye're an angel, and that ye are."
+
+"Hoots, laddie, gang awa wi' ye," said his mother, but she held her arms
+about his neck and kissed him once and again. There was no one to see,
+and why should they not give and take their heart's fill of love.
+
+But when Thomas stood outside the room door, he folded his arms tight
+across his breast and whispered with lips that quivered, "Ay, mither,
+mither, mither, there's nane like ye. There's nane like ye." And he was
+glad that when he went upstairs, he found Hughie unwilling to talk.
+
+The next three days they were all busy with the planting of the
+potatoes, and nothing could have been better for Hughie. The sweet,
+sunny air, and the kindly, wholesome earth and honest hard work were
+life and health to mind and heart and body. It is wonderful how the
+touch of the kindly mother earth cleanses the soul from its unwholesome
+humors. The hours that Hughie spent in working with the clean, red earth
+seemed somehow to breathe virtue into him. He remembered the past months
+like a bad dream. They seemed to him a hideous unreality, and he could
+not think of Foxy and his schemes, nor of his own weakness in yielding
+to temptation, without a horrible self-loathing. He became aware of a
+strange feeling of sympathy and kinship with old Donald Finch. He seemed
+to understand his gloom. During those days their work brought those two
+together, for Billy Jack had the running of the drills, and to Thomas
+was intrusted the responsibility of "dropping" the potatoes, so Hughie
+and the old man undertook to "cover" after Thomas.
+
+Side by side they hoed together, speaking not a word for an hour at a
+time, but before long the old man appeared to feel the lad's sympathy.
+Hughie was quick to save him steps, and eager in many ways to anticipate
+his wishes. He was quick, too, with the hoe, and ambitious to do his
+full share of the work, and this won the old man's respect, so that
+by the end of the first day there was established between them a solid
+basis of friendship.
+
+Old Donald Finch was no cheerful companion for Hughie, but it was to
+Hughie a relief, more than anything else, that he was not much with
+either Thomas or Billy Jack.
+
+"You're tired," he ventured, in answer to a deep sigh from the old man,
+toward the close of the day.
+
+"No, laddie," replied the old man, "I know not that I am working. The
+burden of toil is the least of all our burdens." And then, after a
+pause, he added, "It is a terrible thing, is sin."
+
+To an equal in age the old man would never have ventured this
+confidence, but to Hughie, to his own surprise, he found it easy to
+talk.
+
+"A terrible thing," he repeated, "and it will always be finding you
+out."
+
+Hughie listened to him with a fearful sinking of heart, thinking of
+himself and his sin.
+
+"Yes," repeated the old man, with awful solemnity, "it will come up with
+you at last."
+
+"But," ventured Hughie, timidly, "won't God forgive? Won't he ever
+forget?"
+
+The old man looked at him, leaning upon his hoe.
+
+"Yes, he will forgive. But for those who have had great privileges, and
+who have sinned against light--I will not say."
+
+The fear deepened in Hughie's heart.
+
+"Do you mean that God will not forgive a man who has had a good chance,
+an elder, or a minister, or--or--a minister's son, say, like me?"
+
+There was something in Hughie's tone that startled the old man. He
+glanced at Hughie's face.
+
+"What am I saying?" he cried. "It is of myself I am thinking, boy, and
+of no minister or minister's son."
+
+But Hughie stood looking at him, his face showing his terrible anxiety.
+God and sin were vivid realities to him.
+
+"Yes, yes," said the old man to himself, "it is a great gospel. 'As far
+as the east is distant from the west.' 'And plenteous redemption is ever
+found with him.'"
+
+"But, do you think," said Hughie, in a low voice, "God will tell all our
+sins? Will he make them known?"
+
+"God forbid!" cried the old man. "'And their sins and their iniquities
+will I remember no more.' 'The depths of the sea.' No, no, boy, he will
+surely forget, and he will not be proclaiming them."
+
+It was a strange picture. The old man leaning upon the top of his
+hoe looking over at the lad, the gloom of his face irradiated with a
+momentary gleam of hope, and the boy looking back at him with almost
+breathless eagerness.
+
+"It would be great," said Hughie, at last, "if he would forget."
+
+"Yes," said the old man, the gleam in his face growing brighter, "'If we
+confess our sins he is faithful and just to forgive us,' and forgiving
+with him is forgetting. Ah, yes, it is a great gospel," he continued,
+and standing there he lifted up his hand and broke into a kind of chant
+in Gaelic, of which Hughie could catch no meaning, but the exalted look
+on the old man's face was translation enough.
+
+"Must we always tell?" said Hughie, after the old man had ceased.
+
+"What are you saying, laddie?"
+
+"I say must we always tell our sins--I mean to people?"
+
+The old man thought a moment. "It is not always good to be talking about
+our sins to people. That is for God to hear. But we must be ready to
+make right what is wrong."
+
+"Yes, yes," said Hughie, eagerly, "of course one would be glad to do
+that."
+
+The old man gave him one keen glance, and began hoeing again.
+
+"Ye'd better be asking ye're mother about that. She will know."
+
+"No, no," said Hughie, "I can't."
+
+The old man paused in his work, looked at the boy for a moment or two,
+and then went on working again.
+
+"Speak to my woman," he said, after a few strokes of his hoe. "She's a
+wonderful wise woman." And Hughie wished that he dared.
+
+During the days of the planting they became great friends, and to their
+mutual good. The mother's keen eyes noted the change both in Hughie and
+in her husband, and was glad for it. It was she that suggested to Billy
+Jack that he needed help in the back pasture with the stones. Billy
+Jack, quick to take her meaning, eagerly insisted that help he must
+have, indeed he could not get on with the plowing unless the stones
+were taken off. And so it came that Hughie and the old man, with old Fly
+hitched up in the stone-boat, spent two happy and not unprofitable days
+in the back pasture. Gravely they discussed the high themes of God's
+sovereignty and man's freedom, with all their practical issues upon
+conduct and destiny. Only once, and that very shyly, did the old man
+bring round the talk to the subject of their first conversation that
+meant so much to them both.
+
+"The Lord will not be wanting to shame us beyond what is necessary," he
+said. "There are certain sins which he will bring to light, but there
+are those that, in his mercy, he permits us to hide; provided always,"
+he added, with emphasis, "we are done with them."
+
+"Yes, indeed," assented Hughie, eagerly, "and who wouldn't be done with
+them?"
+
+But the old man shook his head sadly.
+
+"If that were always true a man would soon be rid of his evil heart.
+But," he continued, as if eager to turn the conversation, "you will be
+talking with my woman about it. She's a wonderful wise woman, yon."
+
+Somehow the opportunity came to Hughie to take the old man's advice. On
+Saturday evening, just before leaving for home, he found himself alone
+with Mrs. Finch sitting beside the open window, watching the sun go down
+behind the trees.
+
+"What a splendid sunset!" he cried. He was ever sensitive to the
+majestic drama of nature.
+
+"Ay," said Mrs. Finch, "the clouds and the sun make wonderful beauty
+together, but without the sun the clouds are ugly things."
+
+Hughie quickly took her meaning.
+
+"They are not pleasant," he said.
+
+"No, not pleasant," she replied, "but with the sunlight upon them they
+are wonderful."
+
+Hughie was silent for some moments, and then suddenly burst out, "Mrs.
+Finch, does God forget sins, and will he keep them hid, from people, I
+mean?"
+
+"Ay," she said, with quiet conviction, "he will forget, and he will hide
+them. Why should he lay the burden of our sins upon others? And if he
+does not why should we?"
+
+"Do you mean we need not always tell? I'd like to tell my--some one."
+
+"Ay," she replied, "it's a weary wark and a lanely to carry it oor lane,
+but it's an awfu' grief to hear o' anither's sin. An awfu' grief," she
+repeated to herself.
+
+"But," burst out Hughie, "I'll never be right till I tell my mother."
+
+"Ay, and then it is she would be carrying the weight o' it."
+
+"But it's against her," said Hughie, his hands going up to his face.
+"Oh, Mrs. Finch, it's just awful mean. I don't know how I did it."
+
+"Ye can tell me, laddie, if ye will," said she, kindly, and Hughie
+poured forth the whole burden that had lain so long upon him, but he
+told it laying upon Foxy small blame, for during those days, his
+own part had come to bulk so large with him that Foxy's was almost
+forgotten.
+
+For some moments after he had done Mrs. Finch sat in silence, leaning
+forward and patting the boy's bowed head.
+
+"Ay, but he is rightly named," she said, at length.
+
+"Who?" asked Hughie, surprised.
+
+"Yon store-keepin' chiel." Then she added, "But ye're done wi' him and
+his tricks, and ye'll stand up against him and be a man for the wee
+laddies."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," said Hughie, too sick at heart and too penetrated
+with the miserable sense of his own meanness and cowardice, to make any
+promise.
+
+"And as tae ye're mither, laddie," went on Mrs. Finch, "it will be
+a sair burden for her." When Mrs. Finch was greatly moved she always
+dropped into her broadest Scotch.
+
+"Oh, yes, I know," said Hughie, his voice now broken with sobs, "and
+that's the worst of it. If I didn't have to tell her! She'll just
+break her heart, I know. She thinks I'm so--oh, oh--" The long pent up
+feelings came flooding forth in groans and sobs.
+
+For some moments Mrs. Finch sat quietly, and then she said, "Listen,
+laddie. There is Another to be thought of first."
+
+"Another?" asked Hughie. "Oh, yes, I know. But He knows already, and
+indeed I have often told Him. But besides, you say He will forget, and
+take it away. But mother doesn't know, and doesn't suspect."
+
+"Well, then, laddie," said Mrs. Finch, with quiet firmness, "let her
+tell ye what to do. Mak ye're offer to tell her, and warn her that it'll
+grieve ye baith, and then let her say."
+
+"Yes, I'll do it. I'll do it to-night, and if she says so, then I'll
+tell her."
+
+And so he did, and when he came back to the Finch's on Monday morning,
+for his mother saw that leaving school for a time would be no serious
+loss, and a week or two with the Finches might be a great gain, he came
+radiant to Mrs. Finch, and finding her in her chair by the open window
+alone, he burst forth, "I told her, and she wouldn't let me. She didn't
+want to know so long as I said it was all made right. And she promised
+she would trust me just the same. Oh, she's splendid, my mother! And
+she's coming this week to see you. And I tell you I just feel like--like
+anything! I can't keep still. I'm like Fido when he's let off his chain.
+He just goes wild."
+
+Then, after a pause, he added, in a graver tone, "And mother read
+Zaccheus to me. And isn't it fine how He never said a word to
+him?"--Hughie was too excited to be coherent--"but stood up for him,
+and"--here Hughie's voice became more grave--"I'm going to restore
+fourfold. I'm going to work at the hay, and I fired that old pistol into
+the pond, and I'm not afraid of Foxy any more, not a bit."
+
+Hughie rushed breathlessly through his story, while the dark face before
+him glowed with intelligent sympathy, but she only said, when he had
+done, "It is a graund thing to be free, is it no'?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE BEAR HUNT
+
+
+"Is Don round, Mrs. Cameron?"
+
+"Mercy me, Hughie! Did ye sleep in the woods? Come away in. Ye're a
+sight for sore eyes. Come away in. And how's ye're mother and all?"
+
+"All right, thank you. Is Don in?"
+
+"Don? He's somewhere about the barn. But come away, man, there's a bit
+bannock here, and some honey."
+
+"I'm in a hurry, Mrs. Cameron, and I can't very well wait," said Hughie,
+trying to preserve an evenness of tone and not allow his excitement to
+appear.
+
+"Well, well! What's the matter, whatever?" When Hughie refused a "bit
+bannock" and honey, something must be seriously wrong.
+
+"Nothing at all, but I'm just wanting Don for a--for something."
+
+"Well, well, just go to the old barn and cry at him."
+
+Hughie found Don in the old barn, busy "rigging up" his plow, for the
+harvest was in and the fall plowing was soon to begin.
+
+"Man, Don!" cried Hughie, in a subdued voice, "it's the greatest thing
+you ever heard!"
+
+"What is it now, Hughie? You look fairly lifted. Have you seen a ghost?"
+
+"A ghost? No, something better than that, I can tell you."
+
+Hughie drew near and lowered his voice, while Don worked on
+indifferently.
+
+"It's a bear, Don."
+
+Don dropped his plow. His indifference vanished. The Camerons were great
+hunters, and many a bear had they, with their famous black dogs, brought
+home in their day, but not for the past year or two; and never had Don
+bagged anything bigger than a fox or a coon.
+
+"Where did you see him?"
+
+"I didn't see him." Don looked disgusted. "But he was in our house last
+night."
+
+"Look here now, stop that!" said Don, gripping Hughie by the jacket and
+shaking him.
+
+But Hughie's summer in the harvest-field had built up his muscles, and
+so he shook himself free from Don's grasp, and said, "Look out there!
+I'm telling you the truth. Last night father was out late and the supper
+things were left on the table--some honey and stuff--and after father
+had been asleep for a while he was wakened by some one tramping about
+the house. He got up, came out of his room, and called out, 'Jessie,
+where are the matches?' And just then there was an awful crash, and
+something hairy brushed past his leg in the dark and got out of the
+door. We all came down, and there was the table upset, the dishes all on
+the floor, and four great, big, deep scratches in the table."
+
+"Pshaw! It must have been Fido."
+
+"Fido was in the barn, and just mad to get out; and besides, the tracks
+are there yet behind the house. It was a bear, sure enough, and I'm
+going after him."
+
+"You?"
+
+"Yes, and I want you to come with the dogs."
+
+"Oh, pshaw! Dear knows where he'll be now," said Don, considering.
+
+"Like enough in the Big Swamp or in McLeod's beech bush. They're awful
+fond of beechnuts. But the dogs can track him, can't they?"
+
+"By jingo! I'd like to get him," said Don, kindling under Hughie's
+excitement. "Wait a bit now. Don't say a word. If Murdie hears he'll
+want to come, sure, and we don't want him. You wait here till I get the
+gun and the dogs."
+
+"Have you got any bullets or slugs?"
+
+"Yes, lots. Why? Have you a gun?"
+
+"Yes, you just bet! I've got our gun. What did you think I was going to
+do? Put salt on his tail? I've got it down the lane."
+
+"All right, you wait there for me."
+
+"Don't be long," said Hughie, slipping away.
+
+It was half an hour before Don appeared with the gun and the dogs.
+
+"What in the world kept you? I thought you were never coming," said
+Hughie, impatiently.
+
+"I tell you it's no easy thing to get away with mother on hand, but it's
+all right. Here's your bullets and slugs. I've brought some bannocks and
+cheese. We don't know when we'll get home. We'll pick up the track in
+your brule. Does any one know you're going?"
+
+"No, only Fusie. He wanted to come, but I wouldn't have it. Fusie gets
+so excited." Hughie's calmness was not phenomenal. He could hardly stand
+still for two consecutive seconds.
+
+"Well, let's go," and Don set off on a trot, with one of the black dogs
+in leash and the other following, and after him came Hughie running
+lightly.
+
+In twenty minutes they were at the manse clearing.
+
+"Now," said Don, pulling up, "where did you say you saw his track?"
+
+"Just back of the house there, and round the barn, and then straight for
+the brule."
+
+The boys stood looking across the fallen timber toward the barn.
+
+"There's Fido barking," said Hughie. "I bet he's on the scent now."
+
+"Yes," answered Don, "and there's your father, too."
+
+"Gimmini crickets! so it is," said Hughie, slowly. "I don't think it's
+worth while going up there to get that track. Can't we get it just as
+well in the woods here?" There were always things to do about the house,
+and besides, the minister knew nothing of Hughie's familiarity with the
+gun, and hence would soon have put a stop to any such rash venture as
+bear-hunting.
+
+The boys waited, listening to Fido, who was running back and forward
+between the brule and the house barking furiously. The minister seemed
+interested in Fido's manoeuvres, and followed him a little way.
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, in a whisper, "perhaps he'll go and look for the gun
+himself. And Fido will find us, sure. I say, let's go."
+
+"Let's wait a minute," said Don, "to see what direction Fido takes, and
+then we'll put our dogs on."
+
+In a few minutes Hughie breathed more freely, for his father seemed to
+lose his interest in Fido, and returned slowly to the house.
+
+"Now," said Hughie, "let's get down into the brule as near Fido as we
+can get."
+
+Cautiously the boys made their way through the fallen timber, keeping as
+much as possible under cover of the underbrush. But though they hunted
+about for some time, the dogs evidently got no scent, for they remained
+quite uninterested in the proceedings.
+
+"We'll have to get up closer to where Fido is," said Don, "and the
+sooner we get there the better."
+
+"I suppose so," said Hughie. "I suppose I had better go. Fido will
+stop barking for me." So, while Don lay hid with the dogs in the brule,
+Hughie stole nearer and nearer to Fido, who was still chasing down
+toward the brule and back to the house, as if urging some one to come
+forth and investigate the strange scent he had discovered. Gradually
+Hughie worked his way closer to Fido until within calling distance.
+
+Just as he was about to whistle for the dog, the back door opened and
+forth came the minister again. By this time Fido had passed into the
+brule a little way, and could not be seen from the house. It was an
+anxious moment for Hughie. He made a sudden desperate resolve. He must
+secure Fido now, or else give up the chance of getting on the trail of
+the bear. So he left his place of hiding, and bending low, ran swiftly
+forward until Fido caught sight of him, and hearing his voice, came to
+him, barking loudly and making every demonstration of excitement and
+joy. He seized the dog by the collar and dragged him down, and after
+holding him quiet for a moment, hauled him back to Don.
+
+"We'll have to take him with us," he said. "I'll put this string on his
+collar, and he'll go all right." And to this Don agreed, though very
+unwillingly, for he had no confidence in Fido's hunting ability.
+
+"I tell you he's a great fighter," said Hughie, "if we should ever get
+near that bear."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Don, "he may fight dogs well enough, but when it comes
+to a bear, it's a different thing. Every dog is scared of a bear the
+first time he sees him."
+
+"Well, I bet you Fido won't run from anything," said Hughie,
+confidently.
+
+To their great relief they saw the minister set off in the opposite
+direction across the fields.
+
+"Thank goodness! He's off to the McRae's," said Hughie.
+
+"Now, then," said Don, "we'll go back to the track there, and put the
+dogs on. You go on with Fido." And Hughie set off with Fido pulling
+eagerly upon the string.
+
+When they reached the spot where Fido had been seized by Hughie,
+suddenly the black dog who had been following Don at some distance,
+stopped short and began to growl. In a moment his mate threw up his nose
+and began sniffing about, the hair rising stiff upon his back.
+
+"He's catching it," said Don, in an excited tone. "Here, you hold him. I
+must get the other one, or he'll be off." He was not a minute too soon,
+for the other dog, who had been ranging about, suddenly found the trail,
+and with a fierce, short bark, was about to dash off when Don threw
+himself upon him. In a few moments both dogs were on the leash, and set
+off upon the scent at a great pace. The trail was evidently plain enough
+to the dogs, for they followed hard, leading the boys deeper and deeper
+into the bush.
+
+"He's making for the Big Swamp," said Don, and on they went, with eyes
+and ears on the alert, expecting every moment to hear the snort of a
+bear, or to meet him on the further side of every bunch of underbrush.
+
+For an hour they went on at a steady trot, over and under fallen logs,
+splashing through water holes, crashing over dead brushwood, and tearing
+through the interlacing boughs of the thick underbrush of spruce and
+balsam. The black dogs never hesitated. They knew well what was their
+business there, and that they kept strictly in mind. Fido, on the other
+hand, who loved to roam the woods in an aimless hunt for any and every
+wild thing that might cross his nose, but who never had seriously hunted
+anything in particular, trotted good-naturedly behind Hughie with rather
+a bored expression on his face.
+
+The trail, which had led them steadily north, all at once turned west
+and away from the swamp.
+
+"Say," said Don, "he's making for Alan Gorrach's cabin."
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, "that would be fine, to get him there. It's good and
+open, too."
+
+"Too open by a long way," grunted Don. "We'd never get him there."
+
+Sure enough, the dogs led up from the swamp and along the path to Alan's
+cabin. The door stood open, and in answer to Don's "Horo!" Alan came
+out.
+
+"What now?" he said, glowering at Don.
+
+"You won't be wanting any dogs to-day, Alan?" said Don, politely.
+
+Alan glanced at him suspiciously, but said not a word.
+
+"These are very good dogs, indeed, Alan."
+
+"Go on your ways, now," said Alan.
+
+"These black ones are not in very good condition, but Fido there is a
+good, fat dog."
+
+Alan's wrath began to rise.
+
+"Will you be going on, now, about your business?"
+
+"Better take them, Alan, there's a hard winter coming on."
+
+"Mac an' Diabhoil!" cried Alan, in a shrill voice, suddenly bursting
+into fury. "I will be having your heart's blood," he cried, rushing into
+his cabin.
+
+"Come on, Hughie," cried Don, and away they rushed, following the black
+dogs upon the trail of the bear.
+
+Deeper and deeper into the swamp the dogs led the way, the going
+becoming more difficult and the underbrush thicker at every step. After
+an hour or two of hard work, the dogs began to falter, and ran hither
+and thither, now on one scent and then on another, till tired out and
+disgusted, Don held them in, and threw himself down upon the soft moss
+that lay deep over everything.
+
+"We're on his old tracks here," said Don, savagely, "and you can't pick
+out the new from the old."
+
+"His hole must be somewhere not too far away," said Hughie.
+
+"Yes, perhaps it is, but then again it may be across the ridge. At any
+rate, we'll have some grub."
+
+As they ate the bannocks and cheese, they pictured to themselves what
+they should do if they ever should come up with the bear.
+
+"One thing we've got to be careful of," said Don, "and that is, not to
+lose our heads."
+
+"That's so," assented Hughie, feeling quite cool and self-possessed at
+the time.
+
+"Because if you lose your head you're done for," continued Don.
+"Remember Ken McGregor?"
+
+"No," said Hughie.
+
+"Didn't you ever hear that? Why, he ran into a bear, and made a drive at
+him with his axe, but the bear, with one paw knocked the axe clear out
+of his hand, and with one sweep of the other tore his insides right out.
+They're mighty cute, too," went on Don. "They'll pretend to be almost
+dead just to coax you near enough, and then they'll spin round on their
+hind legs like a rooster. If they ever do catch you, the only thing
+to do is to lie still and make believe you're dead, and then, unless
+they're very hungry, they won't hurt you much."
+
+After half an hour's rest, the hunting instinct awoke again within them,
+and the boys determined to make another attempt. After circling about
+the swamp for some time, the boys came upon a beaten track which led
+straight through the heart of the swamp.
+
+"I say," said Don, "this is going to strike the ridge somewhere just
+about there," pointing northeast, "and if we don't see anything between
+here and the ridge, we'll strike home that way. It'll be better walking
+than this cursed swamp, anyway. Are you tired?"
+
+Hughie refused to acknowledge any weariness.
+
+"Well, then, I am," said Don.
+
+The trail was clear enough, and they were able to follow at a good
+pace, so that in a few minutes, as they had expected, they struck the
+northeast end of the swamp. Here again they called a halt, and tying
+up the dogs, lay down upon the dry, brown leaves, lazily eating the
+beechnuts and discussing their prospects of meeting the bear, and their
+plans for dealing with him.
+
+"Well, let's go on," at length said Don. "There's just a chance of our
+meeting him on this ridge. He's got a den somewhere down in the swamp,
+and he may be coming home this way. Besides, it'll take us all our time,
+now, to get home before dark. I guess there's no use keeping the dogs
+any longer. We'll just let them go." So saying, Don let the black dogs
+go free, but after a little skirmishing through the open beech woods,
+the dogs appeared to lose all interest in the expedition, and kept close
+to Don's heels.
+
+Fido, on the other hand, followed, ranging the woods on either side,
+cheerfully interested in scaring up rabbits, ground-hogs, and squirrels.
+He had never known the rapture of bringing down big game, and so was
+content with whatever came his way.
+
+At length the hunters reached the main trail where their paths
+separated; but a little of the swamp still remained, and on the other
+side was the open clearing.
+
+"This is your best way," said Don, pointing out the path to Hughie. "We
+had bad luck to-day, but we'll try again. We may meet him still, you
+know, so don't fire at any squirrel or anything. If I hear a shot I'll
+come to you, and you do the same by me."
+
+"I say," said Hughie, "where does this track of mine come out? Is it
+below the Deepole there, or is it on the other side of the clearing?"
+
+"Why, don't you know?" said Don. "This runs right up to the back of the
+Fisher's berry patch, and through the sugar-bush to your own clearing.
+I'll go with you if you like."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, "I'll find it all right. Come on, Fido." But
+Fido had disappeared. "Good night, Don."
+
+"Good night," said Don. "Mind you don't fire unless it's at a bear. I'll
+do the same."
+
+In a few minutes Hughie found himself alone in the thick underbrush of
+the swamp. The shadows were lying heavy, and the sunlight that still
+caught the tops of the tall trees was quite lost in the gloom of the low
+underbrush. Deep moss under foot, with fallen trees and thick-growing
+balsam and cedars, made the walking difficult, and every step Hughie
+wished himself out in the clearing. He began to feel, too, the
+oppression of the falling darkness. He tried whistling to keep up his
+courage, but the sound seemed to fill the whole woods about him, and he
+soon gave it up.
+
+After a few minutes he stood still and called for Fido, but the dog had
+gone on some hunt of his own, and with a sense of deeper loneliness,
+he set himself again to his struggle with the moss and brush and fallen
+trees. At length he reached firmer ground, and began with more cheerful
+heart to climb up to the open.
+
+Suddenly he heard a rustle, and saw the brush in front of him move.
+
+"Oh, there you are, you brute," he cried, "come in here. Come in, Fido.
+Here, sir!"
+
+He pushed the bushes aside, and his heart jumped and filled his mouth.
+A huge, black shape stood right across his path not ten paces away. A
+moment they gazed at each other, and then, with a low growl, the bear
+began to sway awkwardly toward him. Hughie threw up his gun and fired.
+The bear paused, snapping viciously and tearing at his wounded shoulder,
+and then rushed on Hughie without waiting to rise on his hind legs.
+
+Like a flash Hughie dodged behind the brush, and then fled like the wind
+toward the open. Looking over his shoulder, he saw the bear shambling
+after him at a great pace, and gaining at every jump, and his heart
+froze with terror. The balsams and spruces were all too low for safety.
+A little way before him he saw a small birch. If he could only make that
+he might escape. Summoning all his strength he rushed for the tree,
+the bear closing fast upon him. Could he spring up out of reach of the
+bear's awful claws?
+
+Two yards from the tree he heard an angry snap and snarl at his heels.
+With a cry, he dropped his gun, and springing for the lowest bough, drew
+up his legs quickly after him with the horrible feeling of having
+them ripped asunder. To his amazement he found that the bear was not
+scrambling up the tree after him, but was still some paces off, with
+Fido skirmishing at long range. It was Fido's timely nip that had
+brought him to a sudden halt, and allowed Hughie to make his climb in
+safety.
+
+"Good dog, Fido. Sic him! Sic him, old fellow!" cried out Hughie, but
+Fido was new to this kind of warfare, and at every jump of the raging
+brute he fled into the brush with his tail between his legs, returning,
+however, to the attack as the bear retired.
+
+After driving Fido off, the bear rushed at the tree, and in a fury began
+tearing up its roots. Then, as if realizing the futility of this, he
+flung himself upon its trunk and began shaking it with great violence
+from side to side.
+
+Hughie soon saw that the tree would not long stand such an attack. He
+slipped down to the lowest bough so that his weight might be taken from
+the swaying top, and encouraging Fido, awaited results.
+
+He found himself singularly cool. Having escaped immediate danger, the
+hunter's instinct awoke within him, and he longed to get that bear.
+If he only had his gun, he would soon settle him, but the bear,
+unfortunately, had possession of that. He began hurriedly to cut off as
+stout a branch as he could to make himself a club. He was not a moment
+too soon, for the bear, realizing that he could neither tear up the tree
+by the roots nor shake his enemy out of it, decided, apparently, to go
+up for him.
+
+He first set himself to get rid of Fido, which he partially succeeded
+in doing by chasing him a long distance off. Then, with a great rush, he
+flew at the tree, and with amazing rapidity began to climb.
+
+Hughie, surprised by this swift attack, hastened to climb to the higher
+branches, but in a moment he saw that this would be fatal. Remembering
+that the bear is like the dog in his sensitive parts, he descended to
+meet his advancing foe, and reaching down, hit him a sharp blow on
+the snout. With a roar of rage and surprise the bear let go his
+hold, slipped to the ground, and began to tear up the earth, sneezing
+violently.
+
+"Oh, if I only had that gun," groaned Hughie, "I'd get him. And if he
+gets away after Fido again, I believe I'll try it."
+
+The bear now set himself to plan some new form of attack. He had been
+wounded, but only enough to enrage him, and his fury served to fix more
+firmly in his head the single purpose of getting into his grip this
+enemy of his in the tree, whom he appeared to have so nearly at his
+mercy.
+
+Whatever his new plan might be, a necessary preliminary was getting rid
+of Fido, and this he proceeded to do. Round about the trees he pursued
+him, getting farther and farther away from the birch, till Hughie,
+watching his chance, slipped down the tree and ran for his gun. But no
+sooner had he stooped for it than the bear saw the move, and with an
+angry roar rushed for him.
+
+Once more Hughie sprang for his branch, but the gun caught in the boughs
+and he slipped to the ground, the bear within striking distance. With a
+cry he sprang again, reached his bough and drew himself up, holding his
+precious gun safe, wondering how he had escaped. Again it was Fido that
+had saved him, for as the bear had gathered himself to spring, Fido,
+seeing his chance, rushed boldly in, and flinging himself upon the hind
+leg of the enraged brute, held fast. It was the boy's salvation, but
+alas! it was Fido's destruction, for wheeling suddenly, the bear struck
+a swift downward blow with his powerful front paw, and tore the whole
+side of the faithful brute wide open. With a howl, poor Fido dragged
+himself away out of reach and lay down, moaning pitifully.
+
+The bear, realizing that he had got rid of one foe, now proceeded more
+cautiously to deal with the other, and began warily climbing the tree,
+keeping his wicked little eyes fixed upon Hughie.
+
+Meantime, Hughie was loading his gun with all speed. He emptied his
+powder-horn into the muzzle, and with the bear coming slowly nearer,
+began to search for his bullets. Through one pocket after another his
+trembling fingers flew, while with the butt of his gun he menaced his
+approaching enemy.
+
+"Where are those bullets?" he groaned. "Ah, here they are!" diving into
+his trousers pocket. "Fool of a place to keep them, too!"
+
+He took a handful of slugs and bullets, poured them into his gun, rammed
+down a wadding of leaves upon all, retreating as he did so to the higher
+limbs, the bear following him steadily. But just as he had his cap
+securely fixed upon the nipple, the bear suddenly revealed his plan.
+Holding by his front paws, he threw his hind legs off from the trunk. It
+was his usual method of felling trees. The tree swayed and bent till the
+top almost touched the ground. But Hughie, with his legs wreathed round
+the trunk, brought his gun to his shoulder, and with its muzzle almost
+touching the breast of the hanging brute, pulled the trigger.
+
+There was a terrific report, the bear dropped in a heap from the tree,
+and Hughie was hurled violently to the ground some distance away,
+partially stunned. He raised himself to see the bear struggle up to a
+sitting position, and gnashing his teeth, and flinging blood and foam
+from his mouth, begin to drag himself toward him. He was conscious of
+a languid indifference, and found himself wondering how long the bear
+would take to cover the distance.
+
+But while he was thus cogitating there was a sharp, quick bark, and a
+great black form hurled itself at the bear's throat and bore the fierce
+brute to the ground.
+
+Drawing a long sigh, Hughie sank back to the ground, with the sound of a
+far-away shot in his ears, and darkness veiling his eyes.
+
+He was awakened by Don's voice anxiously calling him.
+
+"Are you hurt much, Hughie? Did he squeeze you?"
+
+Hughie sat up, blinking stupidly.
+
+"What?" he asked. "Who?"
+
+"Why, the bear, of course."
+
+"The bear? No. Man! It's too bad you weren't here, Don," he went on,
+rousing himself. "He can't be gone far."
+
+"Not very," said Don, laughing loud. "Yonder he lies."
+
+Hughie turned his head and gazed, wondering, at the great black mass
+over which Don's black dogs were standing guard, and sniffing with
+supreme satisfaction.
+
+Then all came back to him.
+
+"Where's Fido?" he asked, rising. "Yes, it was Fido saved me, for sure.
+He tackled the bear every time he rushed at me, and hung onto him just
+as I climbed the tree the second time."
+
+As he spoke he walked over to the place where he had last seen the
+dog. A little farther on, behind a spruce-tree, they found poor Fido,
+horribly mangled and dead.
+
+Hughie stooped down over him. "Poor old boy, poor old Fido," he said, in
+a low voice, stroking his head.
+
+Don turned away and walked whistling toward the bear. As he sat beside
+the black carcass his two dogs came to him. He threw his arms round
+them, saying, "Poor old Blackie! Poor Nigger!" and he understood how
+Hughie was feeling behind the spruce-tree beside the faithful dog that
+had given him his life.
+
+As he sat there waiting for Hughie, he heard voices.
+
+"Horo!" he shouted.
+
+"Where are you? Is that you, Don?" It was his father's voice.
+
+"Yes, here we are."
+
+"Is Hughie there?" inquired another voice.
+
+"Losh me! that's the minister," said Don. "Yes, all right," he cried
+aloud, as up came Long John Cameron and the minister, with Fusie and a
+stranger bringing up the rear.
+
+"Fine work, this. You're fine fellows, indeed," cried Long John,
+"frightening people in this way."
+
+"Where is Hughie?" said the minister, sternly.
+
+Hughie came from behind the brush, hurriedly wiping his eyes. "Here,
+father," he said.
+
+"And what are you doing here at this hour of the night, pray?" said the
+minister, angrily, turning toward him.
+
+"I couldn't get home very well," replied Hughie.
+
+"And why not, pray? Don't begin any excuses with me, sir." Nothing
+annoyed the minister as an attempt to excuse ill-doing.
+
+"I guess he would have been glad enough to have got home half an hour
+ago, sir," broke in Don, laughing. "Look there." He pointed to the bear
+lying dead, with Nigger standing over him.
+
+"The Lord save us!" said Long John Cameron, himself the greatest among
+the hunters of the county. "What do you say? And how did you get him?
+Jee-ru-piter! he's a grand one."
+
+The old man, the minister, and Don walked about the bear in admiring
+procession.
+
+"Yon's a terrible gash," said Long John, pointing to a gaping wound in
+the breast. "Was that your Snider, Don?"
+
+"Not a bit of it, father. The bear's Hughie's. He killed him himself."
+
+"Losh me! And you don't tell me! And how did you manage that, Hughie?"
+
+"He chased me up that tree, and I guess would have got me only for
+Fido."
+
+The minister gasped.
+
+"Got you? Was he as near as that?"
+
+"He wasn't three feet away," said Hughie, and with that he proceeded to
+give, in his most graphic style, a description of his great fight with
+the bear.
+
+"When I heard the first shot," said Don, "I was away across the swamp.
+I tell you I tore back here, and when I came, what did I see but Hughie
+and Mr. Bear both sitting down and looking coolly at each other a few
+yards apart. And then Nigger downed him and I put a bullet into his
+heart." Don was greatly delighted, and extremely proud of Hughie's
+achievement.
+
+"And how did you know about it?" asked Don of his father.
+
+"It was the minister here came after me."
+
+"Yes," said the minister, "it was Fusie told me you had gone off on a
+bear hunt, and so I went along to the Cameron's with Mr. Craven here, to
+see if you had got home."
+
+Meantime, Mr. Craven had been looking Hughie over.
+
+"Mighty plucky thing," he said. "Great nerve," and he lapsed into
+silence, while Fusie could not contain himself, but danced from one foot
+to the other with excited exclamations.
+
+The minister had come out intending, as he said, "to teach that boy a
+lesson that he would remember," but as he listened to Hughie's story,
+his anger gave place to a great thankfulness.
+
+"It was a great mercy, my boy," he said at length, when he was quite
+sure of his voice, "that you had Fido with you."
+
+"Yes, indeed, father," said Hughie. "It was Fido saved me."
+
+"It was the Lord's goodness," said the minister, solemnly.
+
+"And a great mercy," said Long John, "that your lad kept his head and
+showed such courage. You have reason to be proud of him."
+
+The minister said nothing just then, but at home, when recounting the
+exploit to the mother, he could hardly contain his pride in his son.
+
+"Never thought the boy would have a nerve like that, he's so excitable.
+I had rather he killed that bear than win a medal at the university."
+
+The mother sat silent through all the story, her cheek growing more and
+more pale, but not a word did she say until the tale was done, and then
+she said, "'Who delivereth thee from destruction.'"
+
+"A little like David, mother, wasn't it?" said Hughie; but though there
+was a smile on his face, his manner and tone were earnest enough.
+
+"Yes," said his mother, "a good deal like David, for it was the same God
+that delivered you both."
+
+"Rather hard to cut Fido out of his share of the glory," said Mr.
+Craven, "not to speak of a cool head and a steady nerve."
+
+Mrs. Murray regarded him for a moment or two in silence, as if
+meditating an answer, but finally she only said, "We shall cut no one
+out of the glory due to him."
+
+At the supper-table the whole affair was discussed in all its bearings.
+In this discussion Hughie took little part, making light of his exploit,
+and giving most of the credit to Fido, and the mother wondered at the
+unusual reserve and gravity that had fallen upon her boy. Indeed, Hughie
+was wondering at himself. He had a strange new feeling in his heart.
+He had done a man's deed, and for the first time in his life he felt it
+unnecessary to glory in his deeds. He had come to a new experience, that
+great deeds need no voice to proclaim them. During the thrilling moments
+of that terrible hour he had entered the borderland of manhood, and the
+awe of that new world was now upon his spirit.
+
+It was chiefly this new experience of his that was sobering him, but it
+helped him not a little to check his wonted boyish exuberance that
+at the table opposite him sat a strange young man, across whose dark,
+magnetic face there flitted, now and then, a lazy, cynical smile.
+Hughie feared that lazy smile, and he felt that it would shrivel into
+self-contempt any feeling of boastfulness.
+
+The mother and Hughie said little to each other, waiting to be alone,
+and after Hughie had gone to his room his mother talked long with him,
+but when Mr. Craven, on his way to bed, heard the low, quiet tones of
+the mother's voice through the shut door, he knew it was not to Hughie
+she was speaking, and the smile upon his face lost a little of its
+cynicism.
+
+Next day there was no smile when he stood with Hughie under the
+birch-tree, watching the lad hew flat one side, but gravely enough he
+took the paper on which Hughie had written, "Fido, Sept. 13th, 18--,"
+saying as he did so, "I shall cut this for you. It is good to remember
+brave deeds."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+JOHN CRAVEN'S METHOD
+
+
+Mr. John Craven could not be said to take his school-teaching seriously;
+and indeed, any one looking at his face would hardly expect him to take
+anything seriously, and certainly those who in his college days followed
+and courted and kept pace with Jack Craven, and knew his smile, would
+have expected from him anything other than seriousness. He appeared
+to himself to be enacting a kind of grim comedy, exile as he was in a
+foreign land, among people of a strange tongue.
+
+He knew absolutely nothing of pedagogical method, and consequently he
+ignored all rules and precedents in the teaching and conduct of the
+school. His discipline was of a most fantastic kind. He had a feeling
+that all lessons were a bore, therefore he would assign the shortest and
+easiest of tasks. But having assigned the tasks, he expected perfection
+in recitation, and impressed his pupils with the idea that nothing less
+would pass. His ideas of order were of the loosest kind, and hence the
+noise at times was such that even the older pupils found it unbearable;
+but when the hour for recitation came, somehow a deathlike stillness
+fell upon the school, and the unready shivered with dread apprehension.
+And yet he never thrashed the boys; but his fear lay upon them, for his
+eyes held the delinquent with such an intensity of magnetic, penetrating
+power that the unhappy wretch felt as if any kind of calamity might
+befall him.
+
+When one looked at John Craven's face, it was the eyes that caught and
+held the attention. They were black, without either gleam or glitter,
+indeed almost dull--a lady once called them "smoky eyes." They looked,
+under lazy, half-drooping lids, like things asleep, except in moments
+of passion, when there appeared, far down, a glowing fire, red and
+terrible. At such moments it seemed as if, looking through these, one
+were catching sight of a soul ablaze. They were like the dull glow of a
+furnace through an inky night.
+
+He was constitutionally and habitually lazy, but in a reading lesson he
+would rouse himself at times, and by his utterance of a single line
+make the whole school sit erect. Friday afternoon he gave up to what he
+called "the cultivation of the finer arts." On that afternoon he would
+bring his violin and teach the children singing, hear them read and
+recite, and read for them himself; and no greater punishment could be
+imposed upon the school than the loss of this afternoon.
+
+"Man alive! Thomas, he's mighty queer," Hughie explained to his friend.
+"When he sits there with his feet on the stove smoking away and reading
+something or other, and letting them all gabble like a lot of ducks,
+it just makes me mad. But when he wakes up he puts the fear of death on
+you, and when he reads he makes you shiver through and through. You know
+that long rigmarole, 'Friends, Romans, countrymen'? I used to hate
+it. Well, sir, he told us about it last Friday. You know, on Friday
+afternoons we don't do any work, but just have songs and reading, and
+that sort of thing. Well, sir, last Friday he told us about the big row
+in Rome, and how Caesar was murdered, and then he read that thing to
+us. By gimmini whack! it made me hot and cold. I could hardly keep from
+yelling, and every one was white. And then he read that other thing, you
+know, about Little Nell. Used to make me sick, but, my goodness alive!
+do you know, before he got through the girls were wiping their eyes, and
+I was almost as bad, and you could have heard a pin drop. He's mighty
+queer, though, lazy as the mischief, and always smiling and smiling, and
+yet you don't feel like smiling back."
+
+"Do you like him?" asked Thomas, bluntly.
+
+"Dunno. I'd like to, but he won't let you, somehow. Just smiles at you,
+and you feel kind of small."
+
+The reports about the master were conflicting and disquieting, and
+although Hughie was himself doubtful, he stood up vehemently for him at
+home.
+
+"But, Hughie," protested the minister, discussing these reports, "I am
+told that he actually smokes in school."
+
+Hughie was silent.
+
+"Answer me! Does he smoke in school hours?"
+
+"Well," confessed Hughie, reluctantly, "he does sometimes, but only
+after he gives us all our work to do."
+
+"Smoke in school hours!" ejaculated Mrs. Murray, horrified.
+
+"Well, what's the harm in that? Father smokes."
+
+"But he doesn't smoke when he is preaching," said the mother.
+
+"No, but he smokes right afterwards."
+
+"But not in church."
+
+"Well, perhaps not in church, but school's different. And anyway, he
+makes them read better, and write better too," said Hughie, stoutly.
+
+"Certainly," said his father, "he is a most remarkable man. A most
+unusual man."
+
+"What about your sums, Hughie?" asked his mother.
+
+"Don't know. He doesn't bother much with that sort of thing, and I'm
+just as glad."
+
+"You ought really to speak to him about it," said Mrs. Murray, after
+Hughie had left the room.
+
+"Well, my dear," said the minister, smiling, "you heard what Hughie
+said. It would be rather awkward for me to speak to him about smoking. I
+think, perhaps, you had better do it."
+
+"I am afraid," said his wife, with a slight laugh, "it would be just as
+awkward for me. I wonder what those Friday afternoons of his mean," she
+continued.
+
+"I am sure I don't know, but everywhere throughout the section I hear
+the children speak of them. We'll just drop in and see. I ought to visit
+the school, you know, very soon."
+
+And so they did. The master was surprised, and for a moment appeared
+uncertain what to do. He offered to put the classes through their
+regular lessons, but at once there was a noisy outcry against this on
+the part of the school, which, however, was effectually and immediately
+quelled by the quiet suggestion on the master's part that anything but
+perfect order would be fatal to the programme. And upon the minister
+requesting that the usual exercises proceed, the master smilingly
+agreed.
+
+"We make Friday afternoons," he said, "at once a kind of reward day for
+good work during the week, and an opportunity for the cultivation of
+some of the finer arts."
+
+And certainly he was a master in this business. He had strong dramatic
+instincts, and a remarkable power to stimulate and draw forth the
+emotions.
+
+When the programme of singing, recitations, and violin-playing was
+finished, there were insistent calls on every side for "Mark Antony." It
+appeared to be the 'piece de resistance' in the minds of the children.
+
+"What does this mean?" inquired the minister, as the master stood
+smiling at his pupils.
+
+"Oh, they are demanding a little high tragedy," he said, "which I
+sometimes give them. It assists in their reading lessons," he explained,
+apologetically, and with that he gave them what Hughie called, "that
+rigmarole beginning, 'Friends, Romans, countrymen,'" Mark Antony's
+immortal oration.
+
+"Well," said the minister, as they drove away from the school, "what do
+you think of that, now?"
+
+"Marvelous!" exclaimed his wife. "What dramatic power, what insight,
+what interpretation!"
+
+"You may say so," exclaimed her husband. "What an actor he would make!"
+
+"Yes," said his wife, "or what a minister he would make! I understand,
+now, his wonderful influence over Hughie, and I am afraid."
+
+"O, he can't do Hughie any harm with things like that," replied her
+husband, emphatically.
+
+"No, but Hughie now and then repeats some of his sayings about--about
+religion and religious convictions, that I don't like. And then he is
+hanging about that Twentieth store altogether too much, and I fancied
+I noticed something strange about him last Friday evening when he came
+home so late."
+
+"O, nonsense," said the minister. "His reputation has prejudiced you,
+and that is not fair, and your imagination does the rest."
+
+"Well, it is a great pity that he should not do something with himself,"
+replied his wife. "There are great possibilities in that young man."
+
+"He does not take himself seriously enough," said her husband. "That is
+the chief trouble with him."
+
+And this was apparently Jack Craven's opinion of himself, as is evident
+from his letter to his college friend, Ned Maitland.
+
+
+"Dear Ned:--
+
+"For the last two months I have been seeking to adjust myself to my
+surroundings, and find it no easy business. I have struck the land
+of the Anakim, for the inhabitants are all of 'tremenjous' size, and
+indeed, 'tremenjous' in all their ways, more particularly in their
+religion. Religion is all over the place. You are liable to come upon a
+boy anywhere perched on a fence corner with a New Testament in his hand,
+and on Sunday the 'tremenjousness' of their religion is overwhelming.
+Every other interest in life, as meat, drink, and dress, are purely
+incidental to the main business of the day, which is the delivering,
+hearing, and discussing of sermons.
+
+"The padre, at whose house I am very happily quartered, is a
+'tremenjous' preacher. He has visions, and gives them to me. He gives
+me chills and thrills as well, and has discovered to me a conscience, a
+portion of my anatomy that I had no suspicion of possessing.
+
+"The congregation is like the preacher. They will sit for two hours,
+and after a break of a few minutes they will sit again for two hours,
+listening to sermons; and even the interval is somewhat evenly divided
+between their bread and cheese in the churchyard and the discussion of
+the sermon they have just listened to. They are great on theology. One
+worthy old party tackled me on my views of the sermon we had just heard;
+after a little preliminary sparring I went to my corner. I often wonder
+in what continent I am.
+
+"The school, a primitive little log affair, has much run to seed, but
+offers opportunity for repose. I shall avoid any unnecessary excitement
+in this connection.
+
+"In private life the padre is really very decent. We have great smokes
+together, and talks. On all subjects he has very decided opinions, and
+in everything but religion, liberal views. I lure him into philosophic
+discussions, and overwhelm him with my newest and biggest metaphysical
+terms, which always reduce his enormous cocksureness to more reasonable
+dimensions.
+
+"The minister's wife is quite another proposition. She argues, too,
+but unfortunately she asks questions, in the meekest way possible
+acknowledging her ignorance of my big terms, and insisting upon
+definitions and exact meanings, and then it's all over with me. How
+she ever came to this far land, heaven knows, and none but heaven can
+explain such waste. Having no kindred soul to talk with, I fancy she
+enjoys conversation with myself, (sic) revels in music, is transported
+to the fifth heaven by my performance on the violin, but evidently
+pities me and regards me as dangerous. But, my dear Maitland, after
+a somewhat wide and varied experience of fine ladies, I give you my
+verdict that here among the Anakim, and in this wild, woody land, is
+a lady fine and fair and saintly. She will bother me, I know. Her son
+Hughie (he of the bear), of whom I told you, the lad with the face of
+an angel and the temper of an angel, but of a different color--her son
+Hughie she must make into a scholar. And no wonder, for already he has
+attained a remarkable degree of excellence, by the grace, not of the
+little log school, however, I venture to shy. His mother has been at
+him. But now she feels that something more is needed, and for that
+she turns to me. You will be able to see the humor of it, but not the
+pathos. She wants to make a man out of her boy, 'a noble, pure-hearted
+gentleman,' and this she lays upon me! Did I hear you laugh? Smile not,
+it is the most tragic of pathos. Upon me, Jack Craven, the despair of
+the professors, the terror of the watch, the--alas! you know only too
+well. My tongue clave to the roof of my mouth, and before I could cry,
+'Heaven forbid that I should have a hand in the making of your boy!'
+she accepted my pledge to do her desire for her young angel with the
+OTHER-angelic temper.
+
+"And now, my dear Ned, is it for my sins that I am thus pursued? What
+is awaiting me I know not. What I shall do with the young cub I have
+not the ghostliest shadow of an idea. Shall I begin by thrashing him
+soundly? I have refrained so far; I hate the role of executioner. Or
+shall I teach him boxing? The gloves are a great educator, and are at
+times what the padre would call 'means of grace.'
+
+"But what will become of me? Shall I become prematurely aged, or shall I
+become a saint? Expect anything from your most devoted, but most sorely
+bored and perplexed,
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE DOWNFALL
+
+
+In one point the master was a great disappointment to Hughie; he could
+not be persuaded to play shinny. The usual challenge had come up from
+the Front, with its more than usual insolence, and Hughie, who now
+ranked himself among the big boys, felt the shame and humiliation to be
+intolerable. By the most strenuous exertions he started the game
+going with the first fall of snow, but it was difficult to work up
+any enthusiasm for the game in the face of Foxy's very determined and
+weighty opposition, backed by the master's lazy indifference. For,
+in spite of Hughie's contempt and open sneers, Foxy had determined to
+reopen his store with new and glowing attractions. He seemed to have a
+larger command of capital than ever, and he added several very important
+departments to his financial undertaking.
+
+The rivalry between Hughie and Foxy had become acute, but besides this,
+there was in Hughie's heart a pent-up fierceness and longing for revenge
+that he could with difficulty control. And though he felt pretty certain
+that in an encounter with Foxy he would come off second best, and though
+in consequence he delayed that encounter as long as possible, he never
+let Foxy suspect his fear of him, and waited with some anxiety for the
+inevitable crisis.
+
+Upon one thing Hughie was resolved, that the challenge from the Front
+should be accepted, and that they should no longer bear the taunt of
+cowardice, but should make a try, even though it meant certain defeat.
+
+His first step had been the organization of the shinny club. His next
+step was to awaken the interest of the master. But in vain he enlarged
+upon the boastfulness and insolence of the Front; in vain he recounted
+the achievements of their heroes of old, who in those brave days had won
+victory and fame over all comers for their school and county; the master
+would not be roused to anything more than a languid interest in the
+game. And this was hardly to be wondered at, for shinny in the snow upon
+the roadway in front of the school was none too exciting. But from
+the day when the game was transferred to the mill-pond, one Saturday
+afternoon when the North and South met in battle, the master's
+indifference vanished, for it turned out that he was an enthusiastic
+skater, and as Hughie said, "a whirlwind on the ice."
+
+After that day shinny was played only upon the ice, and the master,
+assuming the position of coach, instituted a more scientific style of
+game, and worked out a system of combined play that made even small
+boys dangerous opponents to boys twice their size and weight. Under his
+guidance it was that the challenge to the Front was so worded as to
+make the contest a game on ice, and to limit the number of the team to
+eleven. Formerly the number had been somewhat indefinite, varying from
+fifteen to twenty, and the style of play a general melee. Hughie was
+made captain of the shinny team, and set himself, under the master's
+direction, to perfect their combination and team play.
+
+The master's unexpected interest in the shinny game was the first and
+chief cause of Foxy's downfall as leader of the school, and if Hughie
+had possessed his soul in patience he might have enjoyed the
+spectacle of Foxy's overthrow without involving himself in the painful
+consequences which his thirst for vengeance and his vehement desire to
+accomplish Foxy's ruin brought upon him.
+
+The story of the culmination of the rivalry between Hughie and Foxy is
+preserved in John Craven's second letter to his friend Edward Maitland.
+The letter also gives an account of the master's own undoing--an undoing
+which bore fruit to the end of his life.
+
+
+"Dear Ned:--
+
+"I hasten to correct the false impression my previous letter must have
+conveyed to you. It occurs to me that I suggested that this school
+afforded unrivaled opportunities for repose. Further acquaintance
+reveals to me the fact that it is the seething center of the most
+nerve-racking excitement. The life of the school is reflected in the
+life of the community, and the throbs of excitement that vibrate from
+the school are felt in every home of the section. We are in the thick
+of preparations for a deadly contest with the insolent, benighted,
+boastful, but hitherto triumphant Front, in the matter of shinny. You
+know my antipathy to violent sports, and you will find some difficulty
+in picturing me an enthusiastic trainer and general director of the
+Twentieth team, flying about, wildly gesticulating with a club, and
+shrieking orders, imprecations, cautions, encouragements, in the most
+frantic manner, at as furious a company of little devils as ever went
+joyously to battle.
+
+"Then, as if this were not excitement enough, I am made the unwitting
+spectator of a truly Homeric contest, bloodier by far than many of those
+fought on the plains of windy Troy, between the rival leaders of the
+school, to wit, Hughie of the angelic face and OTHER-angelic temper, and
+an older and much heavier boy, who rejoices in the cognomen of 'Foxy,'
+as being accurately descriptive at once of the brilliance of his foliage
+and of his financial tactics.
+
+"It appears that for many months this rivalry has existed, but I
+am convinced that there is more in the struggle than appears on the
+surface. There is some dark and deadly mystery behind it all that only
+adds, of course, to the thrilling interest it holds for me.
+
+"Long before I arrived on the arena, which was an open space in the
+woods in front of what Foxy calls his store, wild shrieks and yells fell
+upon my ears, as if the aboriginal denizens of the forest had returned.
+Quietly approaching, I soon guessed the nature of the excitement, and
+being unwilling to interfere until I had thoroughly grasped the ethical
+and other import of the situation, I shinned up a tree, and from this
+point of vantage took in the spectacle. It appeared from Foxy's violent
+accusations that Hughie had been guilty of wrecking the store, which,
+by the way, the latter utterly despises and contemns. The following
+interesting and striking conversation took place:
+
+"'What are you doing in my store, anyway?' says he of the brilliant
+foliage. 'You're just a thief, that's what you are, and a sneaking
+thief.'
+
+"Promptly the lie comes back. 'I wasn't touching your rotten stuff!' and
+again the lie is exchanged.
+
+"Immediately there is demand from the spectators that the matter be
+argued to a demonstration, and thereupon one of the larger boys, wishing
+to precipitate matters and to furnish a casus belli, puts a chip upon
+Hughie's shoulder and dares Foxy to knock it off. But Hughie flings the
+chip aside.
+
+"'Go away with yourself and your chip. I'm not going to fight for any
+chip.'
+
+"Yells of derision, 'Cowardy, cowardy, custard,' 'Give him a good
+cuffing, Foxy,' 'He's afraid,' and so forth. And indeed, Hughie appears
+none too anxious to prove his innocence and integrity upon the big and
+solid body of his antagonist.
+
+"Foxy, much encouraged by the clamor of his friends, deploys in force in
+front of his foe, shouting, 'Come on, you little thief!'
+
+"'I'm not a thief! I didn't touch one of your things!'
+
+"'Whether you touched my things or not, you're a thief, anyway, and you
+know you are. You stole money, and I know it, and you know it yourself.'
+
+"To this Hughie strangely enough makes no reply, wherein lies the
+mystery. But though he makes no reply he faces up boldly to Foxy and
+offers battle. This is evidently a surprise to Foxy, who contents
+himself with threats as to what he can do with his one hand tied behind
+his back, and what he will do in a minute, while Hughie waits, wasting
+no strength upon words.
+
+"Finally Foxy strides to his store door, and apparently urged to frenzy
+by the sight of the wreckage therein, comes back and lands a sharp cuff
+on his antagonist's ear.
+
+"It is all that is needed. As if he had touched a spring, Hughie flew
+at him wildly, inconsequently making a windmill of his arms. But
+fortunately he runs foul of one of Foxy's big fists, and falls back
+with spouting nose. Enthusiastic yells from Foxy's following. And Foxy,
+having done much better than he expected, is encouraged to pursue his
+advantage.
+
+"Meantime the blood is being mopped off Hughie's face with a snowball,
+his tears flowing equally with his blood.
+
+"'Wait till to-morrow,' urges Fusie, his little French fidus Achates.
+
+"'To-morrow!' yells Hughie, suddenly. 'No, but now! I'll kill the lying,
+sneaking, white-faced beast now, or I'll die myself!' after which heroic
+resolve he flings himself, blood and tears, upon the waiting Foxy, and
+this time with better result, for Foxy, waiting the attack with arms up
+and eyes shut, finds himself pummeled all over the face, and after a few
+moments of ineffectual resistance, turns, and in quite the Homeric way
+seeks safety in flight, followed by the furious and vengeful Achilles,
+and the jeering shouts of the bloodthirsty but disappointed rabble.
+
+"As I have said, the mystery behind it remains unsolved, but Foxy's
+reign is at an end, and with him goes the store, for which I am devoutly
+thankful.
+
+"I would my tale ended here with the downfall of Foxy, but, my dear Ned,
+I have to record a sadder and more humiliating downfall than that--the
+abject and utter collapse of my noble self. I have once more played
+the fool, and played into the hands of the devil, mine own familiar and
+well-beloved devil.
+
+"The occasion I need not enlarge upon; it always waits. A long day's
+skate, a late supper with some of the wilder and more reckless outcasts
+of this steady-going community that frequent the back store, results in
+my appearing at the manse door late at night, very unsteady of leg and
+incoherent of speech. By a most unhappy chance, a most scurvy trick
+my familiar devil played upon me, the door is opened by the minister's
+wife. I can see her look of fear, horror, and loathing yet. It did
+more to pull me together than a cold bath, so that I saved myself the
+humiliation of speech and escaped to my room.
+
+"And now, what do you think? Reproaches, objurgations, and final
+dismissal on the part of the padre, tearful exhortations to repentance
+on the part of his wife? Not a bit. If you believe me, sir, my unhappy
+misadventure remains a secret with her. She told not a soul. Remarkably
+fine, I call that. And what more, think you? A cold and haughty reserve,
+or a lofty pity, with the fearful expectation of judgment? Not in
+the least. Only a little added kindness, a deeper note to the frank,
+sympathetic interest she has always shown, and that is all. My dear
+chap, I offered to leave, but when she looked at me with those great
+hazel-brown eyes of hers and said, 'Why should you go? Would it be
+better for you any place else?' I found myself enjoying the luxury of
+an entirely new set of emotions, which I shall not analyze to you. But
+I feel more confident than ever that I shall either die early or end in
+being a saint.
+
+"And now, do you know, she persists in ignoring that anything has taken
+place, talks to me about her young men and her hopes for them, the work
+she would do for them, and actually asks my assistance! It appears that
+ever since their Great Revival, which is the beginning of days to them,
+events being dated from before the Great Revival or after, some of
+these young men have a desire to be ministers, or think they have. It is
+really her desire, I suspect, for them. The difficulty is, preparation
+for college. In this she asks my help. The enormous incongruity of
+the situation does not appear to strike her, that I, the--too many
+unutterable things--should be asked to prepare these young giants, with
+their 'tremenjous' religious convictions, for the ministry; nevertheless
+I yield myself to do anything and everything she lays upon me. I repeat,
+I shall without doubt end in being a saint myself, and should not be
+surprised to find myself with these 'tremenjous' young men on the way
+to Holy Orders. Fancy the good Doctor's face! He would suspect a lurking
+pleasantry in it all.
+
+"This letter, I know, will render chaotic all your conceptions of me,
+and in this chaos of mind I can heartily sympathize. What the next
+chapter will be, God only knows! It depends upon how my familiar devil
+behaves himself. Meantime, I am parleying with him, and with some
+anxiety as to the result subscribe myself,
+
+"Your friend,
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE FIRST ROUND
+
+
+The challenge from the Front was for the best two out of three, the
+first game to be played the last day of the year. Steadily, under
+Craven's coaching, the Twentieth team were perfected in their systematic
+play; for although Craven knew nothing of shinny, he had captained the
+champion lacrosse team of the province of Quebec, and the same general
+rules of defense and attack could be applied with equal success to the
+game of shinny. The team was greatly strengthened by the accession of
+Thomas Finch and Don Cameron, both of whom took up the school again with
+a view to college. With Thomas in goal, Hughie said he felt as if a big
+hole had been filled up behind him.
+
+The master caused a few preliminary skirmishes with neighboring teams
+to be played by way of practice, and by the time the end of the year had
+come, he felt confident that the team would not disgrace their school.
+His confidence was not ill-founded.
+
+"We have covered ourselves with glory," he writes to his friend Ned
+Maitland, "for we have whipped to a finish the arrogant and mighty
+Front. I am more than ever convinced that I shall have to take a few
+days off and get away to Montreal, or some other retired spot, to
+recover from the excitement of the last week.
+
+"Under my diligent coaching, in which, knowing nothing whatever of
+shinny, I have striven to introduce something of the lacrosse method,
+our team got into really decent fighting trim. Under the leadership of
+their captain, who has succeeded in infusing his own fierce and furious
+temper into his men, they played like little demons, from the drop of
+the ball till the game was scored. 'Furious' is the word, for they and
+their captain play with headlong fury, and that, I might say, is about
+their only defect, for if they ever should run into a bigger team, who
+had any semblance of head about them, and were not merely feet, they
+would surely come to grief.
+
+"I cannot stay to recount our victory. Let it suffice that we were
+driven down in two big sleigh-loads by Thomas Finch, the back wall of
+our defense, and Don Cameron, who plays in the right of the forward
+line, both great, strapping fellows, who are to be eventually, I
+believe, members of my preparatory class.
+
+"The Front came forth, cheerful, big, confident, trusting in the might
+of their legs. We are told that the Lord taketh no pleasure in the legs
+of man, and this is true in the game of shinny. Not legs alone, but
+heart and head win, with anything like equal chances.
+
+"Game called, 2:30; Captain Hughie has the drop; seizes the ball, passes
+it to Fusie, who rushes, passes back to Hughie, who has arrived in the
+vicinity of the enemy's goal, and shoots, swift and straight, a goal.
+Time, 30 seconds.
+
+"Again and again my little demons pierce the heavy, solid line of the
+Front defense, and score, the enemy, big and bewildered, being chiefly
+occupied in watching them do it. By six o'clock that evening I had them
+safe at the manse in a condition of dazed jubilation, quite unable to
+realize the magnificence of their achievement. They had driven twelve
+miles down, played a two hours' game of shinny, score eight to two,
+and were back safe and sound, bearing with them victory and some broken
+shins, equally proud of both.
+
+"There is a big supper at the manse, prepared, I believe, with the view
+of consolation, but transformed into a feast of triumph, the minister
+being enthusiastically jubilant over the achievement of his boys, his
+wife, if possible, even more so. The heroes feed themselves to fullness,
+amazing and complete, the minister holds a thanksgiving service, in
+which I have no doubt my little demons most earnestly join, after which
+they depart to shed the radiance of their glory throughout the section.
+
+"And now I have to recount another experience of mine, quite unique and
+altogether inexplicable. It appears that in this remarkable abode--I
+would call it 'The Saint's Rest' were it not for the presence of others
+than saints, and for the additional fact that there is little rest for
+the saint who makes her dwelling here--in this abode there prevails the
+quaint custom of watching the death of the old year and the birth of the
+new. It is made the occasion of religious and heart-searching rite. As
+the solemn hour of midnight draws on, a silence falls upon the family,
+all of whom, with the exception of the newest infant, are present. It is
+the family festival of the year.
+
+"'And what will they be doing at your home, Mr. Craven?' inquires the
+minister. The contrast that rose before my mind was vivid enough, for
+having received my invitation to a big dance, I knew my sweet sisters
+would be having a jolly wild time about that moment. My answer, given I
+feel in a somewhat flippant tone, appears to shock my shinny captain of
+the angelic face, who casts a honor-stricken glance at his mother, and
+waits for the word of reproof that he thinks is due from the padre's
+lips.
+
+"But before it falls the mother interposes with 'They will miss
+you greatly this evening.' It was rather neatly done, and I think I
+appreciated it.
+
+"The rite proceeds. The initial ceremony is the repeating of a verse of
+Scripture all round, and to save my life nothing comes to my mind but
+the words, 'Remember Lot's wife.' As I cannot see the appropriateness of
+the quotation, I pass.
+
+"Five minutes before the stroke of twelve, they sing the Scottish
+paraphrase beginning, 'O God of Bethel.' I do not suppose you ever heard
+it, but it is a beautiful hymn, and singularly appropriate to the
+hour. In this I lend assistance with my violin, the tune being the very
+familiar one of 'Auld Lang Syne,' associated in my mind, however, with
+occasions somewhat widely diverse from this. I assure you I am thankful
+that my part is instrumental, for the whole business is getting onto my
+emotions in a disturbing manner, and especially when I allow my eyes to
+linger for a moment or two on the face of the lady, the center of the
+circle, who is deliberately throwing away her fine culture and her
+altogether beautiful soul upon the Anakim here, and with a beautiful
+unconsciousness of anything like sacrifice, is now thanking God for the
+privilege of doing so. I have some moments of rare emotional luxury,
+those moments that are next to tears.
+
+"Then the padre offers one of those heart-racking prayers of his that,
+whether they reach anything outside or not, somehow get down into
+one's vitals, and stir up remorses, and self-condemnings, and longings
+unutterable. Then they all kiss the mother and wish her a Happy
+New-Year.
+
+"My boy, my dear boy, I have never known deeper moments than those.
+And when I went to shake hands with her, she seemed so like a queen
+receiving homage, that without seeming to feel I was making a fool
+of myself, I did the Queen Victoria act, and saluted her hand. It is
+wonderful how great moments discover the lady to you. She must have
+known how I was feeling, for with a very beautiful grace, she said, 'Let
+me be your mother for to-night,' and by Jove, she kissed me. I have been
+kissed before, and have kissed some women in my time, but that is the
+only kiss I can remember, and s'help me Bob, I'll never kiss another
+till I kiss my wife.
+
+"And then and there, Maitland, I swore by all that I knew of God, and by
+everything sacred in life, that I'd quit the past and be worthy of her
+trust; for the mischief of it is, she will persist in trusting you, puts
+you on your honor noblesse oblige business, and all that. I think I told
+you that I might end in being a saint. That dream I have surrendered,
+but, by the grace of heaven, I'm going to try to be a man. And I am
+going to play shinny with those boys, and if I can help them to win that
+match, and the big game of life, I will do it.
+
+"As witness my hand and seal, this first day of January, 18--
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+THE FINAL ROUND
+
+
+After the New-Year the school filled up with big boys, some of whom had
+returned with the idea of joining the preparatory class for college,
+which the minister had persuaded John Craven to organize.
+
+Shinny, however, became the absorbing interest for all the boys, both
+big and little. This interest was intensified by the rumors that came up
+from the Front, for it was noised through the Twentieth section that Dan
+Munro, whose father was a cousin of Archie Munro, the former teacher,
+had come from Marrintown and taken charge of the Front school, and that,
+being used to the ice game, and being full of tricks and swift as
+a bird, he was an exceedingly dangerous man. More than that, he was
+training his team with his own tricks, and had got back to school some
+of the old players, among whom were no less renowned personages than Hec
+Ross and Jimmie "Ben." Jimmie Ben, to wit, James son of Benjamin McEwen,
+was more famed for his prowess as a fighter than for his knowledge
+of the game of shinny, but every one who saw him play said he was "a
+terror." Further, it was rumored that there was a chance of them
+getting for goal Farquhar McRae, "Little Farquhar," or "Farquhar Bheg"
+(pronounced "vaick"), as he was euphoniously called, who presumably had
+once been little, but could no longer claim to be so, seeing that he was
+six feet, and weighed two hundred pounds.
+
+It behooved the Twentieth team, therefore, to bestir themselves with all
+diligence, and in this matter Hughie gave no rest either to himself or
+to any one else likely to be of use in perfecting his team. For Hughie
+had been unanimously chosen captain, in spite of his protests that the
+master or one of the big boys should hold that place. But none of the
+big boys knew the new game as perfectly as Hughie, and the master had
+absolutely refused, saying, "You beat them once, Hughie, and you can do
+it again." And as the days and weeks went on, Hughie fully justified the
+team's choice of him as captain. He developed a genius for organization,
+a sureness of judgment, and a tact in management, as well as a skill and
+speed in play, that won the confidence of every member of his team. He
+set himself resolutely to banish any remaining relics of the ancient
+style of play. In the old game every one rushed to hit the ball without
+regard to direction or distance, and the consequence was, that from end
+to end of the field a mob of yelling, stick-waving players more or less
+aimlessly followed in the wake of the ball. But Hughie and the master
+changed all that, forced the men to play in their positions, training
+them never to drive wildly forward, but to pass to a man, and to keep
+their clubs down and their mouths shut.
+
+The striking characteristic of Hughie's own playing was a certain
+fierceness, amounting almost to fury, so that when he was in the attack
+he played for every ounce there was in him. His chief weakness lay in
+his tempestuous temper, which he found difficult to command, but as he
+worked his men from day to day, and week to week, the responsibility of
+his position and the magnitude of the issues at stake helped him to a
+self-control quite remarkable in him.
+
+As the fateful day drew near the whole section was stirred with an
+intense interest and excitement, in which even the grave and solemn
+elders shared, and to a greater degree, the minister and his wife.
+
+At length the day, as all days great and small, actually arrived. A big
+crowd awaited the appearance of "the folks from the Front." They were
+expected about two, but it was not till half-past that there was heard
+in the distance the sound of the bagpipes.
+
+"Here they are! That's Alan the cooper's pipes," was the cry, and
+before long, sure enough there appeared Alphonse le Roque driving his
+French-Canadian team, the joy and pride of his heart, for Alphonse was
+a born horse-trainer, and had taught his French-Canadians many
+extraordinary tricks. On the dead gallop he approached the crowd till
+within a few yards, when, at a sudden command, they threw themselves
+upon their haunches, and came almost to a standstill. With a crack of
+his long whip Alphonse gave the command, "Deesplay yousef!" At once his
+stout little team began to toss their beautiful heads, and broke into
+a series of prancing curves that would not have shamed a pair of
+greyhounds. Then, as they drew up to the stopping-point, he gathered
+up his lines, and with another crack of his whip, cried, "Salute ze
+ladies!" when, with true equine courtesy, they rose upon their hind legs
+and gracefully pawed the empty air. Finally, after depositing his load
+amid the admiring exclamations of the crowd, he touched their tails with
+the point of his whip, gave a sudden "Whish!" and like hounds from the
+leash his horses sprang off at full gallop.
+
+One after another the teams from the Front swung round and emptied their
+loads.
+
+"Man! what a crowd!" said Hughie to Don. "There must be a hundred at
+least."
+
+"Yes, and there's Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben," said Don, "and sure enough,
+Farquhar Begh. We'll be catching it to-day, whatever," continued Don,
+cheerfully.
+
+"Pshaw! we licked as big men before. It isn't size," said Hughie, with
+far more confidence than he felt.
+
+It was half an hour before the players were ready to begin. The rules of
+the game were few and simple. The play was to be one hour each way,
+with a quarter of an hour rest between. There was to be no tripping,
+no hitting on the shins when the ball was out of the scrimmage, and all
+disputes were to be settled by the umpire, who on this occasion was the
+master of the Sixteenth school.
+
+"He's no good," grumbled Hughie to his mother, who was even more excited
+than her boy himself. "He can't play himself, and he's too easy scared."
+
+"Never mind," said his mother, brightly; "perhaps he won't have much to
+do."
+
+"Much to do! Well, there's Jimmie Ben, and he's an awful fighter, but
+I'm not going to let him frighten me," said Hughie, savagely; "and
+there's Dan Munro, too, they say he's a terror, and Hec Ross. Of course
+we've got just as good men, but they won't fight. Why, Johnnie 'Big
+Duncan' and Don, there, are as good as any of them, but they won't
+fight."
+
+The mother smiled a little.
+
+"What a pity! But why should they fight? Fighting is not shinny."
+
+"No, that's what the master says. And he's right enough, too, but it's
+awful hard when a fellow doesn't play fair, when he trips you up or
+clubs you on the shins when you're not near the ball. You feel like
+hitting him back."
+
+"Yes, but that's the very time to show self-control."
+
+"I know. And that's what the master says."
+
+"Of course it is," went on his mother. "That's what the game is for, to
+teach the boys to command their tempers. You remember 'he that ruleth
+his spirit is better than he that taketh a city.'
+
+"O, it's all right," said Hughie, "and easy enough to talk about."
+
+"What's easy enough to talk about?" asked the master, coming up.
+
+"Taking a city," said Mrs. Murray, smiling at him.
+
+The master looked puzzled.
+
+"Mother means," said Hughie, "keeping one's temper in shinny. But I'm
+telling her it's pretty hard when a fellow clubs you on the shins when
+you're away from the ball."
+
+"Yes, of course it's hard," said the master, "but it's better than being
+a cad," which brought a quick flush to Hughie's face, but helped him
+more than anything else to keep himself in hand that day.
+
+"Can't understand a man," said the master, "who goes into a game and
+then quits it to fight. If it's fighting, why fight, but if it's shinny,
+play the game. Big team against us, eh, captain?" he continued, looking
+at the Front men, who were taking a preliminary spin upon the ice, "and
+pretty swift, too."
+
+"If they play fair, I don't mind," said Hughie. "I'm not afraid of them;
+but if they get slugging--"
+
+"Well, if they get slugging," said the master, "we'll play the game and
+win, sure."
+
+"Well, it's time to begin," said Hughie, and with a good by to his
+mother he turned away.
+
+"Remember, take a city," she called out after him.
+
+"All right, muzzie, I'll remember."
+
+In a few moments the teams were in position opposite each other. The
+team from the Front made a formidable show in weight and muscle. At the
+right of the forward line stood the redoubtable Dan Munro, the stocky,
+tricky, fierce captain of the Front team, and with him three rather
+small boys in red shirts. The defense consisted of Hec Ross, the
+much-famed and much-feared Jimmie Ben, while in goal, sure enough, stood
+the immense and solid bulk of Farquhar Bheg. The center was held by four
+boys of fair size and weight.
+
+In the Twentieth team the forward line was composed of Jack Ross, Curly
+Ross's brother, Fusie, Davie Scotch, and Don Cameron. The center was
+played by Hughie, with three little chaps who made up for their lack of
+weight by their speed and skill. The defense consisted of Johnnie "Big
+Duncan," to wit, John, the son of Big Duncan Campbell, on the left hand,
+and the master on the right, backed up by Thomas Finch in goal, who much
+against his will was in the game that day. His heart was heavy within
+him, for he saw, not the gleaming ice and the crowding players, but "the
+room" at home, and his mother, with her pale, patient face, sitting in
+her chair. His father, he knew, would be beside her, and Jessac would be
+flitting about. "But for all that, she'll have a long day," he said to
+himself, for only his loyalty to the school and to Hughie had brought
+him to the game that day.
+
+When play was called, Hughie, with Fusie immediately behind him, stood
+facing Dan in the center with one of the little Red Shirts at his back.
+It was Dan's drop. He made a pass or two, then shot between his legs
+to a Red Shirt, who, upon receiving, passed far out to Red Shirt number
+three, who flew along the outer edge and returned swiftly to Dan, now
+far up the other side. Like the wind Dan sped down the line, dodged
+Johnnie Big Duncan easily, and shot from the corner, straight, swift,
+and true, a goal.
+
+"One for the Front!" Eleven shinny-sticks went up in the air, the
+bagpipes struck up a wild refrain, big Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben danced a
+huge, unwieldy, but altogether jubilant dance round each other, and then
+settled down to their places, for it was Hughie's drop.
+
+Hughie took the ball from the umpire and faced Dan with some degree of
+nervousness, for Dan was heavy and strong, and full of confidence. After
+a little manoeuvering he dropped the ball between Dan's legs, but Dan,
+instead of attending to the ball, charged full upon him and laid him
+flat, while one of the Red Shirts, seizing the ball, flew off with
+it, supported by a friendly Red Shirt on either side of him, with Dan
+following hard.
+
+Right through the crowd dodged the Red Shirts till they came up to the
+Twentieth line of defense, when forth came Johnnie Big Duncan in swift
+attack. But the little Red Shirt who had the ball, touching it slightly
+to the right, tangled himself up in Johnnie Big Duncan's legs and sent
+him sprawling, while Dan swiped the ball to another Red Shirt who had
+slipped in behind the master, for there was no such foolishness as
+off-side in that game. Like lightning the Red Shirt caught the ball, and
+rushing at Thomas, shot furiously at close quarters. Goal number two for
+the Front!
+
+Again on all sides rose frantic cheers. "The Front! The Front! Murro
+forever!" Two games had been won, and not a Twentieth man had touched
+the ball. With furtive, uncertain glances the men of the Twentieth
+team looked one at the other, and all at their captain, as if seeking
+explanation of this extraordinary situation.
+
+"Well," said Hughie, in a loud voice, to the master, and with a careless
+laugh, though at his heart he was desperate, "they are giving us a
+little taste of our own medicine."
+
+The master dropped to buckle his skate, deliberately unwinding the
+strap, while the umpire allowed time.
+
+"Give me a hand with this, Hughie," he called, and Hughie skated up to
+him.
+
+"Well," said Craven, smiling up into Hughie's face, "that's a good,
+swift opening, isn't it?"
+
+"Oh, it's terrible," groaned Hughie. "They're going to lick us off the
+ice."
+
+"Well," replied the master, slowly, "I wouldn't be in a hurry to say
+so. We have a hundred minutes and more to win in yet. Now, don't you see
+that their captain is their great card. Suppose you let the ball go for
+a game or two, and stick to Dan. Trail him, never let him shake you. The
+rest of us will take care of the game."
+
+"All right," said Hughie, "I'll stick to him," and off he set for the
+center.
+
+As the loser, Hughie again held the drop. He faced Dan with
+determination to get that ball out to Fusie, and somehow he felt in his
+bones that he should succeed in doing this. Without any preliminary he
+dropped, and knocked the ball toward Fusie.
+
+But this was evidently what Dan expected, for as soon as Hughie made the
+motion to drop he charged hard upon the waiting Fusie. Hughie, however,
+had his plan as well, for immediately upon the ball leaving his stick,
+he threw himself in Dan's way, checking him effectually, and allowing
+Fusie, with Don and Scotchie following, to get away.
+
+The Front defense, however, was too strong, and the ball came shooting
+back toward the line of Reds, one of whom, making a short run, passed
+far out to Dan on the right. But before the latter could get up speed,
+Hughie was upon him, and ignoring the ball, blocked and bothered and
+checked him, till one of the Twentieth centers, rushing in, secured it
+for his side.
+
+"Ha! well done, captain!" came Craven's voice across the ice, and
+Hughie felt his nerve come back. If he could hold Dan, that deadly Front
+combination might be broken.
+
+Meantime Don had secured the ball from Craven, and was rushing up his
+right wing.
+
+"Here you are, Hughie," he cried, shooting across the Front goal.
+
+Hughie sprang to receive, but before he could shoot Dan was upon him,
+checking so hard that Hughie was sent sprawling to the ice, while Dan
+shot away with the ball.
+
+But before he had gone very far Hughie was after him like a whirlwind,
+making straight for his own goal, so that by the time Dan had arrived at
+shooting distance, Hughie was again upon him, and while in the very act
+of steadying himself for his try at the goal, came crashing into him
+with such fierceness of attack that Dan was flung aside, while Johnnie
+Big Duncan, capturing the ball, sent it across to the master.
+
+It was the master's first chance for the day. With amazing swiftness
+and dexterity he threaded the outer edge of the ice, and with a sudden
+swerve across, avoided the throng that had gathered to oppose him, and
+then with a careless ease, as if it were a matter of little importance,
+he dodged in between the heavy Front defense, shot his goal, and skated
+back coolly to his place.
+
+The Twentieth's moment had come, and both upon the ice and upon the
+banks the volume and fierceness of the cheering testified to the
+intensity of the feeling that had been so long pent up.
+
+That game had revealed to Hughie two important facts: the first, that he
+was faster than Dan in a straight race; and the second, that it would be
+advisable to feed the master, for it was clearly apparent that there was
+not his equal upon the ice in dodging.
+
+"That was well done, captain," said Craven to Hughie, as he was coolly
+skating back to his position.
+
+"A splendid run, sir," cried Hughie, in return.
+
+"Oh, the run was easy. It was your check there that did the trick.
+That's the game," he continued, lowering his voice. "It's hard on you,
+though. Can you stand it?"
+
+"Well, I can try for a while," said Hughie, confidently.
+
+"If you can," said the master, "we've got them," and Hughie settled down
+into the resolve that, cost what it might, he would stick like a leech
+to Dan.
+
+He imparted his plan to Fusie, adding, "Now, whenever you see me tackle
+Dan, run in and get the ball. I'm not going to bother about it."
+
+Half an hour had gone. The score stood two to one in favor of the Front,
+but the result every one felt to be still uncertain. That last attack of
+Hughie's, and the master's speedy performance, gave some concern to the
+men of the Front, and awakened a feeling of confidence in the Twentieth
+team.
+
+But Dan, wise general that he was, saw the danger, and gave his commands
+ere he faced off for the new game.
+
+"When that man Craven gets it," he said to the men of the center, "make
+straight for the goal. Never mind the ball."
+
+The wisdom of this order became at once evident, for when in the
+face-off he secured the ball, Hughie clung so tenaciously to his heels
+and checked him so effectually, that he was forced to resign it to the
+Reds, who piercing the Twentieth center, managed to scurry up the ice
+with the ball between them. But when, met by Craven and Johnnie Big
+Duncan, they passed across to Dan, Hughie again checked so fiercely that
+Johnnie Big Duncan secured the ball, passed back to the master, who with
+another meteoric flash along the edge of the field broke through the
+Front's defense, and again shot.
+
+It was only Farquhar Bheg's steady coolness that saved the goal. It was
+a near enough thing, however, to strike a sudden chill to the heart of
+the Front goal-keeper, and to make Dan realize that something must be
+done to check these dangerous rushes of Craven.
+
+"Get in behind the defense there, and stay there," he said to two of his
+centers, and his tone indicated that his serene confidence in himself
+and his team was slightly shaken. Hughie's close checking was beginning
+to chafe him, for his team in their practice had learned to depend
+unduly upon him.
+
+Noticing Dan's change in the disposition of his men, Hughie moved up two
+of his centers nearer to the Front defense.
+
+"Get into their way," he said "and give the master a clear field."
+
+But this policy only assisted Dan's plan of defense, for the presence
+of so many players before the Front goal filled up the ice to such an
+extent that Craven's rushes were impeded by mere numbers.
+
+For some time Dan watched the result of his tactics well satisfied,
+remaining himself for the time in the background. During one of the
+pauses, when the ball was out of play, he called one of the little Reds
+to him.
+
+"Look here," he said, "you watch this. Right after one of those rushes
+of Craven's, don't follow him down, but keep up to your position. I'll
+get the ball to you somehow, and then you'll have a chance to shoot.
+No use passing to me, for this little son of a gun is on my back like a
+flea on a dog." Dan was seriously annoyed.
+
+The little Red passed the word around and patiently waited his chance.
+Once and again the plan failed, chiefly because Dan could not get the
+ball out of the scrimmage, but at length, when Hughie had been tempted
+to rush in with the hope of putting in a shot, the ball slid out of the
+scrimmage, and Dan, swooping down upon it, passed swiftly to the waiting
+Red who immediately shot far out to his alert wing, and then rushing
+down the center and slipping past Johnnie Big Duncan, who had gone forth
+to meet Dan coming down the right, and the master who was attending to
+the little Red on the wing, received the ball, and putting in a short,
+swift shot, scored another goal for the Front, amid a tempest of
+hurrahings from the team and their supporters.
+
+The game now stood three to one in favor of the Front, and up to the end
+of the first hour no change was made in this score.
+
+And now there was a scene of the wildest enthusiasm and confusion. The
+Front people flocked upon the ice and carried off their team to their
+quarter of the shanty, loading them with congratulations and refreshing
+them with various drinks.
+
+"Better get your men together, captain," suggested Craven, and Hughie
+gathered them into the Twentieth corner of the shanty.
+
+In spite of the adverse score Hughie found his team full of fight. They
+crowded about him and the master, eager to listen to any explanation of
+the present defeat that might be offered for their comfort, or to any
+plans by which the defeat might be turned into victory. Some
+minutes they spent in excitedly discussing the various games, and in
+good-naturedly chaffing Thomas Finch for his failure to prevent a score.
+But Thomas had nothing to say in reply. He had done his best, and he had
+a feeling that they all knew it. No man was held in higher esteem by the
+team than the goal-keeper.
+
+"Any plan, captain?" asked the master, after they had talked for some
+minutes, and all grew quiet.
+
+"What do you think, sir?" said Hughie.
+
+"O, let us hear from you. You're the captain."
+
+"Well," said Hughie, slowly, and with deliberate emphasis, "I think we
+are going to win." (Yells from all sides.) "At any rate we ought to
+win, for I think we have the better team." (More yells.) "What I mean is
+this, I think we are better in combination play, and I don't think they
+have a man who can touch the master."
+
+Enthusiastic exclamations, "That's right!" "Better believe it!" "Horo!"
+
+"But we have a big fight before us. And that Dan Munro's a terror. The
+only change I can think of is to open out more and fall back from their
+goal for a little while. And then, if I can hold Dan--"
+
+Cries of "You'll hold him all right!" "You are the lad!"
+
+"Everybody should feed the master. They can't stop him, any of them.
+But I would say for the first while, anyway, play defense. What do you
+think, sir?" appealing to the master.
+
+"I call that good tactics. But don't depend too much upon me; if any man
+has a chance for a run and a shot, let him take it. And don't give up
+your combination in your forward line. The captain is quite right in
+seeking to draw them away from their goal. Their defense territory is
+too full now. Now, what I have noticed is this, they mainly rely upon
+Dan Munro and upon their three big defense men. For the first fifteen
+minutes they will make their hardest push. Let us take the captain's
+advice, fall back a little, and so empty their defense. But on the
+whole, keep your positions, play to your men, and," he added, with a
+smile, "don't get too mad."
+
+"I guess they will be making some plans, too," said Thomas Finch,
+slowly, and everybody laughed.
+
+"That's quite right, Thomas, but we'll give them a chance for the first
+while to show us what they mean to do."
+
+At this point the minister came in, looking rather gloomy.
+
+"Well, Mr. Craven, rather doubtful outlook, is it not?"
+
+"O, not too bad, sir," said the master, cheerfully.
+
+"Three to one. What worse do you want?"
+
+"Well, six to one would be worse," replied the master. "Besides, their
+first two games were taken by a kind of fluke. We didn't know
+their play. You will notice they have taken only one in the last
+three-quarters of an hour."
+
+"I doubt they are too big for you," continued the minister.
+
+"Isn't altogether size that wins in shinny," said Mr. Craven. "Hughie
+there isn't a very big man, but he can hold any one of them."
+
+"Well, I hope you may be right," said the minister. "I am sorry I have
+to leave the game to see a sick man up Kenyon way."
+
+"Sorry you can't stay, sir, to see us win," said Craven, cheerfully,
+while Hughie slipped out to see his mother before she went.
+
+"Well, my boy," said his mother, "you are playing a splendid game, and
+you are getting better as you go on."
+
+"Thanks, mother. That's the kind of talk we like," said Hughie, who
+had been a little depressed by his father's rather gloomy views. "I'm
+awfully sorry you can't stay."
+
+"And so am I, but we must go. But we shall be back in time for supper,
+and you will ask all the team to come down to celebrate their victory."
+
+"Good for you, mother! I'll tell them, and I bet they'll play."
+
+Meantime the team from the Front had been having something of a
+jollification in their quarters. They were sure of victory, and in spite
+of their captain's remonstrances had already begun to pass round the
+bottle in the way of celebration.
+
+"They're having something strong in there," said little Mac McGregor.
+"Wish they'd pass some this way."
+
+"Let them have it," said Johnnie Big Duncan, whose whole family ever
+since the revival had taken a total abstinence pledge, although this
+was looked upon as a very extreme position indeed, by almost all the
+community. But Big Duncan Campbell had learned by very bitter experience
+that for him, at least, there was no safety in a moderate use of "God's
+good creature," as many of his fellow church-members designated the
+"mountain dew," and his sons had loyally backed him up in this attitude.
+
+"Quite, right!" said the master, emphatically. "And if they had any
+sense they would know that with every drink they are throwing away a big
+chance of winning."
+
+"Horo, you fellows!" shouted big Hec Ross across to them, "aren't you
+going to play any more? Have you got enough of it already?"
+
+"We will not be caring for any more of yon kind," said Johnnie Big
+Duncan, good-naturedly, "and we were thinking of giving you a change."
+
+"Come away and be at it, then," said Hec, "for we're all getting cold."
+
+"That's easily cured," said Dan, as they sallied forth to the ice again,
+"for I warrant you will not be suffering from the cold in five minutes."
+
+When the teams took up their positions, it was discovered that Dan had
+fallen back to the center, and Hughie was at a loss to know how to meet
+this new disposition of the enemy's force.
+
+"Let them go on," said the master, with whom Hughie was holding a
+hurried consultation. "You stick to him, and we'll play defense till
+they develop their plan."
+
+The tactics of the Front became immediately apparent upon the drop of
+the ball, and proved to be what the master had foretold. No sooner had
+the game begun than the big defense men advanced with the centers to the
+attack, and when Hughie followed up his plan of sticking closely to Dan
+Munro and hampering him, he found Jimmie Ben upon him, swiping furiously
+with his club at his shins, with evident intention of intimidating
+him, as well as of relieving Dan from his attentions. But if Jimmie Ben
+thought by his noisy shouting and furious swiping to strike terror to
+the heart of the Twentieth captain, he entirely misjudged his man; for
+without seeking to give him back what he received in kind, Hughie played
+his game with such skill and pluck, that although he was considerably
+battered about the shins, he was nevertheless able to prevent Dan from
+making any of his dangerous rushes.
+
+Craven, meantime, if he noticed Hughie's hard case, was so fully
+occupied with the defense of the goal that he could give no thought to
+anything else. Shot after shot came in upon Thomas at close range,
+and so savage and reckless was the charge of the Front that their big
+defense men, Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben, abandoning their own positions,
+were foremost in the melee before the Twentieth goal.
+
+For fully fifteen minutes the ball was kept in the Twentieth territory,
+and only the steady coolness of Craven and Johnnie Big Duncan, backed
+by Hughie's persistent checking of the Front captain and the magnificent
+steadiness of Thomas in goal, saved the game.
+
+At length, as the fury of the charge began to expend itself a little,
+Craven got his chance. The ball had been passed out to Dan upon the left
+wing of the Front forward line. At once Hughie was upon him, but Jimmie
+Ben following hard, with a cruel swipe at Hughie's skates, laid him
+flat, but not until he had succeeded in hindering to some degree Dan's
+escape with the ball. Before the Front captain could make use of his
+advantage and get clear away, the master bore down upon him like a
+whirlwind, hurled him clear off his feet, secured the ball, dashed up
+the open field, and eluding the two centers, who had been instructed to
+cover the goal, easily shot between the balsam-trees.
+
+For a few moments the Twentieth men went mad, for they all felt that a
+crisis had been passed. The failure of the Front in what had evidently
+been a preconcerted and very general attack was accepted as an omen of
+victory.
+
+The Front men, on the other hand, were bitterly chagrined. They had come
+so near it, and yet had failed. Jimmie Ben was especially savage. He
+came down the ice toward the center, yelling defiance and threats of
+vengeance. "Come on here! Don't waste time. Let us at them. We'll knock
+them clear off the ice."
+
+It was Dan's drop. As he was preparing to face off, the master skated up
+and asked the umpire for time. At once the crowd gathered round.
+
+"What's the matter?" "What's up?" "What do you want?" came on all sides
+from the Front team, now thoroughly aroused and thirsting for vengeance.
+
+"Mr. Umpire," said the master, "I want to call your attention to a bit
+of foul play that must not be allowed to go on"; and then he described
+Jimmie Ben's furious attack upon Hughie.
+
+"It was a deliberate trip, as well as a savage swipe at a man's shins
+when the ball was not near."
+
+At once Jimmie Ben gave him the lie, and throwing down his club, slammed
+his cap upon the ice and proceeded to execute a war-dance about it.
+
+For a few moments there was a great uproar, and then the master's voice
+was heard again addressing the umpire.
+
+"I want to know your ruling upon this, Mr. Umpire"; and somehow his
+voice commanded a perfect stillness.
+
+"Well," said the umpire, hesitating, "of course--if a man trips it is
+foul play, but--I did not see any tripping. And of course--swiping at
+a man's shins is not allowed, although sometimes--it can't very well be
+helped in a scrimmage."
+
+"I merely want to call your attention to it," said the master. "My
+understanding of our arrangements, Mr. Munro," he said, addressing the
+Front captain, "is that we are here to play shinny. You have come up
+here, I believe, to win the game by playing shinny, and we are here to
+prevent you. If you have any other purpose, or if any of your men have
+any other purpose, we would be glad to know it now, for we entered this
+game with the intention of playing straight, clean shinny."
+
+"That's right!" called out Hec Ross; "that's what we're here for." And
+his answer was echoed on every side, except by Jimmie Ben, who continued
+to bluster and offer fight.
+
+"O, shut your gab!" finally said Farquhar Bheg, impatiently. "If you
+want to fight, wait till after the game is done."
+
+"Here's your cap, Jimmie," piped a thin, little voice. "You'll take cold
+in your head." It was little French Fusie, holding up Jimmie's cap on
+the end of his shinny club, and smiling with the utmost good nature, but
+with infinite impudence, into Jimmie's face.
+
+At once there was a general laugh at Jimmie Ben's expense, who with a
+growl, seized his cap, and putting it on his head, skated off to his
+place.
+
+"Now," said Hughie, calling his men together for a moment, "let us crowd
+them hard, and let's give the master every chance we can."
+
+"No," said the master, "they are waiting for me. Suppose you leave Dan
+to me for a while. You go up and play your forward combination. They are
+not paying so much attention to you. Make the attack from your wing."
+
+At the drop Dan secured the ball, and followed by Fusie, flew up the
+center with one of the Reds on either hand. Immediately the master
+crossed to meet him, checked him hard, and gave Fusie a chance, who,
+seizing the ball, passed far up to Hughie on the right.
+
+Immediately the Twentieth forward line rushed, and by a beautiful hit
+of combined play, brought the ball directly before the Front goal, when
+Don, holding it for a moment till Hughie charged in upon Farquhar Bheg,
+shot, and scored.
+
+The result of their combination at once inspired the Twentieth team with
+fresh confidence, and proved most disconcerting to their opponents.
+
+"That's the game, boys," said the master, delightedly. "Keep your heads,
+and play your positions." And so well did the forward line respond that
+for the next ten minutes the game was reduced to a series of attacks
+upon the Front goal, and had it not been for the dashing play of their
+captain and the heavy checking of the Front defense, the result would
+have been most disastrous to them.
+
+Meantime, the Twentieth supporters, lined along either edge, became more
+and more vociferous as they began to see that their men were getting the
+game well into their own hands. That steady, cool, systematic play of
+man to man was something quite new to those accustomed to the old style
+of game, and aroused the greatest enthusiasm.
+
+Gradually the Front were forced to fall back into their territory, and
+to play upon the defensive, while the master and Johnnie Big Duncan,
+moving up toward the center, kept their forward line so strongly
+supported, and checked so effectually any attempts to break through,
+that thick and fast the shots fell upon the enemy's goal.
+
+There remained only fifteen minutes to play. The hard pace was beginning
+to tell upon the big men, and the inevitable reaction following their
+unwise "celebrating" began to show itself in their stale and spiritless
+play. On the other hand, the Twentieth were as fresh as ever, and
+pressed the game with greater spirit every moment.
+
+"Play out toward the side," urged Dan, despairing of victory, but
+determined to avert defeat, and at every opportunity the ball was
+knocked out of play. But like wolves the Twentieth forwards were upon
+the ball, striving to keep it in play, and steadily forcing it toward
+the enemy's goal.
+
+Dan became desperate. He was wet with perspiration, and his breath was
+coming in hard gasps. He looked at his team. The little Reds were fit
+enough, but the others were jaded and pumped out. Behind him stood
+Jimmie Ben, savage, wet, and weary.
+
+At one of the pauses, when the ball was out of play, Dan dropped on his
+knee.
+
+"Hold on there a minute," he cried; "I want to fix this skate of mine."
+
+Very deliberately he removed his strap, readjusted his skate, and began
+slowly to set the strap in place again.
+
+"They want a rest, I guess. Better take off the time, umpire," sang out
+Fusie, dancing as lively as a cricket round Jimmie Ben, who looked as if
+he would like to devour him bodily.
+
+"Shut up, Fusie!" said Hughie. "We've got all the time we need."
+
+"You have, eh?" said Jimmie Ben, savagely.
+
+"Yes," said Hughie, in sudden anger, for he had not forgotten Jimmie
+Ben's cruel swipe. "We don't need any more time than we've got, and we
+don't need to play any dirty tricks, either. We're going to beat you.
+We've got you beaten now."
+
+"Blank your impudent face! Wait you! I'll show you!" said Jimmie Ben.
+
+"You can't scare me, Jimmie Ben," said Hughie, white with rage. "You
+tried your best and you couldn't do it."
+
+"Play the game, Hughie," said the master, in a low tone, skating round
+him, while Hec Ross said, good-naturedly, "Shut up Jimmie Ben. You'll
+need all your wind for your heels," at which all but Jimmie Ben laughed.
+
+For a moment Dan drew his men together.
+
+"Our only chance," he said, "is in a rush. Now, I want every man to make
+for that goal. Never mind the ball. I'll get the ball there. And then
+you, Jimmie Ben, and a couple of you centers, make right back here on
+guard."
+
+"They're going to rush," said Hughie to his team. "Don't all go back.
+Centers fall back with me. You forwards keep up."
+
+At the drop Dan secured the ball, and in a moment the Front rush came.
+With a simultaneous yell the whole ten men came roaring down the ice,
+waving their clubs and flinging aside their lightweight opponents. It
+was a dangerous moment, but with a cry of "All steady, boys!" Hughie
+threw himself right into Dan's way. But just for such a chance Jimmie
+Ben was watching, and rushing upon Hughie, caught him fairly with his
+shoulder and hurled him to the ice, while the attacking line swept over
+him.
+
+For a single moment Hughie lay dazed, but before any one could offer
+help he rose slowly, and after a few deep breaths, set off for the
+scrimmage.
+
+There was a wild five minutes. Eighteen or twenty men were massed in
+front of the Twentieth goal, striking, shoving, yelling, the solid
+weight of the Front defense forcing the ball ever nearer the goal. In
+the center of the mass were Craven, Johnnie Big Duncan, and Don fighting
+every inch.
+
+For a few moments Hughie hovered behind his goal, his heart full of
+black rage, waiting his chance. At length he saw an opening. Jimmie Ben,
+slashing heavily, regardless of injury to himself or any others, had
+edged the ball toward the Twentieth left. Taking a short run, Hughie,
+reckless of consequences, launched himself head first into Jimmie Ben's
+stomach, swiping viciously at the same time at the ball. For a moment
+Jimmie Ben was flung back, and but for Johnnie Big Duncan would have
+fallen, but before he could regain his feet, the ball was set free of
+the scrimmage and away. Fusie, rushing in, had snapped it up and had
+gone scuttling down the ice, followed by Hughie and the master.
+
+Before Fusie had got much past center, Dan, who had been playing in the
+rear of the scrimmage, overtook him, and with a fierce body check upset
+the little Frenchman and secured the ball. Wheeling, he saw both Hughie
+and Craven bearing down swiftly upon him.
+
+"Rush for the goal!" he shouted to Jimmie Ben, who was following Hughie
+hard. Jimmie Ben hesitated.
+
+"Back to your defense!" yelled Dan, cutting across and trying to escape
+between Hughie and Craven.
+
+It was in vain. Both of the Twentieth men fell upon him, and the master,
+snatching the ball, sped like lightning down the ice.
+
+The crowd went wild.
+
+"Get back! Get back there!" screamed Hughie to the mob crowding in upon
+the ice. "Give us room! Give us a show!"
+
+At this moment Craven, cornered by Hec Ross and two of the Red Shirts,
+with Dan hard upon his heels, passed clear across the ice to Hughie.
+With a swift turn Hughie caught the ball, dodged Jimmie Ben's fierce
+spring at him, and shot. But even as he shot, Jimmie Ben, recovering his
+balance, reached him and struck a hard, swinging blow upon his ankle.
+There was a sharp crack, and Hughie fell to the ice. The ball went wide.
+
+"Time, there, umpire!" cried the master, falling on his knees beside
+Hughie. "Are you hurt, Hughie?" he asked, eagerly. "What is it, my boy?"
+
+"Oh, master, it's broken, but don't stop. Don't let them stop. We must
+win this game. We've only a few minutes. Take me back to goal and send
+Thomas out."
+
+The eager, hurried whisper, the intense appeal in the white face and
+dark eyes, made the master hesitate in his emphatic refusal.
+
+"You can't--"
+
+"Oh, don't stop! Don't stop it for me," cried Hughie, gripping the
+master's arm. "Help me up and take me back."
+
+The master swore a fierce oath.
+
+"We'll do it, my boy. You're a trump. Here, Don," he called aloud,
+"we'll let Hughie keep goal for a little," and they ran Hughie back to
+the goal on one skate.
+
+"You go out, Thomas," gasped Hughie. "Don't talk. We've only five
+minutes."
+
+"They have broken his leg," said the master, with a sob in his voice.
+
+"Nothing wrong, I hope," said Dan, skating up.
+
+"No; play the game," said the master, fiercely. His black eyes were
+burning with a deep, red glow.
+
+"Is it hurting much?" asked Thomas, lingering about Hughie.
+
+"Oh, you just bet! But don't wait. Go on! Go on down! You've got to get
+this game!"
+
+Thomas glanced at the foot hanging limp, and then at the white but
+resolute face. Then saying with slow, savage emphasis, "The brute beast!
+As sure as death I'll do for him," he skated off to join the forward
+line.
+
+It was the Front knock-off from goal. There was no plan of attack, but
+the Twentieth team, looking upon the faces of the master and Thomas,
+needed no words of command.
+
+The final round was shot, short, sharp, fierce. A long drive from
+Farquhar Bheg sent the ball far up into the Twentieth territory. It was
+a bad play, for it gave Craven and Thomas their chance.
+
+"Follow me close, Thomas," cried the master, meeting the ball and
+setting off like a whirlwind.
+
+Past the little Reds, through the centers, and into the defense line
+he flashed, followed hard by Thomas. In vain Hec Ross tried to check,
+Craven was past him like the wind. There remained only Dan and Jimmie
+Ben. A few swift strides, and the master was almost within reach of
+Dan's club. With a touch of the ball to Thomas he charged into his
+waiting foe, flung him aside as he might a child, and swept on.
+
+"Take the man, Thomas," he cried, and Thomas, gathering himself up in
+two short, quick strikes, dashed hard upon Jimmie Ben, and hurled him
+crashing to the ice.
+
+"Take that, you brute, you!" he said, and followed after Craven.
+
+Only Farquhar Bheg was left.
+
+"Take no chances," cried Craven again. "Come on!" and both of them
+sweeping in upon the goal-keeper, lifted him clear through the goal and
+carried the ball with them.
+
+"Time!" called the umpire. The great game was won.
+
+Then, before the crowd had realized what had happened, and before they
+could pour in upon the ice, Craven skated back toward Jimmie Ben.
+
+"The game is over," he said, in a low, fierce tone. "You cowardly
+blackguard, you weren't afraid to hit a boy, now stand up to a man, if
+you dare."
+
+Jimmie Ben was no coward. Dropping his club he came eagerly forward, but
+no sooner had he got well ready than Craven struck him fair in the face,
+and before he could fall, caught him with a straight, swift blow on the
+chin, and lifting him clear off his skates, landed him back on his head
+and shoulders on the ice, where he lay with his toes quivering.
+
+"Serve him right," said Hec Ross.
+
+There was no more of it. The Twentieth crowds went wild with joy and
+rage, for their great game was won, and the news of what had befallen
+their captain had got round.
+
+"He took his city, though, Mrs. Murray," said the master, after the
+great supper in the manse that evening, as Hughie lay upon the sofa,
+pale, suffering, but happy. "And not only one, but a whole continent of
+them, and," he added, "the game as well."
+
+With sudden tears and a little break in her voice, the mother said,
+looking at her boy, "It was worth while taking the city, but I fear the
+game cost too much."
+
+"Oh, pshaw, mother," said Hughie, "it's only one bone, and I tell you
+that final round was worth a leg."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+THE RESULT
+
+
+"How many did you say, Craven, of those Glengarry men of yours?"
+Professor Gray was catechizing his nephew.
+
+"Ten of them, sir, besides the minister's son, who is going to take the
+full university course."
+
+"And all of them bound for the ministry?"
+
+"So they say. And judging by the way they take life, and the way, for
+instance, they play shinny, I have a notion they will see it through."
+
+"They come of a race that sees things through," answered the professor.
+"And this is the result of this Zion Hill Academy I have been hearing so
+much about?"
+
+"Well, sir, they put in a good year's work, I must say."
+
+"You might have done worse, sir. Indeed, you deserve great credit, sir."
+
+"I? Not a bit. I simply showed them what to do and how to do it. But
+there's a woman up there that the world ought to know about. For love of
+her--"
+
+"Oh, the world!" snorted the professor. "The world, sir! The Lord
+deliver us! It might do the world some good, I grant."
+
+"It is for love of her these men are in for the ministry."
+
+"You are wrong, sir. That is not their motive."
+
+"No, perhaps it is not. It would be unfair to say so, but yet she--"
+
+"I know, sir. I know, sir. Bless my soul, sir. I know her. I knew her
+before you were born. But--yes, yes--" the professor spoke as if to
+himself--"for love of her men would attempt great things. You have
+these names, Craven? Ah! Alexander Stewart, Donald Cameron, Thomas
+Finch--Finch, let me see--ah, yes, Finch. His mother died after a long
+illness. Yes, I remember. A very sad case, a very sad case, indeed."
+
+"And yet not so sad, sir," put in Craven. "At any rate, it did not
+seem so at the time. That night it seemed anything but sad. It was
+wonderful."
+
+The professor laid down his list and sat back in his chair.
+
+"Go on, sir," he said, gazing curiously at Craven. "I have heard a
+little about it. Let me see, it was the night of the great match, was it
+not?"
+
+"Did you know about that? Who told you about the match, sir?"
+
+"I hear a great many things, and in curious ways. But go on, sir, go
+on."
+
+Craven sat silent, and from the look in his eyes his thoughts were far
+away.
+
+"Well, sir, it's a thing I have never spoken about. It seems to me, if I
+may say so, something quite too sacred to speak of lightly."
+
+Again Craven paused, while the professor waited.
+
+"It was Hughie sent me there. There was a jubilation supper at
+the manse, you understand. Thomas Finch, the goal-keeper, you
+know--magnificent fellow, too--was not at the supper. A messenger had
+come for him, saying that his mother had taken a bad turn. Hughie was
+much disappointed, and they were all evidently anxious. I offered to
+drive over and inquire, and of course the minister's wife, though she
+had been on the go all day long, must needs go with me. I can never
+forget that night. I suppose you have noticed, sir, there are times
+when one is more sensitive to impressions from one's surroundings than
+others. There are times with me, too, when I seem to have a very vital
+kinship with nature. At any rate, during that drive nature seemed to get
+close to me. The dark, still forest, the crisp air, the frost sparkling
+in the starlight on the trees--it all seemed to be part of me. I fear I
+am not explaining myself."
+
+Craven paused again, and his eyes began to glow. The professor still
+waited.
+
+"When we reached the house we found them waiting for death. The
+minister's wife went in, I waited in the kitchen. By and by Billy Jack,
+that's her eldest son, you know, came out. 'She is asking for you,' he
+said, and I went in. I had often seen her before, and I rather think
+she liked me. You see, I had been able to help Thomas along pretty well,
+both in school and with his night work, and she was grateful for what I
+had done, absurdly grateful when one considers how little it was. I had
+seen death before, and it had always been ghastly, but there was nothing
+ghastly in death that night. The whole scene is before me now, I suppose
+always will be."
+
+His dead, black eyes were beginning to show their deep, red fire.
+
+The professor looked at him for a moment or two, and then said,
+"Proceed, if you please," and Craven drew a long breath, as if recalling
+himself, and went on.
+
+"The old man was there at one side, with his gray head down on the
+bed, his little girl kneeling beside him with her arm round his neck,
+opposite him the minister's wife, her face calm and steady, Billy Jack
+standing at the foot of the bed--he and little Jessac the only ones in
+the room who were weeping--and there at the head, Thomas, supporting
+his mother, now and then moistening her lips and giving her sips of
+stimulant, and so quick and steady, gentle as a woman, and smiling
+through it all. I could hardly believe it was the same big fellow who
+three hours before had carried the ball through the Front defense. I
+tell you, sir, it was wonderful.
+
+"There was no fuss or hysterical nonsense in that room. The mother lay
+there quite peaceful, pain all gone--and she had had enough of it in
+her day. She was quite a beautiful woman, too, in a way. Fine eyes,
+remarkable eyes, splendidly firm mouth, showing great nerve, I should
+say. All her life, I understand, she lived for others, and even now her
+thought was not of herself. When I came in she opened her eyes. They
+were like stars, actually shining, and her smile was like the sudden
+breaking of light through a cloud. She put out her hand for mine, and
+said--and I value these words, sir--'Mr. Craven, I give you a mither's
+thanks and a mither's blessing for a' you have done for ma laddie.' She
+was Lowland Scotch, you know. My voice went all to pieces. I tried to
+say it was nothing, but stuck. Thomas helped me out, and without a shake
+or quiver in his voice, he answered for me.
+
+"'Yes, indeed, mother, we'll not forget it.'
+
+"'And perhaps you can help him a bit still. He will be needing it,' she
+added.
+
+"I assure you, sir, that quiet steadiness of Thomas and herself braced
+me up, and I was able to make my promise. And then she said, with a look
+that somehow reminded me of the deep, starlit night outside, through
+which I had just come, 'And you, Mr. Craven, you will give your life to
+God?'
+
+"Again my voice failed me. It was so unexpected, and quite overwhelming.
+Once more Thomas answered for me.
+
+"'Yes, mother, he will, sure,' and she seemed to take it as my promise,
+for she smiled again at me, and closed her eyes.
+
+"I had read of triumphant death-bed scenes, and all that before, without
+taking much stock in them, but believe me, sir, that room was full of
+glory. The very faces of those people, it seemed to me, were alight. It
+may be imagination, but even now, as I think of it, it seems real. There
+were no farewells, no wailing, and at the very last, not even tears.
+Thomas, who had nursed her for more than a year, still supported her,
+the smile on his face to the end. And the end"--Craven's voice grew
+unsteady--"it is difficult to speak of. The minister's wife repeated the
+words about the house with many mansions, and those about the valley
+of the shadow, and said a little prayer, and then we all waited for the
+end--for myself, I confess with considerable fear and anxiety. I had
+no need to fear. After a long silence she sat up straight, and in her
+Scotch tongue, she said, with a kind of amazed joy in her tone, 'Ma
+fayther! Ma fayther! I am here.' Then she settled herself back in her
+son's arms, drew a deep breath, and was still. All through the night
+and next day the glory lingered round me. I went about as in a strange
+world. I am afraid you will be thinking me foolish, sir."
+
+The stern old professor was openly wiping his eyes. He seemed quite
+unable to find his voice. At length he took up the list again, and began
+to read it mechanically.
+
+"What! What's this?" he said, suddenly, pointing to a name on the list.
+
+"That, sir, is John Craven."
+
+"Do you mean that you, too--"
+
+"Yes, I mean it, if you think I am fit."
+
+"Fit, Jack, my boy! None of us are fit. But what--how did this come?"
+The professor blew his nose like a trumpet.
+
+"That I can hardly tell myself," said Craven, with a kind of wonder
+in his voice; "but at any rate it is the result of my Glengarry School
+Days."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GLENGARRY SCHOOLDAYS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 3243.txt or 3243.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/4/3243/
+
+Produced by Donald Lainson
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/3243.zip b/old/3243.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b524b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/3243.zip
diff --git a/old/ggysd10.txt b/old/ggysd10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae323c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/ggysd10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7775 @@
+Project Gutenberg Etext of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+#3 in our series by Ralph Connor
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers.  Do not remove this.
+
+This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book.
+Do not change or edit it without written permission.  The words
+are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they
+need about what they can legally do with the texts.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below.  We need your donations.
+
+Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Texas, Nevada, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, South Dakota,
+Iowa, Indiana, and Vermont. As the requirements for other states
+are met, additions to this list will be made and fund raising will
+begin in the additional states. These donations should be made to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655
+
+
+Title:  Glengarry Schooldays
+
+Author:  Ralph Connor
+
+Release Date:  April, 2002  [Etext #3243]
+[Date first released: 02/28/01]
+[We are about one year ahead of schedule]
+
+Edition:  10
+
+Project Gutenberg Etext of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+******This file should be named ggysd10.txt or ggysd10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, ggysd11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, ggysd10a.txt
+
+This etext was prepared by Donald Lainson, charlie@idirect.com.
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included.  Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after
+the official publication date.
+
+Please note:  neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+
+Those of you who want to download our Etexts before announcment
+can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://metalab.unc.edu/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext02
+or
+ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext02
+
+Or /etext01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.  This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext
+files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001.  [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding.
+
+Something is needed to create a future for Project Gutenberg for
+the next 100 years.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Texas, Nevada, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, South Dakota,
+Iowa, Indiana, and Vermont. As the requirements for other states
+are met, additions to this list will be made and fund raising will
+begin in the additional states.
+
+All donations should be made to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and will be tax deductible to the extent
+permitted by law.
+
+Mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Avenue
+Oxford, MS 38655  [USA]
+
+We are working with the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation to build more stable support and ensure the
+future of Project Gutenberg.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+You can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email.
+
+
+Example command-line FTP session:
+
+ftp metalab.unc.edu
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext01, etc.
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.??  [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here?  You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault.  So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you.  It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement.  If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from.  If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works.  Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects".  Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from.  If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy.  If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS".  NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     etext or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+     cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain etexts, and royalty free copyright licenses.
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.07.00*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+This etext was prepared by Donald Lainson, charlie@idirect.com.
+
+
+
+
+
+GLENGARRY SCHOOLDAYS
+
+A STORY OF THE EARLY DAYS IN GLENGARRY
+
+
+by RALPH CONNOR
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+I.  THE SPELLING-MATCH
+
+II.  THE DEEPOLE
+
+III.  THE EXAMINATION
+
+IV.  THE NEW MASTER
+
+V.  THE CRISIS
+
+VI.  "ONE THAT RULETH WELL HIS OWN HOUSE"
+
+VII.  FOXY
+
+VIII.  FOXY'S PARTNER
+
+IX.  HUGHIE'S EMANCIPATION
+
+X.  THE BEAR HUNT
+
+XI.  JOHN CRAVEN'S METHOD
+
+XII.  THE DOWNFALL
+
+XIII.  THE FIRST ROUND
+
+XIV.  THE FINAL ROUND
+
+XV.  THE RESULT
+
+
+
+GLENGARRY SCHOOL DAYS
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE SPELLING-MATCH
+
+
+The "Twentieth" school was built of logs hewn on two sides.  The
+cracks were chinked and filled with plaster, which had a curious
+habit of falling out during the summer months, no one knew how; but
+somehow the holes always appeared on the boys' side, and being
+there, were found to be most useful, for as looking out of the
+window was forbidden, through these holes the boys could catch
+glimpses of the outer world--glimpses worth catching, too, for all
+around stood the great forest, the playground of boys and girls
+during noon-hour and recesses; an enchanted land, peopled, not by
+fairies, elves, and other shadowy beings of fancy, but with living
+things, squirrels, and chipmunks, and weasels, chattering ground-
+hogs, thumping rabbits, and stealthy foxes, not to speak of a host
+of flying things, from the little gray-bird that twittered its
+happy nonsense all day, to the big-eyed owl that hooted solemnly
+when the moon came out.  A wonderful place this forest, for
+children to live in, to know, and to love, and in after days to
+long for.
+
+It was Friday afternoon, and the long, hot July day was drawing to
+a weary close.  Mischief was in the air, and the master, Archibald
+Munro, or "Archie Murro," as the boys called him, was holding
+himself in with a very firm hand, the lines about his mouth showing
+that he was fighting back the pain which had never quite left him
+from the day he had twisted his knee out of joint five years ago,
+in a wrestling match, and which, in his weary moments, gnawed into
+his vitals.  He hated to lose his grip of himself, for then he knew
+he should have to grow stern and terrifying, and rule these young
+imps in the forms in front of him by what he called afterwards, in
+his moments of self-loathing, "sheer brute force," and that he
+always counted a defeat.
+
+Munro was a born commander.  His pale, intellectual face, with its
+square chin and firm mouth, its noble forehead and deep-set gray
+eyes, carried a look of such strength and indomitable courage that
+no boy, however big, ever thought of anything but obedience when
+the word of command came.  He was the only master who had ever been
+able to control, without at least one appeal to the trustees, the
+stormy tempers of the young giants that used to come to school in
+the winter months.
+
+The school never forgot the day when big Bob Fraser "answered back"
+in class.  For, before the words were well out of his lips, the
+master, with a single stride, was in front of him, and laying two
+swift, stinging cuts from the rawhide over big Bob's back,
+commanded, "Hold out your hand!" in a voice so terrible, and with
+eyes of such blazing light, that before Bob was aware, he shot out
+his hand and stood waiting the blow.  The school never, in all its
+history, received such a thrill as the next few moments brought;
+for while Bob stood waiting, the master's words fell clear-cut upon
+the dead silence, "No, Robert, you are too big to thrash.  You are
+a man.  No man should strike you--and I apologize."  And then big
+Bob forgot his wonted sheepishness and spoke out with a man's
+voice, "I am sorry I spoke back, sir."  And then all the girls
+began to cry and wipe their eyes with their aprons, while the
+master and Bob shook hands silently.  From that day and hour Bob
+Fraser would have slain any one offering to make trouble for the
+master, and Archibald Munro's rule was firmly established.
+
+He was just and impartial in all his decisions, and absolute in his
+control; and besides, he had the rare faculty of awakening in his
+pupils an enthusiasm for work inside the school and for sports
+outside.
+
+But now he was holding himself in, and with set teeth keeping back
+the pain.  The week had been long and hot and trying, and this day
+had been the worst of all.  Through the little dirty panes of the
+uncurtained windows the hot sun had poured itself in a flood of
+quivering light all the long day.  Only an hour remained of the
+day, but that hour was to the master the hardest of all the week.
+The big boys were droning lazily over their books, the little boys,
+in the forms just below his desk, were bubbling over with spirits--
+spirits of whose origin there was no reasonable ground for doubt.
+
+Suddenly Hughie Murray, the minister's boy, a very special imp,
+held up his hand.
+
+"Well, Hughie," said the master, for the tenth time within the hour
+replying to the signal.
+
+"Spelling-match!"
+
+The master hesitated.  It would be a vast relief, but it was a
+little like shirking.  On all sides, however, hands went up in
+support of Hughie's proposal, and having hesitated, he felt he must
+surrender or become terrifying at once.
+
+"Very well," he said; "Margaret Aird and Thomas Finch will act as
+captains."  At once there was a gleeful hubbub.  Slates and books
+were slung into desks.
+
+"Order! or no spelling-match."  The alternative was awful enough to
+quiet even the impish Hughie, who knew the tone carried no idle
+threat, and who loved a spelling-match with all the ardor of his
+little fighting soul.
+
+The captains took their places on each side of the school, and with
+careful deliberation, began the selecting of their men, scanning
+anxiously the rows of faces looking at the maps or out of the
+windows and bravely trying to seem unconcerned.  Chivalry demanded
+that Margaret should have first choice.  "Hughie Murray!" called
+out Margaret; for Hughie, though only eight years old, had
+preternatural gifts in spelling; his mother's training had done
+that for him.  At four he knew every Bible story by heart, and
+would tolerate no liberties with the text; at six he could read the
+third reader; at eight he was the best reader in the fifth; and to
+do him justice, he thought no better of himself for that.  It was
+no trick to read.  If he could only run, and climb, and swim, and
+dive, like the big boys, then he would indeed feel uplifted; but
+mere spelling and reading, "Huh! that was nothing."
+
+"Ranald Macdonald!" called Thomas Finch, and a big, lanky boy of
+fifteen or sixteen rose and marched to his place.  He was a boy one
+would look at twice.  He was far from handsome.  His face was long,
+and thin, and dark, with a straight nose, and large mouth, and high
+cheek-bones; but he had fine black eyes, though they were fierce,
+and had a look in them that suggested the woods and the wild things
+that live there.  But Ranald, though his attendance was spasmodic,
+and dependent upon the suitability or otherwise of the weather for
+hunting, was the best speller in the school.
+
+For that reason Margaret would have chosen him, and for another
+which she would not for worlds have confessed, even to herself.
+And do you think she would have called Ranald Macdonald to come and
+stand up beside her before all these boys?  Not for the glory of
+winning the match and carrying the medal for a week.  But how
+gladly would she have given up glory and medal for the joy of it,
+if she had dared.
+
+At length the choosing was over, and the school ranged in two
+opposing lines, with Margaret and Thomas at the head of their
+respective forces, and little Jessie MacRae and Johnnie Aird, with
+a single big curl on the top of his head, at the foot.  It was a
+point of honor that no blood should be drawn at the first round.
+To Thomas, who had second choice, fell the right of giving the
+first word.  So to little Jessie, at the foot, he gave "Ox."
+
+"O-x, ox," whispered Jessie, shyly dodging behind her neighbor.
+
+"In!" said Margaret to Johnnie Aird.
+
+"I-s, in," said Johnnie, stoutly.
+
+"Right!" said the master, silencing the shout of laughter.  "Next
+word."
+
+With like gentle courtesies the battle began; but in the second
+round the little A, B, C's were ruthlessly swept off the field with
+second-book words, and retired to their seats in supreme
+exultation, amid the applause of their fellows still left in the
+fight.  After that there was no mercy.  It was a give-and-take
+battle, the successful speller having the right to give the word to
+the opposite side.  The master was umpire, and after his "Next!"
+had fallen there was no appeal.  But if a mistake were made, it was
+the opponent's part and privilege to correct with all speed, lest a
+second attempt should succeed.
+
+Steadily, and amid growing excitement, the lines grew less, till
+there were left on one side, Thomas, with Ranald supporting him,
+and on the other Margaret, with Hughie beside her, his face pale,
+and his dark eyes blazing with the light of battle.
+
+Without varying fortune the fight went on.  Margaret, still serene,
+and with only a touch of color in her face, gave out her words with
+even voice, and spelled her opponent's with calm deliberation.
+Opposite her Thomas stood, stolid, slow, and wary.  He had no
+nerves to speak of, and the only chance of catching him lay in
+lulling him off to sleep.
+
+They were now among the deadly words.
+
+"Parallelopiped!" challenged Hughie to Ranald, who met it easily,
+giving Margaret "hyphen" in return.
+
+"H-y-p-h-e-n," spelled Margaret, and then, with cunning
+carelessness, gave Thomas "heifer."  ("Hypher," she called it.)
+
+Thomas took it lightly.
+
+"H-e-i-p-h-e-r."
+
+Like lightning Hughie was upon him.  "H-e-i-f-e-r."
+
+"F-e-r," shouted Thomas.  The two yells came almost together.
+
+There was a deep silence.  All eyes were turned upon the master.
+
+"I think Hughie was first," he said, slowly.  A great sigh swept
+over the school, and then a wave of applause.
+
+The master held up his hand.
+
+"But it was so very nearly a tie, that if Hughie is willing--"
+
+"All right, sir," cried Hughie, eager for more fight.
+
+But Thomas, in sullen rage, strode to his seat muttering, "I was
+just as soon anyway."  Every one heard and waited, looking at the
+master.
+
+"The match is over," said the master, quietly.  Great disappointment
+showed in every face.
+
+"There is just one thing better than winning, and that is, taking
+defeat like a man."  His voice was grave, and with just a touch of
+sadness.  The children, sensitive to moods, as is the characteristic
+of children, felt the touch and sat subdued and silent.
+
+There was no improving of the occasion, but with the same sad
+gravity the school was dismissed; and the children learned that day
+one of life's golden lessons--that the man who remains master of
+himself never knows defeat.
+
+The master stood at the door watching the children go down the
+slope to the road, and then take their ways north and south, till
+the forest hid them from his sight.
+
+"Well," he muttered, stretching up his arms and drawing a great
+breath, "it's over for another week.  A pretty near thing, though."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE DEEPOLE
+
+
+Archibald Munro had a steady purpose in life--to play the man, and
+to allow no pain of his--and pain never left him long--to spoil his
+work, or to bring a shadow to the life of any other.  And though he
+had his hard times, no one who could not read the lines about his
+mouth ever knew how hard they were.
+
+It was this struggle for self-mastery that made him the man he was,
+and taught him the secrets of nobleness that he taught his pupils
+with their three "R's"; and this was the best of his work for the
+Twentieth school.
+
+North and south in front of the school the road ran through the
+deep forest of great pines, with underbrush of balsam and spruce
+and silver-birch; but from this main road ran little blazed paths
+that led to the farm clearings where lay the children's homes.
+Here and there, set in their massive frames of dark green forest,
+lay the little farms, the tiny fenced fields surrounding the little
+log houses and barns.  These were the homes of a people simple of
+heart and manners, but sturdy, clean living, and clear thinking,
+with their brittle Highland courage toughened to endurance by their
+long fight with the forest, and with a self-respect born of victory
+over nature's grimmest of terrors.
+
+A mile straight south of the school stood the manse, which was
+Hughie's home; two miles straight west Ranald lived; and Thomas
+Finch two miles north; while the other lads ought to have taken
+some of the little paths that branched east from the main road.
+But this evening, with one accord, the boys chose a path that led
+from the school-house clearing straight southwest through the
+forest.
+
+What a path that was!  Beaten smooth with the passing of many bare
+feet, it wound through the brush and round the big pines, past the
+haunts of squirrels, black, gray, and red, past fox holes and
+woodchuck holes, under birds' nests and bee-trees, and best of all,
+it brought up at last at the Deep Hole, or "Deepole," as the boys
+called it.
+
+There were many reasons why the boys should have gone straight
+home.  They were expected home.  There were cows to get up from the
+pasture and to milk, potatoes that needed hoeing, gardens to weed,
+not to speak of messages and the like.  But these were also
+excellent reasons why the boys should unanimously choose the cool,
+smooth-beaten, sweet-scented, shady path that wound and twisted
+through the trees and brush, but led straight to the Deepole.
+Besides, this was Friday night, it was hot, and they were tired
+out; the mere thought of the long walk home was intolerable.  The
+Deepole was only two miles away, and "There was lots of time" for
+anything else.  So, with wild whoops, they turned into the shady
+path and sped through the forest, the big boys in front, with
+Ranald easily leading, for there was no runner so swift and
+tireless in all the country-side, and Hughie, with the small boys,
+panting behind.
+
+On they went, a long, straggling, yelling line, down into the cedar
+swamp, splashing through the "Little Crick" and up again over the
+beech ridge, where, in the open woods, the path grew indistinct and
+was easy to lose; then again among the great pines, where the
+underbrush was so thick that you could not tell what might be just
+before, till they pulled up at the old Lumber Camp.  The boys
+always paused at the ruins of the old Lumber Camp.  A ruin is ever
+a place of mystery, but to the old Lumber Camp attached an awful
+dread, for behind it, in the thickest part of the underbrush, stood
+the cabin of Alan Gorrach.
+
+Alan's was a name of terror among all the small children of the
+section.  Mothers hushed their crying with, "Alan Gorrach will get
+you."  Alan was a small man, short in the legs, but with long,
+swinging, sinewy arms.  He had a gypsy face, and tangled, long,
+black hair; and as he walked through the forest he might be heard
+talking to himself, with wild gesticulations.  He was an itinerant
+cooper by trade, and made for the farmers' wives their butter-tubs
+and butter-ladles, mincing-bowls and coggies, and for the men,
+whip-stalks, axe handles, and the like.  But in the boys' eyes he
+was guilty of a horrible iniquity.  He was a dog-killer.  His chief
+business was the doing away with dogs of ill-repute in the country;
+vicious dogs, sheep-killing dogs, egg-sucking dogs, were committed
+to Alan's dread custody, and often he would be seen leading off his
+wretched victims to his den in the woods, whence they never
+returned.  It was a current report that he ate them, too.  No
+wonder the boys regarded him with horror mingled with fearful awe.
+
+In broad day, upon the high road, the small boys would boldly fling
+taunts and stones at Alan, till he would pull out his long, sharp
+cooper's knife and make at them.  But if they met him in the woods
+they would walk past in trembling and respectful silence, or slip
+off into hiding in the bush, till he was out of sight.
+
+It was always part of the programme in the exploring of the Lumber
+Camp for the big boys to steal down the path to Alan's cabin, and
+peer fearfully through the brush, and then come rushing back to the
+little boys waiting in the clearing, and crying in terror-stricken
+stage whispers, "He's coming!  He's coming!" set off again through
+the bush like hunted deer, followed by the panting train of
+youngsters, with their small hearts thumping hard against their
+ribs.
+
+In a few minutes the pine woods, with its old Lumber Camp and
+Alan's fearsome cabin, were left behind; and then down along the
+flats where the big elms were, and the tall ash-trees, and the
+alders, the flying, panting line sped on in a final dash, for they
+could smell the river.  In a moment more they were at the Deepole.
+
+O! that Deepole!  Where the big creek took a great sweep around
+before it tore over the rapids and down into the gorge.  It was
+always in cool shade; the great fan-topped elm-trees hung far out
+over it, and the alders and the willows edged its banks.  How cool
+and clear the dark brown waters looked!  And how beautiful the
+golden mottling on their smooth, flowing surface, where the sun
+rained down through the over-spreading elm boughs!  And the grassy
+sward where the boys tore off their garments, and whence they raced
+and plunged, was so green and firm and smooth under foot!  And the
+music of the rapids down in the gorge, and the gurgle of the water
+where it sucked in under the jam of dead wood before it plunged
+into the boiling pool farther down!  Not that the boys made note of
+all these delights accessory to the joys of the Deepole itself, but
+all these helped to weave the spell that the swimming-hole cast
+over them.  Without the spreading elms, without the mottled, golden
+light upon the cool, deep waters, and without the distant roar of
+the little rapid, and the soft gurgle at the jam, the Deepole would
+still have been a place of purest delight, but I doubt if, without
+these, it would have stolen in among their day dreams in after
+years, on hot, dusty, weary days, with power to waken in them a
+vague pain and longing for the sweet, cool woods and the clear,
+brown waters.  Oh, for one plunge!  To feel the hug of the waters,
+their soothing caress, their healing touch!  These boys are men
+now, such as are on the hither side of the darker river, but not a
+man of them can think, on a hot summer day, of that cool, shaded,
+mottled Deepole, without a longing in his heart and a lump in his
+throat.
+
+The last quarter of a mile was always a dead race, for it was a
+point of distinction to be the first to plunge, and the last few
+seconds of the race were spent in the preliminaries of the
+disrobing.  A single brace slipped off the shoulder, a flutter of a
+shirt over the head, a kick of the trousers, and whoop! plunge!
+"Hurrah! first in."  The little boys always waited to admire the
+first series of plunges, for there were many series before the hour
+was over, and then they would off to their own crossing, going
+through a similar performance on a small scale.
+
+What an hour it was!  What contests of swimming and diving!  What
+water fights and mud fights!  What careering of figures, stark
+naked, through the rushes and trees!  What larks and pranks!
+
+And then the little boys would dress.  A simple process, but more
+difficult by far than the other, for the trousers would stick to
+the wet feet--no boy would dream of a towel, nor dare to be guilty
+of such a piece of "stuck-upness"--and the shirt would get wrong
+side out, or would bundle round the neck, or would cling to the wet
+shoulders till they had to get on their knees almost to squirm into
+it.  But that over, all was over.  The brace, or if the buttons
+were still there, the braces were easily jerked up on the shoulders,
+and there you were.  Coats, boots, and stockings were superfluous,
+collars and ties utterly despised.
+
+Then the little ones would gather on the grassy bank to watch the
+big ones get out, which was a process worth watching.
+
+"Well, I'm going out, boys," one would say.
+
+"Oh, pshaw! let's have another plunge."
+
+"All right.  But it's the last, though."
+
+Then a long stream of naked figures would scramble up the bank and
+rush for the last place.  "First out, last in," was the rule, for
+the boys would much rather jump on some one else than be jumped on
+themselves.  After the long line of naked figures had vanished into
+the boiling water, one would be seen quietly stealing out and up
+the bank kicking his feet clean as he stepped off the projecting
+root onto the grass, when, plunk! a mud ball caught him, and back
+he must come.  It took them full two hours to escape clean from the
+water, and woe betide the boy last out.  On all sides stood boys,
+little and big, with mud balls ready to fling, till, out of sheer
+pity, he would be allowed to come forth clean.  Then, when all were
+dressed, and blue and shivering--for two amphibious hours, even on
+a July day, make one blue--more games would begin, leap-frog, or
+tag, or jumping, or climbing trees, till they were warm enough to
+set out for home.
+
+It was as the little ones were playing tag that Hughie came to
+grief.  He was easily king of his company and led the game.  Quick
+as a weasel, swift and wary, he was always the last to be caught.
+Around the trees, and out and in among the big boys, he led the
+chase, much to Tom Finch's disgust, who had not forgotten the
+spelling-match incident.  Not that he cared for the defeat, but he
+still felt the bite in the master's final words, and he carried a
+grudge against the boy who had been the occasion of his humiliation.
+
+"Keep off!" he cried, angrily, as Hughie swung himself round him.
+But Hughie paid no heed to Tom's growl, unless, indeed, to repeat
+his offense, with the result that, as he flew off, Tom caught him a
+kick that hastened his flight and laid him flat on his back amid
+the laughter of the boys.
+
+"Tom," said Hughie, gravely and slowly, so that they all stood
+listening, "do you know what you kick like?"
+
+The boys stood waiting.
+
+"A h-e-i-p-h-e-r."
+
+In a moment Tom had him by the neck, and after a cuff or two, sent
+him flying, with a warning to keep to himself.
+
+But Hughie, with a saucy answer, was off again on his game,
+circling as near Tom Finch as he dared, and being as exasperating
+as possible, till Tom looked as if he would like a chance to pay
+him off.  The chance came, for Hughie, leading the "tag," came
+flying past Tom and toward the water.  Hardly realizing what he was
+doing, Tom stuck out his foot and caught him flying past, and
+before any one knew how it had happened, poor Hughie shot far out
+into the Deepole, lighting fair on his stomach.  There was a great
+shout of laughter, but in a moment every one was calling, "Swim,
+Hughie!"  "Keep your hands down!"  "Don't splash like that, you
+fool!"  "Paddle underneath!"  But Hughie was far too excited or too
+stunned by his fall to do anything but splash and sputter, and
+sink, and rise again, only to sink once more.  In a few moments the
+affair became serious.
+
+The small boys began to cry, and some of the bigger ones to
+undress, when there was a cry from the elm-tree overhanging the
+water.
+
+"Run out that board, Don.  Quick!"
+
+It was Ranald, who had been swinging up in the highest branches,
+and had seen what had happened, and was coming down from limb to
+limb like a squirrel.  As he spoke, he dropped from the lowest limb
+into the water close to where Hughie was splashing wildly.
+
+In an instant, as he rose to the surface, Hughie's arms went round
+his neck and pulled his head under water.  But he was up again, and
+tugging at Hughie's hands, he cried:
+
+"Don't, Hughie! let go!  I'll pull you out.  Let go!"  But Hughie,
+half-insensible with terror and with the water he had gulped in,
+clung with a death-grip.
+
+"Hughie!" gasped Ranald, "you'll drown us both.  Oh, Hughie man,
+let me pull you out, can't you?"
+
+Something in the tone caught Hughie's ear, and he loosed his hold,
+and Ranald, taking him under the chin, looked round for the board.
+
+By this time Don Cameron was in the water and working the board
+slowly toward the gasping boys.  But now a new danger threatened.
+The current had gradually carried them toward the log jam, under
+which the water sucked to the falls below.  Once under the jam, no
+power on earth could save.
+
+"Hurry up, Don!" called out Ranald, anxiously.  Then, feeling
+Hughie beginning to clutch again, he added, cheerily, "It's all
+right.  You'll get us."  But his face was gray and his eyes were
+staring, for over his shoulder he could see the jam and he could
+feel the suck of the water on his legs.
+
+"Oh, Ranald, you can't do it," sobbed Hughie.  "Will I paddle
+underneath?"
+
+"Yes, yes, paddle hard, Hughie," said Ranald, for the jam was just
+at his back.
+
+But as he spoke, there was a cry, "Ranald, catch it!"  Over the
+slippery logs of the jam came Tom Finch pushing out a plank.
+
+"Catch it!" he cried, "I'll hold this end solid."  And Ranald
+caught and held fast, and the boys on the bank gave a mighty shout.
+Soon Don came up with his board, and Tom, catching the end, hauled
+it up on the rolling logs.
+
+"Hold steady there now!" cried Tom, lying at full length upon the
+logs; "we'll get you in a minute."
+
+By this time the other boys had pulled a number of boards and
+planks out of the jam, and laying them across the logs, made a kind
+of raft upon which the exhausted swimmers were gradually hauled,
+and then brought safe to shore.
+
+"Oh, Ranald," said Tom, almost weeping, "I didn't mean to--I never
+thought--I'm awfully sorry."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Ranald, who was taking off Hughie's shirt
+preparatory to wringing it, "I know.  Besides, it was you who
+pulled us out.  You were doing your best, Don, of course, but we
+would have gone under the jam but for Tom."
+
+For ten minutes the boys stood going over again the various
+incidents in the recent dramatic scene, extolling the virtues of
+Ranald, Don, and Thomas in turn, and imitating, with screams of
+laughter, Hughie's gulps and splashings while he was fighting for
+his life.  It was their way of expressing their emotions of
+gratitude and joy, for Hughie was dearly loved by all, though no
+one would have dared to manifest such weakness.
+
+As they were separating, Hughie whispered to Ranald, "Come home
+with me, Ranald.  I want you."  And Ranald, looking down into the
+little white face, went.  It would be many a day before he would
+get rid of the picture of the white face, with the staring black
+eyes, floating on the dark brown water beside him, and that was why
+he went.
+
+When they reached the path to the manse clearing Ranald and Hughie
+were alone.  For some minutes Hughie followed Ranald in silence on
+a dog-trot, through the brule, dodging round stumps and roots and
+climbing over fallen trees, till they came to the pasture-field.
+
+"Hold on, Ranald," panted Hughie, putting on a spurt and coming up
+even with his leader.
+
+"Are you warm enough?" asked Ranald, looking down at the little
+flushed face.
+
+"You bet!"
+
+"Are you dry?"
+
+"Huh, huh."
+
+"Indeed, you are not too dry," said Ranald, feeling his wet shirt
+and trousers, "and your mother will be wondering."
+
+"I'll tell her," said Hughie, in a tone of exulting anticipation.
+
+"What!" Ranald stood dead still.
+
+"I'll tell her," replied Hughie.  "She'll be awful glad.  And
+she'll be awful thankful to you, Ranald."
+
+Ranald looked at him in amazement.
+
+"I think I will jist be going back now," he said, at length.  But
+Hughie seized him.
+
+"Oh, Ranald, you must come with me."
+
+He had pictured himself telling his mother of Ranald's exploit, and
+covering his hero with glory.  But this was the very thing that
+Ranald dreaded and hated, and was bound to prevent.
+
+"You will not be going to the Deepole again, I warrant you," Ranald
+said, with emphasis.
+
+"Not go to the Deepole?"
+
+"No, indeed.  Your mother will put an end to that sort of thing."
+
+"Mother!  Why not?"
+
+"She will not be wanting to have you drowned."
+
+Hughie laughed scornfully.  "You don't know my mother.  She's not
+afraid of--of anything."
+
+"But she will be telling your father."
+
+This was a matter serious enough to give Hughie pause.  His father
+might very likely forbid the Deepole.
+
+"There is no need for telling," suggested Ranald.  "And I will just
+go in for a minute."
+
+"Will you stay for supper?"
+
+Ranald shook his head.  The manse kitchen was a bright place, and
+to see the minister's wife and to hear her talk was to Ranald pure
+delight.  But then, Hughie might tell, and that would be too awful
+to bear.
+
+"Do, Ranald," pleaded Hughie.  "I'll not tell."
+
+"I am not so sure."
+
+"Sure as death!"
+
+Still Ranald hesitated.  Hughie grew desperate.
+
+"God may kill me on the spot!" he cried, using the most binding of
+all oaths known to the boys.  This was satisfactory, and Ranald
+went.
+
+But Hughie was not skilled in deceiving, and especially in deceiving
+his mother.  They were great friends, and Hughie shared all his
+secrets with her and knew that they were safe, unless they ought to
+be told.  And so, when he caught sight of his mother waiting for him
+before the door, he left Ranald, and thrilling with the memory of
+the awful peril through which he had passed, rushed at her, and
+crying, "Oh, mother!" he flung himself into her arms. "I am so glad
+to see you again!"
+
+"Why, Hughie, my boy, what's the matter?" said his mother, holding
+her arms tight about him.  "And you are all wet!  What is it?"  But
+Hughie held her fast, struggling with himself.
+
+"What is it?" she asked again, turning to Ranald.
+
+"We were running pretty fast--and it is a hot day--and--"  But the
+clear gray-brown eyes were upon him, and Ranald found it difficult
+to go on.
+
+"Oh, mother, you mustn't ask," cried Hughie; "I promised not to
+tell."
+
+"Not to tell me, Hughie?"  The surprise in the voice was quite too
+much for Hughie.
+
+"Oh, mother, we did not want to frighten you--and--I promised."
+
+"Then you must keep your promise.  Come away in, my boy.  Come in,
+Ranald."
+
+It was her boy's first secret from her.  Ranald saw the look of
+pain in the sweet face, and could not endure it.
+
+"It was just nothing, Mrs. Murray," he began.
+
+"Did you promise, too, Ranald?"
+
+"No, that I did not.  And there is nothing much to tell, only
+Hughie fell into the Deepole and the boys pulled him out!"
+
+"Oh, mother!" exclaimed Hughie, "it was Ranald.  He jumped right
+down from the tree right into the water, and kept me up.  You told
+yourself, Ranald," he continued, delighted to be relieved of his
+promise; and on he went to give his mother, in his most picturesque
+style, a description of the whole scene, while Ranald stood looking
+miserable and ashamed.
+
+"And Ranald was ashamed for me to tell you, and besides, he said
+you wouldn't let me go to the Deepole again.  But you will, won't
+you mother?  And you won't tell father, will you?"
+
+The mother stood listening, with face growing whiter and whiter,
+till he was done.  Then she stooped down over the eager face for
+some moments, whispering, "My darling, my darling," and then coming
+to Ranald she held her hand on his shoulder for a moment, while she
+said, in a voice bravely struggling to be calm, "God reward you,
+Ranald.  God grant my boy may always have so good and brave a
+friend when he needs."
+
+And from that day Ranald's life was different, for he had bound to
+him by a tie that nothing could ever break, a friend whose
+influence followed him, and steadied and lifted him up to
+greatness, long after the grave had hidden her from men's sight.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE EXAMINATION
+
+
+The two years of Archibald Munro's regime were the golden age of
+the school, and for a whole generation "The Section" regarded that
+period as the standard for comparison in the following years.
+Munro had a genius for making his pupils work.  They threw
+themselves with enthusiasm into all they undertook--studies,
+debate nights, games, and in everything the master was the source
+of inspiration.
+
+And now his last examination day had come, and the whole Section
+was stirred with enthusiasm for their master, and with grief at his
+departure.
+
+The day before examination was spent in "cleaning the school."
+This semi-annual event, which always preceded the examination, was
+almost as enjoyable as the examination day itself, if indeed it was
+not more so.  The school met in the morning for a final polish for
+the morrow's recitations.  Then after a speech by the master the
+little ones were dismissed and allowed to go home though they never
+by any chance took advantage of this permission.  Then the master
+and the bigger boys and girls set to work to prepare the school for
+the great day.  The boys were told off in sections, some to get dry
+cedar boughs from the swamp for the big fire outside, over which
+the iron sugar-kettle was swung to heat the scrubbing water; others
+off into the woods for balsam-trees for the evergreen decorations;
+others to draw water and wait upon the scrubbers.
+
+It was a day of delightful excitement, but this year there was
+below the excitement a deep, warm feeling of love and sadness, as
+both teacher and pupils thought of to-morrow.  There was an
+additional thrill to the excitement, that the master was to be
+presented with a gold watch and chain, and that this had been kept
+a dead secret from him.
+
+What a day it was!  With wild whoops the boys went off for the dry
+cedar and the evergreens, while the girls, looking very housewifely
+with skirts tucked back and sleeves rolled up, began to sweep and
+otherwise prepare the room for scrubbing.
+
+The gathering of the evergreens was a delightful labor.  High up
+in the balsam-trees the more daring boys would climb, and then,
+holding by the swaying top, would swing themselves far out from the
+trunk and come crashing through the limbs into the deep, soft snow,
+bringing half the tree with them.  What larks they had!  What
+chasing of rabbits along their beaten runways!  What fierce and
+happy snow fights!  And then, the triumph of their return, laden
+with their evergreen trophies, to find the big fire blazing under
+the great iron kettle and the water boiling, and the girls well on
+with the scrubbing.
+
+Then, while the girls scrubbed first the benches and desks, and
+last of all, the floors, the boys washed the windows and put up the
+evergreen decorations.  Every corner had its pillar of green, every
+window had its frame of green, the old blackboard, the occasion
+of many a heartache to the unmathematical, was wreathed into
+loveliness; the maps, with their bewildering boundaries, rivers and
+mountains, capes, bays and islands, became for once worlds of
+beauty under the magic touch of the greenery.  On the wall just
+over his desk, the master wrought out in evergreen an arching
+"WELCOME," but later on, the big girls, with some shy blushing,
+boldly tacked up underneath an answering "FAREWELL."  By the time
+the short afternoon had faded into the early evening, the school
+stood, to the eyes of all familiar with the common sordidness of
+its everyday dress, a picture of artistic loveliness.  And after
+the master's little speech of thanks for their good work that
+afternoon, and for all their goodness to him, the boys and girls
+went their ways with that strangely unnameable heart-emptiness that
+brings an ache to the throat, but somehow makes happier for the
+ache.
+
+The examination day was the great school event of the year.  It was
+the social function of the Section as well.  Toward this event all
+the school life moved, and its approach was attended by a deepening
+excitement, shared by children and parents alike, which made a kind
+of holiday feeling in the air.
+
+The school opened an hour later than ordinarily, and the children
+came all in their Sunday clothes, the boys feeling stiff and
+uncomfortable, and regarding each other with looks half shy and
+half contemptuous, realizing that they were unnatural in each
+other's sight; the girls with hair in marvelous frizzes and shiny
+ringlets, with new ribbons, and white aprons over their home-made
+winsey dresses, carried their unwonted grandeur with an ease and
+delight that made the boys secretly envy but apparently despise
+them.  The one unpardonable crime with all the boys in that country
+was that of being "proud."  The boy convicted of "shoween off," was
+utterly contemned by his fellows.  Hence, any delight in new
+clothes or in a finer appearance than usual was carefully avoided.
+
+Ranald always hated new clothes.  He felt them an intolerable
+burden.  He did not mind his new homespun, home-made flannel check
+shirt of mixed red and white, but the heavy fulled-cloth suit made
+by his Aunt Kirsty felt like a suit of mail.  He moved heavily in
+it and felt queer, and knew that he looked as he felt.  The result
+was that he was in no genial mood, and was on the alert for any
+indication of levity at his expense.
+
+Hughie, on the contrary, like the girls, delighted in new clothes.
+His new black suit, made down from one of his father's, with
+infinite planning and pains by his mother, and finished only at
+twelve o'clock the night before, gave him unmixed pleasure.  And
+handsome he looked in it.  All the little girls proclaimed that in
+their shy, admiring glances, while the big girls teased and petted
+and threatened to kiss him.  Of course the boys all scorned him and
+his finery, and tried to "take him down," but Hughie was so
+unfeignedly pleased with himself, and moved so easily and naturally
+in his grand attire, and was so cheery and frank and happy, that no
+one thought of calling him "proud."
+
+Soon after ten the sleighloads began to arrive.  It was a mild
+winter day, when the snow packed well, and there fluttered down
+through the still air a few lazy flakes, large, soft, and feathery,
+like bits of the clouds floating white against the blue sky.  The
+sleighs were driven up to the door with a great flourish and jingle
+of bells, and while the master welcomed the ladies, the fathers and
+big brothers drove the horses to the shelter of the thick-standing
+pines, and unhitching them, tied them to the sleigh-boxes, where,
+blanketed and fed, they remained for the day.
+
+Within an hour the little school-house was packed, the children
+crowded tight into the long desks, and the visitors on the benches
+along the walls and in the seats of the big boys and girls.  On the
+platform were such of the trustees as could muster up the necessary
+courage--old Peter MacRae, who had been a dominie in the Old
+Country, the young minister and his wife, and the schoolteacher
+from the "Sixteenth."
+
+First came the wee tots, who, in wide-eyed, serious innocence, went
+through their letters and their "ox" and "cat" combinations and
+permutations with great gusto and distinction.  Then they were
+dismissed to their seats by a series of mental arithmetic
+questions, sums of varying difficulty being propounded, until
+little white-haired, blue-eyed Johnnie Aird, with the single big
+curl on the top of his head, was left alone.
+
+"One and one, Johnnie?" said the master, smiling down at the rosy
+face.
+
+"Three," promptly replied Johnnie, and retired to his seat amid the
+delighted applause of visitors and pupils, and followed by the
+proud, fond, albeit almost tearful, gaze of his mother.  He was her
+baby, born long after her other babies had grown up into sturdy
+youth, and all the dearer for that.
+
+Then up through the Readers, till the Fifth was reached, the
+examination progressed, each class being handed over to the charge
+of a visitor, who forthwith went upon examination as truly as did
+the class.
+
+"Fifth class!"  In due order the class marched up to the chalk line
+on the floor in front of the master's desk, and stood waiting.
+
+The reading lesson was Fitz-Greene Halleck's "Marco Bozzaris," a
+selection of considerable dramatic power, and calling for a
+somewhat spirited rendering.  The master would not have chosen this
+lesson, but he had laid down the rule that there was to be no
+special drilling of the pupils for an exhibition, but that the
+school should be seen doing its every-day work; and in the reading,
+the lessons for the previous day were to be those of the
+examination day.  By an evil fortune, the reading for the day was
+the dramatic "Marco Bozzaris."  The master shivered inwardly as he
+thought of the possibility of Thomas Finch, with his stolidly
+monotonous voice, being called upon to read the thrilling lines
+recording the panic-stricken death-cry of the Turk:  "To arms!  They
+come!  The Greek!  The Greek!"  But Thomas, by careful plodding,
+had climbed to fourth place, and the danger lay in the third verse.
+
+"Will you take this class, Mr. MacRae?" said the master, handing
+him the book.  He knew that the dominie was not interested in the
+art of reading beyond the point of correct pronunciation, and hence
+he hoped the class might get off easily.  The dominie took the book
+reluctantly.  What he desired was the "arith-MET-ic" class, and did
+not care to be "put off" with mere reading.
+
+"Well, Ranald, let us hear you," he rather growled.  Ranald went at
+his work with quiet confidence; he knew all the words.
+
+"Page 187, Marco Bozzaris.
+
+"At midnight in his guarded tent,
+ The Turk lay dreaming of the hour
+ When Greece, her knee in suppliance bent,
+ Should tremble at his power."
+
+And so on steadily to the end of his verse.
+
+"Next!"
+
+The next was "Betsy Dan," the daughter of Dan Campbell, of "The
+Island."  Now, Betsy Dan was very red in hair and face, very shy
+and very nervous, and always on the point of giggles.  It was a
+trial to her to read on ordinary days, but to-day it was almost
+more than she could bear.  To make matters worse, sitting
+immediately behind her, and sheltered from the eye of the master,
+sat Jimmie Cameron, Don's youngest brother.  Jimmie was always on
+the alert for mischief, and ever ready to go off into fits of
+laughter, which he managed to check only by grabbing tight hold of
+his nose.  Just now he was busy pulling at the strings of Betsy
+Dan's apron with one hand, while with the other he was hanging onto
+his nose, and swaying in paroxysms of laughter.
+
+Very red in the face, Betsy Dan began her verse.
+
+"At midnight in the forest shades,
+ Bozzaris--"
+
+Pause, while Betsy Dan clutched behind her.
+
+"--Bozzaris ranged--"
+
+("Tchik! tchik!") a snicker from Jimmie in the rear.
+
+"--his Suliote band,
+ True as the steel of--"
+
+("im-im,") Betsy Dan struggles with her giggles.
+
+"Elizabeth!"  The master's voice is stern and sharp.
+
+Betsy Dan bridles up, while Jimmie is momentarily sobered by the
+master's tone.
+
+"True as the steel of their tried blades,
+ Heroes in heart and hand.
+ There had the Persians thousands stood--"
+
+("Tchik! tchik! tchik,") a long snicker from Jimmie, whose nose
+cannot be kept quite in control.  It is becoming too much for poor
+Betsy Dan, whose lips begin to twitch.
+
+"There--"
+
+("im-im, thit-tit-tit,") Betsy Dan is making mighty efforts to hold
+in her giggles.
+
+"--had the glad earth (tchik!) drunk their blood,
+ On old Pl-a-a-t-t-e-a-'s day."
+
+Whack! whack!
+
+"Elizabeth Campbell!"  The master's tone was quite terrible.
+
+"I don't care!  He won't leave me alone.  He's just--just (sob)
+pu--pulling at me (sob) all the time."
+
+By this time Betsy's apron was up to her eyes, and her sobs were
+quite tempestuous.
+
+"James, stand up!"  Jimmie slowly rose, red with laughter, and
+covered with confusion.
+
+"I-I-I di-dn't touch her!" he protested.
+
+"O--h!" said little Aleck Sinclair, who had been enjoying Jimmie's
+prank hugely; "he was--"
+
+"That'll do, Aleck, I didn't ask you.  James is quite able to tell
+me himself.  Now, James!"
+
+"I-I-I was only just doing that," said Jimmie, sober enough now,
+and terrified at the results of his mischief.
+
+"Doing what?" said the master, repressing a smile at Jimmie's
+woebegone face.
+
+"Just-just that!" and Jimmie touched gingerly with the point of his
+finger the bows of Betsy Dan's apron-strings.
+
+"Oh, I see.  You were annoying Elizabeth while she was reading.  No
+wonder she found it difficult.  Now, do you think that was very
+nice?"
+
+Jimmie twisted himself into a semicircle.
+
+"N-o-o."
+
+"Come here, James!"  Jimmie looked frightened, came round the
+class, and up to the master.
+
+"Now, then," continued the master, facing Jimmie round in front of
+Betsy Dan, who was still using her apron upon her eyes, "tell
+Elizabeth you are sorry."
+
+Jimmie stood in an agony of silent awkwardness, curving himself in
+varying directions.
+
+"Are you sorry?"
+
+"Y-e-e-s."
+
+"Well, tell her so."
+
+Jimmie drew a long breath and braced himself for the ordeal.  He
+stood a moment or two, working his eyes up shyly from Betsy Dan's
+shoes to her face, caught her glancing at him from behind her
+apron, and began, "I-I-I'm (tchik! tchik) sor-ry," (tchik).  Betsy
+Dan's look was too much for the little chap's gravity.
+
+A roar swept over the school-house.  Even the grim dominie's face
+relaxed.
+
+"Go to your seat and behave yourself," said the master, giving
+Jimmie a slight cuff.  "Now, Margaret, let us go on."
+
+Margaret's was the difficult verse.  But to Margaret's quiet voice
+and gentle heart, anything like shriek or battle-cry was foreign
+enough, so with even tone, and unmodulated by any shade of passion,
+she read the cry, "To arms!  They come!  The Greek!  The Greek!"
+Nor was her voice to be moved from its gentle, monotonous flow even
+by the battle-cry of Bozzaris, "Strike! till the last armed foe
+expires!"
+
+"Next," said the dominie, glad to get on with his task.
+
+The master breathed freely, when, alas for his hopes, the minister
+spoke up.
+
+"But, Margaret, do you think Bozzaris cheered his men in so gentle
+a voice as that?"
+
+Margaret smiled sweetly, but remained silent, glad to get over the
+verse.
+
+"Wouldn't you like to try it again?" suggested the minister.
+
+Margaret flushed up at once.
+
+"Oh, no," said his wife, who had noticed Margaret's flushing face.
+"Girls are not supposed to be soldiers, are they, Margaret?"
+
+Margaret flashed a grateful look at her.
+
+"That's a boy's verse."
+
+"Ay! that it is," said the old dominie; "and I would wish very much
+that Mrs. Murray would conduct this class."
+
+But the minister's wife would not hear of it, protesting that the
+dominie could do it much better.  The old man, however, insisted,
+saying that he had no great liking for this part of the
+examination, and would wish to reserve himself, with the master's
+permission, for the "arith-MET-ic" class.
+
+Mrs. Murray, seeing that it would please the dominie, took the
+book, with a spot of color coming in her delicate, high-bred face.
+
+"You must all do your best now, to help me," she said, with a smile
+that brought an answering smile flashing along the line.  Even
+Thomas Finch allowed his stolid face a gleam of intelligent
+sympathy, which, however, he immediately suppressed, for he
+remembered that the next turn was his, and that he must be getting
+himself into the appearance of dogged desperation which he
+considered suitable to a reading exercise.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said the minister's wife, sweetly, and Thomas
+plunged heavily.
+
+"They fought like brave men, long--"
+
+"Oh, Thomas, I think we will try that man's verse again, with the
+cries of battle in it, you know.  I am sure you can do that well."
+
+It was all the same to Thomas.  There were no words he could not
+spell, and he saw no reason why he should not do that verse as well
+as any other.  So, with an extra knitting of his eyebrows, he set
+forth doggedly.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on-the-Turk-awoke-that-bright-dream-was-his-last."
+
+Thomas's voice fell with the unvarying regularity of the beat of a
+trip-hammer.
+
+"He-woke-to-hear-his-sentries-shriek-to-arms-they-come-the-Greek-
+the-Greek-he-woke--"
+
+"But, Thomas, wait a minute.  You see you must speak these words,
+'To arms!  They come!' differently from the others.  These words
+were shrieked by the sentries, and you must show that in your
+reading."
+
+"Speak them out, man," said the minister, sharply, and a little
+nervously, fearing that his wife had undertaken too great a task,
+and hating to see her defeated.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said Mrs. Murray, "try again.  And remember the
+sentries shrieked these words, 'To arms!' and so on."
+
+Thomas squared his shoulders, spread his feet apart, added a
+wrinkle to his frown, and a deeper note of desperation to his tone,
+and began again.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on-the-Turk-awoke-that-bright-dream-was--"
+
+The master shuddered.
+
+"Now, Thomas, excuse me.  That's better, but we can improve that
+yet."  Mrs. Murray was not to be beaten.  The attention of the
+whole school, even to Jimmie Cameron, as well as that of the
+visitors, was now concentrated upon the event.
+
+"See," she went on, "each phrase by itself.  'An hour passed on:
+the Turk awoke.'  Now, try that far."
+
+Again Thomas tried, this time with complete success.  The visitors
+applauded.
+
+"Ah, that's it, Thomas.  I was sure you could do it."
+
+Thomas relaxed a little, but not unduly.  He was not sure what was
+yet before him.
+
+"Now we will get that 'sentries shriek.'  See, Thomas, like this a
+little," and she read the words with fine expression.
+
+"You must put more pith, more force, into those words, Thomas.
+Speak out, man!" interjected the minister, who was wishing it was
+all over.
+
+"Now, Thomas, I think this will be the last time.  You have done
+very well, but I feel sure you can do better."
+
+The minister's wife looked at Thomas as she said this, with so
+fascinating a smile that the frown on Thomas' face deepened into a
+hideous scowl, and he planted himself with a do-or-die expression
+in every angle of his solid frame.  Realizing the extreme necessity
+of the moment, he pitched his voice several tones higher than ever
+before in his life inside a house and before people, and made his
+final attempt.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on: the-Turk-awoke:
+ That-bright-dream-WAS-his-last."
+
+And now, feeling that the crisis was upon him, and confusing speed
+with intensity, and sound with passion, he rushed his words, with
+ever-increasing speed, into a wild yell.
+
+"He-woke-to-hear-his-sentries-shriek-to-arms-they come-the-Greek-
+THE-GREEK!"
+
+There was a moment of startled stillness, then, "tchik! tchik!"  It
+was Jimmie again, holding his nose and swaying in a vain effort to
+control a paroxysm of snickers at Thomas' unusual outburst.
+
+It was like a match to powder.  Again the whole school burst into a
+roar of uncontrollable laughter.  Even the minister, the master,
+and the dominie, could not resist.  The only faces unmoved were
+those of Thomas Finch and the minister's wife.  He had tried his
+best, and it was to please her, and she knew it.
+
+A swift, shamed glance round, and his eyes rested on her face.
+That face was sweet and grave as she leaned toward him, and said,
+"Thank you, Thomas.  That was well done."  And Thomas, still
+looking at her, flushed to his hair roots and down the back of his
+neck, while the scowl on his forehead faded into a frown, and then
+into smoothness.
+
+"And if you always try your best like that, Thomas, you will be a
+great and good man some day."
+
+Her voice was low and soft, as if intended for him alone, but in
+the sudden silence that followed the laughter it thrilled to every
+heart in the room, and Thomas was surprised to find himself trying
+to swallow a lump in his throat, and to keep his eyes from
+blinking; and in his face, stolid and heavy, a new expression was
+struggling for utterance.  "Here, take me," it said; "all that I
+have is thine," and later days brought the opportunity to prove it.
+
+The rest of the reading lesson passed without incident.  Indeed,
+there pervaded the whole school that feeling of reaction which
+always succeeds an emotional climax.  The master decided to omit
+the geography and grammar classes, which should have immediately
+followed, and have dinner at once, and so allow both children and
+visitors time to recover tone for the spelling and arithmetic of
+the afternoon.
+
+The dinner was an elaborate and appalling variety of pies and
+cakes, served by the big girls and their sisters, who had recently
+left school, and who consequently bore themselves with all proper
+dignity and importance.  Two of the boys passed round a pail of
+water and a tin cup, that all the thirsty might drink.  From hand
+to hand, and from lip to lip the cup passed, with a fine contempt
+of microbes.  The only point of etiquette insisted upon was that no
+"leavings" should be allowed to remain in the cup or thrown back
+into the pail, but should be carefully flung upon the floor.
+
+There had been examination feasts in pre-historic days in the
+Twentieth school, when the boys indulged in free fights at long
+range, using as missiles remnants of pie crust and cake, whose
+consistency rendered them deadly enough to "bloody" a nose or black
+an eye.  But these barbaric encounters ceased with Archie Munro's
+advent, and now the boys vied with each other in "minding their
+manners."  Not only was there no snatching of food or exhibition of
+greediness, but there was a severe repression of any apparent
+eagerness for the tempting dainties, lest it should be suspected
+that such were unusual at home.  Even the little boys felt that it
+would be bad manners to take a second piece of cake or pie unless
+specially pressed; but their eager, bulging eyes revealed only too
+plainly their heart's desire, and the kindly waiters knew their
+duty sufficiently to urge a second, third, and fourth supply of the
+toothsome currant or berry pie, the solid fruit cake, or the oily
+doughnut, till the point was reached where desire failed.
+
+"Have some more, Jimmie.  Have a doughnut," said the master, who
+had been admiring Jimmie's gastronomic achievements.
+
+"He's had ten a'ready," shouted little Aleck Sinclair, Jimmie's
+special confidant.
+
+Jimmie smiled in conscious pride, but remained silent.
+
+"What! eaten ten doughnuts?" asked the master, feigning alarm.
+
+"He's got four in his pocket, too," said Aleck, in triumph.
+
+"He's got a pie in his own pocket," retorted Jimmie, driven to
+retaliate.
+
+"A pie!" exclaimed the master.  "Better take it out.  A pocket's
+not the best place for a pie.  Why don't you eat it, Aleck?"
+
+"I can't," lamented Aleck.  "I'm full up."
+
+"He said he's nearly busted," said Jimmie, anxiously.  "He's got a
+pain here," pointing to his left eye.  The bigger boys and some of
+the visitors who had gathered round shouted with laughter.
+
+"Oh, pshaw, Aleck!" said the master, encouragingly, "that's all
+right.  As long as the pain is as high up as your eye you'll
+recover.  I tell you what, put your pie down on the desk here,
+Jimmie will take care of it, and run down to the gate and tell Don
+I want him."
+
+Aleck, with great care and considerable difficulty, extracted from
+his pocket a segment of black currant pie, hopelessly battered, but
+still intact.  He regarded it fondly for a moment or two, and then,
+with a very dubious look at Jimmie, ran away on his errand for the
+master.
+
+It took him some little time to find Don, and meanwhile the
+master's attention was drawn away by his duty to the visitors.  The
+pie left to Jimmie's care had an unfortunately tempting fringe of
+loose pieces about it that marred its symmetry.  Jimmie proceeded
+to trim it into shape.  So absorbed did he become in this trimming
+process, that before he realized what he was about, he woke
+suddenly to the startling fact that the pie had shrunk into a
+comparatively insignificant size.  It would be worse than useless
+to save the mutilated remains for Aleck; there was nothing for it
+now but to get the reproachful remnant out of the way.  He was so
+busily occupied with this praiseworthy proceeding that he failed to
+notice Aleck enter the room, flushed with his race, eager and once
+more empty.
+
+Arriving at his seat, he came upon Jimmie engaged in devouring the
+pie left in his charge.  With a cry of dismay and rage he flung
+himself upon the little gourmand, and after a short struggle,
+secured the precious pie; but alas, bereft of its most delicious
+part--it was picked clean of its currants.  For a moment he gazed,
+grief-stricken, at the leathery, viscous remnant in his hand.
+Then, with a wrathful exclamation, "Here, then, you can just take
+it then, you big pig, you!"  He seized Jimmie by the neck, and
+jammed the sticky pie crust on his face, where it stuck like an
+adhesive plaster.  Jimmie, taken by surprise, and rendered
+nerveless by the pangs of an accusing conscience, made no
+resistance, but set up a howl that attracted the attention of the
+master and the whole company.
+
+"Why, Jimmie!" exclaimed the master, removing the doughy mixture
+from the little lad's face, "what on earth are you trying to do?
+What is wrong, Aleck?"
+
+"He ate my pie," said Aleck, defiantly.
+
+"Ate it?  Well, apparently not.  But never mind, Aleck, we shall
+get you another pie."
+
+"There isn't any more," said Aleck, mournfully; "that was the last
+piece."
+
+"Oh, well, we shall find something else just as good," said the
+master, going off after one of the big girls; and returning with a
+doughnut and a peculiarly deadly looking piece of fruit cake, he
+succeeded in comforting the disappointed and still indignant Aleck.
+
+The afternoon was given to the more serious part of the school
+work--writing, arithmetic, and spelling, while, for those whose
+ambitions extended beyond the limits of the public school, the
+master had begun a Euclid class, which was at once his despair and
+his pride.  In the Twentieth school of that date there was no waste
+of the children's time in foolish and fantastic branches of study,
+in showy exercises and accomplishments, whose display was at once
+ruinous to the nerves of the visitors, and to the self-respect and
+modesty of the children.  The ideal of the school was to fit the
+children for the struggle into which their lives would thrust them,
+so that the boy who could spell and read and cipher was supposed to
+be ready for his life work.  Those whose ambition led them into the
+subtleties of Euclid's problems and theorems were supposed to be in
+preparation for somewhat higher spheres of life.
+
+Through the various classes of arithmetic the examination
+proceeded, the little ones struggling with great seriousness
+through their addition and subtraction sums, and being wrought up
+to the highest pitch of excitement by their contest for the first
+place.  By the time the fifth class was reached, the air was heavy
+with the feeling of battle.  Indeed, it was amazing to note how the
+master had succeeded in arousing in the whole school an intense
+spirit of emulation.  From little Johnnie Aird up to Thomas Finch,
+the pupils carried the hearts of soldiers.
+
+Through fractions, the "Rule of Three," percentages, and stocks,
+the senior class swept with a trail of glory.  In vain old Peter
+MacRae strewed their path with his favorite posers.  The brilliant
+achievements of the class seemed to sink him deeper and deeper into
+the gloom of discontent, while the master, the minister and his
+wife, as well as the visitors, could not conceal their delight.  As
+a last resort the old dominie sought to stem their victorious
+career with his famous problem in Practice, and to his huge
+enjoyment, one after another of the class had to acknowledge
+defeat.  The truth was, the master had passed lightly over this
+rule in the arithmetic, considering the solution of problems by the
+method of Practice as a little antiquated, and hardly worthy of
+much study.  The failure of the class, however, brought the dominie
+his hour of triumph, and so complete had been the success of the
+examination that the master was abundantly willing that he should
+enjoy it.
+
+Then followed the judging of the copy-books.  The best and cleanest
+book in each class was given the proud distinction of a testimonial
+written upon the first blank page, with the date of the examination
+and the signatures of the examiners attached.  It was afterwards
+borne home in triumph by the happy owner, to be stored among the
+family archives, and perhaps among the sacred things that mothers
+keep in their holy of holies.
+
+After the copy-books had been duly appraised, there followed an
+hour in which the excitement of the day reached its highest mark.
+The whole school, with such of the visitors as could be persuaded
+to join, were ranged in opposing ranks in the deadly conflict of a
+spelling-match.  The master, the teacher from the Sixteenth, and
+even the minister's wife, yielded to the tremendous pressure of
+public demand that they should enter the fray.  The contest had a
+most dramatic finish, and it was felt that the extreme possibility
+of enthusiasm and excitement was reached when the minister's wife
+spelled down the teacher from the Sixteenth, who every one knew,
+was the champion speller of all the country that lay toward the
+Front, and had a special private armory of deadly missiles laid up
+against just such a conflict as this.  The tumultuous triumph of
+the children was not to be controlled.  Again and again they
+followed Hughie in wild yells, not only because his mother was a
+great favorite with them all, but because she had wrested a victory
+from the champion of the Front, for the Front, in all matters
+pertaining to culture and fashion, thought itself quite superior to
+the more backwoods country of the Twentieth.
+
+It was with no small difficulty that the master brought the school
+to such a degree of order that the closing speeches could be
+received with becoming respect and attention.  The trustees,
+according to custom, were invited to express their opinion upon the
+examination, and upon school matters generally.  The chairman, John
+Cameron, "Long John," as he was called, broke the ice after much
+persuasion, and slowly rising from the desk into which he had
+compressed his long, lank form, he made his speech.  Long John was
+a great admirer of the master, but for all that, and perhaps
+because of that, he allowed himself no warmer words of commendation
+than that he was well pleased with the way in which the children
+had conducted themselves.  "They have done credit to themselves,"
+he said, "and to their teacher.  And indeed I am sorry he is
+leaving us, for, so far, I have heard no complaints in the
+Section."
+
+The other trustees followed in the path thus blazed out for them by
+Long John.  They were all well pleased with the examination, and
+they were all sorry to lose the master, and they had heard no
+complaints.  It was perfectly understood that no words of praise
+could add to the high testimony that they "had heard no complaints."
+
+The dominie's speech was a little more elaborate.  Somewhat
+reluctantly he acknowledged that the school had acquitted itself
+with "very considerable credit," especially the "arith-MET-ic"
+class, and indeed, considering all the circumstances, Mr. Munro was
+to be congratulated upon the results of his work in the Section.
+But the minister's warm expression of delight at the day's
+proceedings, and of regret at the departure of the master, more
+than atoned for the trustees' cautious testimony, and the dominie's
+somewhat grudging praise.
+
+Then came the moment of the day.  A great stillness fell upon the
+school as the master rose to make his farewell speech.  But before
+he could say a word, up from their seats walked Betsy Dan and
+Thomas Finch, and ranged themselves before him.  The whole
+assemblage tingled with suppressed excitement.  The great secret
+with which they had been burdening themselves for the past few
+weeks was now to be out.  Slowly Thomas extracted the manuscript
+from his trousers pocket, and smoothed out its many folds, while
+Betsy Dan waited nervously in the rear.
+
+"Oh, why did they set Thomas to this?" whispered the minister's
+wife, who had a profound sense of humor.  The truth was, the choice
+of the school had fallen upon Ranald and Margaret Aird.  Margaret
+was quite willing to act, but Ranald refused point-blank, and
+privately persuaded Thomas to accept the honor in his stead.  To
+this Thomas agreed, all the more readily that Margaret, whom he
+adored from a respectful distance, was to be his partner.  But
+Margaret, who would gladly have been associated with Ranald, on the
+suggestion that Thomas should take his place, put up her lower lip
+in that symbol of scorn so effective with girls, but which no boy
+has ever yet accomplished, and declared that indeed, and she would
+see that Tom Finch far enough, which plainly meant "no."
+Consequently they had to fall back upon Betsy Dan, who, in addition
+to being excessively nervous, was extremely good-natured.  And
+Thomas, though he would greatly have preferred Margaret as his
+assistant, was quite ready to accept Betsy Dan.
+
+The interval of waiting while Thomas deliberately smoothed out the
+creases of the paper was exceedingly hard upon Betsy Dan, whose
+face grew redder each moment.  Jimmie Cameron, too, who realized
+that the occasion was one of unusual solemnity, was gazing at
+Thomas with intense interest growing into amusement, and was
+holding his fingers in readiness to seize his nose, and so check
+any explosion of snickers.  Just as Thomas had got the last fold of
+his paper straightened out, and was turning it right end up, it
+somehow slipped through his fingers to the floor.  This was too
+much for Jimmie, who only saved himself from utter disgrace by
+promptly seizing his nose and holding on for dear life.  Thomas
+gave Jimmie a passing glare and straightened himself up for his
+work.  With a furious frown he cleared his throat and began in a
+solemn, deep-toned roar, "Dear teacher, learning with regret that
+you are about to sever your connection," etc., etc.  All went well
+until he came to the words, "We beg you to accept this gift, not
+for its intrinsic value," etc., which was the cue for Betsy Dan.
+But Betsy Dan was engaged in terrorizing Jimmie, and failed to come
+in, till, after an awful pause, Thomas gave her a sharp nudge, and
+whispered audibly, "Give it to him, you gowk."  Poor Betsy Dan, in
+sudden confusion, whipped her hand out from under her apron, and
+thrusting a box at the master, said hurriedly, "Here it is, sir."
+As Thomas solemnly concluded his address, a smile ran round the
+room, while Jimmie doubled himself up in his efforts to suppress a
+tempest of snickers.
+
+The master, however, seemed to see nothing humorous in the
+situation, but bowing gravely to Thomas and Betsy Dan, he said,
+kindly, "Thank you, Thomas!  Thank you, Elizabeth!"  Something in
+his tone brought the school to attention, and even Jimmie forgot to
+have regard to his nose.  For a few moments the master stood
+looking upon the faces of his pupils, dwelling upon them one by
+one, till his eyes rested upon the wee tots in the front seat,
+looking at him with eyes of innocent and serious wonder.  Then he
+thanked the children for their gift in a few simple words, assuring
+them that he should always wear the watch with pride and grateful
+remembrance of the Twentieth school, and of his happy days among
+them.
+
+But when he came to say his words of farewell, and to thank them
+for their goodness to him, and their loyal backing of him while he
+was their teacher, his voice grew husky, and for a moment wavered.
+Then, after a pause, he spoke of what had been his ideal among
+them.  "It is a good thing to have your minds trained and stored
+with useful knowledge, but there are better things than that.  To
+learn honor, truth, and right; to be manly and womanly; to be self-
+controlled and brave and gentle--these are better than all possible
+stores of learning; and if I have taught you these at all, then I
+have done what I most wished to do.  I have often failed, and I
+have often been discouraged, and might have given up were it not
+for the help I received at my worst times from our minister and
+from Mrs. Murray, who often saved me from despair."
+
+A sudden flush tinged the grave, beautiful face of the minister's
+young wife.  A light filled her eyes as the master said these
+words, for she remembered days when the young man's pain was almost
+greater than he could bear, and when he was near to giving up.
+
+When the master ceased, the minister spoke a few words in
+appreciation of the work he had done in the school, and in the
+whole Section, during his three years' stay among them, and
+expressed his conviction that many a young lad would grow into a
+better man because he had known Archibald Munro, and some of them
+would never forget what he had done for them.
+
+By this time all the big girls and many of the visitors were openly
+weeping.  The boys were looking straight in front of them, their
+faces set in an appearance of savage gloom, for they knew well how
+near they were to "acting like the girls."
+
+After a short prayer by the minister, the children filed out past
+the master, who stood at the door and shook hands with them one by
+one.  When the big boys, and the young men who had gone to school
+in the winter months, came to say good by, they shook hands
+silently, and then stood close about him as if hating to let him
+go.  He had caught for them in many a close base-ball match; he had
+saved their goal in many a fierce shinny fight with the Front; and
+while he had ruled them with an iron rule, he had always treated
+them fairly.  He had never failed them; he had never weakened; he
+had always been a man among them.  No wonder they stood close about
+him and hated to lose him.  Suddenly big Bob Fraser called out in a
+husky voice, "Three cheers for the captain!" and every one was glad
+of the chance to let himself out in a roar.  And that was the last
+of the farewells.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE NEW MASTER
+
+
+Right in front of the school door, and some little distance from
+it, in the midst of a clump of maples, stood an old beech-tree with
+a dead top, and half-way down where a limb had once been and had
+rotted off, a hole.  Inside this hole two very respectable but
+thoroughly impudent red squirrels had made their nest.  The hole
+led into the dead heart of the tree, which had been hollowed out
+with pains so as to make a roomy, cosy home, which the squirrels
+had lined with fur and moss, and which was well stored with
+beechnuts from the tree, their winter's provisions.
+
+Between the boys and the squirrels there existed an armed
+neutrality.  It was understood among the boys that nothing worse
+than snowballs was to be used in their war with the squirrels,
+while with the squirrels it was a matter of honor that they should
+put reasonable limits to their profanity.  But there were times
+when the relations became strained, and hence the holidays were no
+less welcome to the squirrels than to the boys.
+
+To the squirrels this had been a day of unusual anxiety, for the
+school had taken up again after its two weeks' holidays, and the
+boys were a little more inquisitive than usual, and unfortunately,
+the snow happened to be good for packing.  It had been a bad day
+for nerves, and Mr. Bushy, as the boys called him, found it
+impossible to keep his tail in one position for more than one
+second at a time.  It was in vain that his more sedate and self-
+controlled partner in life remonstrated with him and urged a more
+philosophic mind.
+
+"It's all very well for you, my dear," Mr. Bushy was saying, rather
+crossly I am afraid, "to urge a philosophic mind, but if you had
+the responsibility of the family upon you--Goodness gracious!  Owls
+and weasels!  What in all the woods is that?"
+
+"Can't be the wolves," said Mrs. Bushy, placidly, "it's too early
+for them."
+
+"Might have known," replied her husband, quite crossly; "of course
+it's those boys.  I wonder why they let them out of school at all.
+Why can't they keep them in where it is warm?  It always seems to
+me a very silly thing anyway, for them to keep rushing out of their
+hole in that stupid fashion.  What they do in there I am sure I
+don't know.  It isn't the least like a nest.  I've seen inside of
+it.  There isn't a thing to eat, nor a bit of hair or moss.  They
+just go in and out again."
+
+"Well, my dear," said his wife, soothingly, "you can hardly expect
+them to know as much as people with a wider outlook.  We must
+remember they are only ground people."
+
+"That's just it!" grumbled Mr. Bushy.  "I only wish they would just
+keep to themselves and on the ground where they belong, but they
+have the impudence to come lumbering up here into our tree."
+
+"Oh, well," replied his partner, calmly, "you must acknowledge they
+do not disturb our nest."
+
+"And a good thing for them, too," chattered Mr. Bushy, fiercely,
+smoothing out his whiskers and showing his sharp front teeth, at
+which Mrs. Bushy smiled gently behind her tail.
+
+"But what are they doing now?" she inquired.
+
+"Oh, they are going off into the woods," said Mr. Bushy, who had
+issued from his hole and was sitting up on a convenient crotch.
+"And I declare!" he said, in amazed tones, "they haven't thrown one
+snowball at me.  Something must be badly wrong with them.  Wonder
+what it is?  This is quite unprecedented."
+
+At this Mrs. Bushy ventured carefully out to observe the
+extraordinary phenomenon, for the boys were actually making their
+way to the gate, the smaller ones with much noisy shouting, but the
+big boys soberly enough engaged in earnest conversation.  It was
+their first day of the new master, and such a day as quite
+"flabbergastrated," as Don Cameron said, even the oldest of them.
+But of course Mr. and Mrs. Bushy knew nothing of this, and could
+only marvel.
+
+"Murdie," cried Hughie to Don's big brother, who with Bob Fraser,
+Ranald Macdonald, and Thomas Finch was walking slowly toward the
+gate, "you won't forget to ask your pa for an excuse if you happen
+to be late to-morrow, will you?"
+
+Murdie paid no attention.
+
+"You won't forget your excuse, Murdie," continued Hughie, poking
+him in the back.
+
+Murdie suddenly turned, caught him by the neck and the seat of his
+trousers, and threw him head first into a drift, from which he
+emerged wrathful and sputtering.
+
+"Well, I hope you do," continued Hughie, "and then you'll catch it.
+And mind you," he went on, circling round to get in front of him,
+"if you want to ask big Bob there for his knife, mind you hold up
+your hand first."  Murdie only grinned at him.
+
+The new master had begun the day by enunciating the regulations
+under which the school was to be administered.  They made rather a
+formidable list, but two of them seemed to the boys to have gone
+beyond the limits of all that was outrageous and absurd.  There was
+to be no speaking during school hours, and if a boy should desire
+to ask a question of his neighbor, he was to hold up his hand and
+get permission from the master.  But worse than all, and more
+absurd than all, was the regulation that all late comers and
+absentees were to bring written excuses from parents or guardians.
+
+"Guardian," Thomas Finch had grunted, "what's that?"
+
+"Your grandmother," whispered Don back.
+
+It was not Don's reply that brought Thomas into disgrace this first
+day of the new master's rule, it was the vision of big Murdie
+Cameron walking up to the desk with an excuse for lateness, which
+he had obtained from Long John, his father.  This vision breaking
+suddenly in upon the solemnity of Thomas Finch's mind, had sent him
+into a snort of laughter, not more to the surprise of the school
+than of himself.  The gravity of the school had not been greatly
+helped by Thomas sheepish answer to the master's indignant question,
+"What did you do that for, sir?"
+
+"I didn't; it did itself."
+
+On the whole, the opening day had not been a success.  As a matter
+of fact, it was almost too much to expect that it should be
+anything but a failure.  There was a kind of settled if unspoken
+opinion among the children that no master could ever fill Archibald
+Munro's place in the school.  Indeed, it was felt to be a kind of
+impertinence for any man to attempt such a thing.  And further,
+there was a secret sentiment among the boys that loyalty to the old
+master's memory demanded an attitude of unsympathetic opposition to
+the one who came to take his place.  It did not help the situation
+that the new master was unaware of this state of mind.  He was
+buoyed up by the sentiments of enthusiastic admiration and approval
+that he carried with him in the testimonials from his last board of
+trustees in town, with which sentiments he fully agreed, and hence
+he greeted the pupils of the little backwoods school with an airy
+condescension that reduced the school to a condition of speechless
+and indignant astonishment.  The school was prepared to tolerate
+the man who should presume to succeed their former master, if
+sufficiently humble, but certainly not to accept airy condescension
+from him.
+
+"Does he think we're babies?" asked Don, indignantly.
+
+"And did you see him trying to chop at recess?"  (REE'cis, Hughie
+called it.)  "He couldn't hit twice in the same place."
+
+"And he asked me if that beech there was a maple," said Bob Fraser,
+in deep disgust.
+
+"Oh, shut up your gab!" said Ranald, suddenly.  "Give the man a
+chance, anyway."
+
+"Will YOU bring an excuse when you're absent, Ranald?" asked
+Hughie.
+
+"And where would I be getting it?" asked Ranald, grimly, and all
+the boys realized the absurdity of expecting a written excuse for
+Ranald's absence from his father.  Macdonald Dubh was not a man to
+be bothered with such trifles.
+
+"You might get it from your Aunt Kirsty, Ranald," said Don, slyly.
+The boys shouted at the suggestion.
+
+"And she could do it well enough if it would be necessary," said
+Ranald, facing square round on Don, and throwing up his head after
+his manner when battle was in the air, while the red blood showed
+in his dark cheek and his eyes lit up with a fierce gleam.  Don
+read the danger signal.
+
+"I'm not saying she couldn't," he hurried to say, apologetically,
+"but it would be funny, wouldn't it?"
+
+"Well," said Ranald, relenting and smiling a little, "it would be
+keeping her busy at times."
+
+"When the deer are running, eh, Ranald," said Murdie, good-
+naturedly.  "But Ranald's right, boys," he continued, "give the man
+a chance, say I."
+
+"There's our bells," cried Thomas Finch, as the deep, musical boom
+of the Finch's sleigh-bells came through the bush.  "Come on,
+Hughie, we'll get them at the cross."  And followed by Hughie and
+the boys from the north, he set off for the north cross-roads,
+where they would meet the Finch's bob-sleighs coming empty from the
+saw-mill, to the great surprise and unalloyed delight of Mr. and
+Mrs. Bushy, who from their crotch in the old beech had watched with
+some anxiety the boys' unusual conduct.
+
+"There they are, Hughie," called Thomas, as the sleighs came out
+into the open at the crossroads.  "They'll wait for us.  They know
+you're coming," he yelled, encouragingly, for the big boys had left
+the smaller ones, a panting train, far in the rear, and were piling
+themselves upon the Finch's sleighs, with never a "by your leave"
+to William John--familiarly known as Billy Jack--Thomas' eldest
+brother, who drove the Finch's team.
+
+Thomas' home lay a mile north and another east from the Twentieth
+cross-roads, but the winter road by which they hauled saw-logs to
+the mill, cut right through the forest, where the deep snow packed
+hard into a smooth track, covering roots and logs and mud holes,
+and making a perfect surface for the sleighs, however heavily
+loaded, except where here and there the pitch-holes or cahots came.
+These cahots, by the way, though they became, especially toward the
+spring, a serious annoyance to teamsters, only added another to the
+delights that a sleigh-ride held for the boys.
+
+To Hughie, the ride this evening was blissful to an unspeakable
+degree.  He was overflowing with new sensations.  He was going to
+spend the night with Thomas, for one thing, and Thomas as his host
+was quite a new and different person from the Thomas of the school.
+The minister's wife, ever since the examination day, had taken a
+deeper interest in Thomas, and determined that something should be
+made out of the solemn, stolid, slow-moving boy.  Partly for this
+reason she had yielded to Hughie's eager pleading, backing up the
+invitation brought by Thomas himself and delivered in an agony of
+red-faced confusion, that Hughie should be allowed to go home with
+him for the night.  Partly, too, because she was glad that Hughie
+should see something of the Finch's home, and especially of
+the dark-faced, dark-eyed little woman who so silently and
+unobtrusively, but so efficiently, administered her home, her
+family, and their affairs, and especially her husband, without
+suspicion on his part that anything of the kind was being done.
+
+In addition to the joy that Hughie had in Thomas in his new role as
+host, this winter road was full of wonder and delight, as were all
+roads and paths that wound right through the heart of the bush.
+The regular made-up roads, with the forest cut back beyond the
+ditches at the sides, were a great weariness to Hughie, except
+indeed, in the springtime, when these ditches were running full
+with sun-lit water, over the mottled clay bottom and gravelly
+ripples.  But the bush roads and paths, summer and winter, were
+filled with things of wonder and of beauty, and this particular
+winter road of the Finch's was best of all to Hughie, for it was
+quite new to him, and besides, it led right through the mysterious,
+big pine swamp and over the butternut ridge, beyond which lay the
+Finch's farm.  Balsam-trees, tamarack, spruce, and cedar made up
+the thick underbrush of the pine swamp, white birch, white ash, and
+black were thickly sprinkled through it, but high above these
+lesser trees towered the white pines, lifting their great, tufted
+crests in lonely grandeur, seeming like kings among meaner men.
+Here and there the rabbit runways, packed into hard little paths,
+crossed the road and disappeared under the thick spruces and
+balsams; here and there, the sly, single track of the fox, or the
+deep hoof-mark of the deer, led off into unknown depths on either
+side.  Hughie, sitting up on the bolster of the front bob beside
+Billy Jack, for even the big boys recognized his right, as Thomas'
+guest, to that coveted place, listened with eager face and wide-
+open eyes to Billy Jack's remarks upon the forest and its strange
+people.
+
+One thing else added to Hughie's keen enjoyment of the ride.  Billy
+Jack's bays were always in the finest of fettle, and pulled hard on
+the lines, and were rarely allowed the rapture of a gallop.  But
+when the swamp was passed and the road came to the more open
+butternut ridge, Billy Jack shook the lines over their backs and
+let them out.  Their response was superb to witness, and brought
+Hughie some moments of ecstatic rapture.  Along the hard-packed
+road that wound about among the big butternuts, the rangey bays
+sped at a flat gallop, bounding clear over the cahots, the booming
+of the bells and the rattling of the chains furnishing an
+exhilarating accompaniment to the swift, swaying motion, while the
+children clung for dear life to the bob-sleighs and to each other.
+It was all Billy Jack could do to get his team down to a trot by
+the time they reached the clearing, for there the going was
+perilous, and besides, it was just as well that his father should
+not witness any signs on Billy Jack's part of the folly that he was
+inclined to attribute to the rising generation.  So steadily enough
+the bays trotted up the lane and between long lines of green
+cordwood on one side and a hay-stack on the other, into the yard,
+and swinging round the big straw-stack that faced the open shed,
+and was flanked on the right by the cow-stable and hog-pen, and on
+the left by the horse-stable, came to a full stop at their own
+stable door.
+
+"Thomas, you take Hughie into the house to get warm, till I
+unhitch," said Billy Jack, with the feeling that courtesy to the
+minister's son demanded this attention.  But Hughie, rejecting this
+proposition with scorn, pushed Thomas aside and set himself to
+unhitch the S-hook on the outside trace of the nigh bay.  It was
+one of Hughie's grievances, and a very sore point with him, that
+his father's people would insist on treating him in the privileged
+manner they thought proper to his father's son, and his chief
+ambition was to stand upon his own legs and to fare like other
+boys.  So he scorned Billy Jack's suggestion, and while some of the
+children scurried about the stacks for a little romp before setting
+off for their homes, which some of them, for the sake of the ride,
+had left far behind, Hughie devoted himself to the unhitching of
+the team with Billy Jack.  And so quick was he in his movements,
+and so fearless of the horses, that he had his side unhitched and
+was struggling with the breast-strap before Billy Jack had finished
+with his horse.
+
+"Man! you're a regular farmer," said Billy Jack, admiringly, "only
+you're too quick for the rest of us."
+
+Hughie, still struggling with the breast-strap, found his heart
+swell with pride.  To be a farmer was his present dream.
+
+"But that's too heavy for you," continued Billy Jack.  "Here, let
+down the tongue first."
+
+"Pshaw!" said Hughie, disgusted at his exhibition of ignorance, "I
+knew that tongue ought to come out first, but I forgot."
+
+"Oh, well, it's just as good that way, but not quite so easy," said
+Billy Jack, with doubtful consistency.
+
+It took Hughie but a few minutes after the tongue was let down to
+unfasten his end of the neck-yoke and the cross-lines, and he was
+beginning at his hame-strap, always a difficult buckle, when Billy
+Jack called out, "Hold on there!  You're too quick for me.  We'll
+make them carry their own harness into the stable.  Don't believe
+in making a horse of myself."  Billy Jack was something of a
+humorist.
+
+The Finch homestead was a model of finished neatness.  Order was
+its law.  Outside, the stables, barns, stacks, the very wood-piles,
+evidenced that law.  Within, the house and its belongings and
+affairs were perfect in their harmonious arrangement.  The whole
+establishment, without and within, gave token of the unremitting
+care of one organizing mind, for, from dark to dark, while others
+might have their moments of rest and careless ease, "the little
+mother," as Billy Jack called her, was ever on guard, and all the
+machinery of house and farm moved smoothly and to purpose because
+of that unsleeping care.  She was last to bed and first to stir,
+and Billy Jack declared that she used to put the cats to sleep at
+night, and waken up the roosters in the morning.  And through it
+all her face remained serene, and her voice flowed in quiet tones.
+Billy Jack adored her with all the might of his big heart and body.
+Thomas, slow of motion as of expression, found in her the center of
+his somewhat sluggish being.  Jessac, the little dark-faced maiden
+of nine years, whose face was the very replica of her mother's,
+knew nothing in the world dearer, albeit in her daily little
+housewifely tasks she felt the gentle pressure of that steadfast
+mind and unyielding purpose.  Her husband regarded her with a
+curious mingling of reverence and defiance, for Donald Finch was an
+obstinate man, with a man's love of authority, and a Scotchman's
+sense of his right to rule in his own house.  But while he talked
+much about his authority, and made a great show of absolutism with
+his family, he was secretly conscious that another will than his
+had really kept things moving about the farm; for he had long ago
+learned that his wife was always right, while he might often be
+wrong, and that, withal her soft words and gentle ways, hers was a
+will like steel.
+
+Besides the law of order, another law ruled in the Finch household--
+the law of work.  The days were filled with work, for they each
+had their share to do, and bore the sole responsibility for its
+being well done.  If the cows failed in their milk, or the fat
+cattle were not up to the mark, the father felt the reproach as
+his; to Billy Jack fell the care and handling of the horses; Thomas
+took charge of the pigs, and the getting of wood and water for the
+house; little Jessac had her daily task of "sorting the rooms," and
+when the days were too stormy or the snow too deep for school, she
+had in addition her stent of knitting or of winding the yarn for
+the weaver.  To the mother fell all the rest.  At the cooking and
+the cleaning, and the making and the mending, all fine arts with
+her, she diligently toiled from long before dawn till after all the
+rest were abed.  But besides these and other daily household duties
+there were, in their various seasons, the jam and jelly, the
+pumpkin and squash preserves, the butter-making and cheese-making,
+and more than all, the long, long work with the wool.  Billy Jack
+used to say that the little mother followed that wool from the
+backs of her sheep to the backs of her family, and hated to let the
+weaver have his turn at it.  What with the washing and the oiling
+of it, the carding and the spinning, the twisting and the winding,
+she never seemed to be done.  And then, when it came back from the
+weaver in great webs of fulled-cloth and flannel and winsey, there
+was all the cutting, shaping, and sewing before the family could
+get it on their backs.  True, the tailor was called in to help, but
+though he declared he worked no place else as he worked at the
+Finch's, it was Billy Jack's openly expressed opinion that "he
+worked his jaw more than his needle, for at meal-times he gave his
+needle a rest."
+
+But though Hughie, of course, knew nothing of this toiling and
+moiling, he was distinctly conscious of an air of tidiness and
+comfort and quiet, and was keenly alive to the fact that there was
+a splendid supper waiting him when he got in from the stables with
+the others, "hungry as a wild-cat," as Billy jack expressed it.
+And that WAS a supper!  Fried ribs of fresh pork, and hashed
+potatoes, hot and brown, followed by buckwheat pancakes, hot and
+brown, with maple syrup.  There was tea for the father and mother
+with their oat cakes, but for the children no such luxury, only the
+choice of buttermilk or sweet milk.  Hughie, it is true, was
+offered tea, but he promptly declined, for though he loved it well
+enough, it was sufficient reason for him that Thomas had none.  It
+took, however, all the grace out of his declining, that Mr. Finch
+remarked in gruff pleasantry, "What would a boy want with tea!"
+The supper was a very solemn meal.  They were all too busy to talk,
+at least so Hughie felt, and as for himself, he was only afraid
+lest the others should "push back" before he had satisfied the
+terrible craving within him.
+
+After supper the books were taken, and in Gaelic, for though Donald
+Finch was perfectly able in English for business and ordinary
+affairs of life, when it came to the worship of God, he found that
+only in the ancient mother tongue could he "get liberty."  As
+Hughie listened to the solemn reading, and then to the prayer that
+followed, though he could understand only a word now and again, he
+was greatly impressed with the rhythmic, solemn cadence of the
+voice, and as he glanced through his fingers at the old man's face,
+he was surprised to find how completely it had changed.  It was no
+longer the face of the stern and stubborn autocrat, but of an
+earnest, humble, reverent man of God; and Hughie, looking at him,
+wondered if he would not be altogether nicer with his wife and boys
+after that prayer was done.  He had yet to learn how obstinate and
+even hard a man can be and still have a great "gift in prayer."
+
+From the old man's face, Hughie's glance wandered to his wife's,
+and there was held fascinated.  For the first time Hughie thought
+it was beautiful, and more than that, he was startled to find that
+it reminded him of his mother's.  At once he closed his eyes, for
+he felt as if he had been prying where he had no right.
+
+After the prayer was over they all drew about the glowing polished
+kitchen stove with the open front, and set themselves to enjoy that
+hour which, more than any other, helps to weave into the memory the
+thoughts and feelings that in after days are associated with home.
+Old Donald drew forth his pipe, a pleased expectation upon his
+face, and after cutting enough tobacco from the black plug which
+he pulled from his trousers pocket, he rolled it fine, with
+deliberation, and packed it carefully into his briar-root pipe,
+from which dangled a tin cap; then drawing out some live coals from
+the fire, he with a quick motion picked one up, set it upon the top
+of the tobacco, and holding it there with his bare finger until
+Hughie was sure he would burn himself, puffed with hard, smacking
+puffs, but with a more comfortable expression than Hughie had yet
+seen him wear.  Then, when it was fairly lit, he knocked off the
+coal, packed down the tobacco, put on the little tin cap, and sat
+back in his covered arm-chair, and came as near beaming upon the
+world as ever he allowed himself to come.
+
+"Here, Jessac," he said to the little dark-faced maiden slipping
+about the table under the mother's silent direction.  Jessac
+glanced at her mother and hesitated.  Then, apparently reading her
+mother's face, she said, "In a minute, da," and seizing the broom,
+which was much taller than herself, she began to brush up the
+crumbs about the table with amazing deftness.  This task completed,
+and the crumbs being thrown into the pig's barrel which stood in
+the woodshed just outside the door, Jessac set her broom in the
+corner, hung up the dust-pan on its proper nail behind the stove,
+and then, running to her father, climbed up on his knee and
+snuggled down into his arms for an hour's luxurious laziness before
+the fire.  Hughie gazed in amazement at her temerity, for Donald
+Finch was not a man to take liberties with; but as he gazed, he
+wondered the more, for again the face of the stern old man was
+transformed.
+
+"Be quaet now, lassie.  Hear me now, I am telling you," he
+admonished the little girl in his arms, while there flowed over his
+face a look of half-shamed delight that seemed to fill up and
+smooth out all its severe lines.
+
+Hughie was still gazing and wondering when the old man, catching
+his earnest, wide-open gaze, broke forth suddenly, in a voice
+nearly jovial, "Well, lad, so you have taken up the school again.
+You will be having a fine time of it altogether."
+
+The lad, startled more by the joviality of his manner than by the
+suddenness of his speech, hastily replied, "Indeed, we are not,
+then."
+
+"What! what!" replied the old man, returning to his normal aspect
+of severity.  "Do you not know that you have great privileges now?"
+
+"Huh!" grunted Hughie.  "If we had Archie Munro again."
+
+"And what is wrong with the new man?"
+
+"Oh, I don't know.  He's not a bit nice.  He's--"
+
+"Too many rules," said Thomas, slowly.
+
+"Aha!" said his father, with a note of triumph in his tone; "so
+that's it, is it?  He will be bringing you to the mark, I warrant
+you.  And indeed it's high time, for I doubt Archie Munro was just
+a little soft with you."
+
+The old man's tone was aggravating enough, but his reference to the
+old master was too much for Hughie, and even Thomas was moved to
+words more than was his wont in his father's presence.
+
+"He has too many rules," repeated Thomas, stolidly, "and they will
+not be kept."
+
+"And he is as proud as he can be," continued Hughie.  "Comes along
+with his cane and his stand-up collar, and lifts his hat off to the
+big girls, and--and--och! he's just as stuck-up as anything!"
+Hughie's vocabulary was not equal to his contempt.
+
+"There will not be much wrong with his cane in the Twentieth
+School, I dare say," went on the old man, grimly.  "As for lifting
+his hat, it is time some of them were learning manners.  When I was
+a boy we were made to mind our manners, I can tell you."
+
+"So are we!" replied Hughie, hotly; "but we don't go shoween off
+like that!  And then himself and his rules!"  Hughie's disgust was
+quite unutterable.
+
+"Rules!" exclaimed the old man.  "Ay, that is what is the trouble."
+
+"Well," said Hughie, with a spice of mischief, "if Thomas is late
+for school he will have to bring a note of excuse."
+
+"Very good indeed.  And why should he be late at all?"
+
+"And if any one wants a pencil he can't ask for it unless he gets
+permission from the master."
+
+"Capital!" said the old man, rubbing his hands delightedly.  "He's
+the right sort, whatever."
+
+"And if you keep Thomas home a day or a week, you will have to
+write to the master about it," continued Hughie.
+
+"And what for, pray?" said the old man, hastily.  "May I not keep--
+but--  Yes, that's a very fine rule, too.  It will keep the boys
+from the woods, I am thinking."
+
+"But think of big Murdie Cameron holding up his hand to ask leave
+to speak to Bob Fraser!"
+
+"And why not indeed?  If he's not too big to be in school he's not
+too big for that.  Man alive! you should have seen the master in my
+school days lay the lads over the forms and warm their backs to
+them."
+
+"As big as Murdie?"
+
+"Ay, and bigger.  And what's more, he would send for them to their
+homes, and bring them strapped to a wheel-barrow.  Yon was a master
+for you!"
+
+Hughie snorted.  "Huh! I tell you what, we wouldn't stand that.
+And we won't stand this man either."
+
+"And what will you be doing now, Hughie?" quizzed the old man.
+
+"Well," said Hughie, reddening at the sarcasm, "I will not do much,
+but the big boys will just carry him out."
+
+"And who will be daring to do that, Hughie?"
+
+"Well, Murdie, and Bob Fraser, and Curly Ross, and Don, and--and
+Thomas, there," added Hughie, fearing to hurt Thomas' feelings by
+leaving him out.
+
+"Ay," said the old man, shutting his lips tight on his pipestem and
+puffing with a smacking noise, "let me catch Thomas at that!"
+
+"And I would help, too," said Hughie, valiantly, fearing he had
+exposed his friend, and wishing to share his danger.
+
+"Well, your father would be seeing to that," said the old man, with
+great satisfaction, feeling that Hughie's discipline might be
+safely left in the minister's hands.
+
+There was a pause of a few moments, and then a quiet voice inquired
+gently, "He will be a very big man, Hughie, I suppose."
+
+"Oh, just ordinary," said Hughie, innocently, turning to Mrs.
+Finch.
+
+"Oh, then, they will not be requiring you and Thomas, I am
+thinking, to carry him out."  At which Hughie and Billy Jack and
+Jessac laughed aloud, but Thomas and his father only looked
+stolidly into the fire.
+
+"Come, Thomas," said his mother, "take your fiddle a bit.  Hughie
+will like a tune."  There was no need of any further discussing the
+new master.
+
+But Thomas was very shy about his fiddle, and besides he was not in
+a mood for it; his father's words had rasped him.  It took the
+united persuasions of Billy Jack and Jessac and Hughie to get the
+fiddle into Thomas' hands, but after a few tuning scrapes all
+shyness and moodiness vanished, and soon the reels and strathspeys
+were dropping from Thomas' flying fingers in a way that set
+Hughie's blood tingling.  But when the fiddler struck into Money
+Musk, Billy Jack signed Jessac to him, and whispering to her, set
+her out on the middle of the floor.
+
+"Aw, I don't like to," said Jessac, twisting her apron into her
+mouth.
+
+"Come away, Jessac," said her mother, quietly, "do your best."  And
+Jessac, laying aside shyness, went at her Highland reel with the
+same serious earnestness she gave to her tidying or her knitting.
+Daintily she tripped the twenty-four steps of that intricate,
+ancient dance of the Celt people, whirling, balancing, poising,
+snapping her fingers, and twinkling her feet in the true Highland
+style, till once more her father's face smoothed out its wrinkles,
+and beamed like a harvest moon.  Hughie gazed, uncertain whether to
+allow himself to admire Jessac's performance, or to regard it with
+a boy's scorn, as she was only a girl.  And yet he could not escape
+the fascination of the swift, rhythmic movement of the neat,
+twinkling feet.
+
+"Well done, Jessac, lass," said her father, proudly.  "But what
+would the minister be saying at such frivolity?" he added, glancing
+at Hughie.
+
+"Huh! he can do it himself well enough," said Hughie, "and I tell
+you what, I only wish I could do it."
+
+"I'll show you," said Jessac, shyly, but for the first time in his
+life Hughie's courage failed, and though he would have given much
+to be able to make his feet twinkle through the mazes of the
+Highland reel, he could not bring himself to accept teaching from
+Jessac.  If it had only been Thomas or Billy Jack who had offered,
+he would soon enough have been on the floor.  For a moment he
+hesitated, then with a sudden inspiration, he cried, "All right.
+Do it again.  I'll watch."  But the mother said quietly, "I think
+that will do, Jessac.  And I am afraid your father will be going
+with cold hands if you don't hurry with those mitts."  And Jessac
+put up her lip with the true girl's grimace and went away for her
+knitting, to Hughie's disappointment and relief.
+
+Soon Billy Jack took down the tin lantern, pierced with holes into
+curious patterns, through which the candle-light rayed forth, and
+went out to bed the horses.  In spite of protests from all the
+family, Hughie set forth with him, carrying the lantern and feeling
+very much the farmer, while Billy Jack took two pails of boiled
+oats and barley, with a mixture of flax-seed, which was supposed to
+give to the Finch's team their famous and superior gloss.  When
+they returned from the stable they found in the kitchen Thomas, who
+was rubbing a composition of tallow and bees-wax into his boots to
+make them water-proof, and the mother, who was going about setting
+the table for the breakfast.
+
+"Too bad you have to go to bed, mother," said Billy Jack,
+struggling with his boot-jack.  "You might just go on getting the
+breakfast, and what a fine start that would give you for the day."
+
+"You hurry, William John, to bed with that poor lad.  What would
+his mother say?  He must be fairly exhausted."
+
+"I'm not a bit tired," said Hughie, brightly, his face radiant with
+the delight of his new experiences.
+
+"You will need all your sleep, my boy," said the mother, kindly,
+"for we rise early here.  But," she added, "you will lie till the
+boys are through with their work, and Thomas will waken you for
+your breakfast."
+
+"Indeed, no! I'm going to get up," announced Hughie.
+
+"But, Hughie," said Billy Jack, seriously, "if you and Thomas are
+going to carry out that man to-morrow, you will need a mighty lot
+of sleep to-night."
+
+"Hush, William John," said the mother to her eldest son, "you
+mustn't tease Hughie.  And it's not good to be saying such things,
+even in fun, to boys like Thomas and Hughie."
+
+"That's true, mother, for they're rather fierce already."
+
+"Indeed, they are not that.  And I am sure they will do nothing
+that will shame their parents."
+
+To this Hughie made no reply.  It was no easy matter to harmonize
+the thought of his parents with the exploit of ejecting the master
+from the school, so he only said good night, and went off with the
+silent Thomas to bed.  But in the visions of his head which haunted
+him the night long, racing horses and little girls with tossing
+curls and twinkling feet were strangely mingled with wild conflicts
+with the new master; and it seemed to him that he had hardly
+dropped off to sleep, when he was awake again to see Thomas
+standing beside him with a candle in his hand, announcing that
+breakfast was ready.
+
+"Have you been out to the stable?" he eagerly inquired, and Thomas
+nodded.  In great disappointment and a little shamefacedly he made
+his appearance at the breakfast-table.
+
+It seemed to Hughie as if it must be still the night before, for it
+was quite dark outside.  He had never had breakfast by candle-light
+before in his life, and he felt as if it all were still a part of
+his dreams, until he found himself sitting beside Billy Jack on a
+load of saw-logs, waving good by to the group at the door, the old
+man, whose face in the gray morning light had resumed its wonted
+severe look, the quiet, little dark-faced woman, smiling kindly at
+him and bidding him come again, and the little maid at her side
+with the dark ringlets, who glanced at him from behind the shelter
+of her mother's skirts, with shy boldness.
+
+As Hughie was saying his good bys, he was thinking most of the
+twinkling feet and the tossing curls, and so he added to his
+farewells, "Good by, Jessac.  I'm going to learn that reel from you
+some day," and then, turning about, he straight-way forgot all
+about her and her reel, for Billy Jack's horses were pawing to be
+off, and rolling their solemn bells, while their breath rose in
+white clouds above their heads, wreathing their manes in hoary
+rime.
+
+"Git-ep, lads," said Billy Jack, hauling his lines taut and
+flourishing his whip.  The bays straightened their backs, hung for
+a few moments on their tugs, for the load had frozen fast during
+the night, and then moved off at a smart trot, the bells solemnly
+booming out, and the sleighs creaking over the frosty snow.
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, enthusiastically, "I wish I could draw logs all
+winter."
+
+"It's not too bad a job on a day like this," assented Billy Jack.
+And indeed, any one might envy him the work on such a morning.
+Over the treetops the rays of the sun were beginning to shoot their
+rosy darts up into the sky, and to flood the clearing with light
+that sparkled and shimmered upon the frost particles, glittering
+upon and glorifying snow and trees, and even the stumps and fences.
+Around the clearing stood the forest, dark and still, except for
+the frost reports that now and then rang out like pistol shots.  To
+Hughie, the early morning invested the forest with a new beauty and
+a new wonder.  The dim light of the dawning day deepened the
+silence, so that involuntarily he hushed his voice in speaking, and
+the deep-toned roll of the sleigh-bells seemed to smite upon that
+dim, solemn quiet with startling blows.  On either side the balsams
+and spruces, with their mantles of snow, stood like white-swathed
+sentinels on guard--silent, motionless, alert.  Hughie looked to
+see them move as the team drove past.
+
+As they left the more open butternut ridge and descended into the
+depths of the big pine swamp, the dim light faded into deeper
+gloom, and Hughie felt as if he were in church, and an awe gathered
+upon him.
+
+"It's awful still," he said to Billy Jack in a low tone, and Billy
+Jack, catching the look in the boy's face, checked the light word
+upon his lips, and gazed around into the deep forest glooms with
+new eyes.  The mystery and wonder of the forest had never struck
+him before.  It had hitherto been to him a place for hunting or for
+getting big saw-logs.  But to-day he saw it with Hughie's eyes, and
+felt the majesty of its beauty and silence.  For a long time they
+drove without a word.
+
+"Say, it's mighty fine, isn't it?" he said, adopting Hughie's low
+tone.
+
+"Splendid!" exclaimed Hughie.  "My! I could just hug those big
+trees.  They look at me like--like your mother, don't they, or
+mine?"  But this was beyond Billy Jack.
+
+"Like my mother?"
+
+"Yes, you know, quiet and--and--kind, and nice."
+
+"Yes," said Thomas, breaking in for the first time, "that's just
+it.  They do look, sure enough, like my mother and yours.  They
+have both got that look."
+
+"Git-ep!" said Billy Jack to his team.  "These fellows'll be
+ketchin' something bad if we don't get into the open soon.
+Shouldn't wonder if they've got 'em already, making out their
+mothers like an old white pine.  Git-ep, I say!"
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, "you know what I mean."
+
+"Not much I don't.  But it don't matter so long as you're feelin'
+all right.  This swamp's rather bad for the groojums."
+
+"What?"  Hughie's eyes began to open wide as he glanced into the
+forest.
+
+"The groojums.  Never heard of them things?  They ketch a fellow in
+places like this when it's gettin' on towards midnight, and about
+daylight it's almost as bad."
+
+"What are they like?" asked Hughie, upon whom the spell of the
+forest lay.
+
+"Oh, mighty queer.  Always crawl up on your back, and ye can't help
+twistin' round."
+
+Hughie glanced at Thomas and was at once relieved.
+
+"Oh, pshaw!  Billy Jack, you can't fool me.  I know you."
+
+"I guess you're safe enough now.  They don't bother you much in the
+clearing," said Billy Jack, encouragingly.
+
+"Oh, fiddle!  I'm not afraid."
+
+"Nobody is in the open, and especially in the daytime."
+
+"Oh, I don't care for your old groojums."
+
+"Guess you care more for your new boss yonder, eh?" said Billy
+Jack, nodding toward the school-house, which now came into view.
+
+"Oh," said Hughie, with a groan, "I just hate going to-day."
+
+"You'll be all right when you get there," said Billy Jack,
+cheerfully.  "It's like goin' in swimmin'."
+
+Soon they were at the cross-roads.
+
+"Good by, Billy Jack," said Hughie, feeling as if he had been on a
+long, long visit.  "I've had an awfully good time, and I'd like to
+go back with you."
+
+"Wish you would," said Billy Jack, heartily.  "Come again soon.
+And don't carry out the master to-day.  It looks like a storm; he
+might get cold."
+
+"He had better mind out, then," cried Hughie after Billy Jack, and
+set off with Thomas for the school.  But neither Hughie nor Thomas
+had any idea of the thrilling experiences awaiting them in the
+Twentieth School before the week was done.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE CRISIS
+
+
+The first days of that week were days of strife.  Murdie Cameron
+and Bob Fraser and the other big boys succeeded in keeping in line
+with the master's rules and regulations.  They were careful never
+to be late, and so saved themselves the degradation of bringing an
+excuse.  But the smaller boys set themselves to make the master's
+life a burden, and succeeded beyond their highest expectations, for
+the master was quick of temper, and was determined at all costs to
+exact full and prompt obedience.  There was more flogging done
+those first six days than during any six months of Archie Munro's
+rule.  Sometimes the floggings amounted to little, but sometimes
+they were serious, and when those fell upon the smaller boys, the
+girls would weep and the bigger boys would grind their teeth and
+swear.
+
+The situation became so acute that Murdie Cameron and the big boys
+decided that they would quit the school.  They were afraid the
+temptation to throw the master out would some day be more than they
+could bear, and for men who had played their part, not without
+credit, in the Scotch River fights, to carry out the master would
+have been an exploit hardly worthy of them.  So, in dignified
+contempt of the master and his rules, they left the school after
+the third day.
+
+Their absence did not help matters much; indeed, the master
+appeared to be relieved, and proceeded to tame the school into
+submission.  It was little Jimmie Cameron who precipitated the
+crisis.  Jimmie's nose, upon which he relied when struggling with
+his snickers, had an unpleasant trick of failing him at critical
+moments, and of letting out explosive snorts of the most disturbing
+kind.  He had finally been warned that upon his next outburst
+punishment would fall.
+
+It was Friday afternoon, the drowsy hour just before recess, while
+the master was explaining to the listless Euclid class the
+mysteries of the forty-seventh proposition, that suddenly a snort
+of unusual violence burst upon the school.  Immediately every eye
+was upon the master, for all had heard and had noted his threat to
+Jimmie.
+
+"James, was that you, sir?"
+
+There was no answer, except such as could be gathered from Jimmie's
+very red and very shamed face.
+
+"James, stand up!"
+
+Jimmie wriggled to his feet, and stood a heap of various angles.
+
+"Now, James, you remember what I promised you?  Come here, sir!"
+
+Jimmie came slowly to the front, growing paler at each step, and
+stood with a dazed look on his face, before the master.  He had
+never been thrashed in all his life.  At home the big brothers
+might cuff him good-naturedly, or his mother thump him on the head
+with her thimble, but a serious whipping was to him an unknown
+horror.
+
+The master drew forth his heavy black strap with impressive
+deliberation and ominous silence.  The preparations for punishment
+were so elaborate and imposing that the big boys guessed that the
+punishment itself would not amount to much.  Not so Jimmie.  He
+stood numb with fear and horrible expectation.  The master lifted
+up the strap.
+
+"James, hold out your hand!"
+
+Jimmie promptly clutched his hand behind his back.
+
+"Hold out your hand, sir, at once!"  No answer.
+
+"James, you must do as you are told.  Your punishment for
+disobedience will be much severer than for laughing."  But Jimmie
+stood pale, silent, with his hands tight clasped behind his back.
+
+The master stepped forward, and grasping the little boy's arm,
+tried to pull his hand to the front; but Jimmie, with a roar like
+that of a young bull, threw himself flat on his face on the floor
+and put his hands under him.  The school burst into a laugh of
+triumph, which increased the master's embarrassment and rage.
+
+"Silence!" he said, "or it will be a worse matter for some of you
+than for James."
+
+Then turning his attention to Jimmie, be lifted him from the floor
+and tried to pull out his hand.  But Jimmie kept his arms folded
+tight across his breast, roaring vigorously the while, and saying
+over and over, "Go away from me!  Go away from me, I tell you!  I'm
+not taking anything to do with you."
+
+The big boys were enjoying the thing immensely.  The master's rage
+was deepening in proportion.  He felt it would never do to be
+beaten.  His whole authority was at stake.
+
+"Now, James," he reasoned, "you see you are only making it worse
+for yourself.  I cannot allow any disobedience in the school.  You
+must hold out your hand."
+
+But Jimmie, realizing that he had come off best in the first round,
+stood doggedly sniffing, his arms still folded tight.
+
+"Now, James, I shall give you one more chance.  Hold out your
+hand."
+
+Jimmie remained like a statue.
+
+Whack! came the heavy strap over his shoulders.  At once Jimmie set
+up his refrain, "Go away from me, I tell you!  I'm not taking
+anything to do with you!"
+
+Whack! whack! whack! fell the strap with successive blows, each
+heavier than the last.  There was no longer any laughing in the
+school.  The affair was growing serious.  The girls were beginning
+to sob, and the bigger boys to grow pale.
+
+"Now, James, will you hold out your hand?  You see how much worse
+you are making it for yourself," said the master, who was heartily
+sick of the struggle, which he felt to be undignified, and the
+result of which he feared was dubious.
+
+But Jimmie only kept up his cry, now punctuated with sobs, "I'm--
+not--taking--anything--to do--with--you."
+
+"Jimmie, listen to me," said the master.  "You must hold out your
+hand.  I cannot have boys refusing to obey me in this school."  But
+Jimmie caught the entreaty in the tone, and knowing that the battle
+was nearly over, kept obstinately silent.
+
+"Well, then," said the master, suddenly, "you must take it," and
+lifting the strap, he laid it with such sharp emphasis over
+Jimmie's shoulders that Jimmie's voice rose in a wilder roar than
+usual, and the girls burst into audible weeping.
+
+Suddenly, above all the hubbub, rose a voice, clear and sharp.
+
+"Stop!"  It was Thomas Finch, of all people, standing with face
+white and tense, and regarding the master with steady eyes.
+
+The school gazed thunderstruck at the usually slow and stolid
+Thomas.
+
+"What do you mean, sir?" said the master, gladly turning from
+Jimmie.  But Thomas stood silent, as much surprised as the master
+at his sudden exclamation.
+
+He stood hesitating for a moment, and then said, "You can thrash me
+in his place.  He's a little chap, and has never been thrashed."
+
+The master misunderstood his hesitation for fear, pushed Jimmie
+aside, threw down his strap, and seized a birch rod.
+
+"Come forward, sir!  I'll put an end to your insubordination, at
+any rate.  Hold out your hand!"
+
+Thomas held out his hand till the master finished one birch rod.
+
+"The other hand, sir!"
+
+Another birch rod was used up, but Thomas neither uttered a sound
+nor made a move till the master had done, then he asked, in a
+strained voice, "Were you going to give Jimmie all that, sir?"
+
+The master caught the biting sneer in the tone, and lost himself
+completely.
+
+"Do you dare to answer me back?" he cried.  He opened his desk,
+took out a rawhide, and without waiting to ask for his hand, began
+to lay the rawhide about Thomas's shoulders and legs, till he was
+out of breath.
+
+"Now, perhaps you will learn your place, sir," he said.
+
+"Thank you," said Thomas, looking him steadily in the eye.
+
+"You are welcome.  And I'll give you as much more whenever you show
+that you need it."  The slight laugh with which he closed this
+brutal speech made Thomas wince as he had not during his whole
+terrible thrashing, but still he had not a word to say.
+
+"Now, James, come here!" said the master, turning to Jimmie.  "You
+see what happens when a boy is insubordinate."  Jimmie came
+trembling.  "Hold out your hand!"  Out came Jimmie's hand at once.
+Whack! fell the strap.
+
+"The other!"
+
+"Stop it!" roared Thomas.  "I took his thrashing."
+
+"The other!" said the master, ignoring Thomas.
+
+With a curious savage snarl Thomas sprung at him.  The master,
+however, was on the alert, and swinging round, met him with a
+straight facer between the eyes, and Thomas went to the floor.
+
+"Aha! my boy!  I'll teach you something you have yet to learn."
+
+For answer came another cry, "Come on, boys!"  It was Ranald
+Macdonald, coming over the seats, followed by Don Cameron, Billy
+Ross, and some smaller boys.  The master turned to meet them.
+
+"Come along!" he said, backing up to his desk.  "But I warn you
+it's not a strap or a rawhide I shall use."
+
+Ranald paid no attention to his words, but came straight toward
+him, and when at arm's length, sprung at him with the cry, "Horo,
+boys!"
+
+But before he could lay his hands upon the master, he received a
+blow straight on the bridge of the nose that staggered him back,
+stunned and bleeding.  By this time Thomas was up again, and
+rushing in was received in like manner, and fell back over a bench.
+
+"How do you like it, boys?" smiled the master.  "Come right along."
+
+The boys obeyed his invitation, approaching him, but more warily,
+and awaiting their chance to rush.  Suddenly Thomas, with a savage
+snarl, put his head down and rushed in beneath the master's guard,
+paid no attention to the heavy blow he received on the head, and
+locking his arms round the master's middle, buried his head close
+into his chest.
+
+At once Ranald and Billy Ross threw themselves upon the struggling
+pair and carried them to the floor, the master underneath.  There
+was a few moments of fierce struggling, and then the master lay
+still, with the four boys holding him down for dear life.
+
+It was Thomas who assumed command.
+
+"Don't choke him so, Ranald," he said.  "And clear out of the way,
+all you girls and little chaps."
+
+"What are you going to do, Thomas?" asked Don, acknowledging
+Thomas's new-born leadership.
+
+"Tie him up," said Thomas.  "Get me a sash."
+
+At once two or three little boys rushed to the hooks and brought
+one or two of the knitted sashes that hung there, and Thomas
+proceeded to tie the master's legs.
+
+While he was thus busily engaged, a shadow darkened the door, and a
+voice exclaimed, "What is all this about?"  It was the minister,
+who had been driving past and had come upon the terrified, weeping
+children rushing home.
+
+"Is that you, Thomas?  And you, Don?"
+
+The boys let go their hold and stood up, shamed but defiant.
+
+Immediately the master was on his feet, and with a swift, fierce
+blow, caught Thomas on the chin.  Thomas, taken off his guard, fell
+with a thud on the floor.
+
+"Stop that, young man!" said the minister, catching his arm.
+"That's a coward's blow."
+
+"Hands off!" said the master, shaking himself free and squaring up
+to him.
+
+"Ye would, would ye?" said the minister, gripping him by the neck
+and shaking him as he might a child.  "Lift ye're hand to me, would
+ye?  I'll break you're back to ye, and that I will."  So saying,
+the minister seized him by the arms and held him absolutely
+helpless.  The master ceased to struggle, and put down his hands.
+
+"Ay, ye'd better, my man," said the minister, giving him a fling
+backward.
+
+Meantime Don had been holding snow to Thomas's head, and had
+brought him round.
+
+"Now, then," said the minister to the boys, "what does all this
+mean?"
+
+The boys were all silent, but the master spoke.
+
+"It is a case of rank and impudent insubordination, sir, and I
+demand the expulsion of those impudent rascals."
+
+"Well, sir," said the minister, "be sure there will be a thorough
+investigation, and I greatly misjudge the case if there are not
+faults on both sides.  And for one thing, the man who can strike
+such a cowardly blow as you did a moment ago would not be unlikely
+to be guilty of injustice and cruelty."
+
+"It is none of your business," said the master, insolently.
+
+"You will find that I shall make it my business," said the
+minister.  "And now, boys, be off to your homes, and be here Monday
+morning at nine o'clock, when this matter shall be gone into."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+"ONE THAT RULETH WELL HIS OWN HOUSE"
+
+
+The news of the school trouble ran through the section like fire
+through a brule.  The younger generations when they heard how
+Thomas Finch had dared the master, raised him at once to the rank
+of hero, but the heads of families received the news doubtfully,
+and wondered what the rising generation was coming to.
+
+The next day Billy Jack heard the story in the Twentieth store, and
+with some anxiety waited for the news to reach his father's ears,
+for to tell the truth, Billy Jack, man though he was, held his
+father in dread.
+
+"How did you come to do it?" he asked Thomas.  "Why didn't you let
+Don begin?  It was surely Don's business."
+
+"I don't know.  It slipped out," replied Thomas.  "I couldn't stand
+Jimmie's yelling any longer.  I didn't know I said anything till I
+found myself standing up, and after that I didn't seem to care for
+anything."
+
+"Man! it was fine, though," said Billy Jack.  "I didn't think it
+was in you."  And Thomas felt more than repaid for all his cruel
+beating.  It was something to win the approval of Billy Jack in an
+affair of this kind.
+
+It was at church on the Sabbath day that Donald Finch heard about
+his son's doings in the school the week before.  The minister, in
+his sermon, thought fit to dwell upon the tendency of the rising
+generation to revolt against authority in all things, and solemnly
+laid upon parents the duty and responsibility of seeing to it that
+they ruled their households well.
+
+It was not just the advice that Donald Finch stood specially in
+need of, but he was highly pleased with the sermon, and was
+enlarging upon it in the churchyard where the people gathered
+between the services, when Peter McRae, thinking that old Donald
+was hardly taking the minister's advice to himself as he ought, and
+not knowing that the old man was ignorant of all that had happened
+in the school, answered him somewhat severely.
+
+"It is good to be approving the sermon, but I would rather be
+seeing you make a practical application of it."
+
+"Indeed, that is true," replied Donald, "and it would not be amiss
+for more than me to make application of it."
+
+"Indeed, then, if all reports be true," replied Peter, "it would be
+well for you to begin at home."
+
+"Mr. McRae," said Donald, earnestly, "it is myself that knows well
+enough my shortcomings, but if there is any special reason for your
+remark, I am not aware of it."
+
+This light treatment of what to Peter had seemed a grievous offense
+against all authority incensed the old dominie beyond all endurance.
+
+"And do you not think that the conduct of your son last week calls
+for any reproof?  And is it you that will stand up and defend it in
+the face of the minister and his sermon upon it this day?"
+
+Donald gazed at him a few moments as if he had gone mad.  At length
+he replied, slowly, "I do not wish to forget that you are an elder
+of the church, Mr. McRae, and I will not be charging you with
+telling lies on me and my family--"
+
+"Tut, tut, man," broke in Long John Cameron, seeing how the matter
+stood; "he's just referring to yon little difference Thomas had
+with the master last week.  But it's just nothing.  Come away in."
+
+"Thomas?" gasped Donald.  "My Thomas?"
+
+"You have not heard, then," said Peter, in surprise, and old Donald
+only shook his head.
+
+"Then it's time you did," replied Peter, severely, "for such things
+are a disgrace to the community."
+
+"Nonsense!" said Long John.  "Not a bit of it!  I think none the
+less of Thomas for it."  But in matters of this kind Long John
+could hardly be counted an authority, for it was not so very long
+ago since he had been beguiled into an affair at the Scotch River
+which, while it brought him laurels at the hands of the younger
+generation, did not add to his reputation with the elders of the
+church.
+
+It did not help matters much that Murdie Cameron and others of his
+set proceeded to congratulate old Donald, in their own way, upon
+his son's achievement, and with all the more fervor that they
+perceived that it moved the solemn Peter to righteous wrath.  From
+one and another the tale came forth with embellishments, till
+Donald Finch was reduced to such a state of voiceless rage and
+humiliation that when, at the sound of the opening psalm the
+congregation moved into the church for the Gaelic service, the old
+man departed for his home, trembling, silent, amazed.
+
+How Thomas could have brought this disgrace upon him, he could not
+imagine.  If it had been William John, who, with all his good
+nature, had a temper brittle enough, he would not have been
+surprised.  And then the minister's sermon, of which he had spoken
+in such open and enthusiastic approval, how it condemned him for
+his neglect of duty toward his family, and held up his authority
+over his household to scorn.  It was a terrible blow to his pride.
+
+"It is the Lord's judgment upon me," he said to himself, as he
+tramped his way through the woods.  "It is the curse of Eli that is
+hanging over me and mine."  And with many vows he resolved that, at
+all costs, he would do his duty in this crisis and bring Thomas to
+a sense of his sins.
+
+It was in this spirit that he met his family at the supper-table,
+after their return from the Gaelic service.
+
+"What is this I hear about you, Thomas?" he began, as Thomas came
+in and took his place at the table.  "What is this I hear about
+you, sir?" he repeated, making a great effort to maintain a calm
+and judicial tone.
+
+Thomas remained silent, partly because he usually found speech
+difficult, but chiefly because he dreaded his father's wrath.
+
+"What is this that has become the talk of the countryside and the
+disgrace of my name?" continued the father, in deepening tones.
+
+"No very great disgrace, surely," said Billy Jack, lightly, hoping
+to turn his father's anger.
+
+"Be you silent, sir!" commanded the old man, sternly.  "I will ask
+for your opinion when I require it.  You and others beside you in
+this house need to learn your places."
+
+Billy Jack made no reply, fearing to make matters worse, though he
+found it hard not to resent this taunt, which he knew well was
+flung at his mother.
+
+"I wonder at you, Thomas, after such a sermon as yon.  I wonder you
+are able to sit there unconcerned at this table.  I wonder you are
+not hiding your head in shame and confusion."  The old man was
+lashing himself into a white rage, while Thomas sat looking
+stolidly before him, his slow tongue finding no words of defense.
+And indeed, he had little thought of defending himself.  He was
+conscious of an acute self-condemnation, and yet, struggling
+through his slow-moving mind there was a feeling that in some sense
+he could not define, there was justification for what he had done.
+
+"It is not often that Thomas has grieved you," ventured the mother,
+timidly, for, with all her courage, she feared her husband when he
+was in this mood.
+
+"Woman, be silent!" blazed forth the old man, as if he had been
+waiting for her words.  "It is not for you to excuse his
+wickedness.  You are too fond of that work, and your children are
+reaping the fruits of it."
+
+Billy Jack looked up quickly as if to answer, but his mother turned
+her face full upon him and commanded him with steady eyes, giving,
+herself, no sign of emotion except for a slight tightening of the
+lips and a touch of color in her face.
+
+"Your children have well learned their lesson of rebellion and
+deceit," continued her husband, allowing his passion a free rein.
+"But I vow unto the Lord I will put an end to it now, whatever.
+And I will give you to remember, sir," turning to Thomas, "to the
+end of your days, this occasion.  And now, hence from this table.
+Let me not see your face till the Sabbath is past, and then, if the
+Lord spares me, I shall deal with you."
+
+Thomas hesitated a moment as if he had not quite taken in his
+father's words, then, leaving his supper untouched, he rose slowly,
+and without a word climbed the ladder to the loft.  The mother
+followed him a moment with her eyes, and then once more turning to
+Billy Jack, held him with calm, steady gaze.  Her immediate fear
+was for her eldest son.  Thomas, she knew, would in the mean time
+simply suffer what might be his lot, but for many a day she had
+lived in terror of an outbreak between her eldest son and her
+husband.  Again Billy Jack caught her look, and commanded himself
+to silence.
+
+"The fire is low, William John," she said, in a quiet voice.  Billy
+Jack rose, and from the wood-box behind the stove, replenished the
+fire, reading perfectly his mother's mind, and resolving at all
+costs to do her will.
+
+At the taking of the books that night the prayer, which was spoken
+in a tone of awful and almost inaudible solemnity, was for the most
+part an exaltation of the majesty and righteousness of the
+government of God, and a lamentation over the wickedness and
+rebellion of mankind.  And Billy Jack thought it was no good augury
+that it closed with a petition for grace to maintain the honor of
+that government, and to uphold that righteous majesty in all the
+relations of life.  It was a woeful evening to them all, and as
+soon as possible the household went miserably to bed.
+
+Before going to her room the mother slipped up quietly to the loft
+and found Thomas lying in his bunk, dressed and awake.  He was
+still puzzling out his ethical problem.  His conscience clearly
+condemned him for his fight with the master, and yet, somehow he
+could not regret having stood up for Jimmie and taken his
+punishment.  He expected no mercy at his father's hands next
+morning.  The punishment he knew would be cruel enough, but it was
+not the pain that Thomas was dreading; he was dimly struggling with
+the sense of outrage, for ever since the moment he had stood up and
+uttered his challenge to the master, he had felt himself to be
+different.  That moment now seemed to belong to the distant years
+when he was a boy, and now he could not imagine himself submitting
+to a flogging from any man, and it seemed to him strange and almost
+impossible that even his father should lift his hand to him.
+
+"You are not sleeping, Thomas," said his mother, going up to his
+bunk.
+
+"No, mother."
+
+"And you have had no supper at all."
+
+"I don't want any, mother."
+
+The mother sat silent beside him for a time, and then said, quietly,
+"You did not tell me, Thomas."
+
+"No, mother, I didn't like."
+
+"It would have been better that your father should have heard this
+from--I mean, should have heard it at home.  And--you might have
+told me, Thomas."
+
+"Yes, mother, I wish now I had.  But, indeed, I can't understand
+how it happened.  I don't feel as if it was me at all."  And then
+Thomas told his mother all the tale, finishing his story with the
+words, "And I couldn't help it, mother, at all."
+
+The mother remained silent for a little, and then, with a little
+tremor in her voice, she replied: "No, Thomas, I know you couldn't
+help it, and I--" here her voice quite broke--"I am not ashamed of
+you."
+
+"Are you not, mother?" said Thomas, sitting up suddenly in great
+surprise.  "Then I don't care.  I couldn't make it out well."
+
+"Never you mind, Thomas, it will be well," and she leaned over him
+and kissed him.  Thomas felt her face wet with tears, and his
+stolid reserve broke down.
+
+"Oh, mother, mother, I don't care now," he cried, his breath coming
+in great sobs.  "I don't care at all."  And he put his arms round
+his mother, clinging to her as if he had been a child.
+
+"I know, laddie, I know," whispered his mother.  "Never you fear,
+never fear."  And then, as if to herself, she added, "Thank the
+Lord you are not a coward, whatever."
+
+Thomas found himself again without words, but he held his mother
+fast, his big body shaking with his sobs.
+
+"And, Thomas," she continued, after a pause, "your father--we must
+just be patient."  All her life long this had been her struggle.
+"And--and--he is a good man."  Her tears were now flowing fast, and
+her voice had quite lost its calm.
+
+Thomas was alarmed and distressed.  He had never in all his life
+seen his mother weep, and rarely had heard her voice break.
+
+"Don't, mother," he said, growing suddenly quiet himself.  "Don't
+you mind, mother.  It'll be all right, and I'm not afraid."
+
+"Yes," she said, rising and regaining her self-control, "it will be
+all right, Thomas.  You go to sleep."  And there were such evident
+reserves of strength behind her voice that Thomas lay down, certain
+that all would be well.  His mother had never failed him.
+
+The mother went downstairs with the purpose in her heart of having
+a talk with her husband, but Donald Finch knew her ways well, and
+had resolved that he would have no speech with her upon the matter,
+for he knew that it would be impossible for him to persevere in his
+intention to "deal with" Thomas, if he allowed his wife to have any
+talk with him.
+
+The morning brought the mother no opportunity of speech with her
+husband.  He, contrary to his custom, remained until breakfast in
+his room.  Outside in the kitchen, he could hear Billy Jack's
+cheerful tones and hearty laugh, and it angered him to think that
+his displeasure should have so little effect upon his household.
+If the house had remained shrouded in gloom, and the family had
+gone about on tiptoes and with bated breath, it would have shown no
+more than a proper appreciation of the father's displeasure; but as
+Billy Jack's cheerful words and laughter fell upon his ear, he
+renewed his vows to do his duty that day in upholding his
+authority, and bringing to his son a due sense of his sin.
+
+In grim silence he ate his breakfast, except for a sharp rebuke to
+Billy Jack, who had been laboring throughout the meal to make
+cheerful conversation with Jessac and his mother.  At his father's
+rebuke Billy Jack dropped his cheerful tone, and avoiding his
+mother's eyes, he assumed at once an attitude of open defiance, his
+tones and words plainly offering to his father war, if war he would
+have.
+
+"You will come to me in the room after breakfast," said his father,
+as Thomas rose to go to the stable.
+
+"There's a meeting of the trustees at nine o'clock at the school-
+house at which Thomas must be present," interposed Billy Jack, in
+firm, steady tones.
+
+"He may go when I have done with him," said his father, angrily,
+"and meantime you will attend to your own business."
+
+"Yes, sir, I will that!"  Billy Jack's response came back with
+fierce promptness.
+
+The old man glanced at him, caught the light in his eyes, hesitated
+a moment, and then, throwing all restraint to the winds, thundered
+out, "What do you mean, sir?"
+
+"What I say.  I am going to attend to my own business, and that
+soon."  Billy Jack's tone was quick, eager, defiant.
+
+Again the old man hesitated, and then replied, "Go to it, then."
+
+"I am going, and I am going to take Thomas to that meeting at nine
+o'clock."
+
+"I did not know that you had business there," said the old man,
+sarcastically.
+
+"Then you may know it now," blazed forth Billy Jack, "for I am
+going.  And as sure as I stand here, I will see that Thomas gets
+fair play there if he doesn't at home, if I have to lick every
+trustee in the section."
+
+"Hold your peace, sir!" said his father, coming nearer him.  "Do
+not give me any impertinence, and do not accuse me of unfairness."
+
+"Have you heard Thomas's side of the story?" returned Billy Jack.
+
+"I have heard enough, and more than enough."
+
+"You haven't heard both sides."
+
+"I know the truth of it, whatever, the shameful and disgraceful
+truth of it.  I know that the country-side is ringing with it.  I
+know that in the house of God the minister held up my family to the
+scorn of the people.  And I vowed to do my duty to my house."
+
+The old man's passion had risen to such a height that for a moment
+Billy Jack quailed before it.  In the pause that followed the old
+man's outburst the mother came to her son.
+
+"Hush, William John!  You are not to forget yourself, nor your duty
+to your father and to me.  Thomas will receive full justice in this
+matter."  There was a quiet strength and dignity in her manner that
+commanded immediate attention from both men.
+
+The mother went on in a low, even voice, "Your father has his duty
+to perform, and you must not take upon yourself to interfere."
+
+Billy Jack could hardly believe his ears.  That his mother should
+desert him, and should support what he knew she felt to be
+injustice and tyranny, was more than he could understand.  No less
+perplexed was her husband.
+
+As they stood there looking at each other, uncertain as to the next
+step, there came a knock at the back door.  The mother went to open
+it, pausing on her way to push back some chairs and put the room to
+rights, thus allowing the family to regain its composure.
+
+"Good morning, Mrs. Finch.  You will be thinking I have slept in
+your barn all night."  It was Long John Cameron.
+
+"Come away in, Mr. Cameron.  It is never too early for friends to
+come to this house," said Mrs. Finch, her voice showing her great
+relief.
+
+Long John came in, glanced shrewdly about, and greeted Mr. Finch
+with great heartiness.
+
+"It's a fine winter day, Mr. Finch, but it looks as if we might
+have a storm.  You are busy with the logs, I hear."
+
+Old Donald was slowly recovering himself.
+
+"And a fine lot you are having," continued Long John.  "I was just
+saying the other day that it was wonderful the work you could get
+through."
+
+"Indeed, it is hard enough to do anything here," said Donald Finch,
+with some bitterness.
+
+"You may say so," responded Long John, cheerfully.  "The snow is
+that deep in the bush, and--"
+
+"You were wanting to see me, Mr. Cameron," interrupted Donald.  "I
+have a business on hand which requires attention."
+
+"Indeed, and so have I.  For it is--"
+
+"And indeed, it is just as well you and all should know it, for my
+disgrace is well known."
+
+"Disgrace!" exclaimed Long John.
+
+"Ay, disgrace.  For is it not a disgrace to have the conduct of
+your family become the occasion of a sermon on the Lord's Day?"
+
+"Indeed, I did not think much of yon sermon, whatever," replied
+Long John.
+
+"I cannot agree with you, Mr. Cameron.  It was a powerful sermon,
+and it was only too sorely needed.  But I hope it will not be
+without profit to myself."
+
+"Indeed, it is not the sermon you have much need of," said Long
+John, "for every one knows what a--"
+
+"Ay, it is myself that needs it, but with the help of the Lord I
+will be doing my duty this morning."
+
+"And I am very glad to hear that," replied Long John, "for that is
+why I am come."
+
+"And what may you have to do with it?" asked the old man.
+
+"As to that, indeed," replied Long John, coolly, "I am not yet
+quite sure.  But if I might ask without being too bold, what is the
+particular duty to which you are referring?"
+
+"You may ask, and you and all have a right to know, for I am about
+to visit upon my son his sins and shame."
+
+"And is it meaning to wheep him you are?"
+
+"Ay," said the old man, and his lips came fiercely together.
+
+"Indeed, then, you will just do no such thing this morning."
+
+"And by what right do you interfere in my domestic affairs?"
+demanded old Donald, with dignity.  "Answer me that, Mr. Cameron."
+
+"Right or no right," replied Long John, "before any man lays a
+finger on Thomas there, he will need to begin with myself.  And,"
+he added, grimly, "there are not many in the county who would care
+for that job."
+
+Old Donald Finch looked at his visitor in speechless amazement.  At
+length Long John grew excited.
+
+"Man alive!" he exclaimed, "it's a quare father you are.  You may
+be thinking it disgrace, but the section will be proud that there
+is a boy in it brave enough to stand up for the weak against a
+brute bully."  And then he proceeded to tell the tale as he had
+heard it from Don, with such strong passion and such rude vigor,
+that in spite of himself old Donald found his rage vanish, and his
+heart began to move within him toward his son.
+
+"And it is for that," cried Long John, dashing his fist into his
+open palm, "it is for that that you would punish your son.  May God
+forgive me! but the man that lays a finger on Thomas yonder, will
+come into sore grief this day.  Ay, lad," continued Long John,
+striding toward Thomas and gripping him by the shoulders with both
+hands, "you are a man, and you stood up for the weak yon day, and
+if you efer will be wanting a friend, remember John Cameron."
+
+"Well, well, Mr. Cameron," said old Donald, who was more deeply
+moved than he cared to show, "it maybe as you say.  It maybe the
+lad was not so much in the wrong."
+
+"In the wrong?" roared Long John, blowing his nose hard.  "In the
+wrong?  May my boys ever be in the wrong in such a way!"
+
+"Well," said old Donald, "we shall see about this.  And if Thomas
+has suffered injustice it is not his father will refuse to see him
+righted."  And soon they were all off to the meeting at the school-
+house.
+
+Thomas was the last to leave the room.  As usual, he had not been
+able to find a word, but stood white and trembling, but as he found
+himself alone with his mother, once more his stolid reserve broke
+down, and he burst into a strange and broken cry, "Oh, mother,
+mother," but he could get no further.
+
+"Never mind, laddie," said his mother, "you have borne yourself
+well, and your mother is proud of you."
+
+At the investigation held in the school-house, it became clear
+that, though the insubordination of both Jimmie and Thomas was
+undeniable, the provocation by the master had been very great.  And
+though the minister, who was superintendent of instruction for the
+district, insisted that the master's authority must, at all costs,
+be upheld, such was the rage of old Donald Finch and Long John
+Cameron that the upshot was that the master took his departure from
+the section, glad enough to escape with bones unbroken.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+FOXY
+
+
+After the expulsion of the master, the Twentieth School fell upon
+evil days, for the trustees decided that it would be better to try
+"gurl" teachers, as Hughie contemptuously called them; and this
+policy prevailed for two or three years, with the result that the
+big boys left the school, and with their departure the old heroic
+age passed away, to be succeeded by an age soft, law-abiding, and
+distinctly commercial.
+
+The spirit of this unheroic age was incarnate in the person of
+"Foxy" Ross.  Foxy got his name, in the first instance, from the
+peculiar pinky red shade of hair that crowned his white, fat face,
+but the name stuck to him as appropriately descriptive of his
+tricks and his manners.  His face was large, and smooth, and fat,
+with wide mouth, and teeth that glistened when he smiled.  His
+smile was like his face, large, and smooth, and fat.  His eyes,
+which were light gray--white, Hughie called them--were shifty,
+avoiding the gaze that sought to read them, or piercingly keen,
+according as he might choose.
+
+After the departure of the big boys, Foxy gradually grew in
+influence until his only rival in the school was Hughie.  Foxy's
+father was the storekeeper in the Twentieth, and this brought
+within Foxy's reach possibilities of influence that gave him an
+immense advantage over Hughie.  By means of bull's-eyes and
+"lickerish" sticks, Foxy could win the allegiance of all the
+smaller boys and many of the bigger ones, while with the girls,
+both big and small, his willingness to please and his smooth
+manners won from many affection, and from the rest toleration,
+although Betsy Dan Campbell asserted that whenever Foxy Ross came
+near her she felt something creeping up her backbone.
+
+With the teacher, too, Foxy was a great favorite.  He gave her
+worshipful reverence and many gifts from his father's store,
+eloquent of his devotion.  He was never detected in mischief, and
+was always ready to expose the misdemeanors of the other boys.
+Thus it came that Foxy was the paramount influence within the
+school.
+
+Outside, his only rival was Hughie, and at times Hughie's rivalry
+became dangerous.  In all games that called for skill, activity,
+and reckless daring, Hughie was easily leader.  In "Old Sow,"
+"Prisoner's Base," but especially in the ancient and noble game of
+"Shinny," Hughie shone peerless and supreme.  Foxy hated games, and
+shinny, the joy of those giants of old, who had torn victory from
+the Sixteenth, and even from the Front one glorious year, was at
+once Foxy's disgust and terror.  As a little boy, he could not for
+the life of him avoid turning his back to wait shuddering, with
+humping shoulders, for the enemy's charge, and in anything like a
+melee, he could not help jumping into the air at every dangerous
+stroke.
+
+And thus he brought upon himself the contempt even of boys much
+smaller than himself, who, under the splendid and heroic example of
+those who led them, had only one ambition, to get a whack at the
+ball, and this ambition they gratified on every possible occasion
+reckless of consequences.  Hence, when the last of the big boys,
+Thomas Finch, against whose solid mass hosts had flung themselves
+to destruction, finally left the school, Foxy, with great skill,
+managed to divert the energies of the boys to games less violent
+and dangerous, and by means of his bull's-eyes and his liquorice,
+and his large, fat smile, he drew after him a very considerable
+following of both girls and boys.
+
+The most interesting and most successful of Foxy's schemes was the
+game of "store," which he introduced, Foxy himself being the
+storekeeper.  He had the trader's genius for discovering and
+catering to the weaknesses of people, and hence his store became,
+for certain days of the week, the center of life during the
+recreation hours.  The store itself was a somewhat pretentious
+successor to the little brush cabin with wide open front, where in
+the old days the boys used to gather, and lying upon piles of
+fragrant balsam boughs before the big blazing fire placed in front,
+used to listen to the master talk, and occasionally read.
+
+Foxy's store was built of slabs covered with thick brush, and
+set off with a plank counter and shelves, whereon were displayed
+his wares.  His stock was never too large for his personal
+transportation, but its variety was almost infinite, bull's-eyes
+and liquorice, maple sugar and other "sweeties," were staples.
+Then, too, there were balls of gum, beautifully clear, which in its
+raw state Foxy gathered from the ends of the pine logs at the
+sawmill, and which, by a process of boiling and clarifying known
+only to himself, he brought to a marvelous perfection.
+
+But Foxy's genius did not confine itself to sweets.  He would buy
+and sell and "swap" anything, but in swapping no bargain was ever
+completed unless there was money for Foxy in the deal.  He had
+goods second-hand and new, fish-hooks and marbles, pot-metal knives
+with brass handles, slate-pencils that would "break square," which
+were greatly desired by all, skate-straps, and buckskin whangs.
+
+But Foxy's financial ability never displayed itself with more
+brilliancy than when he organized the various games of the school
+so as to have them begin and end with the store.  When the river
+and pond were covered with clear, black ice, skating would be the
+rage, and then Foxy's store would be hung with skate-straps, and
+with cedar-bark torches, which were greatly in demand for the
+skating parties that thronged the pond at night.  There were no
+torches like Foxy's.  The dry cedar bark any one could get from the
+fences, but Foxy's torches were always well soaked in oil and bound
+with wire, and were prepared with such excellent skill that they
+always burned brighter and held together longer than any others.
+These cedar-bark torches Foxy disposed of to the larger boys who
+came down to the pond at night.  Foxy's methods of finance were
+undoubtedly marked by ability, and inasmuch as his accounts were
+never audited, the profits were large and sure.  He made it a point
+to purchase a certain proportion of his supplies from his father,
+who was proud of his son's financial ability, but whether his
+purchases always equaled his sales no one ever knew.
+
+If the pond and river were covered with snow, then Foxy would
+organize a deer-hunt, when all the old pistols in the section would
+be brought forth, and the store would display a supply of gun caps,
+by the explosion of which deadly ammunition the deer would be
+dropped in their tracks, and drawn to the store by prancing steeds
+whose trappings had been purchased from Foxy.
+
+When the interest in the deer-hunt began to show signs of waning,
+Foxy would bring forth a supply of gunpowder, for the purchase of
+which any boy who owned a pistol would be ready to bankrupt
+himself.  In this Hughie took a leading part, although he had to
+depend upon the generosity of others for the thrilling excitement
+of bringing down his deer with a pistol-shot, for Hughie had never
+been able to save coppers enough to purchase a pistol of his own.
+
+But deer-hunting with pistols was forbidden by the teacher from the
+day when Hughie, in his eagerness to bring his quarry down, left
+his ramrod in his pistol, and firing at Aleck Dan Campbell at
+point-blank range, laid him low with a lump on the side of his head
+as big as a marble.  The only thing that saved Aleck's life, the
+teacher declared, was his thick crop of black hair.  Foxy was in
+great wrath at Hughie for his recklessness, which laid the deer-
+hunting under the teacher's ban, and which interfered seriously
+with the profits of the store.
+
+But Foxy was far too great a man to allow himself to be checked by
+any such misfortune as this.  He was far too astute to attempt to
+defy the teacher and carry on the forbidden game, but with great
+ability he adapted the principles of deer-hunting to a game even
+more exciting and profitable.  He organized the game of "Injuns,"
+some of the boys being set apart as settlers who were to defend the
+fort, of which the store was the center, the rest to constitute the
+invading force of savages.
+
+The result was, that the trade in caps and gunpowder was brisker
+than ever, for not only was the powder needed for the pistols, but
+even larger quantities were necessary for the slow-matches which
+hissed their wrath at the approaching enemy, and the mounted guns,
+for which earthen ink-bottles did excellently, set out on a big
+stump to explode, to the destruction of scores of creeping redskins
+advancing through the bush, who, after being mutilated and mangled
+by these terrible explosions, were dragged into the camp and
+scalped.  Foxy's success was phenomenal.  The few pennies and fewer
+half-dimes and dimes that the boys had hoarded for many long weeks
+would soon have been exhausted had Hughie not wrecked the game.
+
+Hughie alone had no fear of Foxy, but despised him utterly.  He had
+stood and yelled when those heroes of old, Murdie and Don Cameron,
+Curly Ross, and Ranald Macdonald, and last but not to be despised
+Thomas Finch, had done battle with the enemy from the Sixteenth or
+the Front, and he could not bring himself to acknowledge the
+leadership of Foxy Ross, for all his bull's-eyes and liquorice.
+Not but what Hughie yearned for bull's-eyes and liquorice with
+great yearning, but these could not atone to him for the loss out
+of his life of the stir and rush and daring of the old fighting
+days.  And it galled him that the boys of the Sixteenth could flout
+the boys of the Twentieth in all places and on all occasions with
+impunity.
+
+But above all, it seemed to him a standing disgrace that the
+habitant teamsters from the north, who in former days found it a
+necessary and wise precaution to put their horses to a gallop as
+they passed the school, in order to escape with sleighs intact from
+the hordes that lined the roadway, now drove slowly past the very
+gate without an apparent tremor.  But besides all this, he had an
+instinctive shrinking from Foxy, and sympathized with Betsy Dan in
+her creepy feeling whenever he approached.  Hence he refused
+allegiance, and drew upon himself Foxy's jealous hatred.
+
+It was one of Foxy's few errors in judgment that, from his desire
+to humiliate Hughie and to bring him to a proper state of
+subjection, he succeeded in shutting him out from the leadership in
+the game of "Injuns," for Hughie promptly refused a subordinate
+position and withdrew, like Achilles, to his tent.  But, unlike
+Achilles, though he sulked, he sulked actively, and to some
+purpose, for, drawing off with him his two faithful henchmen,
+"Fusie"--neither Hughie nor any one else ever knew another name for
+the little French boy who had drifted into the settlement and made
+his home with the MacLeods--and Davie "Scotch," a cousin of Davie
+MacDougall, newly arrived from Scotland, he placed them in
+positions which commanded the store entrance, and waited until the
+settlers had all departed upon their expedition against the
+invading Indians.  Foxy, with one or two smaller boys, was left in
+charge of the store waiting for trade.
+
+In a few moments Foxy's head appeared at the door, when, whiz! a
+snowball skinned his ear and flattened itself with a bang against
+the slabs.
+
+"Hold on there!  Stop that!  You're too close up," shouted Foxy,
+thinking that the invaders were breaking the rules of the game.
+
+Bang! a snowball from another quarter caught him fair in the neck.
+
+"Here, you fools, you!  Stop that!" cried Foxy, turning in the
+direction whence the snowball came and dodging round to the side of
+the store.  But this was Hughie's point of attack, and soon Foxy
+found that the only place of refuge was inside, whither he fled,
+closing the door after him.  Immediately the door became a target
+for the hidden foe.
+
+Meantime, the Indian war was progressing, but now and again a
+settler would return to the fort for ammunition, and the moment he
+reached the door a volley of snowballs would catch him and hasten
+his entrance.  Once in it was dangerous to come out.
+
+By degrees Hughie augmented his besieging force from the more
+adventurous settlers and Indians, and placed them in the bush
+surrounding the door.
+
+The war game was demoralized, but the new game proved so much more
+interesting that it was taken up with enthusiasm and prosecuted
+with vigor.  It was rare sport.  For the whole noon hour Hughie
+and his bombarding force kept Foxy and his friends in close
+confinement, from which they were relieved only by the ringing of
+the school bell, for at the sound of the bell Hughie and his men,
+having had their game, fled from Foxy's wrath to the shelter of the
+school.
+
+When Foxy appeared it was discovered that one eye was half shut,
+but the light that gleamed from the other was sufficiently baleful
+to give token of the wrath blazing within, and Hughie was not a
+little anxious to know what form Foxy's vengeance would take.  But
+to his surprise, by the time recess had come Foxy's wrath had
+apparently vanished, and he was willing to treat Hughie's exploit
+in the light of a joke.  The truth was, Foxy never allowed passion
+to interfere with business, and hence he resolved that he must
+swallow his rage, for he realized clearly that Hughie was far too
+dangerous as a foe, and that he might become exceedingly valuable
+as an ally.  Within a week Hughie was Foxy's partner in business,
+enjoying hugely the privilege of dispensing the store goods, with
+certain perquisites that naturally attached to him as storekeeper.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+FOXY'S PARTNER
+
+
+It was an evil day for Hughie when he made friends with Foxy and
+became his partner in the store business, for Hughie's hoardings
+were never large, and after buying a Christmas present for his
+mother, according to his unfailing custom, they were reduced to a
+very few pennies indeed.  The opportunities for investment in his
+new position were many and alluring.  But all Hughie's soul went
+out in longing for a pistol which Foxy had among his goods, and
+which would fire not only caps, but powder and ball, and his
+longing was sensibly increased by Foxy generously allowing him to
+try the pistol, first at a mark, which Hughie hit, and then at a
+red squirrel, which he missed.  By day Hughie yearned for this
+pistol, by night he dreamed of it, but how he might secure it for
+his own he did not know.
+
+Upon this point he felt he could not consult his mother, his usual
+counselor, for he had an instinctive feeling that she would not
+approve of his having a pistol in his possession; and as for his
+father, Hughie knew he would soon make "short work of any such
+folly."  What would a child like Hughie do with a pistol?  He had
+never had a pistol in all his life.  It was difficult for the
+minister to realize that young Canada was a new type, and he would
+have been more than surprised had any one told him that already
+Hughie, although only twelve, was an expert with a gun, having for
+many a Saturday during the long, sunny fall roamed the woods, at
+first in company with Don, and afterwards with Don's gun alone, or
+followed by Fusie or Davie Scotch.  There was thus no help for
+Hughie at home.  The price of the pistol reduced to the lowest
+possible sum, was two dollars and a half, which Foxy declared was
+only half what he would charge any one else but his partner.
+
+"How much have you got altogether?" he asked Hughie one day, when
+Hughie was groaning over his poverty.
+
+"Six pennies and two dimes," was Hughie's disconsolate reply.  He
+had often counted them over.  "Of course," he went on, "there's my
+XL knife.  That's worth a lot, only the point of the big blade's
+broken."
+
+"Huh!" grunted Foxy, "there's jist the stub left."
+
+"It's not!" said Hughie, indignantly.  "It's more than half, then.
+And it's bully good stuff, too.  It'll nick any knife in the
+school"; and Hughie dived into his pocket and pulled out his knife
+with a handful of boy's treasures.
+
+"Hullo!" said Foxy, snatching a half-dollar from Hughie's hand,
+"whose is that?"
+
+"Here, you, give me that!  That's not mine," cried Hughie.
+
+"Whose is it, then?"
+
+"I don't know.  I guess it's mother's.  I found it on the kitchen
+floor, and I know it's mother's."
+
+"How do you know?"
+
+"I know well enough.  She often puts money on the window, and it
+fell down.  Give me that, I tell you!"  Hughie's eyes were blazing
+dangerously, and Foxy handed back the half-dollar.
+
+"O, all right.  You're a pretty big fool," he said, indifferently.
+"'Losers seekers, finders keepers.'  That's my rule."
+
+Hughie was silent, holding his precious half-dollar in his hand,
+deep in his pocket.
+
+"Say," said Foxy, changing the subject, "I guess you had better pay
+up for your powder and caps you've been firing."
+
+"I haven't been firing much," said Hughie, confidently.
+
+"Well, you've been firing pretty steady for three weeks."
+
+"Three weeks!  It isn't three weeks."
+
+"It is.  There's this week, and last week when the ink-bottle bust
+too soon and burnt Fusie's eyebrows, and the week before when you
+shot Aleck Dan, and it was the week before that you began, and
+that'll make it four."
+
+"How much?" asked Hughie, desperately, resolved to know the worst.
+
+Foxy had been preparing for this.  He took down a slate-pencil box
+with a sliding lid, and drew out a bundle of crumbled slips which
+Hughie, with sinking heart, recognized as his own vouchers.
+
+"Sixteen pennies."  Foxy had taken care of this part of the
+business.
+
+"Sixteen!" exclaimed Hughie, snatching up the bunch.
+
+"Count them yourself," said Foxy, calmly, knowing well he could
+count on Hughie's honesty.
+
+"Seventeen," said Hughie, hopelessly.
+
+"But one of those I didn't count," said Foxy, generously.  "That's
+the one I gave you to try at the first.  Now, I tell you," went on
+Foxy, insinuatingly, "you have got how much at home?" he inquired.
+
+"Six pennies and two dimes."  Hughie's tone indicated despair.
+
+"You've got six pennies and two dimes.  Six pennies and two dimes.
+That's twenty--that's thirty-two cents.  Now if you paid me that
+thirty-two cents, and if you could get a half-dollar anywhere, that
+would be eighty-two.  I tell you what I would do.  I would let you
+have that pistol for only one dollar more.  That ain't much," he
+said.
+
+"Only a dollar more," said Hughie, calculating rapidly.  "But where
+would I get the fifty cents?"  The dollar seemed at that moment to
+Hughie quite a possible thing, if only the fifty cents could be
+got.  The dollar was more remote, and therefore less pressing.
+
+Foxy had an inspiration.
+
+"I tell you what.  You borrow that fifty cents you found, and then
+you can pay me eighty-two cents, and--and--" he hesitated--"perhaps
+you will find some more, or something."
+
+Hughie's eyes were blazing with great fierceness.
+
+Foxy hastened to add, "And I'll let you have the pistol right off,
+and you'll pay me again some time when you can, the other dollar."
+
+Hughie checked the indignant answer that was at his lips.  To have
+the pistol as his own, to take home with him at night, and to keep
+all Saturday--the temptation was great, and coming suddenly upon
+Hughie, was too much for him.  He would surely, somehow, soon pay
+back the fifty cents, he argued, and Foxy would wait for the
+dollar.  And yet that half-dollar was not his, but his mother's,
+and more than that, if he asked her for it, he was pretty sure she
+would refuse.  But then, he doubted his mother's judgment as to his
+ability to use firearms, and besides, this pistol at that price was
+a great bargain, and any of the boys might pick it up.  Poor
+Hughie!  He did not know how ancient was that argument, nor how
+frequently it had done duty in smoothing the descent to the lower
+regions.  The pistol was good to look at, the opportunity of
+securing it was such as might not occur again, and as for the half-
+dollar, there could be no harm in borrowing that for a little
+while.
+
+That was Foxy's day of triumph, but to Hughie it was the beginning
+of many woeful days and nights.  And his misery came upon him swift
+and sure, in the very moment that he turned in from the road at the
+manse gate, for he knew that at the end of the lane would be his
+mother, and his winged feet, upon which he usually flew from the
+gate home, dragged heavily.
+
+He found his mother, not at the door, but in the large, pleasant
+living-room, which did for all kinds of rooms in the manse.  It was
+dining-room and sewing-room, nursery and playroom, but it was
+always a good room to enter, and in spite of playthings strewn
+about, or snippings of cloth, or other stour, it was always a place
+of brightness and of peace, for it was there the mother was most
+frequently to be found.  This evening she was at the sewing-machine
+busy with Hughie's Sunday clothes, with the baby asleep in the
+cradle beside her in spite of the din of the flying wheels, and
+little Robbie helping to pull through the long seam.  Hughie shrank
+from the warm, bright, loving atmosphere that seemed to fill the
+room, hating to go in, but in a moment he realized that he must
+"make believe" with his mother, and the pain of it and the shame of
+it startled and amazed him.  He was glad that his mother did not
+notice him enter, and by the time he had put away his books he had
+braced himself to meet her bright smile and her welcome kiss.
+
+The mother did not apparently notice his hesitation.
+
+"Well, my boy, home again?" she cried, holding out her hand to him
+with the air of good comradeship she always wore with him.  "Are
+you very hungry?"
+
+"You bet!" said Hughie, kissing her, and glad of the chance to get
+away.
+
+"Well, you will find something pretty nice in the pantry we saved
+for you.  Guess what."
+
+"Don't know."
+
+"I know," shouted Robbie.  "Pie!  It's muzzie's pie.  Muzzie tept
+it for 'oo."
+
+"Now, Robbie, you were not to tell," said his mother, shaking her
+finger at him.
+
+"O-o-o, I fordot," said Robbie, horrified at his failure to keep
+his promise.
+
+"Never mind.  That's a lesson you will have to learn many times,
+how to keep those little lips shut.  And the pie will be just as
+good."
+
+"Thank you, mother," said Hughie.  "But I don't want your pie."
+
+"My pie!" said the mother.  "Pie isn't good for old women."
+
+"Old women!" said Hughie, indignantly.  "You're the youngest and
+prettiest woman in the congregation," he cried, and forgetting for
+the moment his sense of meanness, he threw his arms round his
+mother.
+
+"Oh, Hughie, shame on you!  What a dreadful flatterer you are!"
+said his mother.  "Now, run away to your pie, and then to your
+evening work, my boy, and we will have a good lesson together after
+supper."
+
+Hughie ran away, glad to get out of her presence, and seizing the
+pie, carried it out to the barn and hurled it far into the snow.
+He felt sure that a single bite of it would choke him.
+
+If he could only have seen Foxy any time for the next hour, how
+gladly would he have given him back his pistol, but by the time he
+had fed his cow and the horses, split the wood and carried it in,
+and prepared kindling for the morning's fires, he had become
+accustomed to his new self, and had learned his first lesson in
+keeping his emotions out of his face.  But from that night, and
+through all the long weeks of the breaking winter, when games in
+the woods were impossible by reason of the snow and water, and when
+the roads were deep with mud, Hughie carried his burden with him,
+till life was one long weariness and dread.
+
+And through these days he was Foxy's slave.  A pistol without
+ammunition was quite useless.  Foxy's stock was near at hand.  It
+was easy to write a voucher for a penny's worth of powder or caps,
+and consequently the pile in Foxy's pencil-box steadily mounted
+till Hughie was afraid to look at it.  His chance of being free
+from his own conscience was still remote enough.
+
+During these days, too, Foxy reveled in his power over his rival,
+and ground his slave in bitter bondage, subjecting him to such
+humiliation as made the school wonder and Hughie writhe; and if
+ever Hughie showed any sign of resentment or rebellion, Foxy could
+tame him to groveling submission by a single word.  "Well, I guess
+I'll go down to-night to see your mother," was all he needed to say
+to make Hughie grovel again.  For with Hughie it was not the fear
+of his father's wrath and heavy punishment, though that was
+terrible enough, but the dread that his mother should know, that
+made him grovel before his tyrant, and wake at night in a cold
+sweat.  His mother's tender anxiety for his pale face and gloomy
+looks only added to the misery of his heart.
+
+He had no one in whom he could confide.  He could not tell any of
+the boys, for he was unwilling to lose their esteem, besides, it
+was none of their business; he was terrified of his father's wrath,
+and from his mother, his usual and unfailing resort in every
+trouble of his whole life, he was now separated by his terrible
+secret.
+
+Then Foxy began to insist upon payment of his debts.  Spring was at
+hand, the store would soon be closed up, for business was slack in
+the summer, and besides, Foxy had other use for his money.
+
+"Haven't you got any money at all in your house?" Foxy sneered one
+day, when Hughie was declaring his inability to meet his debts.
+
+"Of course we have," cried Hughie, indignantly.
+
+"Don't believe it," said Foxy, contemptuously.
+
+"Father's drawer is sometimes full of dimes and half-dimes.  At
+least, there's an awful lot on Mondays, from the collections, you
+know," said Hughie.
+
+"Well, then, you had better get some for me, somehow," said Foxy.
+"You might borrow some from the drawer for a little while."
+
+"That would be stealing," said Hughie.
+
+"You wouldn't mean to keep it," said Foxy.  "You would only take it
+for a while.  It would just be borrowing."
+
+"It wouldn't," said Hughie, firmly.  "It's taking out of his
+drawer.  It's stealing, and I won't steal."
+
+"Huh! you're mighty good all at once.  What about that half-
+dollar?"
+
+"You said yourself that wasn't stealing," said Hughie, passionately.
+
+"Well, what's the difference?  You said it was your mother's, and
+this is your father's.  It's all the same, except that you're
+afraid to take your father's."
+
+"I'm not afraid.  At least it isn't that.  But it's different to
+take money out of a drawer, that isn't your own."
+
+"Huh!  Mighty lot of difference!  Money's money, wherever it is.
+Besides, if you borrowed this from your father, you could pay back
+your mother and me.  You would pay the whole thing right off."
+
+Once more Hughie argued with himself.  To be free from Foxy's
+hateful tyranny, and to be clear again with his mother--for that he
+would be willing to suffer almost anything.  But to take money out
+of that drawer was awfully like stealing.  Of course he would pay
+it back, and after all it would only be borrowing.  Besides, it
+would enable him to repay what he owed to his mother and to Foxy.
+Through all the mazes of specious argument Hughie worked his way,
+arriving at no conclusion, except that he carried with him a
+feeling that if he could by some means get that money out of the
+drawer in a way that would not be stealing, it would be a vast
+relief, greater than words could tell.
+
+That night brought him the opportunity.  His father and mother were
+away at the prayer meeting.  There was only Jessie left in the
+house, and she was busy with the younger children.  With the firm
+resolve that he would not take a single half-dime from his father's
+drawer, he went into the study.  He would like to see if the drawer
+were open.  Yes, it was open, and the Sabbath's collection lay
+there with all its shining invitation.  He tried making up the
+dollar and a half out of the dimes and half-dimes.  What a lot of
+half-dimes it took!  But when he used the quarters and dimes, how
+much smaller the piles were.  Only two quarters and five dimes made
+up the dollar, and the pile in the drawer looked pretty much the
+same as before.  Another quarter-dollar withdrawn from the drawer
+made little difference.  He looked at the little heaps on the
+table.  He believed he could make Foxy take that for his whole
+debt, though he was sure he owed him more.  Perhaps he had better
+make certain.  He transferred two more dimes and a half-dime from
+the drawer to the table.  It was an insignificant little heap.
+That would certainly clear off his whole indebtedness and make him
+a free man.
+
+He slipped the little heaps of money from the table into his
+pocket, and then suddenly he realized that he had never decided to
+take the money.  The last resolve he could remember making was
+simply to see how the dollar and a half looked.  Without noticing,
+he had passed the point of final decision.  Alas! like many
+another, Hughie found the going easy and the slipping smooth upon
+the down incline.  Unconsciously he had slipped into being a thief.
+
+Now he could not go back.  His absorbing purpose was concealment.
+Quietly shutting the drawer, he was slipping hurriedly up to his
+own room, when on the stairway he met Jessie.
+
+"What are you doing here, Jessie?" he asked, sharply.
+
+"Putting Robbie off to bed," said Jessie, in surprise.  "What's the
+matter with you?"
+
+"What's the matter?" echoed Hughie, smitten with horrible fear that
+perhaps she knew.  "I just wanted to know," he said, weakly.
+
+He slipped past her, holding his pocket tight lest the coins should
+rattle.  When he reached his room he stood listening in the dark to
+Jessie going down the stairs.  He was sure she suspected something.
+He would go back and put the money in the drawer again, whenever
+she reached the kitchen.  He stood there with his heart-beats
+filling his ears, waiting for the kitchen door to slam.
+
+Then he resolved he would wrap the money up in paper and put it
+safely away, and go down and see if Jessie knew.  He found one of
+his old copybooks, and began tearing out a leaf.  What a noise it
+made!  Robbie would surely wake up, and then Jessie would come back
+with the light.  He put the copy-book under the quilt, and holding
+it down firmly with one hand, removed the leaf with the other.
+With great care he wrapped up the dimes and half-dimes by
+themselves.  They fitted better together.  Then he took up the
+quarters, and was proceeding to fold them in a similar parcel, when
+he heard Jessie's voice from below.
+
+"Hughie, what are you doing?"  She was coming up the stair.
+
+He jumped from the bed to go to meet her.  A quarter fell on the
+floor and rolled under the bed.  It seemed to Hughie as if it would
+never stop rolling, and as if Jessie must hear it.  Wildly he
+scrambled on the floor in the dark, seeking for the quarter, while
+Jessie came nearer and nearer.
+
+"Are you going to bed already, Hughie?" she asked.
+
+Quickly Hughie went out to the hall to meet her.
+
+"Yes," he yawned, gratefully seizing upon her suggestion.  "I'm
+awfully sleepy.  Give me the candle, Jessie," he said, snatching it
+from her hand.  "I want to go downstairs."
+
+"Hughie, you are very rude.  What would your mother say?  Let me
+have the candle immediately, I want to get Robbie's stockings."
+
+Hughie's heart stood still.
+
+"I'll throw them down, Jessie.  I want the candle downstairs just a
+minute."
+
+"Leave that candle with me," insisted Jessie.  "There's another on
+the dining-room table you can get."
+
+"I'll not be a minute," said Hughie, hurrying downstairs.  "You
+come down, Jessie, I want to ask you something.  I'll throw you
+Robbie's stockings."
+
+"Come back here, the rude boy that you are," said Jessie, crossly,
+"and bring me that candle."
+
+There was no reply.  Hughie was standing, pale and shaking, in the
+dining-room, listening intently for Jessie's step.  Would she go
+into his room, or would she come down?  Every moment increased the
+agony of his fear.
+
+At length, with a happy inspiration, he went to the cupboard,
+opened the door noisily, and began rattling the dishes.
+
+"Mercy me!" he heard Jessie exclaim at the top of the stair.  "That
+boy will be my death.  Hughie," she called, "just shut that
+cupboard!  You know your mother doesn't like you to go in there."
+
+"I only want a little," called out Hughie, still moving the dishes,
+and hearing, to his great relief, Jessie's descending step.  In
+desperation he seized a dish of black currant preserves which he
+found on the cupboard shelf, and spilled it over the dishes and
+upon the floor just as Jessie entered the room.
+
+"Land sakes alive, boy!  Will you never be done your mischief?" she
+cried, rushing toward him.
+
+"Oh!" he said, "I spilt it."
+
+"Spilt it!" echoed Jessie, indignantly, "you needn't be telling me
+that.  Bring me a cloth from the kitchen."
+
+"I don't know where it is, Jessie," cried Hughie, slipping upstairs
+again with his candle.
+
+To his great relief he saw that Jessie's attention was so entirely
+taken up with removing the stains of the preserves from the
+cupboard shelves and dishes, that she for the moment forgot
+everything else, Robbie's stockings included.
+
+Hurrying to his room, and shading the candle with his hand lest the
+light should waken his little brother, he hastily seized the money
+upon the bed quilt, and after a few moments' searching under the
+bed, found the strayed quarter.
+
+With these in his hand he passed into his mother's room.  Leaving
+the candle there, he came back to the head of the stairs and
+listened for a moment, with great satisfaction, to Jessie muttering
+to herself while she cleaned up the mess he had made.  Then he
+turned, and with trembling fingers he swiftly made up the quarter-
+dollars into another parcel.  With a great sigh of relief he put
+the two parcels in his pocket, and seizing his candle turned to
+leave the room.  As he did so, he caught sight of himself in the
+glass.  With a great shock of surprise he stood gazing at the
+terrified, white face, with the staring eyes.
+
+"What a fool I am!" he said, looking at himself in the glass.
+"Nobody will know, and I'll pay this back soon."
+
+His eyes wandered to a picture which stood on a little shelf beside
+the glass.  It was a picture of his mother, the one he loved best
+of all he had ever seen of her.
+
+There was a sudden stab of pain at his heart, his breath came in a
+great sob.  For a moment he looked into the eyes that looked back
+at him so full of love and reproach.
+
+"I won't do it," he said, grinding his teeth hard, and forthwith
+turned to go to his father's study.
+
+But as he left the room he saw Jessie half-way up the stairs.
+
+"What are you doing now?" she cried, wrathfully.  "Up to some
+mischief, I doubt."
+
+With a sudden, inexplicable rage, Hughie turned toward her.
+
+"It's none of your business!  You mind your own business, will you,
+and leave me alone."  The terrible emotions of the last few minutes
+were at the back of his rage.
+
+"Just wait, you," said Jessie, "till your mother comes.  Then
+you'll hear it."
+
+"You shut your mouth!" cried Hughie, his passion sweeping his whole
+being like a tempest.  "You shut your mouth, you old cat, or I'll
+throw this candle at you."  He raised the candle high in his hand
+as he spoke, and altogether looked so desperate that Jessie stood
+in terror lest he should make good his threat.
+
+"Stop, now, Hughie," she entreated.  "You will be setting the house
+on fire."
+
+Hughie hesitated a moment, and then turned from her, and going into
+his room, banged the door in her face, and Jessie, not knowing what
+to make of it all, went slowly downstairs again, forgetting once
+more Robbie's stockings.
+
+"The old cat!" said Hughie to himself.  "She just stopped me.  I
+was going to put it back."
+
+The memory that he had resolved to undo his wrong brought him a
+curious sense of relief.
+
+"I was just going to put it back," he said, "when she had to
+interfere."
+
+He was conscious of a sense of injury against Jessie.  It was not
+his fault that that money was not now in the drawer.
+
+"I'll put it back in the morning, anyhow," he said, firmly.  But
+even as he spoke he was conscious of an infinality in his
+determination, while he refused to acknowledge to himself a secret
+purpose to leave the question open till the morning.  But this
+determination, inconclusive though it was, brought him a certain
+calm of mind, so that when his mother came into his room she found
+him sound asleep.
+
+She stood beside his bed looking down upon him for a few moments,
+with face full of anxious sadness.
+
+"There's something wrong with the boy," she said to herself,
+stooping to kiss him.  "There's something wrong with him," she
+repeated, as she left the room.  "He's not the same."
+
+During these weeks she had been conscious that Hughie had changed
+in some way to her.  The old, full, frank confidence was gone.
+There was a constraint in his manner she could not explain.  "He is
+no longer a child," she would say to herself, seeking to allay the
+pain in her heart.  "A boy must have his secrets.  It is foolish in
+me to think anything else.  Besides, he is not well.  He is growing
+too fast."  And indeed, Hughie's pale, miserable face gave ground
+enough for this opinion.
+
+"That boy is not well," she said to her husband.
+
+"Which boy?"
+
+"Hughie," she replied.  "He is looking miserable, and somehow he is
+different."
+
+"Oh, nonsense!  He eats well enough, and sleeps well enough," said
+her husband, making light of her fears.
+
+"There's something wrong," repeated his wife.  "And he hates his
+school."
+
+"Well, I don't wonder at that," said her husband, sharply.  "I
+don't see how any boy of spirit could take much pleasure in that
+kind of a school.  The boys are just wasting their time, and worse
+than that, they have lost all the old spirit.  I must see to it
+that the policy of those close-fisted trustees is changed.  I am
+not going to put up with those chits of girls teaching any longer."
+
+"There may be something in what you say," said his wife, sadly,
+"but certainly Hughie is always begging to stay at home from
+school."
+
+"And indeed, he might as well stay home," answered her husband,
+"for all the good he gets."
+
+"I do wish we had a good man in charge," replied his wife, with a
+great sigh.  "It is very important that these boys should have a
+good, strong man over them.  How much it means to a boy at Hughie's
+time of life!  But so few are willing to come away into the
+backwoods here for so small a salary."
+
+Suddenly her husband laid down his pipe.
+
+"I have it!" he exclaimed.  "The very thing!  Wouldn't this be the
+very thing for young Craven.  You remember, the young man that
+Professor MacLauchlan was writing about."
+
+His wife shook her head very decidedly.
+
+"Not at all," she said.  "Didn't Professor MacLauchlan say he was
+dissipated?"
+
+"O, just a little wild.  Got going with some loose companions.  Out
+here there would be no temptation."
+
+"I am not at all sure of that," said his wife, "and I would not
+like Hughie to be under his influence."
+
+"MacLauchlan says he is a young man of fine disposition and of fine
+parts," argued her husband, "and if temptation were removed from
+him he believes he would turn out a good man."
+
+Mrs. Murray shook her head doubtfully.  "He is not the man to put
+Hughie under just now."
+
+"What are we to do with Hughie?" replied her husband.  "He is
+getting no good in the school as it is, and we cannot send him away
+yet."
+
+"Send him away!" exclaimed his wife.  "No, no, not a child like
+that."
+
+"Craven might be a very good man," continued her husband.  "He
+might perhaps live with us.  I know you have more than enough to do
+now," he added, answering her look of dismay, "but he would be a
+great help to Hughie with his lessons, and might start him in his
+classics.  And then, who knows what you might make of the young
+man."
+
+Mrs. Murray did not respond to her husband's smile, but only
+replied, "I am sure I wish I knew what is the matter with the boy,
+and I wish he could leave school for a while."
+
+"O, the boy is all right," said her husband, impatiently.  "Only a
+little less noisy, as far as I can see."
+
+"No, he is not the same," replied his wife.  "He is different to
+me."  There was almost a cry of pain in her voice.
+
+"Now, now, don't imagine things.  Boys are full of notions at
+Hughie's age.  He may need a change, but that is all."
+
+With this the mother tried to quiet the tumult of anxious fear and
+pain she found rising in her heart, but long after the house was
+still, and while both her boy and his father lay asleep, she kept
+pouring forth that ancient sacrifice of self-effacing love before
+the feet of God.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+HUGHIE'S EMANCIPATION
+
+
+Hughie rose late next morning, and the hurry and rush of getting
+off to school in time left him no opportunity to get rid of the
+little packages in his pocket, that seemed to burn and sting him
+through his clothes.  He determined to keep them safe in his pocket
+all day and put them back in the drawer at night.  His mother's
+face, white with her long watching, and sad and anxious in spite of
+its brave smile, filled him with such an agony of remorse that,
+hurrying through his breakfast, he snatched a farewell kiss, and
+then tore away down the lane lest he should be forced to confess
+all his terrible secret.
+
+The first person who met him in the school-yard was Foxy.
+
+"Have you got that?" was his salutation.
+
+A sudden fury possessed Hughie.
+
+"Yes, you red-headed, sneaking fox," he answered, "and I hope it
+will bring you the curse of luck, anyway."
+
+Foxy hurried him cautiously behind the school, with difficulty
+concealing his delight while Hughie unrolled his little bundles and
+counted out the quarters and dimes and half dimes into his hand.
+
+"There's a dollar, and there's a quarter, and--and--there's
+another," he added, desperately, "and God may kill me on the spot
+if I give you any more!"
+
+"All right, Hughie," said Foxy, soothingly, putting the money into
+his pocket.  "You needn't be so mad about it.  You bought the
+pistol and the rest right enough, didn't you?"
+
+"I know I did, but--but you made me, you big, sneaking thief--and
+then you--"  Hughie's voice broke in his rage.  His face was pale,
+and his black eyes were glittering with fierce fury, and in his
+heart he was conscious of a wild longing to fall upon Foxy and tear
+him to pieces.  And Foxy, big and tall as he was, glanced at
+Hughie's face, and saying not a word, turned and fled to the front
+of the school where the other boys were.
+
+Hughie followed slowly, his heart still swelling with furious rage,
+and full of an eager desire to be at Foxy's smiling, fat face.
+
+At the school door stood Miss Morrison, the teacher, smiling down
+upon Foxy, who was looking up at her with an expression of such
+sweet innocence that Hughie groaned out between his clenched teeth,
+"Oh, you red-headed devil, you!  Some day I'll make you smile out
+of the other side of your big, fat mouth."
+
+'Who are you swearing at?"  It was Fusie.
+
+"Oh, Fusie," cried Hughie, "let's get Davie and get into the woods.
+I'm not going in to-day.  I hate the beastly place, and the whole
+gang of them."
+
+Fusie, the little, harum-scarum French waif was ready for anything
+in the way of adventure.  To him anything was better than the even
+monotony of the school routine.  True, it might mean a whipping
+both from the teacher and from Mrs. McLeod; but as to the teacher's
+whipping, Fusie was prepared to stand that for a free day in the
+woods, and as to the other, Fusie declared that Mrs. McLeod's
+whipping "wouldn't hurt a skeeter."
+
+To Davie Scotch, however, playing truant was a serious matter.  He
+had been reared in an atmosphere of reverence for established law
+and order, but when Hughie gave command, to Davie there seemed
+nothing for it but to obey.
+
+The three boys watched till the school was called, and then
+crawling along on their stomachs behind the heavy cedar-log fence,
+they slipped into the balsam thicket at the edge of the woods and
+were safe.  Here they flung down their schoolbags, and lying prone
+upon the fragrant bed of pine-needles strewn thickly upon the moss,
+they peered out through the balsam boughs at the house of their
+bondage with an exultant sense of freedom and a feeling of pity, if
+not of contempt, for the unhappy and spiritless creatures who were
+content to be penned inside any house on such a day as this, and
+with such a world outside.
+
+For some minutes they rolled about upon the soft moss and balsam-
+needles and the brown leaves of last year, till their hearts were
+running over with a deep and satisfying delight.  It is hard to
+resist the ministry of the woods.  The sympathetic silence of the
+trees, the aromatic airs that breathe through the shady spaces, the
+soft mingling of broken lights--these all combine to lay upon the
+spirit a soothing balm, and bring to the heart peace.  And Hughie,
+sensitive at every pore to that soothing ministry, before long
+forgot for a time even Foxy, with his fat, white face and smiling
+mouth, and lying on the broad of his back, and looking up at the
+far-away blue sky through the interlacing branches and leaves, he
+began to feel again that it was good to be alive, and that with all
+his misery there were compensations.
+
+But any lengthened period of peaceful calm is not for boys of the
+age and spirit of Hughie and his companions.
+
+"What are you going to do?" asked Fusie, the man of adventure.
+
+"Do nothing," said Hughie from his supine position.  "This is good
+enough for me."
+
+"Not me," said Fusie, starting to climb a tall, lithe birch, while
+Hughie lazily watched him.  Soon Fusie was at the top of the birch,
+which began to sway dangerously.
+
+"Try to fly into that balsam," cried Hughie.
+
+"No, sir!"
+
+"Yes, go on."
+
+"Can't do it."
+
+"Oh, pshaw! you can."
+
+"No, nor you either.  That's a mighty big jump."
+
+"Come on down, then, and let me try," said Hughie, in scorn.  His
+laziness was gone in the presence of a possible achievement.
+
+In a few minutes he had taken Fusie's place a the top of the
+swaying birch.  It did not look so easy from the top of the birch
+as from the ground to swing into the balsam-tree.  However, he
+could not go back now.
+
+"Dinna try it, Hughie!" cried Davie to him.  "Ye'll no mak it, and
+ye'll come an awfu' cropper, as sure as deith."  But Hughie,
+swaying gently back and forth, was measuring the distance of his
+drop.  It was not a feat so very difficult, but it called for good
+judgment and steady nerve.  A moment too soon or a moment too late
+in letting go, would mean a nasty fall of twenty feet or more upon
+the solid ground, and one never knew just how one would light.
+
+"I wudna dae it, Hughie," urged Davie, anxiously.
+
+But Hughie, swaying high in the birch, heeded not the warning, and
+suddenly swinging out from the slender trunk and holding by his
+hands, he described a parabola, and releasing the birch dropped on
+to the balsam top.  But balsam-trees are of uncertain fiber, and
+not to be relied upon, and this particular balsam, breaking off
+short in Hughie's hands, allowed him to go crashing through the
+branches to the earth.
+
+"Man! man!" cried Davie Scotch, bending over Hughie as he lay white
+and still upon the ground.  "Are ye deid?  Maircy me! he's deid,"
+sobbed Davie, wringing his hands.  "Fusie, Fusie, ye gowk! where
+are ye gone?"
+
+In a moment or two Fusie reappeared through the branches with a
+capful of water, and dashed it into Hughie's face, with the result
+that the lad opened his eyes, and after a gasp or two, sat up and
+looked about him.
+
+"Och, laddie, laddie, are ye no deid?" said Davie Scotch.
+
+"What's the matter with you, Scottie?" asked Hughie, with a
+bewildered look about him.  "And who's been throwing water all over
+me?" he added, wrathfully, as full consciousness returned.
+
+"Man! I'm glad to see ye mad.  Gang on wi' ye," shouted Davie,
+joyously.  "Ye were deid the noo.  Ay, clean deid.  Was he no,
+Fusie?"  Fusie nodded.
+
+"I guess not," said Hughie.  "It was that rotten balsam top,"
+looking vengefully at the broken tree.
+
+"Lie doon, man," said Davie, still anxiously hovering about him.
+"Dinna rise yet awhile."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, and he struggled to his feet; "I'm all
+right."  But as he spoke he sank down upon the moss, saying, "I
+feel kind of queer, though."
+
+"Lie still, then, will ye," said Davie, angrily.  "Ye're fair
+obstinate."
+
+"Get me some water, Fusie," said Hughie, rather weakly.
+
+"Run, Fusie, ye gomeril, ye!"
+
+In a minute Fusie was back with a capful of water.
+
+"That's better.  I'm all right now," said Hughie, sitting up.
+
+"Hear him!" said Davie.  "Lie ye doon there, or I'll gie ye a crack
+that'll mak ye glad tae keep still."
+
+For half an hour the boys lay on the moss discussing the accident
+fully in all its varying aspects and possibilities, till the sound
+of wheels came up the road.
+
+"Who's that, Fusie?" asked Hughie, lazily.
+
+"Dunno me," said Fusie, peering through the trees.
+
+"Do you, Scotty?"
+
+"No, not I."
+
+Hughie crawled over to the edge of the brush.
+
+"Why, you idiots! it's Thomas Finch.  Thomas!" he called, but
+Thomas drove straight on.  In a moment Hughie sprang up, forgetting
+all about his weakness, and ran out to the roadside.
+
+"Hello, Thomas!" he cried, waving his hand.  Thomas saw him,
+stopped, and looked at him, doubtfully.  He, with all the Section,
+knew how the school was going, and he easily guessed what took
+Hughie there.
+
+"I'm not going to school to-day," said Hughie, answering Thomas's
+look.
+
+Thomas nodded, and sat silent, waiting.  He was not a man to waste
+his words.
+
+"I hate the whole thing!" exclaimed Hughie.
+
+"Foxy, eh?" said Thomas, to whom on other occasions Hughie had
+confided his grievances, and especially those he suffered at the
+hands of Foxy.
+
+"Yes, Foxy," cried Hughie, in a sudden rage.  "He's a fat-faced
+sneak!  And the teacher just makes me sick!"
+
+Thomas still waited.
+
+"She just smiles and smiles at him, and he smiles at her.  Ugh! I
+can't stand him."
+
+"Not much harm in smiling," said Thomas, solemnly.
+
+"Oh, Thomas, I hate the school.  I'm not going to go any more."
+
+Thomas looked gravely down upon Hughie's passionate face for a few
+moments, and then said, "You will do what your mother wants you, I
+guess."
+
+Hughie said nothing in reply, while Thomas sat pondering.
+
+Finally he said, with a sudden inspiration, "Hughie, come along
+with me, and help me with the potatoes."
+
+"They won't let me," grumbled Hughie.  "At least father won't.  I
+don't like to ask mother."
+
+Thomas's eyes opened in surprise.  This was a new thing in Hughie.
+
+"I'll ask your mother," he said, at length.  "Get in with me here."
+
+Still Hughie hesitated.  To get away from school was joy enough, to
+go with Thomas to the potato planting was more than could be hoped
+for.  But still he stood making pictures in the dust with his bare
+toes.
+
+"There's Fusie," he said, "and Davie Scotch."
+
+"Well," said Thomas, catching sight of those worthies through the
+trees, "let them come, too."
+
+Fusie was promptly willing, but Davie was doubtful.  He certainly
+would not go to the manse, where he might meet the minister, and
+meeting the minister's wife under the present circumstances was a
+little worse.
+
+"Well, you can wait at the gate with Fusie," suggested Hughie, and
+so the matter was settled.
+
+Fortunately for Hughie, his father was not at home.  But not
+Thomas's earnest entreaties nor Hughie's eager pleading would have
+availed with the mother, for attendance at school was a sacred duty
+in her eyes, had it not been that her boy's face, paler than usual,
+and with the dawning of a new defiance in it, startled her, and
+confirmed in her the fear that all was not well with him.
+
+"Well, Thomas, he may go with you to the Cameron's for the
+potatoes, but as to going with you to the planting, that is another
+thing.  Your mother is not fit to be troubled with another boy, and
+especially a boy like Hughie.  And how is she to-day, Thomas?"
+continued Mrs. Murray, as Thomas stood in dull silence before her.
+
+"She's better," said Thomas, answering more quickly than usual, and
+with a certain eagerness in his voice.  "She's a great deal better,
+and Hughie will do her no harm, but good."
+
+Mrs. Murray looked at Thomas as he spoke, wondering at the change
+in his voice and manner.  The heavy, stolid face had changed since
+she had last seen it.  It was finer, keener, than before.  The
+eyes, so often dull, were lighted up with a new, strange fire.
+
+"She's much better," said Thomas again, as if insisting against
+Mrs. Murray's unbelief.
+
+"I am glad to hear it, Thomas," she said, gently.  "She will soon
+be quite well again, I hope, for she has had a long, long time of
+suffering."
+
+"Yes, a long, long time," replied Thomas.  His face was pale, and
+in his eyes was a look of pain, almost of fear.
+
+"And you will come to see her soon?" he added.  There was almost a
+piteous entreaty in his tone.
+
+"Yes, Thomas, surely next week.  And meantime, I shall let Hughie
+go with you."
+
+A look of such utter devotion poured itself into Thomas's eyes that
+Mrs. Murray was greatly moved, and putting her hand on his
+shoulder, she said, gently, "'He will give His angels charge.'
+Don't be afraid, Thomas."
+
+"Afraid!" said Thomas, with a kind of gasp, his face going white.
+"Afraid!  No.  Why?"  But Mrs. Murray turned from him to hide the
+tears that she could not keep out of her eyes, for she knew what
+was before Thomas and them all.
+
+Meantime Hughie was busy putting into his little carpet-bag what he
+considered the necessary equipment for his visit.
+
+"You must wear your shoes, Hughie."
+
+"Oh, mother, shoes are such an awful bother planting potatoes.
+They get full of ground and everything."
+
+"Well, put them in your bag, at any rate, and your stockings, too.
+You may need them."
+
+By degrees Hughie's very moderate necessities were satisfied, and
+with a hurried farewell to his mother he went off with Thomas.  At
+the gate they picked up Fusie and Davie Scotch, and went off to the
+Cameron's for the seed potatoes, Hughie's heart lighter than it had
+been for many a day.  And all through the afternoon, and as he
+drove home with Thomas on the loaded bags, his heart kept singing
+back to the birds in the trees overhead.
+
+It was late in the afternoon when they drove into the yard, for the
+roads were still bad in the swamp, where the corduroy had been
+broken up by the spring floods.
+
+Thomas hurried through unhitching, and without waiting to unharness
+he stood the horses in their stalls, saying, "We may need them this
+afternoon again," and took Hughie off to the house straight-way.
+
+The usual beautiful order pervaded the house and its surroundings.
+The back yard, through which the boys came from the barn, was free
+of litter; the chips were raked into neat little piles close to the
+wood-pile, for summer use.  On a bench beside the "stoop" door was
+a row of milk-pans, lapping each other like scales on a fish,
+glittering in the sun.  The large summer kitchen, with its spotless
+floor and white-washed walls, stood with both its doors open to the
+sweet air that came in from the fields above, and was as pleasant a
+room to look in upon as one could desire.  On the sill of the open
+window stood a sweet-scented geranium and a tall fuschia with white
+and crimson blossoms hanging in clusters.  Bunches of wild flowers
+stood on the table, on the dresser, and up beside the clock, and
+the whole room breathed of sweet scents of fields and flowers, and
+"the name of the chamber was peace."
+
+Beside the open window sat the little mother in an arm-chair, the
+embodiment of all the peaceful beauty and sweet fragrance of the
+room.
+
+"Well, mother," said Thomas, crossing the floor to her and laying
+his hand upon her shoulder, "have I been long away?  I have brought
+Hughie back with me, you see."
+
+"Not so very long, Thomas," said the mother, her dark face lighting
+with a look of love as she glanced up at her big son.  "And I am
+glad to see Hughie.  He will excuse me from rising," she added,
+with fine courtesy.
+
+Hughie hurried toward her.
+
+"Yes, indeed, Mrs. Finch.  Don't think of rising."  But he could
+get no further.  Boy as he was, and at the age when boys are most
+heartless and regardless, he found it hard to keep his lip and his
+voice steady and to swallow the lump in his throat, and in spite of
+all he could do his eyes were filling up with tears as he looked
+into the little woman's face, so worn and weary, so pathetically
+bright.
+
+It was months since he had seen her, and during these months a
+great change had come to her and to the Finch household.  After
+suffering long in secret, the mother had been forced to confess to
+a severe pain in her breast and under her arm.  Upon examination
+the doctor pronounced the case to be malignant cancer, and there
+was nothing for it but removal.  It was what Dr. Grant called "a
+very beautiful operation, indeed," and now she was recovering her
+strength, but only slowly, so slowly that Thomas at times found his
+heart sink with a vague fear.  But it was not the pain of the wound
+that had wrought that sweet, pathetic look into the little woman's
+face, but the deeper pain she carried in her heart for those she
+loved better than herself.
+
+The mother's sickness brought many changes into the household, but
+the most striking of all the changes was that wrought in the slow
+and stolid Thomas.  The father and Billy Jack were busy with the
+farm matters outside, upon little Jessac, now a girl of twelve
+years, fell the care of the house, but it was Thomas that, with the
+assistance of a neighbor at first, but afterwards alone, waited on
+his mother, dressing the wound and nursing her.  These weeks of
+watching and nursing had wrought in him the subtle change that
+stirred Mrs. Murray's heart as she looked at him that day, and that
+made even Hughie wonder.  For one thing his tongue was loosed, and
+Thomas talked to his mother of all that he had seen and heard on
+the way to the Cameron's and back, making much of his little visit
+to the manse, and of Mrs. Murray's kindness, and enlarging upon her
+promised visit, and all with such brightness and picturesqueness of
+speech that Hughie listened amazed.  For all the years he had known
+Thomas he had never heard from his lips so many words as in the
+last few minutes of talk with his mother.  Then, too, Thomas seemed
+to have found his fingers, for no woman could have arranged more
+deftly and with gentler touch the cushions at his mother's back,
+and no nurse could have measured out the medicine and prepared her
+egg-nog with greater skill.  Hughie could hardly believe his eyes
+and ears.  Was this Thomas the stolid, the clumsy, the heavy-
+handed, this big fellow with the quick tongue and the clever,
+gentle hand?
+
+Meantime Jessac had set upon the table a large pitcher of rich
+milk, with oat cakes and butter, and honey in the comb.
+
+"Now, Hughie, lad, draw in and help yourself.  You and Thomas will
+be too hungry to wait for supper," said the mother.  And Hughie,
+protesting politely that he was not very hungry, proceeded to
+establish the contrary, to the great satisfaction of himself and
+the others.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said the mother, "we had better cut the seed."
+
+"Indeed, and not a seed will you cut, mother," said Thomas,
+emphatically.  "You may boss the job, though.  I'll bring the
+potatoes to the back door."  And this he did, thinking it no
+trouble to hitch up the team to draw the wagon into the back yard
+so that his mother might have a part in the cutting of the seed
+potatoes, as she had had every year of her life on the farm.
+
+Very carefully, and in spite of her protests that she could walk
+quite well, Thomas carried his mother out to her chair in the shade
+of the house, arranging with tender solicitude the pillows at her
+back and the rug at her feet.  Then they set to work at the
+potatoes.
+
+"Mind you have two eyes in every seed, Hughie," said Jessac,
+severely.
+
+"Huh! I know.  I've cut them often enough," replied Hughie,
+scornfully.
+
+"Well, look at that one, now," said Jessac, picking up a seed that
+Hughie had let fall; "that's only got one eye."
+
+"There's two," said Hughie, triumphantly.
+
+"That's not an eye," said Jessac, pointing to a mark on the potato;
+"that's where the top grew out of, isn't it, mother?"
+
+"It is, isn't it?" appealed Hughie.
+
+Mrs. Finch took the seed and looked at it.
+
+"Well, there's one very good eye, and that will do."
+
+"But isn't that the mark of the top, mother?" insisted Jessac.  But
+the mother only shook her head at her.
+
+"That's right, Jessac," said Thomas, driving off with his team;
+"you look after Hughie, and mother will look after you both till I
+get back, and there'll be a grand crop this year."
+
+It was a happy hour for them all.  The slanting rays of the
+afternoon sun filled the air with a genial warmth.  A little breeze
+bore from the orchard near by a fragrance of apple-blossoms.  A
+matronly hen, tethered by the leg to her coop, raised indignant
+protest against the outrage on her personal liberty, or clucked and
+crooned her invitations, counsels, warnings, and encouragements, in
+as many different tones, to her independent, fluffy brood of
+chicks, while a huge gobbler strutted up and down, thrilling with
+pride in the glossy magnificence of his outspread tail and pompous,
+mighty chest.
+
+Hughie was conscious of a deep and grateful content, but across his
+content lay a shadow.  If only that would lift!  As he watched
+Thomas with his mother, he realized how far he had drifted from his
+own mother, and he thought with regret of the happy days, which now
+seemed so far in the past, when his mother had shared his every
+secret.  But for him those days could never come again.
+
+At supper, Hughie was aware of some subtle difference in the spirit
+of the home.  As to Thomas so to his father a change had come.  The
+old man was as silent as ever, indeed more so, but there was no
+asperity in his silence.  His critical, captious manner was gone.
+His silence was that of a great sorrow, and of a great fear.  While
+there was more cheerful conversation than ever at the table, there
+was through all a new respect and a certain tender consideration
+shown toward the silent old man at the head, and all joined in an
+effort to draw him from his gloom.  The past months of his wife's
+suffering had bowed him as with the weight of years.  Even Hughie
+could note this.
+
+After supper the old man "took the Books" as usual, but when, as
+High Priest, he "ascended the Mount of Ordinances to offer the
+evening sacrifice," he was as a man walking in thick darkness
+bewildered and afraid.  The prayer was largely a meditation on the
+heinousness of sin and the righteous judgments of God, and closed
+with an exaltation of the Cross, with an appeal that the innocent
+might be spared the punishment of the guilty.  The conviction had
+settled in the old man's mind that "the Lord was visiting upon him
+and his family his sins, his pride, his censoriousness, his
+hardness of heart."  The words of his prayer fell meaningless upon
+Hughie's English ears, but the boy's heart quivered in response to
+the agony of entreaty in the pleading tones, and he rose from his
+knees awed and subdued.
+
+There was no word spoken for some moments after the prayer.  With
+people like the Finches it was considered to be an insult to the
+Almighty to depart from "the Presence" with any unseemly haste.
+Then Thomas came to help his mother to her room, but she, with her
+eyes upon her husband, quietly put Thomas aside and said, "Donald,
+will you tak me ben?"
+
+Rarely had she called him by his name before the family, and all
+felt that this was a most unusual demonstration of tenderness on
+her part.
+
+The old man glanced quickly at her from under his overhanging
+eyebrows, and met her bright upward look with an involuntary shake
+of the head and a slight sigh.  Comfort was not for him, and he
+must not delude himself.  But with a little laugh she put her hand
+on his arm, and as if administering reproof to a little child, she
+said some words in Gaelic.
+
+"Oh, woman, woman!" said Donald in reply, "if it was yourself we
+had to deal with--"
+
+"Whisht, man!  Will you be putting me before your Father in
+heaven?" she said, as they disappeared into the other room.
+
+There was no fiddle that evening.  There was no heart for it with
+Thomas, neither was there time, for there was the milking to do,
+and the "sorting" of the pails and pans, and the preparing for
+churning in the morning, so that when all was done, the long
+evening had faded into the twilight and it was time for bed.
+
+Before going upstairs, Thomas took Hughie into "the room" where his
+mother's bed had been placed.  Thomas gave her her medicine and
+made her comfortable for the night.
+
+"Is there nothing else now, mother?" he said, still lingering about
+her.
+
+"No, Thomas, my man.  How are the cows doing?"
+
+"Grand; Blossom filled a pail to-night, and Spotty almost twice.
+She's a great milker, yon."
+
+"Yes, and so was her mother.  I remember she used to fill two pails
+when the grass was good."
+
+"I remember her, too.  Her horns curled right back, didn't they?
+And she always looked so fierce."
+
+"Yes, but she was a kindly cow.  And will the churn be ready for
+the morning?"
+
+"Yes, mother, we'll have buttermilk for our porridge, sure enough."
+
+"Well, you'll need to be up early for that, too early, Thomas, lad,
+for a boy like you."
+
+"A boy like me!" said Thomas, feigning indignation, and stretching
+himself to his full height.  "Where would you be getting your men,
+mother?"
+
+"You are man enough, laddie," said his mother, "and a good one you
+will come to be, I doubt.  And you, too, Hughie, lad," she added,
+turning to him.  "You will be like your father."
+
+"I dunno," said Hughie, his face flushing scarlet.  He was weary
+and sick of his secret, and the sight of the loving comradeship
+between Thomas and his mother made his burden all the heavier.
+
+"What's wrong with yon laddie?" asked Mrs. Finch, when Hughie had
+gone away to bed.
+
+"Now, mother, you're too sharp altogether.  And how do you know
+anything is wrong with him?"
+
+"I warrant you his mother sees it.  Something is on his mind.
+Hughie is not the lad he used to be.  He will not look at you
+straight, and that is not like Hughie."
+
+"Oh, mother, you're a sharp one," said Thomas.  "I thought no one
+had seen that but myself.  Yes, there is something wrong with him.
+It's something in the school.  It's a poor place nowadays, anyway,
+and I wish Hughie were done with it."
+
+"He must keep at the school, Thomas, and I only wish you could do
+the same."  His mother sighed.  She had her own secret ambition for
+Thomas, and though she never opened her heart to her son, or indeed
+to any one, Thomas somehow knew that it was her heart's desire to
+see him "in the pulpit."
+
+"Never you mind, mother," he said, brightly.  "It'll all come
+right.  Aren't you always the one preaching faith to me?"
+
+"Yes, laddie, and it is needed, and sorely at times."
+
+"Now, mither," said Thomas, dropping into her native speech, "ye
+mauna be fashin' yersel.  Ye'll jist say 'Now I lay me,' and gang
+to sleep like a bairnie."
+
+"Ay, that's a guid word, laddie, an' a'll tak it.  Ye may kiss me
+guid nicht.  A'll tak it."
+
+Thomas bent over her and whispered in her ear, "Ay, mither, mither,
+ye're an angel, and that ye are."
+
+"Hoots, laddie, gang awa wi' ye," said his mother, but she held her
+arms about his neck and kissed him once and again.  There was no
+one to see, and why should they not give and take their heart's
+fill of love.
+
+But when Thomas stood outside the room door, he folded his arms
+tight across his breast and whispered with lips that quivered, "Ay,
+mither, mither, mither, there's nane like ye.  There's nane like
+ye."  And he was glad that when he went upstairs, he found Hughie
+unwilling to talk.
+
+The next three days they were all busy with the planting of the
+potatoes, and nothing could have been better for Hughie.  The
+sweet, sunny air, and the kindly, wholesome earth and honest hard
+work were life and health to mind and heart and body.  It is
+wonderful how the touch of the kindly mother earth cleanses the
+soul from its unwholesome humors.  The hours that Hughie spent in
+working with the clean, red earth seemed somehow to breathe virtue
+into him.  He remembered the past months like a bad dream.  They
+seemed to him a hideous unreality, and he could not think of Foxy
+and his schemes, nor of his own weakness in yielding to temptation,
+without a horrible self-loathing.  He became aware of a strange
+feeling of sympathy and kinship with old Donald Finch.  He seemed
+to understand his gloom.  During those days their work brought
+those two together, for Billy Jack had the running of the drills,
+and to Thomas was intrusted the responsibility of "dropping" the
+potatoes, so Hughie and the old man undertook to "cover" after
+Thomas.
+
+Side by side they hoed together, speaking not a word for an hour at
+a time, but before long the old man appeared to feel the lad's
+sympathy.  Hughie was quick to save him steps, and eager in many
+ways to anticipate his wishes.  He was quick, too, with the hoe,
+and ambitious to do his full share of the work, and this won the
+old man's respect, so that by the end of the first day there was
+established between them a solid basis of friendship.
+
+Old Donald Finch was no cheerful companion for Hughie, but it was
+to Hughie a relief, more than anything else, that he was not much
+with either Thomas or Billy Jack.
+
+"You're tired," he ventured, in answer to a deep sigh from the old
+man, toward the close of the day.
+
+"No, laddie," replied the old man, "I know not that I am working.
+The burden of toil is the least of all our burdens."  And then,
+after a pause, he added, "It is a terrible thing, is sin."
+
+To an equal in age the old man would never have ventured this
+confidence, but to Hughie, to his own surprise, he found it easy to
+talk.
+
+"A terrible thing," he repeated, "and it will always be finding you
+out."
+
+Hughie listened to him with a fearful sinking of heart, thinking of
+himself and his sin.
+
+"Yes," repeated the old man, with awful solemnity, "it will come up
+with you at last."
+
+"But," ventured Hughie, timidly, "won't God forgive?  Won't he ever
+forget?"
+
+The old man looked at him, leaning upon his hoe.
+
+"Yes, he will forgive.  But for those who have had great
+privileges, and who have sinned against light--I will not say."
+
+The fear deepened in Hughie's heart.
+
+"Do you mean that God will not forgive a man who has had a good
+chance, an elder, or a minister, or--or--a minister's son, say,
+like me?"
+
+There was something in Hughie's tone that startled the old man.  He
+glanced at Hughie's face.
+
+"What am I saying?" he cried.  "It is of myself I am thinking, boy,
+and of no minister or minister's son."
+
+But Hughie stood looking at him, his face showing his terrible
+anxiety.  God and sin were vivid realities to him.
+
+"Yes, yes," said the old man to himself, "it is a great gospel.
+'As far as the east is distant from the west.'  'And plenteous
+redemption is ever found with him.'"
+
+"But, do you think," said Hughie, in a low voice, "God will tell
+all our sins?  Will he make them known?"
+
+"God forbid!" cried the old man.  "'And their sins and their
+iniquities will I remember no more.'  'The depths of the sea.'  No,
+no, boy, he will surely forget, and he will not be proclaiming
+them."
+
+It was a strange picture.  The old man leaning upon the top of his
+hoe looking over at the lad, the gloom of his face irradiated with
+a momentary gleam of hope, and the boy looking back at him with
+almost breathless eagerness.
+
+"It would be great," said Hughie, at last, "if he would forget."
+
+"Yes," said the old man, the gleam in his face growing brighter,
+"'If we confess our sins he is faithful and just to forgive us,'
+and forgiving with him is forgetting.  Ah, yes, it is a great
+gospel," he continued, and standing there he lifted up his hand and
+broke into a kind of chant in Gaelic, of which Hughie could catch
+no meaning, but the exalted look on the old man's face was
+translation enough.
+
+"Must we always tell?" said Hughie, after the old man had ceased.
+
+"What are you saying, laddie?"
+
+"I say must we always tell our sins--I mean to people?"
+
+The old man thought a moment.  "It is not always good to be talking
+about our sins to people.  That is for God to hear.  But we must be
+ready to make right what is wrong."
+
+"Yes, yes," said Hughie, eagerly, "of course one would be glad to
+do that."
+
+The old man gave him one keen glance, and began hoeing again.
+
+"Ye'd better be asking ye're mother about that.  She will know."
+
+"No, no," said Hughie, "I can't."
+
+The old man paused in his work, looked at the boy for a moment or
+two, and then went on working again.
+
+"Speak to my woman," he said, after a few strokes of his hoe.
+"She's a wonderful wise woman."  And Hughie wished that he dared.
+
+During the days of the planting they became great friends, and to
+their mutual good.  The mother's keen eyes noted the change both in
+Hughie and in her husband, and was glad for it.  It was she that
+suggested to Billy Jack that he needed help in the back pasture
+with the stones.  Billy Jack, quick to take her meaning, eagerly
+insisted that help he must have, indeed he could not get on with
+the plowing unless the stones were taken off.  And so it came that
+Hughie and the old man, with old Fly hitched up in the stone-boat,
+spent two happy and not unprofitable days in the back pasture.
+Gravely they discussed the high themes of God's sovereignty and
+man's freedom, with all their practical issues upon conduct and
+destiny.  Only once, and that very shyly, did the old man bring
+round the talk to the subject of their first conversation that
+meant so much to them both.
+
+"The Lord will not be wanting to shame us beyond what is
+necessary," he said.  "There are certain sins which he will bring
+to light, but there are those that, in his mercy, he permits us to
+hide; provided always," he added, with emphasis, "we are done with
+them."
+
+"Yes, indeed," assented Hughie, eagerly, "and who wouldn't be done
+with them?"
+
+But the old man shook his head sadly.
+
+"If that were always true a man would soon be rid of his evil
+heart.  But," he continued, as if eager to turn the conversation,
+"you will be talking with my woman about it.  She's a wonderful
+wise woman, yon."
+
+Somehow the opportunity came to Hughie to take the old man's
+advice.  On Saturday evening, just before leaving for home, he
+found himself alone with Mrs. Finch sitting beside the open window,
+watching the sun go down behind the trees.
+
+"What a splendid sunset!" he cried.  He was ever sensitive to the
+majestic drama of nature.
+
+"Ay," said Mrs. Finch, "the clouds and the sun make wonderful
+beauty together, but without the sun the clouds are ugly things.
+
+Hughie quickly took her meaning.
+
+"They are not pleasant," he said.
+
+"No, not pleasant," she replied, "but with the sunlight upon them
+they are wonderful."
+
+Hughie was silent for some moments, and then suddenly burst out,
+"Mrs. Finch, does God forget sins, and will he keep them hid, from
+people, I mean?"
+
+"Ay," she said, with quiet conviction, "he will forget, and he will
+hide them.  Why should he lay the burden of our sins upon others?
+And if he does not why should we?"
+
+"Do you mean we need not always tell?  I'd like to tell my--some
+one."
+
+"Ay," she replied, "it's a weary wark and a lanely to carry it oor
+lane, but it's an awfu' grief to hear o' anither's sin.  An awfu'
+grief," she repeated to herself.
+
+"But," burst out Hughie, "I'll never be right till I tell my
+mother."
+
+"Ay, and then it is she would be carrying the weight o' it."
+
+"But it's against her," said Hughie, his hands going up to his
+face.  "Oh, Mrs. Finch, it's just awful mean.  I don't know how I
+did it."
+
+"Ye can tell me, laddie, if ye will," said she, kindly, and Hughie
+poured forth the whole burden that had lain so long upon him, but
+he told it laying upon Foxy small blame, for during those days, his
+own part had come to bulk so large with him that Foxy's was almost
+forgotten.
+
+For some moments after he had done Mrs. Finch sat in silence,
+leaning forward and patting the boy's bowed head.
+
+"Ay, but he is rightly named," she said, at length.
+
+"Who?" asked Hughie, surprised.
+
+"Yon store-keepin' chiel."  Then she added, "But ye're done wi' him
+and his tricks, and ye'll stand up against him and be a man for the
+wee laddies."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," said Hughie, too sick at heart and too
+penetrated with the miserable sense of his own meanness and
+cowardice, to make any promise.
+
+"And as tae ye're mither, laddie," went on Mrs. Finch, "it will be
+a sair burden for her."  When Mrs. Finch was greatly moved she
+always dropped into her broadest Scotch.
+
+"Oh, yes, I know," said Hughie, his voice now broken with sobs,
+"and that's the worst of it.  If I didn't have to tell her!  She'll
+just break her heart, I know.  She thinks I'm so--oh, oh--"  The
+long pent up feelings came flooding forth in groans and sobs.
+
+For some moments Mrs. Finch sat quietly, and then she said,
+"Listen, laddie.  There is Another to be thought of first."
+
+"Another?" asked Hughie.  "Oh, yes, I know.  But He knows already,
+and indeed I have often told Him.  But besides, you say He will
+forget, and take it away.  But mother doesn't know, and doesn't
+suspect."
+
+"Well, then, laddie," said Mrs. Finch, with quiet firmness, "let
+her tell ye what to do.  Mak ye're offer to tell her, and warn her
+that it'll grieve ye baith, and then let her say."
+
+"Yes, I'll do it.  I'll do it to-night, and if she says so, then
+I'll tell her."
+
+And so he did, and when he came back to the Finch's on Monday
+morning, for his mother saw that leaving school for a time would be
+no serious loss, and a week or two with the Finches might be a
+great gain, he came radiant to Mrs. Finch, and finding her in her
+chair by the open window alone, he burst forth, "I told her, and
+she wouldn't let me.  She didn't want to know so long as I said it
+was all made right.  And she promised she would trust me just the
+same.  Oh, she's splendid, my mother!  And she's coming this week
+to see you.  And I tell you I just feel like--like anything!  I
+can't keep still.  I'm like Fido when he's let off his chain.  He
+just goes wild."
+
+Then, after a pause, he added, in a graver tone, "And mother read
+Zaccheus to me.  And isn't it fine how He never said a word to
+him?"--Hughie was too excited to be coherent--"but stood up for
+him, and"--here Hughie's voice became more grave--"I'm going to
+restore fourfold.  I'm going to work at the hay, and I fired that
+old pistol into the pond, and I'm not afraid of Foxy any more, not
+a bit."
+
+Hughie rushed breathlessly through his story, while the dark face
+before him glowed with intelligent sympathy, but she only said,
+when he had done, "It is a graund thing to be free, is it no'?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE BEAR HUNT
+
+
+"Is Don round, Mrs. Cameron?"
+
+"Mercy me, Hughie!  Did ye sleep in the woods?  Come away in.
+Ye're a sight for sore eyes.  Come away in.  And how's ye're mother
+and all?"
+
+"All right, thank you.  Is Don in?"
+
+"Don?  He's somewhere about the barn.  But come away, man, there's
+a bit bannock here, and some honey."
+
+"I'm in a hurry, Mrs. Cameron, and I can't very well wait," said
+Hughie, trying to preserve an evenness of tone and not allow his
+excitement to appear.
+
+"Well, well!  What's the matter, whatever?"  When Hughie refused a
+"bit bannock" and honey, something must be seriously wrong.
+
+"Nothing at all, but I'm just wanting Don for a--for something."
+
+"Well, well, just go to the old barn and cry at him."
+
+Hughie found Don in the old barn, busy "rigging up" his plow, for
+the harvest was in and the fall plowing was soon to begin.
+
+"Man, Don!" cried Hughie, in a subdued voice, "it's the greatest
+thing you ever heard!"
+
+"What is it now, Hughie?  You look fairly lifted.  Have you seen a
+ghost?"
+
+"A ghost?  No, something better than that, I can tell you."
+
+Hughie drew near and lowered his voice, while Don worked on
+indifferently.
+
+"It's a bear, Don."
+
+Don dropped his plow.  His indifference vanished.  The Camerons
+were great hunters, and many a bear had they, with their famous
+black dogs, brought home in their day, but not for the past year or
+two; and never had Don bagged anything bigger than a fox or a coon.
+
+"Where did you see him?"
+
+"I didn't see him."  Don looked disgusted.  "But he was in our
+house last night."
+
+"Look here now, stop that!" said Don, gripping Hughie by the jacket
+and shaking him.
+
+But Hughie's summer in the harvest-field had built up his muscles,
+and so he shook himself free from Don's grasp, and said, "Look out
+there!  I'm telling you the truth.  Last night father was out late
+and the supper things were left on the table--some honey and stuff--
+and after father had been asleep for a while he was wakened by
+some one tramping about the house.  He got up, came out of his
+room, and called out, 'Jessie, where are the matches?'  And just
+then there was an awful crash, and something hairy brushed past his
+leg in the dark and got out of the door.  We all came down, and
+there was the table upset, the dishes all on the floor, and four
+great, big, deep scratches in the table."
+
+"Pshaw!  It must have been Fido."
+
+"Fido was in the barn, and just mad to get out; and besides, the
+tracks are there yet behind the house.  It was a bear, sure enough,
+and I'm going after him."
+
+"You?"
+
+"Yes, and I want you to come with the dogs."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!  Dear knows where he'll be now," said Don, considering.
+
+"Like enough in the Big Swamp or in McLeod's beech bush.  They're
+awful fond of beechnuts.  But the dogs can track him, can't they?"
+
+"By jingo!  I'd like to get him," said Don, kindling under Hughie's
+excitement.  "Wait a bit now.  Don't say a word.  If Murdie hears
+he'll want to come, sure, and we don't want him.  You wait here
+till I get the gun and the dogs."
+
+"Have you got any bullets or slugs?"
+
+"Yes, lots.  Why?  Have you a gun?"
+
+"Yes, you just bet!  I've got our gun.  What did you think I was
+going to do?  Put salt on his tail?  I've got it down the lane."
+
+"All right, you wait there for me."
+
+"Don't be long," said Hughie, slipping away.
+
+It was half an hour before Don appeared with the gun and the dogs.
+
+"What in the world kept you?  I thought you were never coming,"
+said Hughie, impatiently.
+
+"I tell you it's no easy thing to get away with mother on hand, but
+it's all right.  Here's your bullets and slugs.  I've brought some
+bannocks and cheese.  We don't know when we'll get home.  We'll
+pick up the track in your brule.  Does any one know you're going?"
+
+"No, only Fusie.  He wanted to come, but I wouldn't have it.  Fusie
+gets so excited."  Hughie's calmness was not phenomenal.  He could
+hardly stand still for two consecutive seconds.
+
+"Well, let's go," and Don set off on a trot, with one of the black
+dogs in leash and the other following, and after him came Hughie
+running lightly.
+
+In twenty minutes they were at the manse clearing.
+
+"Now," said Don, pulling up, "where did you say you saw his track?"
+
+"Just back of the house there, and round the barn, and then
+straight for the brule."
+
+The boys stood looking across the fallen timber toward the barn.
+
+"There's Fido barking," said Hughie.  "I bet he's on the scent
+now."
+
+"Yes," answered Don, "and there's your father, too."
+
+"Gimmini crickets! so it is," said Hughie, slowly.  "I don't think
+it's worth while going up there to get that track.  Can't we get it
+just as well in the woods here?"  There were always things to do
+about the house, and besides, the minister knew nothing of Hughie's
+familiarity with the gun, and hence would soon have put a stop to
+any such rash venture as bear-hunting.
+
+The boys waited, listening to Fido, who was running back and
+forward between the brule and the house barking furiously.  The
+minister seemed interested in Fido's manoeuvres, and followed him a
+little way.
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, in a whisper, "perhaps he'll go and look for
+the gun himself.  And Fido will find us, sure.  I say, let's go."
+
+"Let's wait a minute," said Don, "to see what direction Fido takes,
+and then we'll put our dogs on."
+
+In a few minutes Hughie breathed more freely, for his father seemed
+to lose his interest in Fido, and returned slowly to the house.
+
+"Now," said Hughie, "let's get down into the brule as near Fido as
+we can get."
+
+Cautiously the boys made their way through the fallen timber,
+keeping as much as possible under cover of the underbrush.  But
+though they hunted about for some time, the dogs evidently got no
+scent, for they remained quite uninterested in the proceedings.
+
+"We'll have to get up closer to where Fido is," said Don, "and the
+sooner we get there the better."
+
+"I suppose so," said Hughie.  "I suppose I had better go.  Fido
+will stop barking for me."  So, while Don lay hid with the dogs in
+the brule, Hughie stole nearer and nearer to Fido, who was still
+chasing down toward the brule and back to the house, as if urging
+some one to come forth and investigate the strange scent he had
+discovered.  Gradually Hughie worked his way closer to Fido until
+within calling distance.
+
+Just as he was about to whistle for the dog, the back door opened
+and forth came the minister again.  By this time Fido had passed
+into the brule a little way, and could not be seen from the house.
+It was an anxious moment for Hughie.  He made a sudden desperate
+resolve.  He must secure Fido now, or else give up the chance of
+getting on the trail of the bear.  So he left his place of hiding,
+and bending low, ran swiftly forward until Fido caught sight of
+him, and hearing his voice, came to him, barking loudly and making
+every demonstration of excitement and joy.  He seized the dog by
+the collar and dragged him down, and after holding him quiet for a
+moment, hauled him back to Don.
+
+"We'll have to take him with us," he said.  "I'll put this string
+on his collar, and he'll go all right."  And to this Don agreed,
+though very unwillingly, for he had no confidence in Fido's hunting
+ability.
+
+"I tell you he's a great fighter," said Hughie, "if we should ever
+get near that bear."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Don, "he may fight dogs well enough, but when it
+comes to a bear, it's a different thing.  Every dog is scared of a
+bear the first time he sees him."
+
+"Well, I bet you Fido won't run from anything," said Hughie,
+confidently.
+
+To their great relief they saw the minister set off in the opposite
+direction across the fields.
+
+"Thank goodness!  He's off to the McRae's," said Hughie.
+
+"Now, then," said Don, "we'll go back to the track there, and put
+the dogs on.  You go on with Fido."  And Hughie set off with Fido
+pulling eagerly upon the string.
+
+When they reached the spot where Fido had been seized by Hughie,
+suddenly the black dog who had been following Don at some distance,
+stopped short and began to growl.  In a moment his mate threw up
+his nose and began sniffing about, the hair rising stiff upon his
+back.
+
+"He's catching it," said Don, in an excited tone.  "Here, you hold
+him.  I must get the other one, or he'll be off."  He was not a
+minute too soon, for the other dog, who had been ranging about,
+suddenly found the trail, and with a fierce, short bark, was about
+to dash off when Don threw himself upon him.  In a few moments both
+dogs were on the leash, and set off upon the scent at a great pace.
+The trail was evidently plain enough to the dogs, for they followed
+hard, leading the boys deeper and deeper into the bush.
+
+"He's making for the Big Swamp," said Don, and on they went, with
+eyes and ears on the alert, expecting every moment to hear the
+snort of a bear, or to meet him on the further side of every bunch
+of underbrush.
+
+For an hour they went on at a steady trot, over and under fallen
+logs, splashing through water holes, crashing over dead brushwood,
+and tearing through the interlacing boughs of the thick underbrush
+of spruce and balsam.  The black dogs never hesitated.  They knew
+well what was their business there, and that they kept strictly in
+mind.  Fido, on the other hand, who loved to roam the woods in an
+aimless hunt for any and every wild thing that might cross his
+nose, but who never had seriously hunted anything in particular,
+trotted good-naturedly behind Hughie with rather a bored expression
+on his face.
+
+The trail, which had led them steadily north, all at once turned
+west and away from the swamp.
+
+"Say," said Don, "he's making for Alan Gorrach's cabin."
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, "that would be fine, to get him there.  It's
+good and open, too."
+
+"Too open by a long way," grunted Don.  "We'd never get him there."
+
+Sure enough, the dogs led up from the swamp and along the path to
+Alan's cabin.  The door stood open, and in answer to Don's "Horo!"
+Alan came out.
+
+"What now?" he said, glowering at Don.
+
+"You won't be wanting any dogs to-day, Alan?" said Don, politely.
+
+Alan glanced at him suspiciously, but said not a word.
+
+"These are very good dogs, indeed, Alan."
+
+"Go on your ways, now," said Alan.
+
+"These black ones are not in very good condition, but Fido there is
+a good, fat dog."
+
+Alan's wrath began to rise.
+
+"Will you be going on, now, about your business?"
+
+"Better take them, Alan, there's a hard winter coming on."
+
+"Mac an' Diabhoil!" cried Alan, in a shrill voice, suddenly
+bursting into fury.  "I will be having your heart's blood," he
+cried, rushing into his cabin.
+
+"Come on, Hughie," cried Don, and away they rushed, following the
+black dogs upon the trail of the bear.
+
+Deeper and deeper into the swamp the dogs led the way, the going
+becoming more difficult and the underbrush thicker at every step.
+After an hour or two of hard work, the dogs began to falter, and
+ran hither and thither, now on one scent and then on another, till
+tired out and disgusted, Don held them in, and threw himself down
+upon the soft moss that lay deep over everything.
+
+"We're on his old tracks here," said Don, savagely, "and you can't
+pick out the new from the old."
+
+"His hole must be somewhere not too far away," said Hughie.
+
+"Yes, perhaps it is, but then again it may be across the ridge.  At
+any rate, we'll have some grub."
+
+As they ate the bannocks and cheese, they pictured to themselves
+what they should do if they ever should come up with the bear.
+
+"One thing we've got to be careful of," said Don, "and that is, not
+to lose our heads."
+
+"That's so," assented Hughie, feeling quite cool and self-possessed
+at the time.
+
+"Because if you lose your head you're done for," continued Don.
+"Remember Ken McGregor?"
+
+"No," said Hughie.
+
+"Didn't you ever hear that?  Why, he ran into a bear, and made a
+drive at him with his axe, but the bear, with one paw knocked the
+axe clear out of his hand, and with one sweep of the other tore his
+insides right out.  They're mighty cute, too," went on Don.
+"They'll pretend to be almost dead just to coax you near enough,
+and then they'll spin round on their hind legs like a rooster.  If
+they ever do catch you, the only thing to do is to lie still and
+make believe you're dead, and then, unless they're very hungry,
+they won't hurt you much."
+
+After half an hour's rest, the hunting instinct awoke again within
+them, and the boys determined to make another attempt.  After
+circling about the swamp for some time, the boys came upon a beaten
+track which led straight through the heart of the swamp.
+
+"I say," said Don, "this is going to strike the ridge somewhere
+just about there," pointing northeast, "and if we don't see
+anything between here and the ridge, we'll strike home that way.
+It'll be better walking than this cursed swamp, anyway.  Are you
+tired?"
+
+Hughie refused to acknowledge any weariness.
+
+"Well, then, I am," said Don.
+
+The trail was clear enough, and they were able to follow at a good
+pace, so that in a few minutes, as they had expected, they struck
+the northeast end of the swamp.  Here again they called a halt, and
+tying up the dogs, lay down upon the dry, brown leaves, lazily
+eating the beechnuts and discussing their prospects of meeting the
+bear, and their plans for dealing with him.
+
+"Well, let's go on," at length said Don.  "There's just a chance of
+our meeting him on this ridge.  He's got a den somewhere down in
+the swamp, and he may be coming home this way.  Besides, it'll take
+us all our time, now, to get home before dark.  I guess there's no
+use keeping the dogs any longer.  We'll just let them go."  So
+saying, Don let the black dogs go free, but after a little
+skirmishing through the open beech woods, the dogs appeared to lose
+all interest in the expedition, and kept close to Don's heels.
+
+Fido, on the other hand, followed, ranging the woods on either
+side, cheerfully interested in scaring up rabbits, ground-hogs, and
+squirrels.  He had never known the rapture of bringing down big
+game, and so was content with whatever came his way.
+
+At length the hunters reached the main trail where their paths
+separated; but a little of the swamp still remained, and on the
+other side was the open clearing.
+
+"This is your best way," said Don, pointing out the path to Hughie.
+"We had bad luck to-day, but we'll try again.  We may meet him
+still, you know, so don't fire at any squirrel or anything.  If I
+hear a shot I'll come to you, and you do the same by me."
+
+"I say," said Hughie, "where does this track of mine come out?  Is
+it below the Deepole there, or is it on the other side of the
+clearing?"
+
+"Why, don't you know?" said Don.  "This runs right up to the back
+of the Fisher's berry patch, and through the sugar-bush to your own
+clearing.  I'll go with you if you like."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, "I'll find it all right.  Come on, Fido."
+But Fido had disappeared.  "Good night, Don."
+
+"Good night," said Don.  "Mind you don't fire unless it's at a
+bear.  I'll do the same."
+
+In a few minutes Hughie found himself alone in the thick underbrush
+of the swamp.  The shadows were lying heavy, and the sunlight that
+still caught the tops of the tall trees was quite lost in the gloom
+of the low underbrush.  Deep moss under foot, with fallen trees and
+thick-growing balsam and cedars, made the walking difficult, and
+every step Hughie wished himself out in the clearing.  He began to
+feel, too, the oppression of the falling darkness.  He tried
+whistling to keep up his courage, but the sound seemed to fill the
+whole woods about him, and he soon gave it up.
+
+After a few minutes he stood still and called for Fido, but the dog
+had gone on some hunt of his own, and with a sense of deeper
+loneliness, he set himself again to his struggle with the moss and
+brush and fallen trees.  At length he reached firmer ground, and
+began with more cheerful heart to climb up to the open.
+
+Suddenly he heard a rustle, and saw the brush in front of him move.
+
+"Oh, there you are, you brute," he cried, "come in here.  Come in,
+Fido.  Here, sir!"
+
+He pushed the bushes aside, and his heart jumped and filled his
+mouth.  A huge, black shape stood right across his path not ten
+paces away.  A moment they gazed at each other, and then, with a
+low growl, the bear began to sway awkwardly toward him.  Hughie
+threw up his gun and fired.  The bear paused, snapping viciously
+and tearing at his wounded shoulder, and then rushed on Hughie
+without waiting to rise on his hind legs.
+
+Like a flash Hughie dodged behind the brush, and then fled like the
+wind toward the open.  Looking over his shoulder, he saw the bear
+shambling after him at a great pace, and gaining at every jump, and
+his heart froze with terror.  The balsams and spruces were all too
+low for safety.  A little way before him he saw a small birch.  If
+he could only make that he might escape.  Summoning all his
+strength he rushed for the tree, the bear closing fast upon him.
+Could he spring up out of reach of the bear's awful claws?
+
+Two yards from the tree he heard an angry snap and snarl at his
+heels.  With a cry, he dropped his gun, and springing for the
+lowest bough, drew up his legs quickly after him with the horrible
+feeling of having them ripped asunder.  To his amazement he found
+that the bear was not scrambling up the tree after him, but was
+still some paces off, with Fido skirmishing at long range.  It was
+Fido's timely nip that had brought him to a sudden halt, and
+allowed Hughie to make his climb in safety.
+
+"Good dog, Fido.  Sic him!  Sic him, old fellow!" cried out Hughie,
+but Fido was new to this kind of warfare, and at every jump of the
+raging brute he fled into the brush with his tail between his legs,
+returning, however, to the attack as the bear retired.
+
+After driving Fido off, the bear rushed at the tree, and in a fury
+began tearing up its roots.  Then, as if realizing the futility of
+this, he flung himself upon its trunk and began shaking it with
+great violence from side to side.
+
+Hughie soon saw that the tree would not long stand such an attack.
+He slipped down to the lowest bough so that his weight might be
+taken from the swaying top, and encouraging Fido, awaited results.
+
+He found himself singularly cool.  Having escaped immediate danger,
+the hunter's instinct awoke within him, and he longed to get that
+bear.  If he only had his gun, he would soon settle him, but the
+bear, unfortunately, had possession of that.  He began hurriedly to
+cut off as stout a branch as he could to make himself a club.  He
+was not a moment too soon, for the bear, realizing that he could
+neither tear up the tree by the roots nor shake his enemy out of
+it, decided, apparently, to go up for him.
+
+He first set himself to get rid of Fido, which he partially
+succeeded in doing by chasing him a long distance off.  Then, with
+a great rush, he flew at the tree, and with amazing rapidity began
+to climb.
+
+Hughie, surprised by this swift attack, hastened to climb to the
+higher branches, but in a moment he saw that this would be fatal.
+Remembering that the bear is like the dog in his sensitive parts,
+he descended to meet his advancing foe, and reaching down, hit him
+a sharp blow on the snout.  With a roar of rage and surprise the
+bear let go his hold, slipped to the ground, and began to tear up
+the earth, sneezing violently.
+
+"Oh, if I only had that gun," groaned Hughie, "I'd get him.  And if
+he gets away after Fido again, I believe I'll try it."
+
+The bear now set himself to plan some new form of attack.  He had
+been wounded, but only enough to enrage him, and his fury served to
+fix more firmly in his head the single purpose of getting into his
+grip this enemy of his in the tree, whom he appeared to have so
+nearly at his mercy.
+
+Whatever his new plan might be, a necessary preliminary was getting
+rid of Fido, and this he proceeded to do.  Round about the trees he
+pursued him, getting farther and farther away from the birch, till
+Hughie, watching his chance, slipped down the tree and ran for his
+gun.  But no sooner had he stooped for it than the bear saw the
+move, and with an angry roar rushed for him.
+
+Once more Hughie sprang for his branch, but the gun caught in the
+boughs and he slipped to the ground, the bear within striking
+distance.  With a cry he sprang again, reached his bough and drew
+himself up, holding his precious gun safe, wondering how he had
+escaped.  Again it was Fido that had saved him, for as the bear had
+gathered himself to spring, Fido, seeing his chance, rushed boldly
+in, and flinging himself upon the hind leg of the enraged brute,
+held fast.  It was the boy's salvation, but alas! it was Fido's
+destruction, for wheeling suddenly, the bear struck a swift
+downward blow with his powerful front paw, and tore the whole side
+of the faithful brute wide open.  With a howl, poor Fido dragged
+himself away out of reach and lay down, moaning pitifully.
+
+The bear, realizing that he had got rid of one foe, now proceeded
+more cautiously to deal with the other, and began warily climbing
+the tree, keeping his wicked little eyes fixed upon Hughie.
+
+Meantime, Hughie was loading his gun with all speed.  He emptied
+his powder-horn into the muzzle, and with the bear coming slowly
+nearer, began to search for his bullets.  Through one pocket after
+another his trembling fingers flew, while with the butt of his gun
+he menaced his approaching enemy.
+
+"Where are those bullets?" he groaned.  "Ah, here they are!" diving
+into his trousers pocket.  "Fool of a place to keep them, too!"
+
+He took a handful of slugs and bullets, poured them into his gun,
+rammed down a wadding of leaves upon all, retreating as he did so
+to the higher limbs, the bear following him steadily.  But just as
+he had his cap securely fixed upon the nipple, the bear suddenly
+revealed his plan.  Holding by his front paws, he threw his hind
+legs off from the trunk.  It was his usual method of felling trees.
+The tree swayed and bent till the top almost touched the ground.
+But Hughie, with his legs wreathed round the trunk, brought his gun
+to his shoulder, and with its muzzle almost touching the breast of
+the hanging brute, pulled the trigger.
+
+There was a terrific report, the bear dropped in a heap from the
+tree, and Hughie was hurled violently to the ground some distance
+away, partially stunned.  He raised himself to see the bear
+struggle up to a sitting position, and gnashing his teeth, and
+flinging blood and foam from his mouth, begin to drag himself
+toward him.  He was conscious of a languid indifference, and found
+himself wondering how long the bear would take to cover the
+distance.
+
+But while he was thus cogitating there was a sharp, quick bark, and
+a great black form hurled itself at the bear's throat and bore the
+fierce brute to the ground.
+
+Drawing a long sigh, Hughie sank back to the ground, with the sound
+of a far-away shot in his ears, and darkness veiling his eyes.
+
+He was awakened by Don's voice anxiously calling him.
+
+"Are you hurt much, Hughie?  Did he squeeze you?"
+
+Hughie sat up, blinking stupidly.
+
+"What?" he asked.  "Who?"
+
+"Why, the bear, of course."
+
+"The bear?  No.  Man!  It's too bad you weren't here, Don," he went
+on, rousing himself.  "He can't be gone far."
+
+"Not very," said Don, laughing loud.  "Yonder he lies."
+
+Hughie turned his head and gazed, wondering, at the great black
+mass over which Don's black dogs were standing guard, and sniffing
+with supreme satisfaction.
+
+Then all came back to him.
+
+"Where's Fido?" he asked, rising.  "Yes, it was Fido saved me, for
+sure.  He tackled the bear every time he rushed at me, and hung
+onto him just as I climbed the tree the second time."
+
+As he spoke he walked over to the place where he had last seen the
+dog.  A little farther on, behind a spruce-tree, they found poor
+Fido, horribly mangled and dead.
+
+Hughie stooped down over him.  "Poor old boy, poor old Fido," he
+said, in a low voice, stroking his head.
+
+Don turned away and walked whistling toward the bear.  As he sat
+beside the black carcass his two dogs came to him.  He threw his
+arms round them, saying, "Poor old Blackie!  Poor Nigger!" and he
+understood how Hughie was feeling behind the spruce-tree beside the
+faithful dog that had given him his life.
+
+As he sat there waiting for Hughie, he heard voices.
+
+"Horo!" he shouted.
+
+"Where are you?  Is that you, Don?"  It was his father's voice.
+
+"Yes, here we are."
+
+"Is Hughie there?" inquired another voice.
+
+"Losh me! that's the minister," said Don.  "Yes, all right," he
+cried aloud, as up came Long John Cameron and the minister, with
+Fusie and a stranger bringing up the rear.
+
+"Fine work, this.  You're fine fellows, indeed," cried Long John,
+"frightening people in this way."
+
+"Where is Hughie?" said the minister, sternly.
+
+Hughie came from behind the brush, hurriedly wiping his eyes.
+"Here, father," he said.
+
+"And what are you doing here at this hour of the night, pray?" said
+the minister, angrily, turning toward him.
+
+"I couldn't get home very well," replied Hughie.
+
+"And why not, pray?  Don't begin any excuses with me, sir."
+Nothing annoyed the minister as an attempt to excuse ill-doing.
+
+"I guess he would have been glad enough to have got home half an
+hour ago, sir," broke in Don, laughing.  "Look there."  He pointed
+to the bear lying dead, with Nigger standing over him.
+
+"The Lord save us!" said Long John Cameron, himself the greatest
+among the hunters of the county.  "What do you say?  And how did
+you get him?  Jee-ru-piter! he's a grand one."
+
+The old man, the minister, and Don walked about the bear in
+admiring procession.
+
+"Yon's a terrible gash," said Long John, pointing to a gaping wound
+in the breast.  "Was that your Snider, Don?"
+
+"Not a bit of it, father.  The bear's Hughie's.  He killed him
+himself."
+
+"Losh me!  And you don't tell me!  And how did you manage that,
+Hughie?"
+
+"He chased me up that tree, and I guess would have got me only for
+Fido."
+
+The minister gasped.
+
+"Got you?  Was he as near as that?"
+
+"He wasn't three feet away," said Hughie, and with that he
+proceeded to give, in his most graphic style, a description of his
+great fight with the bear.
+
+"When I heard the first shot," said Don, "I was away across the
+swamp.  I tell you I tore back here, and when I came, what did I
+see but Hughie and Mr. Bear both sitting down and looking coolly at
+each other a few yards apart.  And then Nigger downed him and I put
+a bullet into his heart."  Don was greatly delighted, and extremely
+proud of Hughie's achievement.
+
+"And how did you know about it?" asked Don of his father.
+
+"It was the minister here came after me."
+
+"Yes," said the minister, "it was Fusie told me you had gone off on
+a bear hunt, and so I went along to the Cameron's with Mr. Craven
+here, to see if you had got home."
+
+Meantime, Mr. Craven had been looking Hughie over.
+
+"Mighty plucky thing," he said.  "Great nerve," and he lapsed into
+silence, while Fusie could not contain himself, but danced from one
+foot to the other with excited exclamations.
+
+The minister had come out intending, as he said, "to teach that boy
+a lesson that he would remember," but as he listened to Hughie's
+story, his anger gave place to a great thankfulness.
+
+"It was a great mercy, my boy," he said at length, when he was
+quite sure of his voice, "that you had Fido with you."
+
+"Yes, indeed, father," said Hughie.  "It was Fido saved me."
+
+"It was the Lord's goodness," said the minister, solemnly.
+
+"And a great mercy," said Long John, "that your lad kept his head
+and showed such courage.  You have reason to be proud of him."
+
+The minister said nothing just then, but at home, when recounting
+the exploit to the mother, he could hardly contain his pride in his
+son.
+
+"Never thought the boy would have a nerve like that, he's so
+excitable.  I had rather he killed that bear than win a medal at
+the university."
+
+The mother sat silent through all the story, her cheek growing more
+and more pale, but not a word did she say until the tale was done,
+and then she said, "'Who delivereth thee from destruction.'"
+
+"A little like David, mother, wasn't it?" said Hughie; but though
+there was a smile on his face, his manner and tone were earnest
+enough.
+
+"Yes," said his mother, "a good deal like David, for it was the
+same God that delivered you both."
+
+"Rather hard to cut Fido out of his share of the glory," said Mr.
+Craven, "not to speak of a cool head and a steady nerve."
+
+Mrs. Murray regarded him for a moment or two in silence, as if
+meditating an answer, but finally she only said, "We shall cut no
+one out of the glory due to him."
+
+At the supper-table the whole affair was discussed in all its
+bearings.  In this discussion Hughie took little part, making light
+of his exploit, and giving most of the credit to Fido, and the
+mother wondered at the unusual reserve and gravity that had fallen
+upon her boy.  Indeed, Hughie was wondering at himself.  He had a
+strange new feeling in his heart.  He had done a man's deed, and
+for the first time in his life he felt it unnecessary to glory in
+his deeds.  He had come to a new experience, that great deeds need
+no voice to proclaim them.  During the thrilling moments of that
+terrible hour he had entered the borderland of manhood, and the awe
+of that new world was now upon his spirit.
+
+It was chiefly this new experience of his that was sobering him,
+but it helped him not a little to check his wonted boyish
+exuberance that at the table opposite him sat a strange young man,
+across whose dark, magnetic face there flitted, now and then, a
+lazy, cynical smile.  Hughie feared that lazy smile, and he felt
+that it would shrivel into self-contempt any feeling of
+boastfulness.
+
+The mother and Hughie said little to each other, waiting to be
+alone, and after Hughie had gone to his room his mother talked long
+with him, but when Mr. Craven, on his way to bed, heard the low,
+quiet tones of the mother's voice through the shut door, he knew it
+was not to Hughie she was speaking, and the smile upon his face
+lost a little of its cynicism.
+
+Next day there was no smile when he stood with Hughie under the
+birch-tree, watching the lad hew flat one side, but gravely enough
+he took the paper on which Hughie had written, "Fido, Sept. 13th,
+18--," saying as he did so, "I shall cut this for you.  It is good
+to remember brave deeds."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+JOHN CRAVEN'S METHOD
+
+
+Mr. John Craven could not be said to take his school-teaching
+seriously; and indeed, any one looking at his face would hardly
+expect him to take anything seriously, and certainly those who in
+his college days followed and courted and kept pace with Jack
+Craven, and knew his smile, would have expected from him anything
+other than seriousness.  He appeared to himself to be enacting a
+kind of grim comedy, exile as he was in a foreign land, among
+people of a strange tongue.
+
+He knew absolutely nothing of pedagogical method, and consequently
+he ignored all rules and precedents in the teaching and conduct of
+the school.  His discipline was of a most fantastic kind.  He had a
+feeling that all lessons were a bore, therefore he would assign the
+shortest and easiest of tasks.  But having assigned the tasks, he
+expected perfection in recitation, and impressed his pupils with
+the idea that nothing less would pass.  His ideas of order were of
+the loosest kind, and hence the noise at times was such that even
+the older pupils found it unbearable; but when the hour for
+recitation came, somehow a deathlike stillness fell upon the
+school, and the unready shivered with dread apprehension.  And yet
+he never thrashed the boys; but his fear lay upon them, for his
+eyes held the delinquent with such an intensity of magnetic,
+penetrating power that the unhappy wretch felt as if any kind of
+calamity might befall him.
+
+When one looked at John Craven's face, it was the eyes that caught
+and held the attention.  They were black, without either gleam or
+glitter, indeed almost dull--a lady once called them "smoky eyes."
+They looked, under lazy, half-drooping lids, like things asleep,
+except in moments of passion, when there appeared, far down, a
+glowing fire, red and terrible.  At such moments it seemed as if,
+looking through these, one were catching sight of a soul ablaze.
+They were like the dull glow of a furnace through an inky night.
+
+He was constitutionally and habitually lazy, but in a reading
+lesson he would rouse himself at times, and by his utterance of a
+single line make the whole school sit erect.  Friday afternoon he
+gave up to what he called "the cultivation of the finer arts."  On
+that afternoon he would bring his violin and teach the children
+singing, hear them read and recite, and read for them himself; and
+no greater punishment could be imposed upon the school than the
+loss of this afternoon.
+
+"Man alive! Thomas, he's mighty queer," Hughie explained to his
+friend.  "When he sits there with his feet on the stove smoking
+away and reading something or other, and letting them all gabble
+like a lot of ducks, it just makes me mad.  But when he wakes up
+he puts the fear of death on you, and when he reads he makes you
+shiver through and through.  You know that long rigmarole,
+'Friends, Romans, countrymen'?  I used to hate it.  Well, sir, he
+told us about it last Friday.  You know, on Friday afternoons we
+don't do any work, but just have songs and reading, and that sort
+of thing.  Well, sir, last Friday he told us about the big row in
+Rome, and how Caesar was murdered, and then he read that thing to
+us.  By gimmini whack! it made me hot and cold.  I could hardly
+keep from yelling, and every one was white.  And then he read that
+other thing, you know, about Little Nell.  Used to make me sick,
+but, my goodness alive! do you know, before he got through the
+girls were wiping their eyes, and I was almost as bad, and you
+could have heard a pin drop.  He's mighty queer, though, lazy as
+the mischief, and always smiling and smiling, and yet you don't
+feel like smiling back."
+
+"Do you like him?" asked Thomas, bluntly.
+
+"Dunno.  I'd like to, but he won't let you, somehow.  Just smiles
+at you, and you feel kind of small."
+
+The reports about the master were conflicting and disquieting, and
+although Hughie was himself doubtful, he stood up vehemently for
+him at home.
+
+"But, Hughie," protested the minister, discussing these reports, "I
+am told that he actually smokes in school."
+
+Hughie was silent.
+
+"Answer me!  Does he smoke in school hours?"
+
+"Well," confessed Hughie, reluctantly, "he does sometimes, but only
+after he gives us all our work to do."
+
+"Smoke in school hours!" ejaculated Mrs. Murray, horrified.
+
+"Well, what's the harm in that?  Father smokes."
+
+"But he doesn't smoke when he is preaching," said the mother.
+
+"No, but he smokes right afterwards."
+
+"But not in church."
+
+"Well, perhaps not in church, but school's different.  And anyway,
+he makes them read better, and write better too," said Hughie,
+stoutly.
+
+"Certainly," said his father, "he is a most remarkable man.  A most
+unusual man."
+
+"What about your sums, Hughie?" asked his mother.
+
+"Don't know.  He doesn't bother much with that sort of thing, and
+I'm just as glad."
+
+"You ought really to speak to him about it," said Mrs. Murray,
+after Hughie had left the room.
+
+"Well, my dear," said the minister, smiling, "you heard what Hughie
+said.  It would be rather awkward for me to speak to him about
+smoking.  I think, perhaps, you had better do it."
+
+"I am afraid," said his wife, with a slight laugh, "it would be
+just as awkward for me.  I wonder what those Friday afternoons of
+his mean," she continued.
+
+"I am sure I don't know, but everywhere throughout the section I
+hear the children speak of them.  We'll just drop in and see.  I
+ought to visit the school, you know, very soon."
+
+And so they did.  The master was surprised, and for a moment
+appeared uncertain what to do.  He offered to put the classes
+through their regular lessons, but at once there was a noisy outcry
+against this on the part of the school, which, however, was
+effectually and immediately quelled by the quiet suggestion on the
+master's part that anything but perfect order would be fatal to the
+programme.  And upon the minister requesting that the usual
+exercises proceed, the master smilingly agreed.
+
+"We make Friday afternoons," he said, "at once a kind of reward
+day for good work during the week, and an opportunity for the
+cultivation of some of the finer arts."
+
+And certainly he was a master in this business.  He had strong
+dramatic instincts, and a remarkable power to stimulate and draw
+forth the emotions.
+
+When the programme of singing, recitations, and violin-playing was
+finished, there were insistent calls on every side for "Mark
+Antony."  It appeared to be the 'piece de resistance' in the minds
+of the children.
+
+"What does this mean?" inquired the minister, as the master stood
+smiling at his pupils.
+
+"Oh, they are demanding a little high tragedy," he said, "which I
+sometimes give them.  It assists in their reading lessons," he
+explained, apologetically, and with that he gave them what Hughie
+called, "that rigmarole beginning, 'Friends, Romans, countrymen,'"
+Mark Antony's immortal oration.
+
+"Well," said the minister, as they drove away from the school,
+"what do you think of that, now?"
+
+"Marvelous!" exclaimed his wife.  "What dramatic power, what
+insight, what interpretation!"
+
+"You may say so," exclaimed her husband.  "What an actor he would
+make!"
+
+"Yes," said his wife, "or what a minister he would make!  I
+understand, now, his wonderful influence over Hughie, and I am
+afraid."
+
+"O, he can't do Hughie any harm with things like that," replied her
+husband, emphatically.
+
+"No, but Hughie now and then repeats some of his sayings about--
+about religion and religious convictions, that I don't like.  And
+then he is hanging about that Twentieth store altogether too much,
+and I fancied I noticed something strange about him last Friday
+evening when he came home so late."
+
+"O, nonsense," said the minister.  "His reputation has prejudiced
+you, and that is not fair, and your imagination does the rest."
+
+"Well, it is a great pity that he should not do something with
+himself," replied his wife.  "There are great possibilities in that
+young man."
+
+"He does not take himself seriously enough," said her husband.
+"That is the chief trouble with him."
+
+And this was apparently Jack Craven's opinion of himself, as is
+evident from his letter to his college friend, Ned Maitland.
+
+
+"Dear Ned:--
+
+"For the last two months I have been seeking to adjust myself to my
+surroundings, and find it no easy business.  I have struck the land
+of the Anakim, for the inhabitants are all of 'tremenjous' size,
+and indeed, 'tremenjous' in all their ways, more particularly in
+their religion.  Religion is all over the place.  You are liable to
+come upon a boy anywhere perched on a fence corner with a New
+Testament in his hand, and on Sunday the 'tremenjousness' of their
+religion is overwhelming.  Every other interest in life, as meat,
+drink, and dress, are purely incidental to the main business of the
+day, which is the delivering, hearing, and discussing of sermons.
+
+"The padre, at whose house I am very happily quartered, is a
+'tremenjous' preacher.  He has visions, and gives them to me.  He
+gives me chills and thrills as well, and has discovered to me a
+conscience, a portion of my anatomy that I had no suspicion of
+possessing.
+
+"The congregation is like the preacher.  They will sit for two
+hours, and after a break of a few minutes they will sit again for
+two hours, listening to sermons; and even the interval is somewhat
+evenly divided between their bread and cheese in the churchyard and
+the discussion of the sermon they have just listened to.  They are
+great on theology.  One worthy old party tackled me on my views of
+the sermon we had just heard; after a little preliminary sparring I
+went to my corner.  I often wonder in what continent I am.
+
+"The school, a primitive little log affair, has much run to seed,
+but offers opportunity for repose.  I shall avoid any unnecessary
+excitement in this connection.
+
+"In private life the padre is really very decent.  We have great
+smokes together, and talks.  On all subjects he has very decided
+opinions, and in everything but religion, liberal views.  I lure
+him into philosophic discussions, and overwhelm him with my newest
+and biggest metaphysical terms, which always reduce his enormous
+cocksureness to more reasonable dimensions.
+
+"The minister's wife is quite another proposition.  She argues,
+too, but unfortunately she asks questions, in the meekest way
+possible acknowledging her ignorance of my big terms, and insisting
+upon definitions and exact meanings, and then it's all over with
+me.  How she ever came to this far land, heaven knows, and none but
+heaven can explain such waste.  Having no kindred soul to talk
+with, I fancy she enjoys conversation with myself, (sic) revels in
+music, is transported to the fifth heaven by my performance on the
+violin, but evidently pities me and regards me as dangerous.  But,
+my dear Maitland, after a somewhat wide and varied experience of
+fine ladies, I give you my verdict that here among the Anakim, and
+in this wild, woody land, is a lady fine and fair and saintly.  She
+will bother me, I know.  Her son Hughie (he of the bear), of whom I
+told you, the lad with the face of an angel and the temper of an
+angel, but of a different color--her son Hughie she must make into
+a scholar.  And no wonder, for already he has attained a remarkable
+degree of excellence, by the grace, not of the little log school,
+however, I venture to shy.  His mother has been at him.  But now
+she feels that something more is needed, and for that she turns to
+me.  You will be able to see the humor of it, but not the pathos.
+She wants to make a man out of her boy, 'a noble, pure-hearted
+gentleman,' and this she lays upon me!  Did I hear you laugh?
+Smile not, it is the most tragic of pathos.  Upon me, Jack Craven,
+the despair of the professors, the terror of the watch, the--alas!
+you know only too well.  My tongue clave to the roof of my mouth,
+and before I could cry, 'Heaven forbid that I should have a hand in
+the making of your boy!' she accepted my pledge to do her desire
+for her young angel with the OTHER-angelic temper.
+
+"And now, my dear Ned, is it for my sins that I am thus pursued?
+What is awaiting me I know not.  What I shall do with the young cub
+I have not the ghostliest shadow of an idea.  Shall I begin by
+thrashing him soundly?  I have refrained so far; I hate the role of
+executioner.  Or shall I teach him boxing?  The gloves are a great
+educator, and are at times what the padre would call 'means of
+grace.'
+
+"But what will become of me?  Shall I become prematurely aged, or
+shall I become a saint?  Expect anything from your most devoted,
+but most sorely bored and perplexed,
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE DOWNFALL
+
+
+In one point the master was a great disappointment to Hughie; he
+could not be persuaded to play shinny.  The usual challenge had
+come up from the Front, with its more than usual insolence, and
+Hughie, who now ranked himself among the big boys, felt the shame
+and humiliation to be intolerable.  By the most strenuous exertions
+he started the game going with the first fall of snow, but it was
+difficult to work up any enthusiasm for the game in the face of
+Foxy's very determined and weighty opposition, backed by the
+master's lazy indifference.  For, in spite of Hughie's contempt and
+open sneers, Foxy had determined to reopen his store with new and
+glowing attractions.  He seemed to have a larger command of capital
+than ever, and he added several very important departments to his
+financial undertaking.
+
+The rivalry between Hughie and Foxy had become acute, but besides
+this, there was in Hughie's heart a pent-up fierceness and longing
+for revenge that he could with difficulty control.  And though he
+felt pretty certain that in an encounter with Foxy he would come
+off second best, and though in consequence he delayed that
+encounter as long as possible, he never let Foxy suspect his fear
+of him, and waited with some anxiety for the inevitable crisis.
+
+Upon one thing Hughie was resolved, that the challenge from the
+Front should be accepted, and that they should no longer bear the
+taunt of cowardice, but should make a try, even though it meant
+certain defeat.
+
+His first step had been the organization of the shinny club.  His
+next step was to awaken the interest of the master.  But in vain he
+enlarged upon the boastfulness and insolence of the Front; in vain
+he recounted the achievements of their heroes of old, who in those
+brave days had won victory and fame over all comers for their
+school and county; the master would not be roused to anything more
+than a languid interest in the game.  And this was hardly to be
+wondered at, for shinny in the snow upon the roadway in front of
+the school was none too exciting.  But from the day when the game
+was transferred to the mill-pond, one Saturday afternoon when the
+North and South met in battle, the master's indifference vanished,
+for it turned out that he was an enthusiastic skater, and as Hughie
+said, "a whirlwind on the ice."
+
+After that day shinny was played only upon the ice, and the master,
+assuming the position of coach, instituted a more scientific style
+of game, and worked out a system of combined play that made even
+small boys dangerous opponents to boys twice their size and weight.
+Under his guidance it was that the challenge to the Front was so
+worded as to make the contest a game on ice, and to limit the
+number of the team to eleven.  Formerly the number had been
+somewhat indefinite, varying from fifteen to twenty, and the style
+of play a general melee.  Hughie was made captain of the shinny
+team, and set himself, under the master's direction, to perfect
+their combination and team play.
+
+The master's unexpected interest in the shinny game was the first
+and chief cause of Foxy's downfall as leader of the school, and if
+Hughie had possessed his soul in patience he might have enjoyed the
+spectacle of Foxy's overthrow without involving himself in the
+painful consequences which his thirst for vengeance and his
+vehement desire to accomplish Foxy's ruin brought upon him.
+
+The story of the culmination of the rivalry between Hughie and Foxy
+is preserved in John Craven's second letter to his friend Edward
+Maitland.  The letter also gives an account of the master's own
+undoing--an undoing which bore fruit to the end of his life.
+
+
+"Dear Ned:--
+
+"I hasten to correct the false impression my previous letter must
+have conveyed to you.  It occurs to me that I suggested that this
+school afforded unrivaled opportunities for repose.  Further
+acquaintance reveals to me the fact that it is the seething center
+of the most nerve-racking excitement.  The life of the school is
+reflected in the life of the community, and the throbs of excitement
+that vibrate from the school are felt in every home of the section.
+We are in the thick of preparations for a deadly contest with the
+insolent, benighted, boastful, but hitherto triumphant Front, in the
+matter of shinny.  You know my antipathy to violent sports, and you
+will find some difficulty in picturing me an enthusiastic trainer
+and general director of the Twentieth team, flying about, wildly
+gesticulating with a club, and shrieking orders, imprecations,
+cautions, encouragements, in the most frantic manner, at as furious
+a company of little devils as ever went joyously to battle.
+
+"Then, as if this were not excitement enough, I am made the
+unwitting spectator of a truly Homeric contest, bloodier by far
+than many of those fought on the plains of windy Troy, between the
+rival leaders of the school, to wit, Hughie of the angelic face and
+OTHER-angelic temper, and an older and much heavier boy, who
+rejoices in the cognomen of 'Foxy,' as being accurately descriptive
+at once of the brilliance of his foliage and of his financial
+tactics.
+
+"It appears that for many months this rivalry has existed, but I am
+convinced that there is more in the struggle than appears on the
+surface.  There is some dark and deadly mystery behind it all that
+only adds, of course, to the thrilling interest it holds for me.
+
+"Long before I arrived on the arena, which was an open space in the
+woods in front of what Foxy calls his store, wild shrieks and yells
+fell upon my ears, as if the aboriginal denizens of the forest had
+returned.  Quietly approaching, I soon guessed the nature of the
+excitement, and being unwilling to interfere until I had thoroughly
+grasped the ethical and other import of the situation, I shinned up
+a tree, and from this point of vantage took in the spectacle.  It
+appeared from Foxy's violent accusations that Hughie had been
+guilty of wrecking the store, which, by the way, the latter utterly
+despises and contemns.  The following interesting and striking
+conversation took place:
+
+"'What are you doing in my store, anyway?' says he of the brilliant
+foliage.  'You're just a thief, that's what you are, and a sneaking
+thief.'
+
+"Promptly the lie comes back.  'I wasn't touching your rotten
+stuff!' and again the lie is exchanged.
+
+"Immediately there is demand from the spectators that the matter be
+argued to a demonstration, and thereupon one of the larger boys,
+wishing to precipitate matters and to furnish a casus belli, puts a
+chip upon Hughie's shoulder and dares Foxy to knock it off.  But
+Hughie flings the chip aside.
+
+"'Go away with yourself and your chip.  I'm not going to fight for
+any chip.'
+
+"Yells of derision, 'Cowardy, cowardy, custard,' 'Give him a good
+cuffing, Foxy,' 'He's afraid,' and so forth.  And indeed, Hughie
+appears none too anxious to prove his innocence and integrity upon
+the big and solid body of his antagonist.
+
+"Foxy, much encouraged by the clamor of his friends, deploys in
+force in front of his foe, shouting, 'Come on, you little thief!'
+
+"'I'm not a thief!  I didn't touch one of your things!'
+
+"'Whether you touched my things or not, you're a thief, anyway, and
+you know you are.  You stole money, and I know it, and you know it
+yourself.'
+
+"To this Hughie strangely enough makes no reply, wherein lies the
+mystery.  But though he makes no reply he faces up boldly to Foxy
+and offers battle.  This is evidently a surprise to Foxy, who
+contents himself with threats as to what he can do with his one
+hand tied behind his back, and what he will do in a minute, while
+Hughie waits, wasting no strength upon words.
+
+"Finally Foxy strides to his store door, and apparently urged to
+frenzy by the sight of the wreckage therein, comes back and lands a
+sharp cuff on his antagonist's ear.
+
+"It is all that is needed.  As if he had touched a spring, Hughie
+flew at him wildly, inconsequently making a windmill of his arms.
+But fortunately he runs foul of one of Foxy's big fists, and falls
+back with spouting nose.  Enthusiastic yells from Foxy's following.
+And Foxy, having done much better than he expected, is encouraged
+to pursue his advantage.
+
+"Meantime the blood is being mopped off Hughie's face with a
+snowball, his tears flowing equally with his blood.
+
+"'Wait till to-morrow,' urges Fusie, his little French fidus
+Achates.
+
+"'To-morrow!' yells Hughie, suddenly.  'No, but now!  I'll kill the
+lying, sneaking, white-faced beast now, or I'll die myself!' after
+which heroic resolve he flings himself, blood and tears, upon the
+waiting Foxy, and this time with better result, for Foxy, waiting
+the attack with arms up and eyes shut, finds himself pummeled all
+over the face, and after a few moments of ineffectual resistance,
+turns, and in quite the Homeric way seeks safety in flight,
+followed by the furious and vengeful Achilles, and the jeering
+shouts of the bloodthirsty but disappointed rabble.
+
+"As I have said, the mystery behind it remains unsolved, but Foxy's
+reign is at an end, and with him goes the store, for which I am
+devoutly thankful.
+
+"I would my tale ended here with the downfall of Foxy, but, my dear
+Ned, I have to record a sadder and more humiliating downfall than
+that--the abject and utter collapse of my noble self.  I have once
+more played the fool, and played into the hands of the devil, mine
+own familiar and well-beloved devil.
+
+"The occasion I need not enlarge upon; it always waits.  A long
+day's skate, a late supper with some of the wilder and more
+reckless outcasts of this steady-going community that frequent the
+back store, results in my appearing at the manse door late at
+night, very unsteady of leg and incoherent of speech.  By a most
+unhappy chance, a most scurvy trick my familiar devil played upon
+me, the door is opened by the minister's wife.  I can see her look
+of fear, horror, and loathing yet.  It did more to pull me together
+than a cold bath, so that I saved myself the humiliation of speech
+and escaped to my room.
+
+"And now, what do you think?  Reproaches, objurgations, and final
+dismissal on the part of the padre, tearful exhortations to
+repentance on the part of his wife?  Not a bit.  If you believe me,
+sir, my unhappy misadventure remains a secret with her.  She told
+not a soul.  Remarkably fine, I call that.  And what more, think
+you?  A cold and haughty reserve, or a lofty pity, with the fearful
+expectation of judgment?  Not in the least.  Only a little added
+kindness, a deeper note to the frank, sympathetic interest she has
+always shown, and that is all.  My dear chap, I offered to leave,
+but when she looked at me with those great hazel-brown eyes of hers
+and said, 'Why should you go?  Would it be better for you any place
+else?' I found myself enjoying the luxury of an entirely new set of
+emotions, which I shall not analyze to you.  But I feel more
+confident than ever that I shall either die early or end in being a
+saint.
+
+"And now, do you know, she persists in ignoring that anything has
+taken place, talks to me about her young men and her hopes for
+them, the work she would do for them, and actually asks my
+assistance!  It appears that ever since their Great Revival, which
+is the beginning of days to them, events being dated from before
+the Great Revival or after, some of these young men have a desire
+to be ministers, or think they have.  It is really her desire, I
+suspect, for them.  The difficulty is, preparation for college.  In
+this she asks my help.  The enormous incongruity of the situation
+does not appear to strike her, that I, the--too many unutterable
+things--should be asked to prepare these young giants, with their
+'tremenjous' religious convictions, for the ministry; nevertheless
+I yield myself to do anything and everything she lays upon me.  I
+repeat, I shall without doubt end in being a saint myself, and
+should not be surprised to find myself with these 'tremenjous'
+young men on the way to Holy Orders.  Fancy the good Doctor's face!
+He would suspect a lurking pleasantry in it all.
+
+"This letter, I know, will render chaotic all your conceptions of
+me, and in this chaos of mind I can heartily sympathize.  What the
+next chapter will be, God only knows!  It depends upon how my
+familiar devil behaves himself.  Meantime, I am parleying with him,
+and with some anxiety as to the result subscribe myself,
+
+"Your friend,
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE FIRST ROUND
+
+
+The challenge from the Front was for the best two out of three, the
+first game to be played the last day of the year.  Steadily, under
+Craven's coaching, the Twentieth team were perfected in their
+systematic play; for although Craven knew nothing of shinny, he had
+captained the champion lacrosse team of the province of Quebec, and
+the same general rules of defense and attack could be applied with
+equal success to the game of shinny.  The team was greatly
+strengthened by the accession of Thomas Finch and Don Cameron, both
+of whom took up the school again with a view to college.  With
+Thomas in goal, Hughie said he felt as if a big hole had been
+filled up behind him.
+
+The master caused a few preliminary skirmishes with neighboring
+teams to be played by way of practice, and by the time the end of
+the year had come, he felt confident that the team would not
+disgrace their school.  His confidence was not ill-founded.
+
+"We have covered ourselves with glory," he writes to his friend Ned
+Maitland, "for we have whipped to a finish the arrogant and mighty
+Front.  I am more than ever convinced that I shall have to take a
+few days off and get away to Montreal, or some other retired spot,
+to recover from the excitement of the last week.
+
+"Under my diligent coaching, in which, knowing nothing whatever of
+shinny, I have striven to introduce something of the lacrosse
+method, our team got into really decent fighting trim.  Under the
+leadership of their captain, who has succeeded in infusing his own
+fierce and furious temper into his men, they played like little
+demons, from the drop of the ball till the game was scored.
+'Furious' is the word, for they and their captain play with
+headlong fury, and that, I might say, is about their only defect,
+for if they ever should run into a bigger team, who had any
+semblance of head about them, and were not merely feet, they would
+surely come to grief.
+
+"I cannot stay to recount our victory.  Let it suffice that we were
+driven down in two big sleigh-loads by Thomas Finch, the back wall
+of our defense, and Don Cameron, who plays in the right of the
+forward line, both great, strapping fellows, who are to be
+eventually, I believe, members of my preparatory class.
+
+"The Front came forth, cheerful, big, confident, trusting in the
+might of their legs.  We are told that the Lord taketh no pleasure
+in the legs of man, and this is true in the game of shinny.  Not
+legs alone, but heart and head win, with anything like equal
+chances.
+
+"Game called, 2:30; Captain Hughie has the drop; seizes the ball,
+passes it to Fusie, who rushes, passes back to Hughie, who has
+arrived in the vicinity of the enemy's goal, and shoots, swift and
+straight, a goal.  Time, 30 seconds.
+
+"Again and again my little demons pierce the heavy, solid line of
+the Front defense, and score, the enemy, big and bewildered, being
+chiefly occupied in watching them do it.  By six o'clock that
+evening I had them safe at the manse in a condition of dazed
+jubilation, quite unable to realize the magnificence of their
+achievement.  They had driven twelve miles down, played a two
+hours' game of shinny, score eight to two, and were back safe and
+sound, bearing with them victory and some broken shins, equally
+proud of both.
+
+"There is a big supper at the manse, prepared, I believe, with the
+view of consolation, but transformed into a feast of triumph, the
+minister being enthusiastically jubilant over the achievement of
+his boys, his wife, if possible, even more so.  The heroes feed
+themselves to fullness, amazing and complete, the minister holds a
+thanksgiving service, in which I have no doubt my little demons
+most earnestly join, after which they depart to shed the radiance
+of their glory throughout the section.
+
+"And now I have to recount another experience of mine, quite unique
+and altogether inexplicable.  It appears that in this remarkable
+abode--I would call it 'The Saint's Rest' were it not for the
+presence of others than saints, and for the additional fact that
+there is little rest for the saint who makes her dwelling here--in
+this abode there prevails the quaint custom of watching the death
+of the old year and the birth of the new.  It is made the occasion
+of religious and heart-searching rite.  As the solemn hour of
+midnight draws on, a silence falls upon the family, all of whom,
+with the exception of the newest infant, are present.  It is the
+family festival of the year.
+
+"'And what will they be doing at your home, Mr. Craven?' inquires
+the minister.  The contrast that rose before my mind was vivid
+enough, for having received my invitation to a big dance, I knew my
+sweet sisters would be having a jolly wild time about that moment.
+My answer, given I feel in a somewhat flippant tone, appears to
+shock my shinny captain of the angelic face, who casts a honor-
+stricken glance at his mother, and waits for the word of reproof
+that he thinks is due from the padre's lips.
+
+"But before it falls the mother interposes with 'They will miss you
+greatly this evening.'  It was rather neatly done, and I think I
+appreciated it.
+
+"The rite proceeds.  The initial ceremony is the repeating of a
+verse of Scripture all round, and to save my life nothing comes to
+my mind but the words, 'Remember Lot's wife.'  As I cannot see the
+appropriateness of the quotation, I pass.
+
+"Five minutes before the stroke of twelve, they sing the Scottish
+paraphrase beginning, 'O God of Bethel.'  I do not suppose you ever
+heard it, but it is a beautiful hymn, and singularly appropriate to
+the hour.  In this I lend assistance with my violin, the tune being
+the very familiar one of 'Auld Lang Syne,' associated in my mind,
+however, with occasions somewhat widely diverse from this.  I
+assure you I am thankful that my part is instrumental, for the
+whole business is getting onto my emotions in a disturbing manner,
+and especially when I allow my eyes to linger for a moment or two
+on the face of the lady, the center of the circle, who is
+deliberately throwing away her fine culture and her altogether
+beautiful soul upon the Anakim here, and with a beautiful
+unconsciousness of anything like sacrifice, is now thanking God for
+the privilege of doing so.  I have some moments of rare emotional
+luxury, those moments that are next to tears.
+
+"Then the padre offers one of those heart-racking prayers of his
+that, whether they reach anything outside or not, somehow get down
+into one's vitals, and stir up remorses, and self-condemnings, and
+longings unutterable.  Then they all kiss the mother and wish her a
+Happy New-Year.
+
+"My boy, my dear boy, I have never known deeper moments than those.
+And when I went to shake hands with her, she seemed so like a queen
+receiving homage, that without seeming to feel I was making a fool
+of myself, I did the Queen Victoria act, and saluted her hand.  It
+is wonderful how great moments discover the lady to you.  She must
+have known how I was feeling, for with a very beautiful grace, she
+said, 'Let me be your mother for to-night,' and by Jove, she kissed
+me.  I have been kissed before, and have kissed some women in my
+time, but that is the only kiss I can remember, and s'help me Bob,
+I'll never kiss another till I kiss my wife.
+
+"And then and there, Maitland, I swore by all that I knew of God,
+and by everything sacred in life, that I'd quit the past and be
+worthy of her trust; for the mischief of it is, she will persist in
+trusting you, puts you on your honor noblesse oblige business, and
+all that.  I think I told you that I might end in being a saint.
+That dream I have surrendered, but, by the grace of heaven, I'm
+going to try to be a man.  And I am going to play shinny with those
+boys, and if I can help them to win that match, and the big game of
+life, I will do it.
+
+"As witness my hand and seal, this first day of January, 18--
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+THE FINAL ROUND
+
+
+After the New-Year the school filled up with big boys, some of whom
+had returned with the idea of joining the preparatory class for
+college, which the minister had persuaded John Craven to organize.
+
+Shinny, however, became the absorbing interest for all the boys,
+both big and little.  This interest was intensified by the rumors
+that came up from the Front, for it was noised through the
+Twentieth section that Dan Munro, whose father was a cousin of
+Archie Munro, the former teacher, had come from Marrintown and
+taken charge of the Front school, and that, being used to the ice
+game, and being full of tricks and swift as a bird, he was an
+exceedingly dangerous man.  More than that, he was training his
+team with his own tricks, and had got back to school some of the
+old players, among whom were no less renowned personages than Hec
+Ross and Jimmie "Ben."  Jimmie Ben, to wit, James son of Benjamin
+McEwen, was more famed for his prowess as a fighter than for his
+knowledge of the game of shinny, but every one who saw him play
+said he was "a terror."  Further, it was rumored that there was a
+chance of them getting for goal Farquhar McRae, "Little Farquhar,"
+or "Farquhar Bheg" (pronounced "vaick"), as he was euphoniously
+called, who presumably had once been little, but could no longer
+claim to be so, seeing that he was six feet, and weighed two
+hundred pounds.
+
+It behooved the Twentieth team, therefore, to bestir themselves
+with all diligence, and in this matter Hughie gave no rest either
+to himself or to any one else likely to be of use in perfecting his
+team.  For Hughie had been unanimously chosen captain, in spite of
+his protests that the master or one of the big boys should hold
+that place.  But none of the big boys knew the new game as
+perfectly as Hughie, and the master had absolutely refused, saying,
+"You beat them once, Hughie, and you can do it again."  And as the
+days and weeks went on, Hughie fully justified the team's choice of
+him as captain.  He developed a genius for organization, a sureness
+of judgment, and a tact in management, as well as a skill and speed
+in play, that won the confidence of every member of his team.  He
+set himself resolutely to banish any remaining relics of the
+ancient style of play.  In the old game every one rushed to hit the
+ball without regard to direction or distance, and the consequence
+was, that from end to end of the field a mob of yelling, stick-
+waving players more or less aimlessly followed in the wake of the
+ball.  But Hughie and the master changed all that, forced the men
+to play in their positions, training them never to drive wildly
+forward, but to pass to a man, and to keep their clubs down and
+their mouths shut.
+
+The striking characteristic of Hughie's own playing was a certain
+fierceness, amounting almost to fury, so that when he was in the
+attack he played for every ounce there was in him.  His chief
+weakness lay in his tempestuous temper, which he found difficult to
+command, but as he worked his men from day to day, and week to
+week, the responsibility of his position and the magnitude of the
+issues at stake helped him to a self-control quite remarkable in
+him.
+
+As the fateful day drew near the whole section was stirred with an
+intense interest and excitement, in which even the grave and solemn
+elders shared, and to a greater degree, the minister and his wife.
+
+At length the day, as all days great and small, actually arrived.
+A big crowd awaited the appearance of "the folks from the Front."
+They were expected about two, but it was not till half-past that
+there was heard in the distance the sound of the bagpipes.
+
+"Here they are!  That's Alan the cooper's pipes," was the cry, and
+before long, sure enough there appeared Alphonse le Roque driving
+his French-Canadian team, the joy and pride of his heart, for
+Alphonse was a born horse-trainer, and had taught his French-
+Canadians many extraordinary tricks.  On the dead gallop he
+approached the crowd till within a few yards, when, at a sudden
+command, they threw themselves upon their haunches, and came almost
+to a standstill.  With a crack of his long whip Alphonse gave the
+command, "Deesplay yousef!"  At once his stout little team began to
+toss their beautiful heads, and broke into a series of prancing
+curves that would not have shamed a pair of greyhounds.  Then, as
+they drew up to the stopping-point, he gathered up his lines, and
+with another crack of his whip, cried, "Salute ze ladies!" when,
+with true equine courtesy, they rose upon their hind legs and
+gracefully pawed the empty air.  Finally, after depositing his load
+amid the admiring exclamations of the crowd, he touched their tails
+with the point of his whip, gave a sudden "Whish!" and like hounds
+from the leash his horses sprang off at full gallop.
+
+One after another the teams from the Front swung round and emptied
+their loads.
+
+"Man! what a crowd!" said Hughie to Don.  "There must be a hundred
+at least."
+
+"Yes, and there's Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben," said Don, "and sure
+enough, Farquhar Begh.  We'll be catching it to-day, whatever,"
+continued Don, cheerfully.
+
+"Pshaw! we licked as big men before.  It isn't size," said Hughie,
+with far more confidence than he felt.
+
+It was half an hour before the players were ready to begin.  The
+rules of the game were few and simple.  The play was to be one hour
+each way, with a quarter of an hour rest between.  There was to be
+no tripping, no hitting on the shins when the ball was out of the
+scrimmage, and all disputes were to be settled by the umpire, who
+on this occasion was the master of the Sixteenth school.
+
+"He's no good," grumbled Hughie to his mother, who was even more
+excited than her boy himself.  "He can't play himself, and he's too
+easy scared."
+
+"Never mind," said his mother, brightly; "perhaps he won't have
+much to do."
+
+"Much to do!  Well, there's Jimmie Ben, and he's an awful fighter,
+but I'm not going to let him frighten me," said Hughie, savagely;
+"and there's Dan Munro, too, they say he's a terror, and Hec Ross.
+Of course we've got just as good men, but they won't fight.  Why,
+Johnnie 'Big Duncan' and Don, there, are as good as any of them,
+but they won't fight."
+
+The mother smiled a little.
+
+"What a pity!  But why should they fight?  Fighting is not shinny."
+
+"No, that's what the master says.  And he's right enough, too, but
+it's awful hard when a fellow doesn't play fair, when he trips you
+up or clubs you on the shins when you're not near the ball.  You
+feel like hitting him back."
+
+"Yes, but that's the very time to show self-control."
+
+"I know.  And that's what the master says."
+
+"Of course it is," went on his mother.  "That's what the game is
+for, to teach the boys to command their tempers.  You remember 'he
+that ruleth his spirit is better than he that taketh a city.'
+
+"O, it's all right," said Hughie, "and easy enough to talk about."
+
+"What's easy enough to talk about?" asked the master, coming up.
+
+"Taking a city," said Mrs. Murray, smiling at him.
+
+The master looked puzzled.
+
+"Mother means," said Hughie, "keeping one's temper in shinny.  But
+I'm telling her it's pretty hard when a fellow clubs you on the
+shins when you're away from the ball."
+
+"Yes, of course it's hard," said the master, "but it's better than
+being a cad," which brought a quick flush to Hughie's face, but
+helped him more than anything else to keep himself in hand that
+day.
+
+"Can't understand a man," said the master, "who goes into a game
+and then quits it to fight.  If it's fighting, why fight, but if
+it's shinny, play the game.  Big team against us, eh, captain?" he
+continued, looking at the Front men, who were taking a preliminary
+spin upon the ice, "and pretty swift, too."
+
+"If they play fair, I don't mind," said Hughie.  "I'm not afraid of
+them; but if they get slugging--"
+
+"Well, if they get slugging," said the master, "we'll play the game
+and win, sure."
+
+"Well, it's time to begin," said Hughie, and with a good by to his
+mother he turned away.
+
+"Remember, take a city," she called out after him.
+
+"All right, muzzie, I'll remember."
+
+In a few moments the teams were in position opposite each other.
+The team from the Front made a formidable show in weight and
+muscle.  At the right of the forward line stood the redoubtable Dan
+Munro, the stocky, tricky, fierce captain of the Front team, and
+with him three rather small boys in red shirts.  The defense
+consisted of Hec Ross, the much-famed and much-feared Jimmie Ben,
+while in goal, sure enough, stood the immense and solid bulk of
+Farquhar Bheg.  The center was held by four boys of fair size and
+weight.
+
+In the Twentieth team the forward line was composed of Jack Ross,
+Curly Ross's brother, Fusie, Davie Scotch, and Don Cameron.  The
+center was played by Hughie, with three little chaps who made up
+for their lack of weight by their speed and skill.  The defense
+consisted of Johnnie "Big Duncan," to wit, John, the son of Big
+Duncan Campbell, on the left hand, and the master on the right,
+backed up by Thomas Finch in goal, who much against his will was in
+the game that day.  His heart was heavy within him, for he saw, not
+the gleaming ice and the crowding players, but "the room" at home,
+and his mother, with her pale, patient face, sitting in her chair.
+His father, he knew, would be beside her, and Jessac would be
+flitting about.  "But for all that, she'll have a long day," he
+said to himself, for only his loyalty to the school and to Hughie
+had brought him to the game that day.
+
+When play was called, Hughie, with Fusie immediately behind him,
+stood facing Dan in the center with one of the little Red Shirts at
+his back.  It was Dan's drop.  He made a pass or two, then shot
+between his legs to a Red Shirt, who, upon receiving, passed far
+out to Red Shirt number three, who flew along the outer edge and
+returned swiftly to Dan, now far up the other side.  Like the wind
+Dan sped down the line, dodged Johnnie Big Duncan easily, and shot
+from the corner, straight, swift, and true, a goal.
+
+"One for the Front!"  Eleven shinny-sticks went up in the air, the
+bagpipes struck up a wild refrain, big Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben
+danced a huge, unwieldy, but altogether jubilant dance round each
+other, and then settled down to their places, for it was Hughie's
+drop.
+
+Hughie took the ball from the umpire and faced Dan with some degree
+of nervousness, for Dan was heavy and strong, and full of
+confidence.  After a little manoeuvering he dropped the ball
+between Dan's legs, but Dan, instead of attending to the ball,
+charged full upon him and laid him flat, while one of the Red
+Shirts, seizing the ball, flew off with it, supported by a friendly
+Red Shirt on either side of him, with Dan following hard.
+
+Right through the crowd dodged the Red Shirts till they came up to
+the Twentieth line of defense, when forth came Johnnie Big Duncan
+in swift attack.  But the little Red Shirt who had the ball,
+touching it slightly to the right, tangled himself up in Johnnie
+Big Duncan's legs and sent him sprawling, while Dan swiped the ball
+to another Red Shirt who had slipped in behind the master, for
+there was no such foolishness as off-side in that game.  Like
+lightning the Red Shirt caught the ball, and rushing at Thomas,
+shot furiously at close quarters.  Goal number two for the Front!
+
+Again on all sides rose frantic cheers.  "The Front!  The Front!
+Murro forever!"  Two games had been won, and not a Twentieth man
+had touched the ball.  With furtive, uncertain glances the men of
+the Twentieth team looked one at the other, and all at their
+captain, as if seeking explanation of this extraordinary situation.
+
+"Well," said Hughie, in a loud voice, to the master, and with a
+careless laugh, though at his heart he was desperate, "they are
+giving us a little taste of our own medicine."
+
+The master dropped to buckle his skate, deliberately unwinding the
+strap, while the umpire allowed time.
+
+"Give me a hand with this, Hughie," he called, and Hughie skated up
+to him.
+
+"Well," said Craven, smiling up into Hughie's face, "that's a good,
+swift opening, isn't it?"
+
+"Oh, it's terrible," groaned Hughie.  "They're going to lick us off
+the ice."
+
+"Well," replied the master, slowly, "I wouldn't be in a hurry to
+say so.  We have a hundred minutes and more to win in yet.  Now,
+don't you see that their captain is their great card.  Suppose you
+let the ball go for a game or two, and stick to Dan.  Trail him,
+never let him shake you.  The rest of us will take care of the
+game."
+
+"All right," said Hughie, "I'll stick to him," and off he set for
+the center.
+
+As the loser, Hughie again held the drop.  He faced Dan with
+determination to get that ball out to Fusie, and somehow he felt in
+his bones that he should succeed in doing this.  Without any
+preliminary he dropped, and knocked the ball toward Fusie.
+
+But this was evidently what Dan expected, for as soon as Hughie
+made the motion to drop he charged hard upon the waiting Fusie.
+Hughie, however, had his plan as well, for immediately upon the
+ball leaving his stick, he threw himself in Dan's way, checking him
+effectually, and allowing Fusie, with Don and Scotchie following,
+to get away.
+
+The Front defense, however, was too strong, and the ball came
+shooting back toward the line of Reds, one of whom, making a short
+run, passed far out to Dan on the right.  But before the latter
+could get up speed, Hughie was upon him, and ignoring the ball,
+blocked and bothered and checked him, till one of the Twentieth
+centers, rushing in, secured it for his side.
+
+"Ha! well done, captain!" came Craven's voice across the ice, and
+Hughie felt his nerve come back.  If he could hold Dan, that deadly
+Front combination might be broken.
+
+Meantime Don had secured the ball from Craven, and was rushing up
+his right wing.
+
+"Here you are, Hughie," he cried, shooting across the Front goal.
+
+Hughie sprang to receive, but before he could shoot Dan was upon
+him, checking so hard that Hughie was sent sprawling to the ice,
+while Dan shot away with the ball.
+
+But before he had gone very far Hughie was after him like a
+whirlwind, making straight for his own goal, so that by the time
+Dan had arrived at shooting distance, Hughie was again upon him,
+and while in the very act of steadying himself for his try at the
+goal, came crashing into him with such fierceness of attack that
+Dan was flung aside, while Johnnie Big Duncan, capturing the ball,
+sent it across to the master.
+
+It was the master's first chance for the day.  With amazing
+swiftness and dexterity he threaded the outer edge of the ice, and
+with a sudden swerve across, avoided the throng that had gathered
+to oppose him, and then with a careless ease, as if it were a
+matter of little importance, he dodged in between the heavy Front
+defense, shot his goal, and skated back coolly to his place.
+
+The Twentieth's moment had come, and both upon the ice and upon the
+banks the volume and fierceness of the cheering testified to the
+intensity of the feeling that had been so long pent up.
+
+That game had revealed to Hughie two important facts: the first,
+that he was faster than Dan in a straight race; and the second,
+that it would be advisable to feed the master, for it was clearly
+apparent that there was not his equal upon the ice in dodging.
+
+"That was well done, captain," said Craven to Hughie, as he was
+coolly skating back to his position.
+
+"A splendid run, sir," cried Hughie, in return.
+
+"Oh, the run was easy.  It was your check there that did the trick.
+That's the game," he continued, lowering his voice.  "It's hard on
+you, though.  Can you stand it?"
+
+"Well, I can try for a while," said Hughie, confidently.
+
+"If you can," said the master, "we've got them," and Hughie settled
+down into the resolve that, cost what it might, he would stick like
+a leech to Dan.
+
+He imparted his plan to Fusie, adding, "Now, whenever you see me
+tackle Dan, run in and get the ball.  I'm not going to bother about
+it."
+
+Half an hour had gone.  The score stood two to one in favor of the
+Front, but the result every one felt to be still uncertain.  That
+last attack of Hughie's, and the master's speedy performance, gave
+some concern to the men of the Front, and awakened a feeling of
+confidence in the Twentieth team.
+
+But Dan, wise general that he was, saw the danger, and gave his
+commands ere he faced off for the new game.
+
+"When that man Craven gets it," he said to the men of the center,
+"make straight for the goal.  Never mind the ball."
+
+The wisdom of this order became at once evident, for when in the
+face-off he secured the ball, Hughie clung so tenaciously to his
+heels and checked him so effectually, that he was forced to resign
+it to the Reds, who piercing the Twentieth center, managed to
+scurry up the ice with the ball between them.  But when, met by
+Craven and Johnnie Big Duncan, they passed across to Dan, Hughie
+again checked so fiercely that Johnnie Big Duncan secured the ball,
+passed back to the master, who with another meteoric flash along
+the edge of the field broke through the Front's defense, and again
+shot.
+
+It was only Farquhar Bheg's steady coolness that saved the goal.
+It was a near enough thing, however, to strike a sudden chill to
+the heart of the Front goal-keeper, and to make Dan realize that
+something must be done to check these dangerous rushes of Craven.
+
+"Get in behind the defense there, and stay there," he said to two
+of his centers, and his tone indicated that his serene confidence
+in himself and his team was slightly shaken.  Hughie's close
+checking was beginning to chafe him, for his team in their practice
+had learned to depend unduly upon him.
+
+Noticing Dan's change in the disposition of his men, Hughie moved
+up two of his centers nearer to the Front defense.
+
+"Get into their way," he said "and give the master a clear field."
+
+But this policy only assisted Dan's plan of defense, for the
+presence of so many players before the Front goal filled up the ice
+to such an extent that Craven's rushes were impeded by mere
+numbers.
+
+For some time Dan watched the result of his tactics well satisfied,
+remaining himself for the time in the background.  During one of
+the pauses, when the ball was out of play, he called one of the
+little Reds to him.
+
+"Look here," he said, "you watch this.  Right after one of those
+rushes of Craven's, don't follow him down, but keep up to your
+position.  I'll get the ball to you somehow, and then you'll have a
+chance to shoot.  No use passing to me, for this little son of a
+gun is on my back like a flea on a dog."  Dan was seriously
+annoyed.
+
+The little Red passed the word around and patiently waited his
+chance.  Once and again the plan failed, chiefly because Dan could
+not get the ball out of the scrimmage, but at length, when Hughie
+had been tempted to rush in with the hope of putting in a shot, the
+ball slid out of the scrimmage, and Dan, swooping down upon it,
+passed swiftly to the waiting Red who immediately shot far out to
+his alert wing, and then rushing down the center and slipping past
+Johnnie Big Duncan, who had gone forth to meet Dan coming down the
+right, and the master who was attending to the little Red on the
+wing, received the ball, and putting in a short, swift shot, scored
+another goal for the Front, amid a tempest of hurrahings from the
+team and their supporters.
+
+The game now stood three to one in favor of the Front, and up to
+the end of the first hour no change was made in this score.
+
+And now there was a scene of the wildest enthusiasm and confusion.
+The Front people flocked upon the ice and carried off their team to
+their quarter of the shanty, loading them with congratulations and
+refreshing them with various drinks.
+
+"Better get your men together, captain," suggested Craven, and
+Hughie gathered them into the Twentieth corner of the shanty.
+
+In spite of the adverse score Hughie found his team full of fight.
+They crowded about him and the master, eager to listen to any
+explanation of the present defeat that might be offered for their
+comfort, or to any plans by which the defeat might be turned into
+victory.  Some minutes they spent in excitedly discussing the
+various games, and in good-naturedly chaffing Thomas Finch for his
+failure to prevent a score.  But Thomas had nothing to say in
+reply.  He had done his best, and he had a feeling that they all
+knew it.  No man was held in higher esteem by the team than the
+goal-keeper.
+
+"Any plan, captain?" asked the master, after they had talked for
+some minutes, and all grew quiet.
+
+"What do you think, sir?" said Hughie.
+
+"O, let us hear from you.  You're the captain."
+
+"Well," said Hughie, slowly, and with deliberate emphasis, "I think
+we are going to win."  (Yells from all sides.)  "At any rate we
+ought to win, for I think we have the better team."  (More yells.)
+"What I mean is this, I think we are better in combination play,
+and I don't think they have a man who can touch the master."
+
+Enthusiastic exclamations, "That's right!"  "Better believe it!"
+"Horo!"
+
+"But we have a big fight before us.  And that Dan Munro's a terror.
+The only change I can think of is to open out more and fall back
+from their goal for a little while.  And then, if I can hold Dan--"
+
+"Cries of "You'll hold him all right!"  "You are the lad!"
+
+"Everybody should feed the master.  They can't stop him, any of
+them.  But I would say for the first while, anyway, play defense.
+What do you think, sir?" appealing to the master.
+
+"I call that good tactics.  But don't depend too much upon me; if
+any man has a chance for a run and a shot, let him take it.  And
+don't give up your combination in your forward line.  The captain
+is quite right in seeking to draw them away from their goal.  Their
+defense territory is too full now.  Now, what I have noticed is
+this, they mainly rely upon Dan Munro and upon their three big
+defense men.  For the first fifteen minutes they will make their
+hardest push.  Let us take the captain's advice, fall back a
+little, and so empty their defense.  But on the whole, keep your
+positions, play to your men, and," he added, with a smile, "don't
+get too mad."
+
+"I guess they will be making some plans, too," said Thomas Finch,
+slowly, and everybody laughed.
+
+"That's quite right, Thomas, but we'll give them a chance for the
+first while to show us what they mean to do."
+
+At this point the minister came in, looking rather gloomy.
+
+"Well, Mr. Craven, rather doubtful outlook, is it not?"
+
+"O, not too bad, sir," said the master, cheerfully.
+
+"Three to one.  What worse do you want?"
+
+"Well, six to one would be worse," replied the master.  "Besides,
+their first two games were taken by a kind of fluke.  We didn't
+know their play.  You will notice they have taken only one in the
+last three-quarters of an hour."
+
+"I doubt they are too big for you," continued the minister.
+
+"Isn't altogether size that wins in shinny," said Mr. Craven.
+"Hughie there isn't a very big man, but he can hold any one of
+them."
+
+"Well, I hope you may be right," said the minister.  "I am sorry I
+have to leave the game to see a sick man up Kenyon way."
+
+"Sorry you can't stay, sir, to see us win," said Craven,
+cheerfully, while Hughie slipped out to see his mother before she
+went.
+
+"Well, my boy," said his mother, "you are playing a splendid game,
+and you are getting better as you go on."
+
+"Thanks, mother.  That's the kind of talk we like," said Hughie,
+who had been a little depressed by his father's rather gloomy
+views.  "I'm awfully sorry you can't stay."
+
+"And so am I, but we must go.  But we shall be back in time for
+supper, and you will ask all the team to come down to celebrate
+their victory."
+
+"Good for you, mother!  I'll tell them, and I bet they'll play."
+
+Meantime the team from the Front had been having something of a
+jollification in their quarters.  They were sure of victory, and in
+spite of their captain's remonstrances had already begun to pass
+round the bottle in the way of celebration.
+
+"They're having something strong in there," said little Mac
+McGregor.  "Wish they'd pass some this way."
+
+"Let them have it," said Johnnie Big Duncan, whose whole family
+ever since the revival had taken a total abstinence pledge,
+although this was looked upon as a very extreme position indeed, by
+almost all the community.  But Big Duncan Campbell had learned by
+very bitter experience that for him, at least, there was no safety
+in a moderate use of "God's good creature," as many of his fellow
+church-members designated the "mountain dew," and his sons had
+loyally backed him up in this attitude.
+
+"Quite, right!" said the master, emphatically.  "And if they had
+any sense they would know that with every drink they are throwing
+away a big chance of winning."
+
+"Horo, you fellows!" shouted big Hec Ross across to them, "aren't
+you going to play any more?  Have you got enough of it already?"
+
+"We will not be caring for any more of yon kind," said Johnnie Big
+Duncan, good-naturedly, "and we were thinking of giving you a
+change."
+
+"Come away and be at it, then," said Hec, "for we're all getting
+cold."
+
+"That's easily cured," said Dan, as they sallied forth to the ice
+again, "for I warrant you will not be suffering from the cold in
+five minutes."
+
+When the teams took up their positions, it was discovered that Dan
+had fallen back to the center, and Hughie was at a loss to know how
+to meet this new disposition of the enemy's force.
+
+"Let them go on," said the master, with whom Hughie was holding a
+hurried consultation.  "You stick to him, and we'll play defense
+till they develop their plan."
+
+The tactics of the Front became immediately apparent upon the drop
+of the ball, and proved to be what the master had foretold.  No
+sooner had the game begun than the big defense men advanced with
+the centers to the attack, and when Hughie followed up his plan of
+sticking closely to Dan Munro and hampering him, he found Jimmie
+Ben upon him, swiping furiously with his club at his shins, with
+evident intention of intimidating him, as well as of relieving Dan
+from his attentions.  But if Jimmie Ben thought by his noisy
+shouting and furious swiping to strike terror to the heart of the
+Twentieth captain, he entirely misjudged his man; for without
+seeking to give him back what he received in kind, Hughie played
+his game with such skill and pluck, that although he was
+considerably battered about the shins, he was nevertheless able to
+prevent Dan from making any of his dangerous rushes.
+
+Craven, meantime, if he noticed Hughie's hard case, was so fully
+occupied with the defense of the goal that he could give no thought
+to anything else.  Shot after shot came in upon Thomas at close
+range, and so savage and reckless was the charge of the Front that
+their big defense men, Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben, abandoning their
+own positions, were foremost in the melee before the Twentieth
+goal.
+
+For fully fifteen minutes the ball was kept in the Twentieth
+territory, and only the steady coolness of Craven and Johnnie Big
+Duncan, backed by Hughie's persistent checking of the Front captain
+and the magnificent steadiness of Thomas in goal, saved the game.
+
+At length, as the fury of the charge began to expend itself a
+little, Craven got his chance.  The ball had been passed out to Dan
+upon the left wing of the Front forward line.  At once Hughie was
+upon him, but Jimmie Ben following hard, with a cruel swipe at
+Hughie's skates, laid him flat, but not until he had succeeded in
+hindering to some degree Dan's escape with the ball.  Before the
+Front captain could make use of his advantage and get clear away,
+the master bore down upon him like a whirlwind, hurled him clear
+off his feet, secured the ball, dashed up the open field, and
+eluding the two centers, who had been instructed to cover the goal,
+easily shot between the balsam-trees.
+
+For a few moments the Twentieth men went mad, for they all felt
+that a crisis had been passed.  The failure of the Front in what
+had evidently been a preconcerted and very general attack was
+accepted as an omen of victory.
+
+The Front men, on the other hand, were bitterly chagrined.  They
+had come so near it, and yet had failed.  Jimmie Ben was especially
+savage.  He came down the ice toward the center, yelling defiance
+and threats of vengeance.  "Come on here!  Don't waste time.  Let
+us at them.  We'll knock them clear off the ice."
+
+It was Dan's drop.  As he was preparing to face off, the master
+skated up and asked the umpire for time.  At once the crowd
+gathered round.
+
+"What's the matter?" "What's up?" "What do you want?" came on all
+sides from the Front team, now thoroughly aroused and thirsting for
+vengeance.
+
+"Mr. Umpire," said the master, "I want to call your attention to a
+bit of foul play that must not be allowed to go on"; and then he
+described Jimmie Ben's furious attack upon Hughie.
+
+"It was a deliberate trip, as well as a savage swipe at a man's
+shins when the ball was not near."
+
+At once Jimmie Ben gave him the lie, and throwing down his club,
+slammed his cap upon the ice and proceeded to execute a war-dance
+about it.
+
+For a few moments there was a great uproar, and then the master's
+voice was heard again addressing the umpire.
+
+"I want to know your ruling upon this, Mr. Umpire"; and somehow his
+voice commanded a perfect stillness.
+
+"Well," said the umpire, hesitating, "of course--if a man trips it
+is foul play, but--I did not see any tripping.  And of course--
+swiping at a man's shins is not allowed, although sometimes--it
+can't very well be helped in a scrimmage."
+
+"I merely want to call your attention to it," said the master.  "My
+understanding of our arrangements, Mr. Munro," he said, addressing
+the Front captain, "is that we are here to play shinny.  You have
+come up here, I believe, to win the game by playing shinny, and we
+are here to prevent you.  If you have any other purpose, or if any
+of your men have any other purpose, we would be glad to know it
+now, for we entered this game with the intention of playing
+straight, clean shinny."
+
+"That's right!" called out Hec Ross; "that's what we're here for."
+And his answer was echoed on every side, except by Jimmie Ben, who
+continued to bluster and offer fight.
+
+"O, shut your gab!" finally said Farquhar Bheg, impatiently.  "If
+you want to fight, wait till after the game is done."
+
+"Here's your cap, Jimmie," piped a thin, little voice.  "You'll
+take cold in your head."  It was little French Fusie, holding up
+Jimmie's cap on the end of his shinny club, and smiling with the
+utmost good nature, but with infinite impudence, into Jimmie's
+face.
+
+At once there was a general laugh at Jimmie Ben's expense, who with
+a growl, seized his cap, and putting it on his head, skated off to
+his place.
+
+"Now," said Hughie, calling his men together for a moment, "let us
+crowd them hard, and let's give the master every chance we can."
+
+"No," said the master, "they are waiting for me.  Suppose you leave
+Dan to me for a while.  You go up and play your forward combination.
+They are not paying so much attention to you.  Make the attack from
+your wing."
+
+At the drop Dan secured the ball, and followed by Fusie, flew up
+the center with one of the Reds on either hand.  Immediately the
+master crossed to meet him, checked him hard, and gave Fusie a
+chance, who, seizing the ball, passed far up to Hughie on the
+right.
+
+Immediately the Twentieth forward line rushed, and by a beautiful
+hit of combined play, brought the ball directly before the Front
+goal, when Don, holding it for a moment till Hughie charged in upon
+Farquhar Bheg, shot, and scored.
+
+The result of their combination at once inspired the Twentieth team
+with fresh confidence, and proved most disconcerting to their
+opponents.
+
+"That's the game, boys," said the master, delightedly.  "Keep your
+heads, and play your positions."  And so well did the forward line
+respond that for the next ten minutes the game was reduced to a
+series of attacks upon the Front goal, and had it not been for the
+dashing play of their captain and the heavy checking of the Front
+defense, the result would have been most disastrous to them.
+
+Meantime, the Twentieth supporters, lined along either edge, became
+more and more vociferous as they began to see that their men were
+getting the game well into their own hands.  That steady, cool,
+systematic play of man to man was something quite new to those
+accustomed to the old style of game, and aroused the greatest
+enthusiasm.
+
+Gradually the Front were forced to fall back into their territory,
+and to play upon the defensive, while the master and Johnnie Big
+Duncan, moving up toward the center, kept their forward line so
+strongly supported, and checked so effectually any attempts to
+break through, that thick and fast the shots fell upon the enemy's
+goal.
+
+There remained only fifteen minutes to play.  The hard pace was
+beginning to tell upon the big men, and the inevitable reaction
+following their unwise "celebrating" began to show itself in their
+stale and spiritless play.  On the other hand, the Twentieth were
+as fresh as ever, and pressed the game with greater spirit every
+moment.
+
+"Play out toward the side," urged Dan, despairing of victory, but
+determined to avert defeat, and at every opportunity the ball was
+knocked out of play.  But like wolves the Twentieth forwards were
+upon the ball, striving to keep it in play, and steadily forcing it
+toward the enemy's goal.
+
+Dan became desperate.  He was wet with perspiration, and his breath
+was coming in hard gasps.  He looked at his team.  The little Reds
+were fit enough, but the others were jaded and pumped out.  Behind
+him stood Jimmie Ben, savage, wet, and weary.
+
+At one of the pauses, when the ball was out of play, Dan dropped on
+his knee.
+
+"Hold on there a minute," he cried; "I want to fix this skate of
+mine."
+
+Very deliberately he removed his strap, readjusted his skate, and
+began slowly to set the strap in place again.
+
+"They want a rest, I guess.  Better take off the time, umpire,"
+sang out Fusie, dancing as lively as a cricket round Jimmie Ben,
+who looked as if he would like to devour him bodily.
+
+"Shut up, Fusie!" said Hughie.  "We've got all the time we need."
+
+"You have, eh?" said Jimmie Ben, savagely.
+
+"Yes," said Hughie, in sudden anger, for he had not forgotten
+Jimmie Ben's cruel swipe.  "We don't need any more time than we've
+got, and we don't need to play any dirty tricks, either.  We're
+going to beat you.  We've got you beaten now."
+
+"Blank your impudent face!  Wait you!  I'll show you!" said Jimmie
+Ben.
+
+"You can't scare me, Jimmie Ben," said Hughie, white with rage.
+"You tried your best and you couldn't do it."
+
+"Play the game, Hughie," said the master, in a low tone, skating
+round him, while Hec Ross said, good-naturedly, "Shut up Jimmie
+Ben.  You'll need all your wind for your heels," at which all but
+Jimmie Ben laughed.
+
+For a moment Dan drew his men together.
+
+"Our only chance," he said, "is in a rush.  Now, I want every man
+to make for that goal.  Never mind the ball.  I'll get the ball
+there.  And then you, Jimmie Ben, and a couple of you centers, make
+right back here on guard."
+
+"They're going to rush," said Hughie to his team.  "Don't all go
+back.  Centers fall back with me.  You forwards keep up."
+
+At the drop Dan secured the ball, and in a moment the Front rush
+came.  With a simultaneous yell the whole ten men came roaring down
+the ice, waving their clubs and flinging aside their lightweight
+opponents.  It was a dangerous moment, but with a cry of "All
+steady, boys!" Hughie threw himself right into Dan's way.  But just
+for such a chance Jimmie Ben was watching, and rushing upon Hughie,
+caught him fairly with his shoulder and hurled him to the ice,
+while the attacking line swept over him.
+
+For a single moment Hughie lay dazed, but before any one could
+offer help he rose slowly, and after a few deep breaths, set off
+for the scrimmage.
+
+There was a wild five minutes.  Eighteen or twenty men were massed
+in front of the Twentieth goal, striking, shoving, yelling, the
+solid weight of the Front defense forcing the ball ever nearer the
+goal.  In the center of the mass were Craven, Johnnie Big Duncan,
+and Don fighting every inch.
+
+For a few moments Hughie hovered behind his goal, his heart full
+of black rage, waiting his chance.  At length he saw an opening.
+Jimmie Ben, slashing heavily, regardless of injury to himself or
+any others, had edged the ball toward the Twentieth left.  Taking a
+short run, Hughie, reckless of consequences, launched himself head
+first into Jimmie Ben's stomach, swiping viciously at the same time
+at the ball.  For a moment Jimmie Ben was flung back, and but for
+Johnnie Big Duncan would have fallen, but before he could regain
+his feet, the ball was set free of the scrimmage and away.  Fusie,
+rushing in, had snapped it up and had gone scuttling down the ice,
+followed by Hughie and the master.
+
+Before Fusie had got much past center, Dan, who had been playing in
+the rear of the scrimmage, overtook him, and with a fierce body
+check upset the little Frenchman and secured the ball.  Wheeling,
+he saw both Hughie and Craven bearing down swiftly upon him.
+
+"Rush for the goal!" he shouted to Jimmie Ben, who was following
+Hughie hard.  Jimmie Ben hesitated.
+
+"Back to your defense!" yelled Dan, cutting across and trying to
+escape between Hughie and Craven.
+
+It was in vain.  Both of the Twentieth men fell upon him, and the
+master, snatching the ball, sped like lightning down the ice.
+
+The crowd went wild.
+
+"Get back!  Get back there!" screamed Hughie to the mob crowding in
+upon the ice.  "Give us room!  Give us a show!"
+
+At this moment Craven, cornered by Hec Ross and two of the Red
+Shirts, with Dan hard upon his heels, passed clear across the ice
+to Hughie.  With a swift turn Hughie caught the ball, dodged Jimmie
+Ben's fierce spring at him, and shot.  But even as he shot, Jimmie
+Ben, recovering his balance, reached him and struck a hard,
+swinging blow upon his ankle.  There was a sharp crack, and Hughie
+fell to the ice.  The ball went wide.
+
+"Time, there, umpire!" cried the master, falling on his knees
+beside Hughie.  "Are you hurt, Hughie?" he asked, eagerly.  "What
+is it, my boy?"
+
+"Oh, master, it's broken, but don't stop.  Don't let them stop.  We
+must win this game.  We've only a few minutes.  Take me back to
+goal and send Thomas out."
+
+The eager, hurried whisper, the intense appeal in the white face
+and dark eyes, made the master hesitate in his emphatic refusal.
+
+"You can't--"
+
+"Oh, don't stop!  Don't stop it for me," cried Hughie, gripping the
+master's arm.  "Help me up and take me back."
+
+The master swore a fierce oath.
+
+"We'll do it, my boy.  You're a trump.  Here, Don," he called
+aloud, "we'll let Hughie keep goal for a little," and they ran
+Hughie back to the goal on one skate.
+
+"You go out, Thomas," gasped Hughie.  "Don't talk.  We've only five
+minutes."
+
+"They have broken his leg," said the master, with a sob in his
+voice.
+
+"Nothing wrong, I hope," said Dan, skating up.
+
+"No; play the game," said the master, fiercely.  His black eyes
+were burning with a deep, red glow.
+
+"Is it hurting much?" asked Thomas, lingering about Hughie.
+
+"Oh, you just bet!  But don't wait.  Go on!  Go on down!  You've
+got to get this game!"
+
+Thomas glanced at the foot hanging limp, and then at the white but
+resolute face.  Then saying with slow, savage emphasis, "The brute
+beast!  As sure as death I'll do for him," he skated off to join
+the forward line.
+
+It was the Front knock-off from goal.  There was no plan of attack,
+but the Twentieth team, looking upon the faces of the master and
+Thomas, needed no words of command.
+
+The final round was shot, short, sharp, fierce.  A long drive from
+Farquhar Bheg sent the ball far up into the Twentieth territory.
+It was a bad play, for it gave Craven and Thomas their chance.
+
+"Follow me close, Thomas," cried the master, meeting the ball and
+setting off like a whirlwind.
+
+Past the little Reds, through the centers, and into the defense
+line he flashed, followed hard by Thomas.  In vain Hec Ross tried
+to check, Craven was past him like the wind.  There remained only
+Dan and Jimmie Ben.  A few swift strides, and the master was almost
+within reach of Dan's club.  With a touch of the ball to Thomas he
+charged into his waiting foe, flung him aside as he might a child,
+and swept on.
+
+"Take the man, Thomas," he cried, and Thomas, gathering himself
+up in two short, quick strikes, dashed hard upon Jimmie Ben, and
+hurled him crashing to the ice.
+
+"Take that, you brute, you!" he said, and followed after Craven.
+
+Only Farquhar Bheg was left.
+
+"Take no chances," cried Craven again.  "Come on!" and both of them
+sweeping in upon the goal-keeper, lifted him clear through the goal
+and carried the ball with them.
+
+"Time!" called the umpire.  The great game was won.
+
+Then, before the crowd had realized what had happened, and before
+they could pour in upon the ice, Craven skated back toward Jimmie
+Ben.
+
+"The game is over," he said, in a low, fierce tone.  "You cowardly
+blackguard, you weren't afraid to hit a boy, now stand up to a man,
+if you dare."
+
+Jimmie Ben was no coward.  Dropping his club he came eagerly
+forward, but no sooner had he got well ready than Craven struck him
+fair in the face, and before he could fall, caught him with a
+straight, swift blow on the chin, and lifting him clear off his
+skates, landed him back on his head and shoulders on the ice, where
+he lay with his toes quivering.
+
+"Serve him right," said Hec Ross.
+
+There was no more of it.  The Twentieth crowds went wild with joy
+and rage, for their great game was won, and the news of what had
+befallen their captain had got round.
+
+"He took his city, though, Mrs. Murray," said the master, after the
+great supper in the manse that evening, as Hughie lay upon the
+sofa, pale, suffering, but happy.  "And not only one, but a whole
+continent of them, and," he added, "the game as well."
+
+With sudden tears and a little break in her voice, the mother said,
+looking at her boy, "It was worth while taking the city, but I fear
+the game cost too much."
+
+"Oh, pshaw, mother," said Hughie, "it's only one bone, and I tell
+you that final round was worth a leg."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+THE RESULT
+
+
+"How many did you say, Craven, of those Glengarry men of yours?"
+Professor Gray was catechizing his nephew.
+
+"Ten of them, sir, besides the minister's son, who is going to take
+the full university course."
+
+"And all of them bound for the ministry?"
+
+"So they say.  And judging by the way they take life, and the way,
+for instance, they play shinny, I have a notion they will see it
+through."
+
+"They come of a race that sees things through," answered the
+professor.  "And this is the result of this Zion Hill Academy I
+have been hearing so much about?"
+
+"Well, sir, they put in a good year's work, I must say."
+
+"You might have done worse, sir.  Indeed, you deserve great credit,
+sir."
+
+"I?  Not a bit.  I simply showed them what to do and how to do it.
+But there's a woman up there that the world ought to know about.
+For love of her--"
+
+"Oh, the world!" snorted the professor.  "The world, sir!  The Lord
+deliver us!  It might do the world some good, I grant."
+
+"It is for love of her these men are in for the ministry."
+
+"You are wrong, sir.  That is not their motive."
+
+"No, perhaps it is not.  It would be unfair to say so, but yet she--"
+
+"I know, sir.  I know, sir.  Bless my soul, sir.  I know her.  I
+knew her before you were born.  But--yes, yes--" the professor
+spoke as if to himself--"for love of her men would attempt great
+things.  You have these names, Craven?  Ah! Alexander Stewart,
+Donald Cameron, Thomas Finch--Finch, let me see--ah, yes, Finch.
+His mother died after a long illness.  Yes, I remember.  A very sad
+case, a very sad case, indeed."
+
+"And yet not so sad, sir," put in Craven.  "At any rate, it did not
+seem so at the time.  That night it seemed anything but sad.  It
+was wonderful."
+
+The professor laid down his list and sat back in his chair.
+
+"Go on, sir," he said, gazing curiously at Craven.  "I have heard a
+little about it.  Let me see, it was the night of the great match,
+was it not?"
+
+"Did you know about that?  Who told you about the match, sir?"
+
+"I hear a great many things, and in curious ways.  But go on, sir,
+go on."
+
+Craven sat silent, and from the look in his eyes his thoughts were
+far away.
+
+"Well, sir, it's a thing I have never spoken about.  It seems to
+me, if I may say so, something quite too sacred to speak of
+lightly."
+
+Again Craven paused, while the professor waited.
+
+"It was Hughie sent me there.  There was a jubilation supper at the
+manse, you understand.  Thomas Finch, the goal-keeper, you know--
+magnificent fellow, too--was not at the supper.  A messenger had
+come for him, saying that his mother had taken a bad turn.  Hughie
+was much disappointed, and they were all evidently anxious.  I
+offered to drive over and inquire, and of course the minister's
+wife, though she had been on the go all day long, must needs go
+with me.  I can never forget that night.  I suppose you have
+noticed, sir, there are times when one is more sensitive to
+impressions from one's surroundings than others.  There are times
+with me, too, when I seem to have a very vital kinship with nature.
+At any rate, during that drive nature seemed to get close to me.
+The dark, still forest, the crisp air, the frost sparkling in the
+starlight on the trees--it all seemed to be part of me.  I fear I
+am not explaining myself."
+
+Craven paused again, and his eyes began to glow.  The professor
+still waited.
+
+"When we reached the house we found them waiting for death.  The
+minister's wife went in, I waited in the kitchen.  By and by Billy
+Jack, that's her eldest son, you know, came out.  'She is asking
+for you,' he said, and I went in.  I had often seen her before, and
+I rather think she liked me.  You see, I had been able to help
+Thomas along pretty well, both in school and with his night work,
+and she was grateful for what I had done, absurdly grateful when
+one considers how little it was.  I had seen death before, and it
+had always been ghastly, but there was nothing ghastly in death
+that night.  The whole scene is before me now, I suppose always
+will be."
+
+His dead, black eyes were beginning to show their deep, red fire.
+
+The professor looked at him for a moment or two, and then said,
+"Proceed, if you please," and Craven drew a long breath, as if
+recalling himself, and went on.
+
+"The old man was there at one side, with his gray head down on the
+bed, his little girl kneeling beside him with her arm round his
+neck, opposite him the minister's wife, her face calm and steady,
+Billy Jack standing at the foot of the bed--he and little Jessac
+the only ones in the room who were weeping--and there at the head,
+Thomas, supporting his mother, now and then moistening her lips and
+giving her sips of stimulant, and so quick and steady, gentle as a
+woman, and smiling through it all.  I could hardly believe it was
+the same big fellow who three hours before had carried the ball
+through the Front defense.  I tell you, sir, it was wonderful.
+
+"There was no fuss or hysterical nonsense in that room.  The mother
+lay there quite peaceful, pain all gone--and she had had enough of
+it in her day.  She was quite a beautiful woman, too, in a way.
+Fine eyes, remarkable eyes, splendidly firm mouth, showing great
+nerve, I should say.  All her life, I understand, she lived for
+others, and even now her thought was not of herself.  When I came
+in she opened her eyes.  They were like stars, actually shining,
+and her smile was like the sudden breaking of light through a
+cloud.  She put out her hand for mine, and said--and I value these
+words, sir--'Mr. Craven, I give you a mither's thanks and a
+mither's blessing for a' you have done for ma laddie.'  She was
+Lowland Scotch, you know.  My voice went all to pieces.  I tried to
+say it was nothing, but stuck.  Thomas helped me out, and without a
+shake or quiver in his voice, he answered for me.
+
+"'Yes, indeed, mother, we'll not forget it.'
+
+"'And perhaps you can help him a bit still.  He will be needing
+it,' she added.
+
+"I assure you, sir, that quiet steadiness of Thomas and herself
+braced me up, and I was able to make my promise.  And then she
+said, with a look that somehow reminded me of the deep, starlit
+night outside, through which I had just come, 'And you, Mr. Craven,
+you will give your life to God?'
+
+"Again my voice failed me.  It was so unexpected, and quite
+overwhelming.  Once more Thomas answered for me.
+
+"'Yes, mother, he will, sure,' and she seemed to take it as my
+promise, for she smiled again at me, and closed her eyes.
+
+"I had read of triumphant death-bed scenes, and all that before,
+without taking much stock in them, but believe me, sir, that room
+was full of glory.  The very faces of those people, it seemed to
+me, were alight.  It may be imagination, but even now, as I think
+of it, it seems real.  There were no farewells, no wailing, and at
+the very last, not even tears.  Thomas, who had nursed her for more
+than a year, still supported her, the smile on his face to the end.
+And the end--"Craven's voice grew unsteady--"it is difficult to
+speak of.  The minister's wife repeated the words about the house
+with many mansions, and those about the valley of the shadow, and
+said a little prayer, and then we all waited for the end--for
+myself, I confess with considerable fear and anxiety.  I had no
+need to fear.  After a long silence she sat up straight, and in her
+Scotch tongue, she said, with a kind of amazed joy in her tone, 'Ma
+fayther!  Ma fayther!  I am here.'  Then she settled herself back
+in her son's arms, drew a deep breath, and was still.  All through
+the night and next day the glory lingered round me.  I went about
+as in a strange world.  I am afraid you will be thinking me
+foolish, sir."
+
+The stern old professor was openly wiping his eyes.  He seemed
+quite unable to find his voice.  At length he took up the list
+again, and began to read it mechanically.
+
+"What!  What's this?" he said, suddenly, pointing to a name on the
+list.
+
+"That, sir, is John Craven."
+
+"Do you mean that you, too--"
+
+"Yes, I mean it, if you think I am fit."
+
+"Fit, Jack, my boy!  None of us are fit.  But what--how did this
+come?"  The professor blew his nose like a trumpet.
+
+"That I can hardly tell myself," said Craven, with a kind of wonder
+in his voice; "but at any rate it is the result of my Glengarry
+School Days."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+
diff --git a/old/ggysd10.zip b/old/ggysd10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a590459
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/ggysd10.zip